Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 20, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT Under The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3826   20-0094687
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

530 Fairview Avenue, N., Suite 2000

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 378-6266

(Address, including ZIP code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

R. Bradley Gray

President and Chief Executive Officer

530 Fairview Avenue, N., Suite 2000

Seattle, Washington 98109

(206) 378-6266

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick J. Schultheis

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, Washington 98104

(206) 883-2500

    

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as amended, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)
  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $11,764.50

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

 

Issued May 20, 2013

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc. NanoString Technologies is selling              shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NSTG.”

 

 

 

NanoString Technologies is an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

 

 

 

      

Per Share

      

    Total    

 

Initial public offering price

       $                       $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

       $                       $               

Proceeds to NanoString Technologies, Inc. before expenses

       $                       $               

 

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock to cover overallotments.

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

 

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan     Morgan Stanley
Leerink Swann     Baird

 

                    , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     35   

Use of Proceeds

     36   

Dividend Policy

     37   

Capitalization

     38   

Dilution

     40   

Selected Financial Data

     42   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     44   

Business

     71   

Management

     109   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     119   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     131   

Principal Stockholders

     137   

Description of Capital Stock

     141   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     147   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     150   

Underwriting

     153   

Legal Matters

     160   

Experts

     160   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     160   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                     , 2013, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside of the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes.

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Overview

We develop, manufacture and sell robust, intuitive products that unlock scientifically valuable and clinically actionable genomic information from minute amounts of tissue. Our nCounter Analysis System directly profiles hundreds of molecules simultaneously using a novel barcoding technology that is powerful enough for use in research, yet simple enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide. We market systems and related consumables to researchers in academic, government, and biopharmaceutical laboratories for use in understanding fundamental biology and the molecular basis of disease. We have an installed base of more than 130 systems, which our customers have used to publish more than 200 peer-reviewed papers. As researchers discover how genomic information can be used to improve clinical decision-making, we seek to selectively translate their discoveries into molecular diagnostic products. In September 2012, we received European Union regulatory clearance for our first molecular diagnostic product, the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay, or Prosigna, an assay providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer and the intrinsic subtype of the patient’s tumor. In February 2013, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer.

The role of genomic information in research and medical practice is evolving rapidly. The advent of new technologies that sequence and digitally count discrete nucleic acids, commonly referred to as next generation sequencing, or NGS, is accelerating the discovery of the relationships between the genome and human disease. Researchers are applying this wealth of new information to identify biological “pathways,” which are networks of tens or hundreds of genes that act in concert to produce biological functions. Researchers then seek to translate this understanding of the genomic basis of disease into the development of diagnostic tools that can be used to profile an individual patient’s biological pathways as well as develop targeted drug therapies. Precise, simple and robust profiling of biological pathways presents both an analytical challenge for researchers and an opportunity to improve patient outcomes in the future.

Our nCounter Analysis System enables research on a scale appropriate for pathway-based biology by digitally quantifying the activity of up to 800 genes simultaneously in a single experiment. The sensitivity and precision of our novel barcoding chemistry allows researchers to measure subtle changes in genomic activity efficiently, which is essential because tissue samples are often available only in very small quantities. This problem is especially acute in cancer research, which is typically conducted using biopsies that are often stored in a format known as formalin-fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, which complicates subsequent analysis of genetic material. The nCounter Analysis System is an easy-to-use and flexible solution that allows researchers to efficiently test hypotheses across thousands of different samples. As a result, the nCounter Analysis System is particularly useful for discovering and validating networks of genes that characterize and help predict disease states, enabling the development of diagnostics and medicines designed specifically for treating patients with certain genomic profiles. When researchers succeed in these endeavors, our strategy is to selectively partner with them to translate their discoveries into clinically valuable molecular diagnostic applications.

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

Prosigna, our first molecular diagnostic test, is based on a collection of 50 genes known as the PAM50 gene signature, which was discovered by several of our life sciences customers. We secured an exclusive worldwide license to the PAM50 gene signature in 2010. Prosigna can provide a breast cancer patient and her physician with a subtype classification based on the fundamental biology of the patient’s tumor, as well as a prognostic score that predicts the probability of cancer recurrence over 10 years. Our goal is for physicians to use Prosigna to guide therapeutic decisions so that patients receive only therapeutic interventions from which they are likely to benefit. In 2011, we conducted a clinical study, which we refer to as our TransATAC study, based on material extracted from tumor samples of more than 1,000 evaluable patients from the Arimidex, Tamoxifen, Alone or in Combination, or ATAC, study. In our study, investigators performed Prosigna on these samples that had been previously analyzed using Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, the historical market leader in breast cancer recurrence testing. The results of our TransATAC study demonstrated the ability of Prosigna to indicate risk of recurrence in postmenopausal women with hormone receptor-positive early stage breast cancer treated with endocrine therapy alone. In comparing the risk estimate provided by Prosigna to the risk estimate previously generated using Onco type DX, investigators concluded that Prosigna is capable of providing more prognostic information than Onco type DX. Based on the results of this study and multi-site analytical validation studies, we received European Union, or EU, regulatory clearance for Prosigna, known as a CE mark. As part of our preparation for regulatory submission in the United States, we conducted a second clinical study, which we refer to as our ABCSG8 study, based on tumor samples of more than 1,400 evaluable patients from the Austrian Breast & Colorectal Cancer Study Group 8. Our ABCSG8 study confirmed the conclusion that Prosigna can indicate risk of recurrence as previously demonstrated in our TransATAC study. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. If the FDA clears Prosigna, we intend to launch Prosigna in the United States promptly following receipt of such clearance. We are currently planning for this commercial launch in the first quarter of 2014. We plan to conduct future clinical studies to evaluate Prosigna’s ability to guide physicians and patients in making additional treatment decisions, including the selection of the appropriate chemotherapy regimen, the duration of adjuvant endocrine therapy, and whether to use adjuvant radiation therapy, and, if such studies are successfully completed, to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval in the U.S. for such indications in the future.

Prosigna will be regulated as an in vitro diagnostic test and we intend to distribute it as a kit for use on our nCounter Analysis System in clinical laboratories after regulatory authorizations are obtained. We expect that our future diagnostic products will be regulated and distributed in a similar manner. This is in contrast to most complex genomic tests, which are currently regulated as services and are usually offered only by a limited number of specialized laboratories. The current centralized laboratory model for complex genomic testing can result in complicated logistics for the treating physician, including slower test result turnaround times and limited international access to tests as compared to local testing. In addition, most clinical laboratories cannot currently share in the revenue associated with offering patients complex genomic tests. We believe that our decentralized model will transform the current paradigm of complex genomic testing by allowing physicians worldwide to provide more comprehensive personalized diagnoses, broadening patient access, and increasing the degree to which clinical laboratories can profit by providing molecular diagnostic testing services.

We generated revenue of $11.7 million, $17.8 million and $23.0 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $5.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, while incurring net losses of $12.8 million, $10.9 million and $17.7 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $7.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

Investment Highlights

 

   

Highly synergistic life sciences tools and molecular diagnostics business model .    Our nCounter Analysis System’s key attributes appeal specifically to life sciences researchers focused on pathway-based biology. When these researchers identify clinically valuable genomic targets, we believe that we are well positioned to selectively in-license their discoveries and translate them into molecular diagnostic products. To date, we have secured access to Prosigna as well as one other gene signature with the potential to become a molecular diagnostic product, both of which were invented by our research customers.

 

   

Platform optimized for pathway-based biology.     Our system’s ability to precisely measure subtle changes in the activity of hundreds of genes simultaneously within precious tissue samples is a significant advantage over traditional tools. While powerful enough for advanced research applications, our system’s reliability and simplified workflow enables use in clinical laboratories worldwide. Innovations to improve the cost, performance, and footprint of our system will expand the range of customers that can benefit from using our platform in research and diagnostic applications.

 

   

Recurring sales of proprietary consumables create a predictable revenue stream .    Because we are the exclusive provider of proprietary reagents for the nCounter Analysis System, the growth of our installed instrument base should drive an increasingly predictable stream of recurring consumable revenue. In 2010, 2011 and 2012, our average consumable revenue per installed instrument exceeded $100,000 per year.

 

   

Decentralized approach to complex genomic testing .    We believe that offering molecular diagnostics as in vitro diagnostic kits for use in local clinical laboratories will improve patient care by reducing turnaround times and allowing physicians worldwide, many of whom do not currently have access to these tests, to provide more comprehensive personalized diagnoses. In addition to broadening patient access, our decentralized business model will allow hospitals and pathology laboratories to profit by in-sourcing their molecular diagnostic testing services.

 

   

Clinically validated assay targeting the significant and growing breast cancer diagnostics market .    We recently received an EU regulatory clearance for Prosigna, an assay providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer and the intrinsic subtype of the patient’s tumor, and in February 2013 we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. Our TransATAC clinical study of material extracted from tumor samples from more than 1,000 evaluable patients that had been previously analyzed using Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, the historical market leader, provided evidence of clinical validity of Prosigna in predicting the risk of distant recurrence of breast cancer, and the investigators concluded that Prosigna is capable of providing more prognostic information than Onco type DX. Our recently completed ABCSG8 clinical study based on tumor samples of more than 1,400 evaluable patients confirmed the conclusion that Prosigna can indicate risk of recurrence as previously demonstrated in our TransATAC study. We intend to pursue further clinical studies evaluating our test’s ability to inform treatment decisions for which no genomic diagnostic tests are currently available.

 

   

Capital efficient in vitro diagnostics business model . We believe that our in vitro diagnostics business model is more capital efficient than the clinical laboratory services model and has the potential to become profitable on a small revenue base. Our diagnostics business leverages many of the capabilities of our life sciences business, including our technology platform and product development, manufacturing, and administrative functions. Because we provide in vitro diagnostics kits rather than clinical laboratory services, we do not incur the costs of clinical laboratory infrastructure, sample logistics, or contracting with and billing managed care organizations. We believe that our customers

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
 

will be motivated by the potential to improve patient care, broaden patient access and profit from testing services based on Prosigna and other potential nCounter-based diagnostics, which will encourage market adoption and potentially reduce sales and marketing expenditures relative to a centralized laboratory model.

Our Target Markets

Over the last decade, methods of measuring genomic information have advanced substantially. However pathway-based research and the development of diagnostic tests require analysis of multiple genes and sensitivity to small changes in expression, which can be challenging for traditional genomic tools. In general, DNA microarrays and tube-based PCR methods require complex, time-consuming workflows and relatively large amounts of sample tissue to accurately characterize biological pathway activation. In both life sciences research and clinical medicine, there is a growing need for improved technologies that can precisely and rapidly measure the activation state of hundreds of genes simultaneously across a large number of precious samples, thereby providing a simple and reliable means to characterize biological pathways within minute tissue specimens.

Life Sciences Research

According to Strategic Directions International, Inc., life sciences researchers spent approximately $28 billion on tools and related consumables in 2011. In the decade since the completion of the Human Genome Project, improvements in NGS technology have greatly reduced the cost of sequencing a human genome and increased throughput and precision, which has led to an abundance of new biological information. In order to gather insights from this information, researchers must first distill and then efficiently analyze large pools of data. Gene expression analysis has emerged as a primary tool that researchers use to extract meaningful insights from networks of genes, which enables them to validate and then translate their findings into the development of diagnostics and medicines. According to Percepta Associates, a provider of consulting services to bioscience companies, the 2012 global market for gene expression profiling products is estimated to be $1.2 billion.

Molecular Diagnostics

According to Frost and Sullivan, the molecular diagnostics market totaled approximately $4.1 billion in 2010 and is expected to reach $6.2 billion by 2014. Growth in the molecular diagnostics market has been driven by technological innovations that have increased sensitivity, decreased turnaround times, simplified workflow, and lowered costs when compared to other techniques. In addition, the medical community has seen a trend in favor of decentralized diagnostic testing as a result of the convenience of local testing, hospitals and medical centers increasingly viewing their laboratories as profit centers and a need to increase access to tests for patients outside of the United States. We believe that there is an opportunity to improve the quality of diagnosis and treatment of diseases by developing and commercializing comprehensive, simple and widely available diagnostic products based on gene expression analysis. Molecular diagnostics have had a significant impact on the treatment of breast cancer, which had a worldwide incidence of 1.4 million per year in 2008 according to the World Health Organization. Over the last decade, genomic tests for breast cancer have improved the accuracy of prognosis and efficacy of treatment by assessing the risk of cancer recurrence for individual patients.

Our Solution

Our nCounter Analysis System is an automated, multi-application, digital detection and counting system which directly profiles hundreds of molecules simultaneously using a novel barcoding technology that is powerful enough for use in research, yet simple enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide. Our nCounter Analysis System consists of two automated instruments that prepare and analyze tissue samples using proprietary reagents that we call CodeSets, which can only be obtained from us. Our life sciences research customers

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

purchase instruments from us and then purchase our panels or custom CodeSets and related consumables for the specific experiment they wish to conduct. Beginning with Prosigna, our future diagnostics customers will either purchase or lease instruments from us and also purchase one of our diagnostic kits for each test that they intend to run. Our nCounter Analysis System offers a number of compelling advantages, including:

 

   

Optimized for Pathway-Based Biology.     The nCounter Analysis System can profile up to 800 molecules in a single test tube, which allows researchers to analyze interactions among hundreds of genes that mediate biological pathways. In addition, our nCounter Analysis System offers customers the freedom to order panels or custom CodeSets specific to their experiment.

 

   

Digital Precision.     Our molecular barcodes hybridize directly to the target molecules in a sample allowing them to be counted. This generates digital data (1 molecule = 1 count) of excellent quality over a wide dynamic range of measurements. Our nCounter Analysis System provides excellent reproducibility and avoids the potential bias that may be introduced by the sample division and extended amplification that are generally required for qPCR-based techniques.

 

   

Simple Workflow.     The nCounter Analysis System’s minimal sample preparation and automated workflow enable the performance of gene expression analysis across hundreds of genes simultaneously in approximately 24 hours with only approximately 15 minutes of hands-on preparation time. Our nCounter Analysis System generates data that customers can evaluate without the use of complex bioinformatics.

 

   

Flexible Sample Requirements.     The nCounter Analysis System is able to unlock genomic information from minute amounts of a variety of challenging tissue samples, including FFPE samples, cell lysates, and single cells.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to provide products that empower scientists to understand the molecular basis of disease and empower physicians to put genomic medicine into practice. To accomplish this goal, we intend to continue providing technologies that are powerful enough for research, yet simple and robust enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide.

Our strategy includes the following key elements:

 

   

Establish the nCounter Analysis System as the global standard for gene expression analysis.

 

   

Expand the installed base of the nCounter Analysis System in biopharmaceutical and academic research.

 

   

Broaden the addressable market of the nCounter Analysis System through continued innovation.

 

   

Build a menu of proprietary diagnostic products in collaboration with researchers.

 

   

Execute high quality clinical studies to support regulatory authorizations, market adoption and reimbursement of diagnostic products.

 

   

Enable clinical laboratories worldwide to provide complex genomic testing using our in vitro diagnostic products.

 

   

Drive physician demand for nCounter Analysis System-based diagnostic products.

 

   

Capture capital efficiencies stemming from our diagnostics business model.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, including:

 

   

We have incurred losses since we were formed and expect to incur losses in the future. We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents
   

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter which may adversely affect our stock price.

 

   

If we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market our products for diagnostic purposes, we will be limited to marketing our products for research use only. In addition, if regulatory limitations are placed on our diagnostic products our business and growth will be harmed.

 

   

Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for our diagnostic tests will take significant time and require significant research, development and clinical study expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.

 

   

The life sciences research and diagnostics markets are highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

   

If Medicare and other third-party payors in the United States and foreign countries do not approve reimbursement for diagnostic tests enabled by our technology, the commercial success of our diagnostic products would be compromised.

 

   

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property effectively, our business would be harmed.

For additional information about the risks we face, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

Corporate History and Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in June 2003. Our principal executive offices are located at 530 Fairview Avenue, N., Suite 2000, Seattle, Washington 98109. Our telephone number is (206) 378-6266. Our website address is www.nanostring.com. Information contained on the website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “NanoString,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to NanoString Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, NanoString Technologies Europe Limited, NanoString Technologies SAS and NanoString Technologies International, Inc. We use “NanoString ® ,” “NanoString Technologies ® ,” “nCounter ® ,” “Molecules that Count ® ,” “Prosigna ” and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares (or              if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full)

 

Overallotment option

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to: (1) commercialize Prosigna after obtaining regulatory authorization, including establishing a dedicated oncology sales force; (2) expand the clinical utility of Prosigna and to develop other potential diagnostic product opportunities; (3) expand life sciences commercial operations to grow and support the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems among life sciences research customers in the United States and internationally; (4) develop new life sciences applications, chemistry and instrumentation for our nCounter technology platform; and (5) for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed NASDAQ trading symbol

“NSTG”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 294,230,057 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

   

57,803,749 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.0943 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan,              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan, and 4,454,095 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2013, which shares will be added to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

19,430,335 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.2714 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

333,407 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock, issued in connection with the April 2013 term loan borrowing under our credit facility.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

a 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 276,204,820 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing of the certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

We have derived the following summary of statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the following statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period. The summary financial data set forth below should be read together with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income:

          

Revenue

   $ 11,730      $ 17,800      $ 22,973      $ 4,502      $ 5,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of revenue

     9,128        9,777        12,361        2,656        2,882   

Research and development

     7,547        8,990        11,635        2,197        3,059   

Selling, general and administrative

     8,027        9,529        15,486        3,167        6,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     24,702        28,296        39,482        8,020        12,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12,972     (10,496     (16,509     (3,518     (6,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     29        10        21        7        3   

Interest expense

     (94     (599     (804     (112     (385

Other income (expense)

     254        80        (29     (13     (4

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     15        73        (387     26        (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     204        (436     (1,199     (92     (868
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,768   $ (10,932   $ (17,708     (3,610     (7,259

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (4,351     (5,251     (7,533     (1,793     (2,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (17,119   $ (16,183   $ (25,241   $ (5,403   $ (9,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share — basic and diluted

   $ (1.69   $ (1.56   $ (2.22   $ (0.52   $ (0.56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     10,124        10,350        11,358        10,460        17,175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       $ (0.07     $ (0.02
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

         256,586          293,380   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)
 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,794      $                

Working capital

     12,250     

Total assets

     29,575     

Total long-term debt

     12,835     

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

     105,964     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (102,808  

 

(1)

Pro forma net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, as though the 1-for-         reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock and the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock occurred on the first day of the relevant period. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the 1-for-         reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock and the conversion of the preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

 

(2)

Reflects, on a pro forma basis, (a) the automatic conversion described in footnote (1) and, on an as adjusted basis, and (b) the sale and issuance by us of              shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $         per share, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are the material risks associated with our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, operating results or growth prospects could be harmed by any of these risks. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes.

Risks Related to our Business and Strategy

We have incurred losses since we were formed and expect to incur losses in the future. We cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred losses since we were formed and expect to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $12.8 million, $10.9 million, $17.7 million, $3.6 million and $7.3 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $102.8 million. We expect that our losses will continue for at least the next several years as we will be required to invest significant additional funds toward development and commercialization of our technology. We also expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase due to the additional costs associated with establishing a dedicated oncology diagnostics sales force and the increased administrative costs associated with being a public company. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the market acceptance of our products, future product development and our market penetration and margins. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter which may adversely affect our stock price.

Investors should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we expect to encounter in the new, uncertain and rapidly evolving markets in which we compete. Because these markets are new and evolving, predicting their future growth and size is difficult. We expect that our visibility into future sales of our products, including volumes, prices and product mix between instruments and consumables, will continue to be limited and could result in unexpected fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results.

Numerous other factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results include many of the risks described in this section. In addition, one or more of such factors may cause our revenue or operating expenses in one period to be disproportionately higher or lower relative to the others. Our products involve a significant capital commitment by our customers and accordingly involve a lengthy sales cycle. We may expend significant effort in attempting to make a particular sale, which may be deferred by the customer or never occur. Accordingly, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. If such fluctuations occur or if our operating results deviate from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts, our stock price may be adversely affected.

If we do not achieve, sustain or successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business and growth prospects will be harmed.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. We may not achieve similar growth rates in future periods. Investors should not rely on our operating results for any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, our

 

-10-


Table of Contents

financial results could suffer and our stock price could decline. Furthermore, growth will place significant strains on our management and our operational and financial systems and processes. For example, commercialization of the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay, or Prosigna, in Europe and development and commercialization of this test and other diagnostic products worldwide are key elements of our growth strategy and will require us to hire and retain additional sales and marketing, regulatory, manufacturing and quality assurance personnel. If we do not successfully forecast the timing of regulatory clearance or approval for product marketing and subsequent demand for our diagnostic products or manage our anticipated expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed.

Our future success is dependent upon our ability to expand our customer base and introduce new applications.

Our current customer base is primarily composed of academic institutions, government laboratories and biopharmaceutical companies that perform analyses using our nCounter Analysis System for research use only. Our success will depend, in part, upon our ability to increase our market penetration among these customers and to expand our market by developing and marketing new life sciences applications, developing a lower cost instrument that would be attractive to more researchers, and introducing diagnostic products into clinical laboratories after obtaining regulatory authorization. For example, we must convince physicians and third-party payors that our diagnostic products, such as Prosigna, are cost effective in obtaining prognostic information that can inform treatment decisions and that our nCounter Analysis System could enable an equivalent or superior approach that lessens reliance on centralized laboratories. Furthermore, we expect that increasing the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems will drive demand for our relatively high margin consumable products. If we are not able to successfully increase our installed base of nCounter Analysis Systems, sales of our consumable products and our margins may not meet expectations. Attracting new customers and introducing new applications requires substantial time and expense. Any failure to expand our existing customer base, or launch new applications, would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.

Our life sciences research business depends on levels of research and development spending by academic and governmental research institutions and biopharmaceutical companies, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In the near term, we expect that our revenue will be derived primarily from sales of our nCounter Analysis Systems to academic institutions, governmental laboratories and biopharmaceutical companies worldwide for research applications. The demand for our products will depend in part upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

 

   

changes in government programs that provide funding to research institutions and companies;

 

   

macroeconomic conditions and the political climate;

 

   

changes in the regulatory environment;

 

   

differences in budgetary cycles;

 

   

market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and

 

   

market acceptance of relatively new technologies, such as ours.

For example, in the United States, automatic across-the-board cuts in government spending, or “sequestration,” took effect on March 1, 2013. These cuts will impact the budgets of government agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health, which provide significant funding for cancer research and other diseases, however, as of the date of this prospectus the full impact of the cuts is unknown. We believe that the uncertainty regarding the availability of research funding, including the potential impact of sequestration, has adversely affected our historical operating results and any continuing uncertainty may adversely affect sales to customers or potential customers that rely on government funding. In addition, academic, governmental and other research institutions that fund research and development activities may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that could result in spending reductions, reduced allocations or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers to purchase our products.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Our operating results may fluctuate substantially due to reductions and delays in research and development expenditures by these customers. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or frequency of capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our sales cycle is lengthy and variable, which makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and other operating results.

Our sales process involves numerous interactions with multiple individuals within an organization, and often includes in-depth analysis by potential customers of our products, performance of proof-of-principle studies, preparation of extensive documentation and a lengthy review process. As a result of these factors, the large capital investment required in purchasing our instruments and the budget cycles of our customers, the time from initial contact with a customer to our receipt of a purchase order can vary significantly and be up to 12 months or longer. Given the length and uncertainty of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, fluctuations in our instrument sales on a period-to-period basis. In addition, any failure to meet customer expectations could result in customers choosing to retain their existing systems or to purchase systems other than ours.

Our reliance on distributors for sales of our life sciences systems outside of the United States could limit or prevent us from selling our diagnostic tests in foreign markets and impact our revenue.

As of March 31, 2013, we have established exclusive distribution agreements for our nCounter Analysis System in the life sciences research market within parts of Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America. We intend to continue to grow our business internationally, and to do so we must attract additional distributors to maximize the commercial opportunity for our products. There is no guarantee, if we do seek to enter into such arrangements, that we will be successful in attracting desirable sales and distribution partners or that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations or may choose to favor marketing the products of our competitors. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or we are unable to enter into effective arrangements with distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize long-term international revenue growth.

If we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market our products for diagnostic purposes, we will be limited to marketing our products for research use only. In addition, if regulatory limitations are placed on our diagnostic products our business and growth will be harmed.

We recently obtained a CE mark for our first diagnostic product, Prosigna, which permits us to market that assay for diagnostic purposes in Europe, and we intend to seek regulatory authorization in other countries outside of the United States. In Europe, Prosigna can be used to provide a subtype classification based on the fundamental biology of an individual’s breast tumor, as well as a prognostic score that indicates the probability of cancer recurrence over 10 years. In February 2013, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel, but we do not have regulatory clearance or approval to market any other product for diagnostic purposes or to market Prosigna for diagnostic purposes in any other market. Other than with respect to Prosigna in such jurisdictions, we are limited to marketing our products for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. We intend to seek regulatory authorizations in other jurisdictions to market Prosigna for diagnostic purposes; however, we cannot assure investors that we will be successful in doing so. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. We cannot guarantee that we will obtain clearance. For example, even though the results of our clinical studies that used samples from the ATAC study and the ABCSG8 study of postmenopausal women with hormone receptor-positive, or HR+, early stage breast cancer were favorable, there is no guarantee that any future studies will be successful or that

 

-12-


Table of Contents

the FDA will provide clearance of Prosigna based on the studies we have completed. If the FDA requires additional studies, we may be required to expend considerable resources to conduct them, which would greatly increase our costs, divert resources away from other programs and halt or delay the path to commercialization. If we do not obtain such clearance, we will be limited to marketing our products for research use only within the United States. In addition, even if we obtain clearance for Prosigna, the prognostic information ultimately reported could be limited. For example, if we do obtain clearance from the FDA to market Prosigna in the United States, the test may be limited to classifying patients into categories according to the risk of recurrence of breast cancer, such as high/intermediate/low risk or high/low risk. In the FDA’s written response to our 510(k) submission, the FDA communicated, among other things, that we would need to provide further support before the FDA could determine whether the pending 510(k) application, if cleared, would allow us to include risk of recurrence, or ROR, score and three distinct risk groups in patient reports for all patients tested. If Prosigna is not cleared by the FDA to indicate a specific ROR score or if Prosigna is limited to classifying patients into high/low risk of recurrence only, the prognostic information provided by Prosigna and our ability to differentiate our test from alternatives may be adversely affected within the United States. Similarly, if we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval of future products or future indications for diagnostic purposes, for instance approval to allow for reporting of the subtype classification based on the fundamental biology of an individual’s breast cancer, if unexpected regulatory limitations are placed on our products or if we fail to successfully commercialize such products, the market potential for our diagnostic products would be constrained, and our business and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

If Prosigna fails to achieve and sustain sufficient market acceptance, we will not generate expected revenue, and our prospects may be harmed.

Currently, most oncologists seeking sophisticated gene expression analysis for diagnosing and profiling breast cancer in their patients ship tissue samples to a limited number of centralized laboratories typically located in the United States. We may experience reluctance, or refusal, on the part of physicians to order, and third-party payors to pay for, Prosigna if the results of our research and clinical studies, and our sales and marketing activities relating to communication of these results, do not convey to physicians, third-party payors and patients that Prosigna provides equivalent or better prognostic information.

In Europe, Prosigna may be used for intrinsic subtyping of breast cancer and in the future we intend to seek approval from the FDA for such use. Intrinsic subtyping will be a new methodology in categorizing breast cancer patients, and we may have to overcome resistance among physicians to adopting it for the marketing of our products to be successful. Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA, the use of intrinsic subtyping and thus Prosigna may not be included in breast cancer treatment guidelines. In addition, breast cancer treatment guidelines recommend that chemotherapy be considered in many cases, in combination with other patient factors. Accordingly, physicians may be reluctant to order a test, such as Prosigna, that may suggest recommending against chemotherapy. Furthermore, our diagnostic tests would be performed by pathologists in local laboratories, rather than by a vendor in a remote centralized laboratory, which will require us to educate pathologists regarding the benefits of this business model.

These hurdles may make it difficult to convince health care providers that tests using our technologies are appropriate options for cancer diagnostics, may be equivalent or superior to available tests, and may be at least as cost effective as alternative technologies, and thus we may encounter significant difficulty in broadening market acceptance of Prosigna.

As part of our current business model, we will seek to enter into strategic collaborations and licensing arrangements with third parties to develop diagnostic tests.

We have relied, and expect to continue to rely, on strategic collaborations and licensing agreements with third parties for discoveries based on which we develop diagnostic tests. For example, we licensed the rights to intellectual property that forms the basis of Prosigna from Bioclassifier, LLC, which was founded by several of our life sciences research customers engaged in translational research. In addition, in February 2013, we secured an option from The Broad Institute, a leading non-profit molecular medicine institute in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to

 

-13-


Table of Contents

acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, for a second molecular diagnostic product focused on hepatocellular carcinoma, or HCC. We intend to enter into more such arrangements with our life sciences customers and other researchers for future diagnostic products. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. In particular, our life sciences research customers are not obligated to collaborate with us or license technology to us, and they may choose to develop diagnostic products themselves or collaborate with our competitors. Establishing collaborations and licensing arrangements is difficult and time-consuming. Discussions may not lead to collaborations or licenses on favorable terms, if at all. To the extent we agree to work exclusively with a party in a given area, our opportunities to collaborate with others could be limited. Potential collaborators or licensors may elect not to work with us based upon their assessment of our financial, regulatory or intellectual property position. Even if we establish new relationships, they may never result in the successful development or commercialization of future tests.

New diagnostic product development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may be unable to commercialize on a timely basis, or at all, any of the tests we develop.

Few research and development projects result in successful commercial products, and success in early clinical studies often is not replicated in later studies. For example, even though the results of our clinical studies that used samples from the ATAC study and ABCSG8 study of postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer were favorable, there is no guarantee that any future studies will be successful, that the FDA will provide clearance of Prosigna based on the studies we have completed or if FDA provides clearance, that the prognostic information that may be reported will differentiate our test from alternatives in the United States. At any point, we may abandon development of a product candidate or we may be required to expend considerable resources repeating clinical studies, which would adversely impact potential revenue and our expenses. In addition, any delay in product development would provide others with additional time to commercialize competing products before we do, which in turn may adversely affect our growth prospects and operating results.

Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to contract with third parties for access to archival tissue samples.

Under standard clinical practice, tumor biopsies removed from patients are preserved and stored in formalin-fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, format. We rely on our ability to secure access to these archived FFPE tumor biopsy samples, as well as information pertaining to the clinical outcomes of the patients from which they were derived for our clinical development activities. Others compete with us for access to these samples. Additionally, the process of negotiating access to archived samples is lengthy because it typically involves numerous parties and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, privacy rights, publication rights, intellectual property ownership and research parameters. If we are not able to negotiate access to archived tumor tissue samples with hospitals, clinical partners, pharmaceutical companies, or companies developing therapeutics on a timely basis, or at all, or if other laboratories or our competitors secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future products will be limited or delayed.

The life sciences research and diagnostic markets are highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition in the life sciences research and diagnostics markets. We currently compete with both established and early stage life sciences research companies that design, manufacture and market instruments and consumables for gene expression analysis, single-cell analysis, polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, digital PCR, other nucleic acid detection and additional applications. These companies use well established laboratory techniques such as microarrays or quantitative PCR, or qPCR, as well as newer technologies such as next generation sequencing. We believe our principal competitors in the life sciences research market are Affymetrix, Agilent Technologies, Bio-Rad, Exiqon, Fluidigm, High Throughput Genomics, Illumina, Life Technologies, Luminex, Perkin Elmer, Qiagen and Roche Applied Science. In addition, there are a number of new market entrants in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market, including companies such as RainDance Technologies and Wafergen Bio-Systems.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

We will also compete with commercial diagnostics companies. We believe our principal competitor in the breast cancer diagnostics market will be Genomic Health, which provides gene expression analysis at its central laboratory in Redwood City, California and currently commands a substantial majority of the market. We also expect to face competition from companies such as Agendia, Clarient (a GE Healthcare company), Genoptix (a division of Novartis) and bioMeriéux, which also offer services by means of centralized laboratories that profile gene or protein expression in breast cancer. In Europe, we will also face regional competition from smaller companies such as Sividon Diagnostics, maker of EndoPredict, a distributed test for breast cancer recurrence, and other independent laboratories.

Most of our current competitors are either publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded companies, and enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

 

   

greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

 

   

broader product lines;

 

   

larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

 

   

substantial intellectual property portfolios;

 

   

larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and

 

   

better established, larger scale, and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

 

   

cost of capital equipment;

 

   

cost of consumables and supplies;

 

   

reputation among customers;

 

   

innovation in product offerings;

 

   

flexibility and ease-of-use;

 

   

accuracy and reproducibility of results; and

 

   

compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods.

We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:

 

   

breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests;

 

   

volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;

 

   

availability of reimbursement for testing services; and

 

   

economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by products.

We cannot assure investors that our products will compete favorably or that we will be successful in the face of increasing competition from new products and technologies introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our markets. In addition, we cannot assure investors that our competitors do not have or will not develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours. Any failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully commercialize our products, our business may be adversely affected.

We have limited experience marketing and selling our products. Our nCounter Analysis System was introduced for sale in the life sciences research market in 2008, and was introduced for sale in the diagnostics market in Europe and Israel in connection with the February 2013 commercial launch of Prosigna in those markets. We sell our products through our own sales force in North America and through a combination of our

 

-15-


Table of Contents

own sales force and distributors in Europe, Asia Pacific and South America. In the future, we intend to establish distributor relationships in other parts of the world; however, we may not be able to market and sell our products effectively.

Our future sales of diagnostic products will depend in large part on our ability to successfully establish an oncology diagnostics sales force and to increase the scope of our marketing efforts. Because we have no experience in marketing and selling our products in the diagnostics market, our ability to forecast demand, the infrastructure required to support such demand and the sales cycle to diagnostics customers is unproven. If we do not build an efficient and effective sales force targeting this market, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

We may not be able to develop new products or enhance the capabilities of our systems to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to develop new products and applications for our technology in existing and new markets, while improving the performance and cost-effectiveness of our systems. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than our current or future products and systems. Existing markets for our products, including gene expression analysis, single-cell analysis and copy number variation, as well as potential markets for our diagnostic product candidates, are characterized by rapid technological change and innovation. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and to successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully manage the introduction by us of new products. If customers believe that such products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory of older products as we transition to new products and our experience in managing product transitions is very limited. If we do not successfully innovate and introduce new technology into our product lines or manage the transitions to new product offerings, our revenues, results of operations and business will be adversely impacted.

Competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies.

New market opportunities may not develop as quickly as we expect, limiting our ability to successfully market and sell our products.

The market for our products is new and evolving. Accordingly, we expect the application of our technologies to emerging opportunities will take several years to develop and mature and we cannot be certain that these market opportunities will develop as we expect. For example, in September 2012, we launched a single cell gene expression application for our nCounter Analysis System, which applies our technology to, amongst other things, improve single cell analytic workflow for gene expression analysis. The future growth of the single cell analysis market depends on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of our applications by the scientific community and the growth, prevalence and costs of competing methods of genomic analysis. If the markets for single cell analysis or others do not develop as we expect, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel in February 2013 and we intend to offer Prosigna in other countries outside of the United States. Genomic testing for breast cancer is not widely available outside of the United States and the market for such tests is new. The future growth of the market for genomic breast cancer testing will depend on physicians’ acceptance of such testing and the availability of reimbursement for such tests. Our success in these new markets will depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully market, sell and establish reimbursement for products using our technologies. If we are not able to successfully market and sell our products or to achieve the revenue or margins we expect, our operating results may be harmed and we may not recover our product development and marketing expenditures.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

We are dependent on single source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in our products, and the loss of any of these suppliers could harm our business.

We rely on Precision System Science, Co., Ltd of Chiba, Japan, to build our nCounter Prep Station and Korvis LLC of Corvallis, Oregon, to build our nCounter Digital Analyzer. Each of these contract manufacturers are sole suppliers. Since our contracts with these instrument suppliers do not commit them to carry inventory or make available any particular quantities, they may give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours, and we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. We also rely on sole suppliers for various components we use to manufacture our consumable products. We periodically forecast our needs for such components and enter into standard purchase orders with them. If we were to lose such suppliers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing the quality and quantity of materials we require for our products our supply chain would be interrupted which would adversely affect sales. If any of these events occur, our business and operating results could be harmed.

If our Seattle facility becomes unavailable or inoperable, we will be unable to continue manufacturing our consumables or process sales orders, and our business will be harmed.

We manufacture our consumable products in our facility in Seattle, Washington. In addition, our Seattle facility is the center for order processing, receipt of our prep station and digital analyzer manufactured by third-party contract manufacturers and shipping products to customers. Our facility and the equipment we use to manufacture our consumable products would be costly, and would require substantial lead time, to repair or replace. Seattle is situated near active earthquake fault lines. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to produce our tests for some period of time. The inability to manufacture consumables or to ship products to customers for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

We expect to generate a substantial portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to our international activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

During 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, approximately 9%, 21%, 31% and 21%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from sales to customers located outside of North America. We believe that a significant percentage of our future revenue will come from international sources as we expand our overseas operations and develop opportunities in additional areas. Engaging in international business involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

 

   

required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws;

 

   

required compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.K. Bribery Act, data privacy requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;

 

   

export or import restrictions;

 

   

various reimbursement and insurance regimes;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

 

   

longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

 

   

political and economic instability;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;

 

   

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and

 

-17-


Table of Contents
   

difficulties protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

As we expand internationally our results of operations and cash flows will become increasingly subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, most of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars, although we have sold our products and services in local currency outside of the United States, principally the Euro. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. For example, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, in the absence of a corresponding change in local currency prices, our revenue could be adversely affected as we convert revenue from local currencies to U.S. dollars.

If we dedicate significant resources to our international operations and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our business, operating results and prospects will suffer.

The enactment of legislation implementing changes in the U.S. taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies could materially impact our future financial position and results of operations.

Recent changes to U.S. tax laws, including limitations on the ability of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign tax credits and the deferral of certain tax deductions until earnings outside of the United States are repatriated to the United States, as well as changes to U.S. tax laws that may be enacted in the future, could impact the tax treatment of future foreign earnings. Should the scale of our international business activities expand, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and harm our future financial position and results of operations.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income of approximately $62.2 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2023, if not utilized. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may have already experienced one or more ownership changes. Depending on the timing of any future utilization of our carryforwards, we may be limited as to the amount that can be utilized each year as a result of such previous ownership changes. However, we do not believe such limitations will cause our NOL and credit carryforwards to expire unutilized. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.

Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

Our credit facility requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

complete mergers or acquisitions;

 

   

incur indebtedness;

 

   

encumber assets;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock;

 

-18-


Table of Contents
   

make specified investments;

 

   

change certain key management personnel; and

 

   

engage in transactions with our affiliates.

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. In addition, we are subject to a financial covenant based on life sciences revenue. If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default was not cured or waived, the lenders could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under other debt instruments. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We may need to raise additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, and which may cause dilution to stockholders, restrict our operations or adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

We may need or decide to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and any additional financings could result in additional dilution to our then existing stockholders. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to meet our business objectives, our stock price may fall and investors may lose some or all of their investment.

Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. We have not made any acquisitions to date, and our ability to do so successfully is unproven. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

 

   

disruption in our relationships with customers, distributors or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;

 

   

unanticipated liabilities related to acquired companies;

 

   

difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;

 

   

diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

 

   

increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses; and

 

   

possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future joint ventures or acquisitions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to recruit, train and retain key personnel, we may not achieve our goals.

Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including our senior management, research and development, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, particularly in the Seattle, Washington area. Our growth depends, in particular, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly-trained sales personnel with the necessary scientific background and ability to understand our systems at a technical level to effectively identify and sell to potential new customers. In particular, the commercial launch of Prosigna requires us to establish a dedicated oncology diagnostics sales force to fully optimize the breast cancer diagnostic market opportunity. We do not maintain fixed term employment contracts or key man life insurance with any of our employees. Because of the complex and technical nature of our products and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects.

Undetected errors or defects in our products could harm our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products or expose us to product liability claims.

Our products may contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. Since our current customers use our products for research and may, if cleared or approved, in the future use them for diagnostic applications, disruptions or other performance problems with our products may damage our customers’ business and could harm our reputation. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in our products. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products could harm our business and operating results.

The sale and use of products or services based on our technologies, or activities related to our research and clinical studies, could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that one of our products contained a design or manufacturing defect which resulted in the failure to adequately perform the analysis for which it was designed. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. We cannot assure investors that our product liability insurance would adequately protect our assets from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.

We face risks related to handling of hazardous materials and other regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. Our activities that are subject to these regulations include, among other things, our use of hazardous materials and the generation, transportation and storage of waste. We could discover that we or an acquired business is not in material compliance with these regulations. Existing laws and regulations may also be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, that may have a negative effect on our business and results of operations. It is also impossible to eliminate completely the risk of accidental environmental contamination or injury to individuals. In such an event, we could be liable for any damages that result, which could adversely affect our business.

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Diagnostic Product Reimbursement

Our “research use only” products for the life sciences market could become subject to regulation as medical devices by the FDA or other regulatory agencies in the future which could increase our costs and delay our commercialization efforts, thereby materially and adversely affecting our life sciences business and results of operations.

In the United States, our products are currently labeled and sold for research use only, or RUO, and not for the diagnosis or treatment of disease, and are sold to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and life sciences laboratories. Because such products are not intended for use in clinical practice in diagnostics, and the products cannot include clinical or diagnostic claims, they are not subject to regulation by the FDA as medical devices. In particular, while the FDA regulations require that RUO products be labeled, “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures,” the regulations do not subject such products to the FDA’s pre- and post- market controls for medical devices. However, in June 2011, the FDA issued a draft guidance document that, if finalized as drafted, could restrict the provision of our RUO products, and it is unclear whether the FDA will issue a final guidance and if so what the contents of the guidance will be. If in the future the FDA modifies its approach to regulating our products labeled for research use only, it could reduce our revenue or increase our costs and adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition. In the event that the FDA requires marketing authorization of our RUO products in the future, there can be no assurance that the FDA will ultimately grant any clearance or approval requested by us in a timely manner, or at all.

Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for our diagnostic tests will take significant time and require significant research, development and clinical study expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.

Before we begin to label and market our products for use as clinical diagnostics in the United States, thereby subjecting them to FDA regulation as medical devices, unless an exemption applies, we would be required to obtain either prior 510(k) clearance or prior pre-market approval, or PMA, from the FDA. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. Based on pre-submission interactions with the FDA and the FDA’s written response to our 510(k) submission, we expect Agendia’s MammaPrint to serve as the legally marketed predicate that, if Prosigna is cleared, would enable us to market a version of Prosigna in the United States to assess a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In the FDA’s written response to our 510(k) submission, the FDA communicated, among other things, that we would need to provide further support before the FDA could determine whether the pending 510(k) application, if cleared, would allow us to include the ROR score and three distinct risk groups in patient reports for all patients tested. As with all in vitro diagnostic products, the FDA reserves the right to redefine the regulatory path at the time of submission or during the review process, and could require a more burdensome approach, including a PMA. In the future we plan to submit a separate application for approval of Prosigna to report intrinsic subtype, and we expect that this application will require a PMA supported by additional clinical studies. We intend to pursue additional intended uses for Prosigna, which may require more burdensome regulatory processes than the 510(k) clearance process, including PMAs. Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for any future product would likely place substantial restrictions on how our device is marketed or sold, and the FDA will continue to place considerable restrictions on our products, including, but not limited to, quality system regulations, or QSR, registering manufacturing facilities, listing the products with the FDA, and complying with labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting requirements and corrections and removals. Obtaining FDA clearance or approval for diagnostics can be expensive and uncertain, and generally takes from several months to several years, and generally requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and clinical data. Notwithstanding the expense, these efforts may never result in FDA approval or clearance. Even if we were to obtain regulatory approval or clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Sales of our diagnostic products outside the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory requirements vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities could require additional testing. In addition, FDA regulates exports of medical devices. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements or obtain required approvals could impair our ability to commercialize our diagnostic products outside of the United States.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct any future studies of our diagnostic products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct the clinical studies or other studies that may be required to obtain FDA and other regulatory clearance or approval for our diagnostic products, including Prosigna. Accordingly, we expect to rely on third parties, such as medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct such studies. Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities will reduce our control over these activities. These third-party contractors may not complete activities on schedule or conduct studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our study design. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control will not relieve us of any applicable requirement to prepare, and ensure compliance with, various procedures required under good clinical practices. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our studies may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our diagnostic products.

Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will continue to be subject to ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements, and our failure to comply with these requirements could substantially harm our business.

If we receive regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory oversight and review, such as compliance with QSRs, inspections by the FDA, continued adverse event and malfunction reporting, corrections and removals reporting, registration and listing, and promotional restrictions, and we may also be subject to additional FDA post-marketing obligations. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our diagnostic products and/or may be subject to fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions; and criminal prosecution. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulatory regimes of foreign jurisdictions.

If Medicare and other third-party payors in the United States and foreign countries do not approve reimbursement for diagnostic tests enabled by our technology, the commercial success of our diagnostic products would be compromised.

Successful commercialization of our diagnostic products depends, in large part, on the availability of adequate reimbursement for testing services that our diagnostic products enable from government insurance plans, managed care organizations and private insurance plans. There is significant uncertainty surrounding third-party reimbursement for the use of tests that incorporate new technology, such as Prosigna. If we are unable to obtain positive policy decisions from third-party payors approving reimbursement for our tests at adequate levels, the commercial success of our products would be compromised and our revenue would be significantly limited. Even if we do obtain reimbursement for our tests, Medicare, Medicaid and private and other payors may withdraw their coverage policies, cancel their contracts with us at any time, review and adjust the rate of reimbursement, require co-payments from patients or stop paying for our tests, which would reduce revenue for testing services based on our technology, and indirectly, demand for diagnostic products. In addition, insurers,

 

-22-


Table of Contents

including managed care organizations as well as government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, have increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services, which may include decreased coverage or reduced reimbursement. From time to time, Congress has considered and implemented changes to the Medicare fee schedules in conjunction with budgetary legislation, and pricing and payment terms, including the possible requirement of a patient co-payment for Medicare beneficiaries for tests covered by Medicare, and are subject to change at any time. Reductions in the reimbursement rate of third-party payors have occurred and may occur in the future. Reductions in the prices at which testing services based on our technology are reimbursed could have a negative impact on our revenue.

In many countries outside of the United States, various coverage, pricing and reimbursement approvals are required. We expect that it will take several years to establish broad coverage and reimbursement for testing services based on our products with payors in countries outside of the United States, and our efforts may not be successful.

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and other federal and state laws applicable to our marketing practices. If we are unable to comply, or have not complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

If we obtain FDA approval or clearance for any of our diagnostic product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations will be directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal and state anti-kickback statutes and state and federal marketing compliance laws. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales and marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

   

the federal Anti-kickback Law and state anti-kickback prohibitions;

 

   

the federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, and the state equivalents;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended;

 

   

the Medicare civil money penalty and exclusion requirements; and

 

   

the federal False Claims Act civil and criminal penalties and state equivalents.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the United States healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively, the PPACA, enacted in March 2010, makes changes that are expected to significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries and clinical laboratories. Beginning in 2013, each medical device manufacturer will have to pay a sales tax in an amount equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices. We expect that the new tax may apply to some or all of our diagnostic products. The PPACA also mandates a reduction in payments for clinical laboratory services paid under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule of 1.75% for the years 2011 through 2015 and a productivity adjustment to the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule. These or any future proposed or mandated reductions in payments may apply to some or all of the clinical laboratory tests that our diagnostics customers use our technology to deliver to Medicare beneficiaries, and may indirectly reduce demand for our diagnostic products.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

Other significant measures contained in the PPACA include coordination and promotion of research on comparative clinical effectiveness of different technologies and procedures, initiatives to revise Medicare payment methodologies, such as bundling of payments across the continuum of care by providers and physicians, and initiatives to promote quality indicators in payment methodologies. The PPACA also includes significant new fraud and abuse measures, including required disclosures of financial arrangements with physician customers, lower thresholds for violations and increasing potential penalties for such violations. In addition, the PPACA establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies to reduce health care expenditures, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including our tests. The IPAB proposals may impact payments for clinical laboratory services that our future diagnostics customers use our technology to deliver beginning in 2016 and for hospital services beginning in 2020, and may indirectly reduce demand for our diagnostic products.

In addition to the PPACA, the effect of which cannot presently be quantified, various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged from federal and state governments. Changes in healthcare policy, such as the creation of broad test utilization limits for diagnostic products in general or requirements that Medicare patients pay for portions of clinical laboratory tests or services received, could substantially impact the sales of our tests, increase costs and divert management’s attention from our business. Such co-payments by Medicare beneficiaries for laboratory services were discussed as possible cost savings for the Medicare program as part of the debt ceiling budget discussions in mid-2011 and may be enacted in the future. In addition, sales of our tests outside of the United States will subject us to foreign regulatory requirements, which may also change over time.

We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the United States in which we may do business, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us. The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion in government’s effect on the United States healthcare industry may result in decreased profits to us, lower reimbursements by payors for our products or reduced medical procedure volumes, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property effectively, our business would be harmed.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. As of April 30, 2013, we owned or exclusively licensed five issued U.S. patents and approximately 23 pending U.S. patent applications, including provisional and non-provisional filings. We also owned or licensed approximately 63 pending and granted counterpart applications worldwide, including 22 country-specific validations of three European patents. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us and we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

We cannot assure investors that any of our currently pending or future patent applications will result in issued patents, and we cannot predict how long it will take for such patents to be issued. Further, we cannot assure investors that other parties will not challenge any patents issued to us or that courts or regulatory agencies will hold our patents to be valid or enforceable. We cannot guarantee investors that we will be successful in defending challenges made against our patents and patent applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the third party or the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents.

The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States. Furthermore, in the biotechnology field, courts frequently render opinions that may affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries, including opinions that may affect the patentability of methods for analyzing or comparing DNA.

 

-24-


Table of Contents

In particular, the patent positions of companies engaged in development and commercialization of genomic diagnostic tests, like Prosigna, are particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have recently rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to genomic diagnostics. Specifically these decisions stand for the proposition that patent claims that recite laws of nature (for example, the relationships between gene expression levels and the likelihood of risk of recurrence of cancer) are not themselves patentable unless those patent claims have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize the law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature is uncertain. Accordingly, this evolving case law in the United States may adversely impact our ability to obtain new patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to our existing owned and licensed patents. One of our main areas of intellectual property, namely patents we license directed to the use of gene expression markers as part of genomic diagnostic tests, may be affected by these decisions.

The laws of some non-U.S. countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. For example:

 

   

We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications.

 

   

We might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions.

 

   

Others may independently develop similar or alternative products and technologies or duplicate any of our products and technologies.

 

   

It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents, and even if they issue as patents, they may not provide a basis for commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties.

 

   

We may not develop additional proprietary products and technologies that are patentable.

 

   

The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

   

We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, we may fail to apply for patents on important products and technologies in a timely fashion or at all.

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisors. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

In addition, competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design

 

-25-


Table of Contents

around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks, including “Prosigna,” in all of our potential markets. If we apply to register these trademarks, our applications may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.

To the extent our intellectual property, including licensed intellectual property, offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate protection against our competitors’ products, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive.

We depend on certain technologies that are licensed to us. We do not control these technologies and any loss of our rights to them could prevent us from selling our products.

We rely on licenses in order to be able to use various proprietary technologies that are material to our business, including our core digital molecular barcoding technology licensed from the Institute for Systems Biology and technology relating to Prosigna licensed from Bioclassifier, LLC. We do not own the patents that underlie these licenses. Our rights to use these technologies and employ the inventions claimed in the licensed patents are subject to the continuation of and compliance with the terms of those licenses.

In some cases, we do not control the prosecution, maintenance, or filing of the patents to which we hold licenses, or the enforcement of these patents against third parties. Some of our patents and patent applications were either acquired from another company who acquired those patents and patent applications from yet another company, or are licensed from a third party. Thus, these patents and patent applications are not written by us or our attorneys, and we did not have control over the drafting and prosecution. The former patent owners and our licensors might not have given the same attention to the drafting and prosecution of these patents and applications as we would have if we had been the owners of the patents and applications and had control over the drafting and prosecution. We cannot be certain that drafting or prosecution of the licensed patents and patent applications by the licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights.

Enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents is often subject to the control or cooperation of our licensors. Certain of our licenses contain provisions that allow the licensor to terminate the license upon specific conditions. Our rights under the licenses are subject to our continued compliance with the terms of the license, including the payment of royalties due under the license. Because of the complexity of our products and the patents we have licensed, determining the scope of the license and related royalty obligation can be difficult and can lead to disputes between us and the licensor. An unfavorable resolution of such a dispute could lead to an increase in the royalties payable pursuant to the license or termination of the license. If a licensor believed we were not paying the royalties due under the license or were otherwise not in compliance with the terms of the license, the licensor might attempt to revoke the license. If such an attempt were successful, we might be barred from producing and selling some or all of our products.

In addition, certain of the patents we have licensed relate to technology that was developed with U.S. government grants. Federal regulations impose certain domestic manufacturing requirements with respect to some of our products embodying these patents.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and proprietary rights, to determine the scope, coverage and validity of others’ proprietary rights, or to defend against third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, any of which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely impact our business or stock price.

We have received notices of claims of infringement and misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights in the past and may from time to time receive additional notices. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We cannot assure investors that we will prevail in such actions, or that other actions alleging misappropriation or misuse by us of third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or other rights, or the validity of our patents, trademarks or other rights, will not be asserted or prosecuted against us.

Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial legal fees and could adversely affect the scope of our patent protection. The outcome of any litigation or other proceeding is inherently uncertain and might not be favorable to us, and we might not be able to obtain licenses to technology that we require. Even if such licenses are obtainable, they may not be available at a reasonable cost. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. Further, we could encounter delays in product introductions, or interruptions in product sales, as we develop alternative methods or products. In addition, if we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity, scope and coverage of the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, the proceedings could be burdensome and expensive, even if we were to prevail. Any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

As we move into new markets and applications for our products, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success may depend in part on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We are aware of a third party, Genomic Health, Inc., that has issued U.S. patents and pending patent applications that claim methods of using certain genes that are included in Prosigna. We believe that Prosigna will not infringe any valid issued claim. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and targeted markets and competitors may assert that our products infringe their intellectual property rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into those markets. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. In addition, our competitors and others may have patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that use of our products infringes these patents. We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending against any of these claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell products, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products. We may not be able to obtain these licenses at a reasonable cost, if at all. We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our gross margins. In addition, we could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products to avoid infringing third-party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products could materially affect our ability to grow and gain market acceptance for our products.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

In addition, our agreements with some of our suppliers, distributors, customers and other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims against us, including the claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify any of these third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our employees’ former employers.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other life sciences companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize certain potential products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.

Our products contain software tools licensed by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our competitors to create similar products with less development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales.

Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot assure investors that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

We use third-party software that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our products that could lead to lost customers or harm to our reputation.

We use software licensed from third parties in our products. In the future, this software may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this software could result in delays in the production of our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in third- party software, or other third-party software failures could result in errors, defects or cause our products to fail, which could harm our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.

We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software providers and to obtain software from such providers that does not contain any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver reliable products to our customers and could harm our results of operations.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

Complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies will increase our costs and the demands on management and could harm our operating results.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Also, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning January 1, 2014, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an “emerging growth company.” We expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

As an “emerging growth company” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

   

failure to obtain or delays in obtaining product approvals or clearances from the FDA or foreign regulators;

 

   

adverse regulatory or reimbursement announcements;

 

   

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

-30-


Table of Contents
   

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

   

market conditions in the life sciences research and molecular diagnostics markets;

 

   

manufacturing disruptions;

 

   

any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

   

any change to the composition of the board of directors or key personnel;

 

   

expiration of contractual lock-up agreements with our executive officers, directors and security holders;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

   

the other factors described in this section of the prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.”

The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of health technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial price to public for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. The lack of an active market may impair investors’ ability to sell their shares at the time they wish to sell them or at a price that they consider reasonable, may reduce the fair market value of their shares and may impair our ability to raise capital.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding (             shares of common stock will be outstanding assuming exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full), based

 

-31-


Table of Contents

on our shares outstanding as of May 13, 2013. All shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining              shares, or     % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us or lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, of which 41,874,616 shares and 19,763,742 shares, respectively, were exercisable as of May 13, 2013, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option and equity incentive plans will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements. For more information see the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Holders of approximately              shares (including the shares underlying the warrants described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Warrants”), or     %, of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and option holders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.”

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 81% of our capital stock as of May 13, 2013, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own at least     % of our capital stock, of which     % will be beneficially owned by our executive officers. Accordingly, after this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to determine the composition of the board of directors, retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other business combinations, and continue to have significant influence over our operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the board of directors or management.

Our management team has broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and its investment of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return. They may invest the proceeds of this offering in ways with which investors disagree.

Our management has broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from this offering and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. Accordingly, investors will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to: (1) commercialize Prosigna after obtaining regulatory authorization, including establishing a dedicated oncology sales force; (2) expand the clinical utility of Prosigna and to develop other potential diagnostic product opportunities; (3) expand life sciences commercial operations to grow and support the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems among life sciences research customers in the United States and internationally; (4) develop new life sciences applications, chemistry and instrumentation for our nCounter

 

-32-


Table of Contents

technology platform; and (5) for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. These uses may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the revenue generated from the sale of our products to life sciences customers and the sale of Prosigna. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware or Washington law could make an acquisition of us difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit our stock price.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective immediately following consummation of this offering may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Among other things, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit the board of directors to issue up to              shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly-created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide the board of directors into three classes;

 

   

provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

prevent cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors; and

 

   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend the bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the total votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Likewise, because our principal executive

 

-33-


Table of Contents

offices are located in Washington, the anti-takeover provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. These provisions prohibit a “target corporation” from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any stockholder constituting an “acquiring person” for a period of five years following the date on which the stockholder became an “acquiring person.” See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for additional information.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “may,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “ongoing” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize Prosigna, our first product for which we have obtained a CE mark in the European Union;

 

   

our ability to secure regulatory clearance or approval, domestically and internationally, for the clinical use of our products, including a version of Prosigna in the United States;

 

   

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business;

 

   

the regulatory regime for our products, domestically and internationally;

 

   

our strategic relationships, including with patentholders of our technologies, manufacturers and distributors of our products, and third parties who conduct our clinical studies;

 

   

our intellectual property position;

 

   

our expected use of proceeds;

 

   

our expectations regarding the market size and growth potential for our life sciences and diagnostic businesses;

 

   

any estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements, and stock performance; and

 

   

our ability to sustain and manage growth, including our ability to develop new products and enter new markets.

In addition, you should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $          if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, based upon an assumed initial price to public of $          per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $          per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of              shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $25 million to commercialize Prosigna after obtaining regulatory authorization, including establishing a dedicated oncology sales force;

 

   

approximately $15 million to expand the clinical utility of Prosigna and to develop other potential diagnostic product opportunities;

 

   

approximately $15 million to expand life sciences commercial operations to grow and support the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems among life sciences research customers in the United States and internationally;

 

   

approximately $10 million to develop new life sciences applications, chemistry and instrumentation for our nCounter technology platform; and

 

   

for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the revenue generated from the sale of our products to life sciences customers and the sale of Prosigna. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facility materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes our capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, to reflect (1) a 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 276,204,820 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (3) the sale and issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Investors should read the information in this table together with the financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

           As of March 31, 2013        
     Actual     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Total long-term debt

   $ 12,835      $                    

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; issuable in series, 286,817,492 authorized, 259,782,687 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     105,964     

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;              authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

         

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, 374,300,000 shares authorized, 18,025,237 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2     

Additional paid-in capital

         

Accumulated deficit

     (102,810  
  

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (102,808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 15,991      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $          per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $         , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of              shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 294,230,057 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 276,204,820 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of March 31, 2013:

 

   

57,803,749 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.0943 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan,              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan, and 4,454,095 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2013, which shares will be added to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

19,430,335 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.2714 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

333,407 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock, issued in connection with the April 2013 term loan borrowing under our credit facility.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of their shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the price to public per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock. After giving effect to (1) a 1-for-          reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (2) the automatic conversion of the outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 276,204,820 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share.

After giving effect to (1) the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering and (2) receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial price to public per share

      $     

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share before this offering

   $               

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

     

Pro forma dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or approximately $         per share, and increase (decrease) the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, a decrease of              shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        , or $         per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase              additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $        

 

-40-


Table of Contents

per share and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2013, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Weighted-
Average
Price

Per Share
 
      
      
        
   Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders before this offering

               $                             $                

Investors participating in this offering

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial price to public of $         per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of              in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $        , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 294,230,057 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 276,204,820 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of March 31, 2013:

 

   

57,803,749 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.0943 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under stock-based compensation plans, including          shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan,          shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and any future automatic increase in shares reserved for issuance under such plan, and 4,454,095 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2013, which shares will be added to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon effectiveness of such plan;

 

   

19,430,335 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.2714 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

333,407 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock, issued in connection with the April 2013 term loan borrowing under our credit facility.

Share reserves for the equity incentive plans will also be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that new options are issued under the equity benefit plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 have been derived from unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from audited financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following selected financial and other data below in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income:

             

Revenue

  $ 1,613      $ 7,288      $ 11,730      $ 17,800      $ 22,973      $ 4,502      $ 5,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

             

Cost of revenue

    1,450        5,874        9,128        9,777        12,361        2,656        2,882   

Research and development

    4,428        4,550        7,547        8,990        11,635        2,197        3,059   

Selling, general and administrative

    4,513        5,464        8,027        9,529        15,486        3,167        6,126   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    10,391        15,888        24,702        28,296        39,482        8,020        12,067   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (8,778     (8,600     (12,972     (10,496     (16,509     (3,518     (6,391
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

             

Interest income

    51        64        29        10        21        7        3   

Interest expense

    (193     (320     (94     (599     (804     (112     (385

Other income (expense)

                  254        80        (29     (13     (4

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

    35        19        15        73        (387     26        (482
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (107     (237     204        (436     (1,199     (92     (868
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (8,885   $ (8,837   $ (12,768   $ (10,932   $ (17,708     (3,610     (7,259

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (1,708     (2,551     (4,351     (5,251     (7,533     (1,793     (2,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,593   $ (11,388   $ (17,119   $ (16,183   $ (25,241   $ (5,403   $ (9,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (1.08   $ (1.14   $ (1.69   $ (1.56   $ (2.22   $ (0.52   $ (0.56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

    9,824        9,977        10,124        10,350        11,358        10,460        17,175   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

         

$

(0.07

    $ (0.02
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

            256,586          293,380   
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-42-


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,     As of
March 31,

2013
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012    
    (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,508      $ 1,739      $ 4,366      $ 10,868      $ 21,692      $ 11,794   

Working capital

    (4,224     1,385        2,944        12,236        19,937        12,250   

Total assets

    9,564        9,367        13,275        24,584        37,406        29,575   

Total long-term debt

    8,878        1,274        1,829        1,887        12,759        12,835   

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    21,276        38,551        57,887        80,957        103,622        105,964   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (25,194     (36,565     (53,517     (69,451     (93,760     (102,808

 

(1)

Pro forma net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, as though the 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock and the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock occurred on the first day of the relevant period. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock and the conversion of the preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth in the section of the prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We develop, manufacture and sell robust, intuitive products that unlock scientifically valuable and clinically actionable genomic information from minute amounts of tissue. Our nCounter Analysis System directly profiles hundreds of molecules simultaneously using a novel barcoding technology that is powerful enough for use in research, yet simple enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide. We market systems and related consumables to researchers in academic, government, and biopharmaceutical laboratories for use in understanding fundamental biology and the molecular basis of disease. We have an installed base of more than 130 systems, which our customers have used to publish more than 200 peer-reviewed papers. As researchers discover how genomic information can be used to improve clinical decision-making, we seek to selectively translate their discoveries into molecular diagnostic products. In September 2012, we received European Union regulatory clearance for our first molecular diagnostic product, the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay, or Prosigna, an assay providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer and the intrinsic subtype of the patient’s tumor. In February 2013, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer.

The following is a chronology of some of our most significant achievements:

 

   

in 2003 the company was founded and in early 2004 we acquired an exclusive license to our core digital barcoding technology;

 

   

in October 2008 we sold our first nCounter Analysis System;

 

   

in April 2010 we obtained ISO 13485:2003 classification (which specifies requirements for a quality management system for medical device manufacturing) for our manufacturing facility and launched our miRNA application;

 

   

in July 2010 we licensed the intellectual property rights that form the basis of Prosigna, our first molecular diagnostic development program, and had our first pre-submission meeting with the FDA;

 

   

in October 2011 we launched the second generation of our nCounter Analysis System;

 

   

in December 2011 we announced the results from our first study clinically validating Prosigna, the TransATAC study;

 

   

in September 2012 we obtained CE mark designation for Prosigna and launched our Single Cell Gene Expression application;

 

   

in December 2012, we announced the results from our second study clinically validating Prosigna, our ABCSG8 study, which were consistent with the conclusions of our TransATAC study, and submitted to the FDA a 510(k) application seeking clearance to market a version of Prosigna in the United States; and

 

   

in February 2013, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel and we secured an option from a customer to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, for a molecular diagnostic product focused on hepatocellular carcinoma, or HCC.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of our products, which consist of our nCounter instruments and related proprietary consumables, which we call CodeSets and Master Kits. We sell two types of CodeSets: custom orders and standard sets, which we call panels. We also derive revenue from processing fees related to proof-of-principle studies we conduct for potential customers and extended service contracts for our nCounter Analysis Systems.

Until recently, we have sold our products for research use only. After buying an nCounter Analysis System, customers purchase consumables from us for use in their experiments. Our instruments are designed to work only with our consumable products. Accordingly, as the installed base of our instruments grows, we expect recurring revenue from consumable sales to become an increasingly important driver of our operating results. The nCounter Analysis System is currently available for research use only in the United States.

We have begun to offer instruments and consumables for use in diagnostic testing. We have recently obtained a CE mark for Prosigna, our first diagnostic product, and, in February 2013 we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe, including in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, and Israel. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. If the FDA clears Prosigna, we intend to launch Prosigna in the United States promptly following receipt of such clearance. We are currently planning for this commercial launch in the first quarter of 2014. The commercial launch of Prosigna requires us to establish a dedicated oncology diagnostics sales force. As a result, we expect sales and marketing expenses and operating losses to increase as we market the product in Europe and other countries outside of the United States, and to increase further upon the launch in the United States following clearance from the FDA. In addition, we expect sales in Europe to grow gradually as more systems are installed and Prosigna gains market acceptance and reimbursement by third-party payors becomes more broadly accepted.

We use third-party contract manufacturers to produce the two instruments comprising the nCounter Analysis System. We manufacture consumables at our Seattle, Washington facility. This operating model is designed to be capital efficient and to scale efficiently as our product volumes grow. We focus a substantial portion of our resources on developing new products and solutions. We invested $7.5 million, $9.0 million and $11.6 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, in research and development and intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development.

Our total revenue has increased to $23.0 million in 2012 from $17.8 million in 2011 and $11.7 million in 2010, which was driven by the sale of additional nCounter Analysis Systems and consumables for use on our growing installed base of instruments. Historically, we have generated a substantial majority of our revenue from sales to customers in North America; however, we expect sales in other regions to increase over time. We have never been profitable and had net losses of $12.8 million, $10.9 million and $17.7 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we had total revenue of $5.7 million and a net loss of $7.3 million, and as of March 31, 2013 our accumulated deficit was $102.8 million.

Key Financial Metrics

We are organized as, and operate in, two reportable segments: our life sciences business and our diagnostics business. Our life sciences business provides instruments, consumables and services for efficiently profiling the activity of hundreds of genes simultaneously from a single tissue sample. Our diagnostics business will provide molecular diagnostic kits to pathology labs enabling complex molecular testing on a decentralized basis.

Our chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The chief operating decision maker reviews financial information presented on a total company basis, accompanied by information about segment revenue and certain direct sales and marketing expenses by segment. Our chief operating decision maker evaluates performance based on these two measures. The chief operating decision maker does not review

 

-45-


Table of Contents

segment information related to cost of revenue, research and development or other selling, general and administrative expenses.

As of March 31, 2013, we had begun negotiations for initial diagnostic instrument placements but we had not generated any revenue from our diagnostic business. Accordingly, discussion within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is primarily directed at trends and changes in our life sciences business. For additional information, see “Note 13 — Segment Reporting” of the financial statements included in this prospectus.

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of our products and related services. We are organized as, and operate in, two reportable segments — life sciences and diagnostics. For a description of our revenue recognition policies, see the section of this prospectus captioned “— Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates — Revenue Recognition.”

Product Revenue

Our products consist of our nCounter Analysis System and related consumables. Our nCounter Analysis System typically consists of one nCounter Digital Analyzer and one nCounter Prep Station. The U.S. list price of one nCounter Analysis System is $235,000. Outside the United States, depending on the country, the list price is generally higher. Systems are sold to distributors at a discount to list price. Related consumables include (1) custom CodeSets, which we manufacture to the specific requirements of an individual researcher, (2) panels, which are standard pre-manufactured CodeSets, and (3) Master Kits, which are ancillary reagents, cartridges, tips and reagent plates required to setup and process samples in our instruments. Product revenue also includes payments for instrument installation. Currently, our customer base is primarily composed of academic institutions, government laboratories, and biopharmaceutical companies that perform analyses using our nCounter Analysis System and purchase consumables for research use only.

Service Revenue

Service revenue consists of fees associated with extended service contracts and conducting proof-of-principle studies. We include a one-year warranty with the sale of our instruments and offer extended service contracts, which are purchased by a majority of our customers. We selectively provide proof-of-principle studies to prospective customers in order to help them better understand the benefits of the nCounter Analysis System.

Revenue by Geography

We sell our life sciences products through our own sales force in the United States, Canada and certain European countries. We sell through distributors in other parts of the world. In the future, we intend to expand our sales force and establish additional distributor relationships outside the United States to better access international markets.

The following table reflects product revenue by geography and as a percentage of total product revenue, based on the billing address of our customers. North America consists of the United States, Canada and Mexico; and Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, South Korea, Singapore and Australia.

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

North America

   $ 10,643         91   $ 14,044         79   $ 15,906         69   $ 3,162         70   $ 4,477         79

Europe & Middle East

     909         8     2,918         16     4,167         18     992         22     616         11

Asia Pacific

     178         1     838         5     2,900         13     348         8     583         10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,730         100   $ 17,800         100   $ 22,973         100   $ 4,502         100   $ 5,676         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-46-


Table of Contents

We initially launched the nCounter Analysis System in North America. As we have begun to build out our European direct sales force and enter into agreements with distributors of our products in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America. The absolute amount of revenue generated from geographies outside of North America has increased as well as the relative percentage of total revenue.

Most of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates have not materially affected us to date; however, they may become material to us in the future as our operations outside of the United States expand.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs incurred in the production process, including costs of purchasing instruments from third-party contract manufacturers, consumable component materials and assembly labor and overhead, installation, warranty, service and packaging and delivery costs. In addition, cost of revenue includes royalty costs for licensed technologies included in our products, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and stock-based compensation expense. We provide a one-year warranty on each nCounter Analysis System sold and establish a reserve for warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred.

We expect the average unit costs of our instruments to decline in future periods as a result of our ongoing efforts to develop a lower-cost nCounter Analysis System to expand our market opportunity among smaller laboratories. We expect the unit costs of consumable products to decline as a result of our ongoing efforts to improve our manufacturing processes and expected increases in production volume and yields. Although the unit costs of our custom CodeSets vary, they are generally higher as a percentage of the related revenue than our panels.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, occupancy, laboratory supplies, consulting fees and related costs, costs associated with licensing molecular diagnostics rights and clinical study expenses (including the cost of tissue samples) to support the regulatory approval or clearance of diagnostic products. We have made substantial investments in research and development since our inception. Our research and development efforts have focused primarily on the tasks required to enhance our technologies and to support development and commercialization of new and existing products and applications.

Given the relatively small size of our research and development staff and the limited number of active projects at any given time, we have found that, to date, it has been effective for us to manage our research and development activities on a departmental basis. Accordingly, we do not require employees to report their time by project nor do we allocate our research and development costs to individual projects. The following table shows the composition of total research and development expense by functional area for the periods indicated. Prior to 2012, research and development expense related to our core nCounter platform technology and diagnostic product development were combined.

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Core nCounter platform technology and diagnostic product development

   $ 3,649       $ 4,359       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Core nCounter platform technology

     —           —           1,537         314         612   

Manufacturing process development

     878         969         1,183         296         378   

Life sciences products and applications

     1,848         1,875         2,183         463         736   

Diagnostic product development

     —           —           4,783         648         938   

Facility allocation

     1,173         1,787         1,949         476         395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,548       $ 8,990       $ 11,635       $ 2,197       $ 3,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-47-


Table of Contents

Our clinical studies employ a retrospective / prospective design, which means that we use samples that were previously collected from patients and for which the treatment regimen and ultimate patient outcome is known. Such studies are capital efficient as they do not require recruiting new patients and running prospective trials and they can be completed much more quickly than typical prospective clinical trials. We intend to use a similar approach whenever possible for the additional clinical studies we intend to conduct in support of our future regulatory submissions to expand the indications for Prosigna and for future diagnostic products.

We expect to license additional molecular diagnostic rights as part of our strategy to develop additional diagnostic products. For example, in February 2013 we secured an option from a customer to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, to identify patients with cirrhosis who are at highest risk of developing the most common type of liver cancer, HCC, and to determine whether a patient who has been diagnosed with HCC is likely to have a recurrence. Such arrangements may include upfront, milestone or annual cash payments and revenue-based royalties. We believe that our continued investment in research and development is essential to our long-term competitive position and expect these expenses to increase in future periods.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for our sales and marketing, finance, human resources, information technology, business development and general management functions, as well as professional services, such as legal, consulting and accounting services. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as the number of sales, technical support and marketing and administrative personnel grows and we continue to introduce new products, broaden our customer base and grow our business. In particular, the commercial launch of Prosigna requires us to establish a dedicated oncology diagnostics sales force which will increase selling and marketing expenses significantly. We also expect legal, accounting and compliance costs to increase upon becoming a public company.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Instrument Installed Base

Our future financial performance will be driven in large part by the rate of sales of our nCounter Analysis Systems, which typically consist of one nCounter Digital Analyzer and one nCounter Prep Station. In some cases, our customers increase the throughput of their nCounter Analysis System by purchasing up to three nCounter Prep Stations per nCounter Digital Analyzer. We plan to grow our system sales in the coming years through multiple strategies, including expanding our sales efforts outside of the United States and continuing to enhance the underlying technology and applications for both life sciences research and future diagnostics use. As our installed base of instruments grows, we solicit feedback from our customers and focus our research and development efforts on enabling the nCounter Analysis System for additional applications, which in turn helps to drive additional sales of our instruments and consumables. We are developing a new generation of the nCounter Analysis System that we believe will increase our addressable market and simplify the procurement processes of our potential customers. Our plan is to reduce the footprint of the system by combining the prep station and the digital analyzer into a single instrument and reduce the cost through the adoption of new, less expensive technologies. We are targeting release of the new generation system in 2014.

Our sales process involves numerous interactions with multiple individuals within an organization, and often includes in-depth analysis by potential customers of our products, performance of proof-of-principle studies, preparation of extensive documentation and a lengthy review process. As a result of these factors, the large capital investment required in purchasing our instruments and the budget cycles of our customers, the time from initial contact with a customer to our receipt of a purchase order can vary significantly and be up to 12 months or longer. Given the length and uncertainty of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, fluctuations in our instrument sales on a period-to-period basis. We are developing an nCounter Analysis System that we intend to offer at a lower price, which we believe will simplify the procurement processes of our potential customers as well as increase our addressable market.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

We have sold more than 130 nCounter Analysis Systems, which we count based on the number of nCounter Digital Analyzers sold given that a system may couple an analyzer with multiple nCounter Prep Stations. Management focuses on instrument unit sales as a primary indicator of current business success and a leading indicator of likely future sales of consumables.

Recurring Consumable Revenue

Our instruments are designed to be used only with our consumables. This closed system model generates recurring revenue from each instrument we sell. Management focuses on recurring consumable revenue per system as an indicator of the continuing value generated by each system. We calculate recurring consumable revenue per system quarterly by dividing consumable revenue recognized in a particular quarter (other than consumable revenue related to proof-of-principle studies) by the total number of nCounter Analysis Systems installed as of the last day in the immediately preceding quarter. We believe that our recurring consumable revenue is driven by our customers’ ability to extract value from up to 800 data points per sample and to process hundreds of samples in a relatively short period of time with little hands-on preparation using our nCounter Analysis System, enabling them to process more units of consumables per unit of time. In 2010, 2011 and 2012, our average consumable revenue per system exceeded $100,000 per year.

As the installed base of the nCounter Analysis Systems expands, consumables revenue is expected to increase and over time should be an increasingly important contributor to our total revenue. Over time, we believe that consumables revenue should be subject to less period-to-period fluctuation than our instrument sales revenue.

Revenue Mix and Gross Margin

Our product revenue is derived from sales of the nCounter Analysis System and related consumables. Generally, our consumables have higher gross margins than our instruments. There will be fluctuations in mix between instruments and consumables from period to period. Over time, as our installed base of systems grows, consumables should constitute a larger percentage of total revenue, which would increase our gross margins. In addition, we expect both the average selling price and the manufacturing cost of our instruments to decrease following the introduction of future generations of our nCounter Analysis System. Future instrument selling prices and gross margins may fluctuate as we introduce new products and reduce our product costs and from variability in the timing of new product introductions.

We derive service revenue from extended service contracts, which are purchased by a majority of our customers. Additionally, we selectively provide proof-of-principle studies in connection with prospective sales to customers to demonstrate the performance of our nCounter Analysis System.

The following table reflects instrument, consumable and service revenue in absolute dollars and as percentage of total revenue.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Product revenue:

                         

Instruments

   $ 6,472         55   $ 7,112         40   $ 8,786         38   $ 1,500         33   $ 1,639         29

Consumables

     5,034         43        9,997         56        13,036         57        2,703         60     3,699         65

Service revenue

     224         2        691         4        1,151         5        299         7     338         6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,730         100   $ 17,800         100   $ 22,973         100   $ 4,502         100   $ 5,676         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impact of Our Diagnostic Products Strategy

We intend to provide instruments and consumables for use in diagnostic testing, beginning with Prosigna. We recently obtained a CE mark for Prosigna and, in February 2013 we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe, including in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, and Israel. In April 2013, we

 

-49-


Table of Contents

installed the first diagnostic systems in Europe, which will initially be used for clinical studies of Prosigna’s impact on adjuvant treatment decisions in early stage breast cancer called decision impact studies. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. The commercial launch of Prosigna requires us to establish a dedicated diagnostics sales force.

We intend to enable medical centers and commercial laboratories to conduct complex molecular diagnostic testing that they are unable to do today. After appropriate regulatory clearance, we will sell nCounter Analysis Systems to customers or lease them under “reagent rental” arrangements where an instrument is placed at a customer location at minimal direct cost and the customer commits to purchase a minimum volume of consumable diagnostic kits over a period of time. The revenue derived from the sale of diagnostic kits will be driven by a combination of the number of tests performed by our customers as well as the price of each kit. The list price of a Prosigna test in Europe is the equivalent of €1,550 per patient. Although the price of Prosigna and our additional future diagnostic products will depend on many factors, including whether and how much third-party payors will reimburse laboratories for conducting such tests, we expect that the gross margin for our diagnostic kits will be higher than for our life sciences research consumables.

Over time, we intend to build a menu of additional diagnostic tests that can be run on our nCounter Analysis System. As researchers discover how genomic information can be used to improve clinical decision-making, we will seek to in-license intellectual property rights and translate their discoveries into molecular diagnostic products. We in-licensed the rights to intellectual property that forms the basis of Prosigna from Bioclassifier, LLC, which was founded by several of our life sciences research customers. We intend to enter into similar arrangements with our life sciences research customers and other researchers for future diagnostic gene signatures. Our strategy is to target intellectual property rights to potential diagnostic methods that are well understood, have the potential to facilitate changes in treatment with a major impact on outcome and cost, have the potential to support value-based pricing, and for which tissue samples for clinical validation are readily available. For example, in February 2013 we secured an option from a customer to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, to identify patients with cirrhosis who are at highest risk of developing HCC and to determine whether a patient who has been diagnosed with HCC is likely to have a recurrence. This disciplined approach is designed to efficiently focus our research and development investment on development of potential products, rather than discovery of new gene signatures. Licenses may include upfront, milestone and/or annual cash payments and revenue-based royalties. The number and amount of such payments and royalty rates are expected to vary depending on the level of development and commercial potential of in-license opportunities.

We believe that our in vitro diagnostics business model is more capital efficient than the clinical laboratory services model and has the potential to become profitable on a relatively small revenue base. Our diagnostics business leverages many of the capabilities of our life sciences business, including our technology platform and product development, manufacturing, and administrative functions. Because we provide in vitro diagnostics kits rather than clinical laboratory services, we do not incur the costs of clinical laboratory infrastructure, sample logistics, or contracting with and billing managed care organizations. We believe that our customers will be motivated by the potential to improve patient care, broaden patient access and profit from testing services based on Prosigna and other potential nCounter-based diagnostics, which will encourage market adoption and potentially reduce sales and marketing expenditures relative to a centralized laboratory model.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue; Cost of Revenue; Gross Profit

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Change 2012 v. 2013  
     2012     2013     Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

         

Product revenue:

         

Instruments

   $ 1,500      $ 1,639      $ 139         9

Consumables

     2,703        3,699        996         37

Service revenue

     299        338        39         13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

     4,502        5,676        1,174         26

Cost of revenue

     2,656        2,882        226         9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 1,846      $ 2,794      $ 948         51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     41     49     

The increase in instrument revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, primarily within North America. The increase in consumable revenue was generally consistent with the increase in our instrument installed base.

The increase in cost of revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, as well as the increased costs associated with higher volumes of consumables sold. Gross margin increased due to a shift in product mix, with higher margin consumables representing 65% of total revenues in 2013, versus 60% in the prior year period. Additionally, gross margin on consumables increased in 2013 due to higher manufacturing capacity utilization.

Research and Development Expense

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
     Change 2012 v. 2013  
     2012      2013      Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Research and development expense

   $ 2,197       $ 3,059       $ 862         39

The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.9 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of growth in research and development headcount to support the expansion of our life science business and the formation of our diagnostic business, and a $0.2 million increase in diagnostic external development costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
     Change 2012 v. 2013  
     2012      2013      Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 3,167       $ 6,126       $ 2,959         93

The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses, primarily related to increased sales and administrative headcount to support the growth and expansion of our business, a $0.9 million increase in marketing consulting costs, primarily in preparation for the commercial launch of Prosigna, a $0.2 million increase in corporate and intellectual property-related legal costs, and a $0.2 million increase in other professional fees and administrative services.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Change 2012 v. 2013  
     2012     2013     Dollars     Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 7      $ 3      $ (4     -57

Interest expense

     (112     (385     (273     244

Other income (expense)

     (13     (4     9        -69

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     26        (482     (508     -1,954
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (92   $ (868   $ (776     843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The increase in interest expense was driven by the increase in borrowings under our existing credit facility compared to the prior period level of borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement and convertible subordinated notes. Our average outstanding indebtedness was $13.0 million in 2013 compared to less than $2.0 million in 2012.

The increase in expense from the revaluation of the preferred stock warrant liability was driven by an increase in the valuation of our stock.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue; Cost of Revenue; Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change 2011 v. 2012  
     2011     2012     Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

         

Product revenue:

         

Instruments

   $ 7,112      $ 8,786      $ 1,674         24

Consumables

     9,997        13,036        3,039         30   

Service revenue

     691        1,151        460         67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

     17,800        22,973        5,173         29   

Cost of revenue

     9,777        12,361        2,584         26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 8,023      $ 10,612      $ 2,589         32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     45     46     

The increase in instrument revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, primarily related to an increase in sales outside of the United States. The net selling price of our instruments was relatively flat. The increase in consumable revenue was related to our increased instrument installed base. Overall, we derived $3.3 million in incremental revenue from customers outside of North America as a result of the expansion of our overseas sales and marketing efforts.

The increase in cost of revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, as well as the increased costs associated with higher volumes of consumables sold. Gross margin was relatively flat, consistent with the relatively constant product mix in the two years.

Research and Development Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change 2011 v. 2012  
         2011              2012          Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Research and development expense

   $ 8,990       $ 11,635       $ 2,645         29

 

-52-


Table of Contents

The increase was primarily attributable to a $2.2 million increase in clinical study and sample acquisition costs and an $0.8 million increase in facility-related costs due to the expansion of our facility. The increases were offset in part by the absence of $0.5 million in third-party in-license fees incurred in 2011.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change 2011 v. 2012  
     2011      2012      Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 9,529       $ 15,486       $ 5,957         63

The increase was primarily attributable to a $2.5 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased sales and administrative headcount to support the growth of our business, $2.0 million in marketing consulting costs in preparation for the commercial launch of Prosigna, and $0.9 million in corporate and intellectual property-related legal costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change 2011 v. 2012  
         2011             2012         Dollars     Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 10      $ 21      $ 11        110

Interest expense

     (599     (804     (205     34   

Other income (expense)

     80        (29     (109     (136

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     73        (387     (460     (630
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (436   $ (1,199   $ (763     175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The increase in interest expense was driven by the increase in borrowings under our existing credit facility compared to the prior period level of borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement and convertible subordinated notes.

The increase in expense from the revaluation of the preferred stock warrant liability was driven by an increase in the valuation of our stock.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

Revenue; Cost of Revenue; Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change 2010 v. 2011  
     2010     2011     Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

         

Product revenue:

         

Instruments

   $ 6,472      $ 7,112      $ 640         10

Consumables

     5,034        9,997        4,963         99   

Service revenue

     224        691        467         208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

     11,730        17,800        6,070         52   

Cost of revenue

     9,128        9,777        649         7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 2,602      $ 8,023      $ 5,421         208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin

     22     45     

The increase in instrument revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, which was primarily related to an increase outside of the United States. The net selling price of our instruments was

 

-53-


Table of Contents

relatively flat. The increase in consumable revenue was related to our increased instrument installed base as well as the introduction of new applications and panel products. Overall, we derived $2.7 million in incremental revenue from customers outside of North America as a result of the expansion of our overseas sales and marketing efforts.

The increase in cost of revenue was attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, as well as the increased costs associated with higher volumes of consumables sold. This increase was largely offset by a decrease in manufacturing costs for certain consumable products. Gross margin increased primarily due to manufacturing process improvements, raw material costs reductions, increased manufacturing volumes, and a shift in product mix toward consumables, all of which lowered costs as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change 2010 v. 2011  
     2010      2011      Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Research and development expense

   $ 7,547       $ 8,990       $ 1,443         19

The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.9 million increase in personnel related expenses as a result of increased headcount, a $0.7 million increase in facility costs as we leased additional space, and $0.5 million in third-party in-license fees incurred in 2011. Partially offsetting the increase was the absence of $0.7 million in development costs incurred in 2010 for a second generation of our instruments launched in 2011.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change 2010 v. 2011  
     2010      2011      Dollars      Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 8,027       $ 9,529       $ 1,502         19

The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.6 million increase in personnel-related expenses, largely as a result of increased sales and administrative headcount, and to a lesser extent, an increase in facility costs as we leased additional space. Partially offsetting the increase was the reduction of $0.5 million in consulting fees related to the evaluation of the Prosigna market opportunity.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change 2010 v. 2011  
     2010     2011     Dollars     Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 29      $ 10      $ (19     (66 %) 

Interest expense

     (94     (599     (505     (537

Other income (expense)

     254        80        (174     (69

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     15        73        58        387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 204      $ (436   $ (640     (314
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The increase in interest expense was driven by a $5.0 million increase in borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement in November 2010 and the issuance of an aggregate of $5.0 million in convertible promissory notes in June and September 2011. The decrease in other income was attributable to a one-time payment of $0.2 million received in 2010 under the Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project Program.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for the last nine fiscal quarters. The unaudited interim financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to a fair statement of our results of operations and financial position for these periods. These data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

                 

Product revenue:

                 

Instruments

  $ 2,060      $ 1,898      $ 1,078      $ 2,076      $ 1,500      $ 2,579      $ 2,183      $ 2,524      $ 1,639   

Consumables

    2,147        2,843        2,634        2,373        2,703        3,054        3,568        3,711        3,699   

Service revenue

    137        138        181        235        299        310        284        258        338   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    4,344        4,879        3,893        4,684        4,502        5,943        6,035        6,493        5,676   

Costs and expenses:

                 

Cost of revenue

    2,532        2,477        2,189        2,579        2,656        3,334        3,086        3,285     

 

2,882

  

Research and development

    2,620        2,229        1,884        2,257        2,197        2,971        3,085        3,382     

 

3,059

  

Selling, general and administrative

    2,327        2,473        2,110        2,619        3,167        3,251        4,170        4,898        6,126   

Other (income) expenses

    19        67        282        68        92        (42     360     

 

789

  

 

 

868

  

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    7,498        7,246        6,465        7,523        8,112        9,514        10,701        12,354        12,935   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (3,154   $ (2,367   $ (2,572   $ (2,839   $ (3,610   $ (3,571   $ (4,666   $ (5,861   $ (7,259
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consistent with others in our industry, we have experienced variations in revenue related to the ordering patterns of our customers. The third calendar quarter has tended to be relatively weak for instruments and consumables due to summer holidays and vacations of potential academic customers. In addition, we believe that instrument sales will be stronger in the fourth quarter of each calendar year due to the availability of residual funding for capital expenditures prior to the end of many customers’ fiscal year and less strong in the first quarter of each calendar year as a result of such expenditures. As a result of such factors, we expect to continue to see seasonality and quarter-to-quarter variations in our revenue, especially related to instruments.

Cost of revenue tends to be higher on a percentage basis in the first calendar quarters due to lower revenue over which we must spread our fixed manufacturing and overhead costs. Product mix from quarter-to-quarter also impacts cost of revenue on a percentage basis.

Research and development expense has varied from quarter-to-quarter due to the timing of license payments and clinical study activity. For example, we incurred a $0.5 million in-license fee in the first quarter of 2011 and incurred third-party clinical study costs of $1.0 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million in the second, third and fourth quarter of 2012, respectively. We believe that our continued investment in research and development is essential to our long-term competitive position and expect these expenses to continue to increase in future periods.

Selling, general and administrative expense has increased each quarter in 2012 primarily due to increased sales and marketing headcount and marketing consulting costs in preparation for the commercial launch of Prosigna.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million, which consisted of highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities and, to a lesser extent, from borrowings. Our principal uses of cash are funding our operations, debt service payments as described below, and capital expenditures.

Sources of Funds

Our cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $14.8 million and $9.0 million, respectively. During 2012, we incurred $13.0 million in term loan borrowings under our credit facility and amended the credit facility to allow for the incurrence of up to an additional $10.0 million in term loan borrowings. Also in 2012, we issued and sold shares of Series E preferred stock which generated proceeds after offering expenses of $15.1 million. As of March 31, 2013 we had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million and available borrowing under our credit facility of $12.0 million, including $10 million in term loan borrowings. In April 2013, we incurred $5.0 million of the remaining term loan borrowings and amended our credit facility to allow for the incurrence of the remaining $5.0 million in term loan borrowings on or before June 30, 2013. In our current mode of operations, our cash, cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity is sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs at least through the end of 2013. However, our operating plan for 2013 reflects substantial incremental investment in the launch of our first diagnostic product, which we intend to fund through equity financing. Without this additional funding, we will be required to reduce the pace of our investment in the diagnostic product commercialization.

From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources and means to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. There can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms.

Credit Facility

In March 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement, which we refer to as our credit facility, pursuant to which we incurred $7.5 million in term loan borrowings, which we refer to as “Term A” borrowings. Pursuant to the credit facility, we incurred an additional $5.5 million of term loan borrowings in December 2012, which we refer to as “Term B” borrowings. Also in December 2012 and April 2013, we amended the credit facility to (1) allow for the incurrence on or prior to April 30, 2013 of up to an additional $5.0 million in term loan borrowings, which we incurred on April 30, 2013 and refer to as “Term C” borrowings and (2) allow for the incurrence on or prior to June 30, 2013 of up to an additional $5.0 million in term loan borrowings, which we refer to as “Term D” borrowings. Prior to incurring the Term D borrowings, we must satisfy a revenue-based milestone. Interest on term loan borrowings is determined at the time of borrowing and accrues at a fixed rate equal to the three month LIBOR plus 8.39% (subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.50%). Through June 2013, we are required to only pay interest on outstanding term borrowings on a monthly basis. Pursuant to the April 2013 amendment, if the offering contemplated by this prospectus is completed on or prior to June 30, 2013 and generates gross proceeds of at least $50.0 million, the period during which we are required to only pay interest on outstanding term borrowings will be extended through January 2014 and the maturity date for all term borrowings will be similarly extended by eight months. Following the expiration of the interest only payment period, we are required to pay principal and interest in 29 equal monthly installments, or 30 equal monthly payments if the offering contemplated by this prospectus is completed on or prior to June 30, 2013 and generates gross proceeds of at least $50.0 million, plus an end of term payment equal to 5.5% of the amount borrowed. We may at our option prepay all of the term loan borrowings by paying the lender, among other things, all principal and accrued interest, the end of term payment plus a make-whole premium. Pursuant to the credit facility, from time to time we can also incur revolver borrowings of up to the lesser of $2.0 million and a borrowing base tied to the amount of eligible accounts receivable. Interest on revolver borrowings accrues at a floating rate equal to the prime rate plus 3.70% (subject to a floor of 6.95%) and is payable monthly. We are also required to pay a fee of 0.075% per month on the unused portion of the revolver borrowings.

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur

 

-56-


Table of Contents

encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. In addition, we must comply with a financial covenant based on life sciences revenue. This financial covenant is measured monthly on a trailing three month basis. We were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013. Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property.

As of March 31, 2013, we had $7.5 million of Term A borrowings outstanding and $5.5 million of Term B borrowings, which each accrue interest at 8.89%. In April 2013, we incurred $5.0 million of Term C borrowings, which accrues interest at 8.89%.

We issued the lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,420,455 shares of our Series D preferred stock in connection with entering into the credit facility and warrants to purchase an additional 1,041,666 shares of Series D preferred stock in connection with the incurrence of the Term B borrowings. Such warrants have ten year terms and an exercise price of $0.2640 per share. In December 2012 we issued the lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate 666,814 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share in connection with the amendment of the credit facility. In addition, in April 2013 we issued the lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 333,407 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share in connection with the incurrence of Term C borrowings. It is a condition to the incurrence of any Term D borrowings that we issue the lenders additional warrants to purchase shares of our Series E preferred stock. Assuming we incur the Term D borrowings in full, we would be required to issue the lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 333,407 shares of our Series E preferred stock. Following the offering contemplated by this prospectus, such warrants will be exercisable for our common stock.

Convertible Promissory Notes

In June 2011 and September 2011, we issued approximately $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of our subordinated convertible promissory notes to existing investors. Interest on the notes accrued on the unpaid principal balance at 8.0% per year. The principal amount of and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible notes converted into an aggregate of 19,269,403 shares of our Series D preferred stock in November 2011. In addition, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,787,878 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2640 per share to the holders of the subordinated convertible notes. These warrants will expire upon the earliest of (1) November 1, 2018, (2) a change in control of our company and (3) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Following the offering contemplated by this prospectus, such warrants will be exercisable for our common stock.

2010 Loan and Security Agreement

In November 2010, we amended our then-existing loan and security agreement to provide for up to $2.0 million of equipment term borrowings and, subject to certain conditions, up to $3.0 million in revolver borrowings. Under the agreement, we incurred $1.9 million of equipment term borrowings, which were payable over periods of up to 36 months in equal monthly installments of principal and interest. In addition, we incurred maximum borrowings under the revolver of $2.7 million. As amended, interest on borrowings under the 2010 loan and security agreement accrued at a floating rate equal to the bank’s prime reference rate (subject to a floor of LIBOR plus 2.5%, or, if LIBOR cannot be determined, then 2.5%), plus up to 1.5% depending on the facility. All of the indebtedness incurred under the 2010 loan and security agreement was repaid in 2012 in connection with the entry into our existing credit facility.

We also issued the lender under the 2010 loan and security agreement warrants to purchase 150,138 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.5458 per share. After giving effect to the anti-dilution provisions of such warrant, in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus, it will become exercisable for 234,129 shares of our common stock. These warrants will expire in October 2014.

Use of Funds

Our principal uses of cash are funding our operations, satisfaction of our obligations under our debt instruments, and other working capital requirements. Over the past several years, our revenue has increased

 

-57-


Table of Contents

significantly from year to year and, as a result, our cash flows from customer collections have increased. However, our operating expenses have also increased as we have invested in growing our existing life sciences business and in developing Prosigna and preparing it for commercialization. As a result, our cash used in operating activities has either remained relatively constant or increased. We expect our operating cash requirements to increase in the future as we (1) increase sales and marketing activities to expand the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems among life sciences research customers, (2) commercialize, and conduct studies to expand the clinical utility of, Prosigna, and (3) develop new applications, chemistry and instruments for our nCounter platform.

We will need to raise additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders.

Historical Cash Flow Trends

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
    

(In thousands)

 

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (10,965   $ (10,692   $ (14,808   $ (2,915   $ (9,010

Cash used in investing activities

     (1,932     (2,800     (428     (132     (136

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     15,524        19,994        26,060        5,962        (752

Operating Cash Flows

We derive operating cash flows from cash collected from the sale of our products and services. These cash flows received are outweighed by our use of cash for operating expenses to support the growth of our business. As a result, we have historically experienced negative cash flows from operating activities as we have expanded our business in the United States and other markets and this will likely continue for the foreseeable future.

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 consisted of our net loss of $7.3 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $3.1 million, which included a $1.0 million increase in accounts receivable, an $0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and a $1.2 million decrease in accrued liabilities. These uses were partially offset by non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $0.5 million, revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability of $0.5 million, stock-based compensation of $0.2 million and interest accrued on long term debt of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 consisted of our net loss of $3.6 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.1 million, which were partially offset by non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $0.5 million, stock-based compensation of $0.3 million, amortization of debt discounts and issuance cost of $0.1 million and revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability of $26,000.

Net cash used in operating activities for 2012 consisted of our net loss of $17.7 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million, which were partially offset by non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $1.9 million, stock-based compensation of $0.7 million, revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability of $0.4 million and amortization of debt discounts and issuance cost of $0.1 million.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities for 2011 consisted of our net loss of $10.9 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, which were partially offset by non-cash expense items including depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $1.5 million, amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs of $0.3 million and stock-based compensation of $0.2 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for 2010 consisted of our net loss of $12.8 million, offset in part by a $0.6 million change in operating assets and liabilities and non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of our equipment and leasehold improvements of $1.0 million and stock-based compensation of $0.1 million.

Investing Cash Flows

Net cash used in investing activities for each of the periods presented was primarily for the purchase of laboratory, manufacturing and computer equipment and software to support our expanding infrastructure. In 2011, we leased additional laboratory and office space and incurred $1.8 million in expenses related to leasehold improvements and our restricted cash related to this leased space increased by $0.1 million. In 2012 and 2013, we purchased lesser amounts of property and equipment required to support the growth and expansion of our operations. Other than the purchase of nCounter Analysis Systems for loan or rental to clinical laboratories in support of Prosigna commercialization in jurisdictions where we have regulatory authorization, we have no major capital expenditures planned for the remainder of 2013.

Financing Cash Flows

Historically, we have funded our operations through the issuance of preferred stock and the incurrence of indebtedness.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities consisted of payments related to deferred offering costs of $1.0 million and repayments of borrowings of $0.1 million. This was partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $0.3 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $7.5 million of borrowing under our credit facility, which was partially offset by repayments of borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement of $1.6 million.

For 2012, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $13.0 million of borrowing under our credit facility and $15.1 million from the issuance of Series E preferred stock. This was partially offset by repayments of borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement of $1.7 million and payments related to deferred offering costs of $0.6 million.

For 2011, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of the issuance of Series D preferred stock which generated proceeds of $14.9 million, issuance of our subordinated convertible notes which generated proceeds of $5.0 million and incurrence of an aggregate of $5.0 million of borrowings under our 2010 loan and security agreement, which were offset in part by repayment of $4.9 million of such borrowings.

For 2010, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of the issuance of $15.0 million of Series C preferred stock and net incurrence of indebtedness under our 2010 loan and security agreement of $0.5 million.

Contractual Obligations

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

     Payments due by period  

Contractual Obligations (1)

   Total      Less than
1  Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5  Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease obligations (2)

   $ 7,295       $ 2,009       $ 3,950       $ 1,336       $   

Long-term debt obligations (3)

     13,993         3,009         10,984                   

Inventory purchase obligations (4)

     2,604         2,604                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,892       $ 7,622       $ 14,934       $ 1,336       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-59-


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Excludes royalty obligations based on net sales of products, including royalties payable to the Institute for Systems Biology, as any such amounts are not currently determinable.

 

(2)

Operating lease costs are primarily for office, laboratory and manufacturing space at our headquarters.

 

(3)

Includes principal and interest on long-term debt obligations.

 

(4)

Purchase obligations consist of contractual and legally binding commitments under outstanding purchase orders to purchase long lead time inventory items.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to:

 

   

revenue recognition;

 

   

stock-based compensation;

 

   

inventory valuation;

 

   

fair value measurements; and

 

   

income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from sales of our products and services. Our products consist of our proprietary nCounter Analysis Systems and related consumables. Services consist of extended service contracts and service fees for assay processing.

Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. The evaluation of these revenue recognition criteria requires significant management judgment. For instance, we use judgment to assess collectability based on factors such as the customer’s creditworthiness and past collection history, if applicable. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, revenue recognition is deferred until receipt of payment. We also use judgment to assess whether a price is fixed or determinable including but not limited to, reviewing contractual terms and conditions related to payment terms.

Some of our sales arrangements involve the delivery or performance of multiple products or services. Significant interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and, if so, how the related sales price should be allocated among the elements, when to recognize revenue for each element, and the period over which revenue should be recognized. Revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables is based on the individual units of accounting determined to exist in the arrangement. A delivered element is considered a separate unit of accounting when the delivered element has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Elements are considered to have stand-alone value when they are sold separately or when the customer could resell the element on a stand-alone basis.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

For multiple-element arrangements, we allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement to the deliverables based on the relative selling price method. The selling price used for each deliverable is based on vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available, or best estimated selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. BESP is determined in a manner consistent with that used to establish the price to sell the deliverable on a stand-alone basis. To date, selling prices have been established by reference to VSOE based on stand alone sales transactions for each deliverable. VSOE is considered to have been established when a substantial majority of individual sales transactions within the previous 12 month period fall within a reasonably narrow range, which we have defined to be plus or minus 15% of the median sales price of actual stand alone sales transactions. Allocated revenue is only recognized for each deliverable when the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

We calibrate our nCounter Analysis System prior to shipment, but it must be recalibrated and tested on installation at the customer premises. Installation and calibration is therefore considered to be essential to the functionality of our nCounter Analysis System. To date, customers have relied upon us to perform the installation and calibration service. Systems and related installation and calibration are considered to be one separate unit of accounting and revenue is recognized once the installation and calibration has been completed.

Revenue from the sales of our products that are not part of multiple element arrangements is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured, which is generally when delivery has occurred.

Accruals for estimated warranty expenses are made at the time that the associated revenue is recognized. We use judgment to estimate these accruals and, if we were to experience an increase in warranty claims or if costs of servicing our products under warranty were greater than our estimates, our cost of revenue could be adversely affected in future periods.

Revenue from the sales of our services is recognized when no significant obligations remain undelivered and collection of the receivables is reasonably assured, which is generally when delivery has occurred. We offer extended service contracts on our nCounter Analysis Systems for periods ranging from 12 to 36 months after the end of the standard 12-month warranty period. Revenue from extended service contracts is deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the contract period.

Stock-based Compensation

We have granted stock options at exercise prices believed to be equal to the fair value of the common stock underlying such options as determined by the board of directors, with input from management, on the date of grant. Because our common stock is not currently publicly traded, the board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair market value of our common stock. Changes in judgments could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Members of the board of directors and management team have extensive business, financial and investing experience. In assessing the fair value of our common stock as of option grant dates, the board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors including:

 

   

our financial projections and future prospects;

 

   

the current lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

the stock price performance of comparable public companies;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the options, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

our results of operations, history of losses and other financial metrics;

 

   

conditions in our industry and the economy generally; and

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock, including those performed as of December 1, 2011, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012 by an independent valuation specialist.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

As of each stock option grant date listed below, the board of directors believes it made a thorough evaluation of the relevant factors to determine the fair market value of our common stock and accordingly set the exercise price of the options granted equal to its estimate of the fair value of our common stock determined as of such date. On each option grant date, the board of directors considered the most recent valuation of our common stock as one of several factors in estimating the fair value of our common stock. In addition, the board of directors considered changes in our financial condition that had occurred subsequent to the previous valuation date, then-current general economic and market conditions as described more fully below and the other objective and subjective factors described above. Based on these considerations, the board of directors also determined that no significant change in our business or expectations of future business had occurred as of each grant date since the most recent valuation that would have warranted a materially different determination of value of common stock than that suggested by the valuation. The valuations were consistent with the guidance and methods outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or AICPA Practice Aid, for all option grant dates listed below.

December 2011 Valuation.     In conducting the December 2011 valuation of our common stock we used a two-step methodology. First we estimated the enterprise value of our company, and then we allocated the enterprise value to each element of the capital structure, including our common stock, to determine the fair value of a single share of common stock.

We estimated our enterprise value using the guideline public company approach. The guideline public company approach entailed applying the median of the 2011 revenue to enterprise value ratios of public companies similar to us to our revenue projections. Management and the independent valuation specialist considered operational area, size, business model, industry, the description of comparable companies’ respective businesses set forth in public filings and the stage of their respective product development/commercialization efforts. Life sciences tool companies selected included Complete Genomics, Inc., Enzo Biochem Inc., Harvard Bioscience Inc., Fluidigm Corporation and Affymetrix Inc. Diagnostics companies included CombiMatrix Corporation, Nanosphere, Inc., GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., QIAGEN Marseilles S.A. (formerly Ipsogen SA), Exact Sciences Corporation and Genomic Health Inc. Companies with both life sciences tools and diagnostics businesses included MEDTOX Scientific Inc., Sequenom Inc. and Luminex Corporation. Importantly, like us, all but CombiMatrix and Exact Sciences of the comparable companies generate revenue from the sale of products. Given that our company is relatively unique insofar as it has both a life sciences business and a diagnostics business, for the purposes of the valuation it was necessary to include comparable companies that participate solely in either the life sciences or diagnostics business. By taking into account similar numbers of life sciences and diagnostic companies, along with the relatively few number of companies that combine such businesses within a single enterprise, the valuation specialist arrived at a blended multiple representative of our company’s then current and future businesses. Based on the performance and stage of our life sciences segment and the prospects of and risks associated with our diagnostics segment, the median revenue to enterprise value of such comparable companies equal to 3.5x was selected. Given the consideration of the factors described above, no further adjustments were considered necessary. This multiple was applied to our 2011 revenue projection as of the December 2011 valuation date. The guideline public company approach suggested that our enterprise value was $59.4 million.

The resulting estimates of our enterprise value were then allocated to the various securities that comprise our capital structure, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This option pricing model treats the rights of the holders of preferred and common stock as equivalent to that of call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based on the claims of lenders and the liquidation preferences and rights of participation and conversion of the holders of preferred stock set forth in our certificate of incorporation. To determine the break points, we made estimates of the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and estimates of the volatility of our equity securities based on available information on volatility of stocks of publicly-traded companies similar to ours.

We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on a liquidity event that would occur two years in the future. We assumed a volatility of our common stock of 61%, which corresponds to the third quartile of the volatilities of common stock of the publicly-traded companies deemed to be similar to us. The risk-free interest

 

-62-


Table of Contents

rate was based on U.S. Treasury Securities matching the expected timing of the liquidity event. Based on this information, we determined the total value of each security in our capital structure and a discount was then applied to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on put option analyses of the publicly-traded companies deemed to be similar to us, which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 46.0%, and the Finnerty Model, which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 24.8%. The put option analysis provides that a privately-held security has the same value as the combination of such security and an at-the-money put option with respect to such security, with the term of such option equal to the expected period that the security will not be publicly traded. The lack of marketability discount, calculated as the ratio of the put value to the value of the security, represents the discount which is deemed necessary to induce a prospective purchaser to purchase the subject company’s security instead of an alternative investment identical in all respects other than its marketability. The Finnerty Model provides that the marketability discount of a privately-held security can be estimated by the value of an “average strike” put option. An average strike put option conveys the right to sell at the average price attained by the subject during the life of the option and the Finnerty Model assumes that investors do not have the unique ability to time the market. If investors are not able to time the market, the restriction has the effect of depriving them of maximum, not average, trading profits. Both approaches, which are supported by the AICPA Practice Aid, were considered in connection with the valuation and it was concluded that a capped lack of marketability discount of 30% was appropriate. The fair value of our common stock suggested by the December 2011 valuation was $0.06 per share.

September 2012 Valuation .      The September 2012 valuation was conducted using a hybrid approach consisting of the same methodology as the December 2011 valuation and the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. The PWERM method was added in recognition of the increased probability that we would pursue an initial public offering in 2013.

For purposes of the guideline public company approach, the same comparable companies from the December 2011 valuation were considered other than MEDTOX Scientific Inc., which was excluded from the September 2012 valuation because it was acquired by another company in June 2012. Based on the receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna and the success of our TransATAC clinical study, a third quartile revenue to enterprise value multiple was applied to our diagnostics business. A median multiple was applied to our life sciences business given the more mature stage of that business and the impact of the uncertainty regarding government spending on research and development. Given the consideration of the factors described above in the disclosure of the December 2011 valuation, no further adjustments were considered necessary. A weighted-average of the revenue to enterprise value multiples equal to 1.5x, 2.4x and 2.2x, respectively, was applied to our 2012, 2013 and 2014 projected revenue. Our projected revenue was based on our historical financial results, projected growth, the success of our TransATAC clinical study, the receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna and other recent developments. The guideline public company approach suggested that our enterprise value was $105.5 million. We then applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following assumptions: (1) a liquidity event that would occur one and a half years in the future; (2) a volatility of our common stock of 54%, which corresponds to the mean of the volatilities of common stock of the publicly-traded companies deemed to be similar to us; and (3) a risk-free interest rate based on U.S. Treasury Securities matching the expected timing of the liquidity event. The volatilities of publicly-traded life sciences and diagnostics companies is correlated with the regulatory risk associated with their products. Given the reduction of the regulatory risk associated with obtaining the CE mark for Prosigna in September 2012, the mean of the volatilities of the comparable public companies was used for the September 2012 valuation instead of the third quartile of those volatilities used in connection with the December 2011 valuation. Based on this information, we determined the total value of each security in our capital structure. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.13 per share.

As part of the PWERM, we estimated the likely outcome of an initial public offering to arrive at a weighted equity value. We estimated a multiple of invested capital to equity value based on the outcome of comparable companies that recently completed initial public offerings. We assumed that an initial public offering would occur in mid-2013 based on a valuation multiple in line with the median of the comparable company analysis. After giving effect to the proceeds we would receive upon exercise of our outstanding warrants and the automatic conversion of our preferred stock in connection with an initial public offering, we determined a per share value of our common stock. We

 

-63-


Table of Contents

then applied a discount factor derived from the estimated risk-adjusted cost of capital and expected timing of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.46 per share.

After weighting the fair value suggested by the option pricing model at 75% and the fair value suggested by the PWERM at 25%, a discount of 25% was applied to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock. As with the December 2011 valuation, the put option analysis (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 36.9%) and the Finnerty Model (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 20.4%) were considered. It was concluded that a capped lack of marketability discount of 25% was appropriate. The decrease in the lack of marketability discount relative to our December 2011 valuation reflected our evolving view regarding the likelihood and timing of a potential initial public offering. This discount was based on put option analyses of the publicly-traded companies deemed to be similar to us. We concluded that the fair value of our common stock was $0.16 per share.

December 2012 Valuation .    The December 2012 valuation was conducted using the same methodology as the September 2012 valuation.

For purposes of the guideline public company approach, the same comparable companies from the September 2012 valuation were considered. Based on the receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna, the success of our TransATAC and ABCSG8 clinical studies and our plan to develop additional diagnostic products, a third quartile revenue to enterprise value multiple was applied to our diagnostics business given the more mature stage of that business and the impact of the uncertainty regarding government spending on research and development. Given the consideration of the factors described above in the disclosure of the December 2011 valuation, no further adjustments were considered necessary. A median multiple was applied to our life sciences business. A weighted-average of the revenue to enterprise value multiples equal to 1.9x was applied to each of our 2013 and 2014 projected revenue. Our projected revenue was based on our historical financial results, projected growth, the success of our TransATAC and ABCSG8 clinical studies, the receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna and other recent developments. The guideline public company approach suggested that our enterprise value was $114.7 million. We then applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following assumptions: (1) a liquidity event that would occur one and a half years in the future; (2) a volatility of our common stock of 58%, which corresponds to the mean of the volatilities of common stock of the publicly traded companies deemed to be similar to us; and (3) a risk-free interest rate based on U.S. Treasury Securities matching the expected timing of the liquidity event. The volatilities of publicly-traded life sciences and diagnostics companies is correlated with the regulatory risk associated with their products. Given the reduction of the regulatory risk associated with obtaining the CE mark for Prosigna in September 2012 and consistent with the September 2012 valuation, the mean of the volatilities of the comparable public companies was used for the December 2012 valuation. Based on this information, we determined the total value of each security in our capital structure. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.10 per share. The decrease in the fair value of our common stock relative to the September 2012 valuation was largely attributable to the sale of Series E preferred stock and the liquidation preference associated with such shares.

As part of the PWERM, we assumed that an initial public offering would occur in mid-2013 based on a valuation multiple in line with the median of the comparable company analysis. After giving effect to the proceeds we would receive upon exercise of our outstanding warrants and the automatic conversion of our preferred stock in connection with an initial public offering, we determined a per share value of our common stock. We then applied a discount factor derived from the estimated risk-adjusted cost of capital and expected timing of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.47 per share.

After weighting the fair value suggested by the option pricing model at 50% and the fair value suggested by the PWERM at 50%, a discount of 25% was applied to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock. We increased the weighting of the fair value suggested by the PWERM relative to that in the September 2012 valuation given our expectation that the completion of an initial public offering was increasingly likely. As with the previous valuations, the put option analysis (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 36.1%) and the Finnerty Model (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 19.9%) were considered. It was concluded that a capped lack of marketability discount of 25% was appropriate. The consistency of the lack of marketability discount

 

-64-


Table of Contents

relative to our September 2012 valuation reflected our continuing view regarding the timing of a potential initial public offering. This discount was based on put option analyses of the publicly-traded companies deemed to be similar to us. We concluded that the fair value of our common stock was $0.21 per share.

March 2013 Valuation .    The March 2013 valuation was conducted using the same methodology as the December 2012 valuation.

For purposes of the guideline public company approach, the same comparable companies from the December 2012 valuation were considered other than Complete Genomics, Inc., which was excluded from the March 2013 valuation because it was acquired by another company in March 2013. A median quartile revenue to enterprise value multiple was applied to our diagnostics business. This was a decrease from the third quarter revenue to enterprise value multiple applied in the December 2012 valuation. We made this change due to the inclusion of Exact Sciences Corporation, a high growth company in early stages of commercialization, which increased enterprise to revenue multiples. Exact Sciences Corporation was disregarded for the purposes of deriving such multiple in prior valuations because the results of the clinical trial of its colorectal cancer screening test had not yet been published and its inclusion would have required us to make a subjective adjustment to take into account the uncertainty related to the results of the trial. A median multiple was applied to our life sciences business consistent with prior valuations. A weighted-average of the revenue to enterprise value multiples equal to 2.1x was applied to our 2013 projected revenue and 2.5x to our 2014 projected revenue. Our projected revenue was based on our historical financial results, projected growth, the success of our TransATAC and ABCSG8 clinical studies, the receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna, the commercial launch of Prosigna in Europe and Israel in February 2013 and other recent developments. The guideline public company approach suggested that our enterprise value was $111.2 million.

We then applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following assumptions: (1) a liquidity event that would occur one and a half years in the future; (2) a volatility of our common stock of 57%, which corresponds to the mean of the volatilities of common stock of the publicly traded companies deemed to be similar to us; and (3) a risk-free interest rate based on U.S. Treasury Securities matching the expected timing of the liquidity event. Based on this information, we determined the total value of each security in our capital structure. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.12 per share.

As part of the PWERM, we assumed that an initial public offering would occur in the third quarter of 2013 and we estimated a pre-money equity value in line with the median of initial public offerings by comparable companies. After giving effect to the proceeds we would receive upon exercise of our outstanding warrants and the automatic conversion of our preferred stock in connection with an initial public offering, we determined a per share value of our common stock. We then applied a discount factor derived from the estimated risk-adjusted cost of capital and expected timing of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock suggested by this methodology was $0.45 per share.

After weighting the fair value suggested by the option pricing model at 35% and the fair value suggested by the PWERM at 65%, a discount of 15% was applied to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock. We increased the weighting of the fair value suggested by the PWERM relative to that in the December 2012 valuation given our expectation that the probability of a completed initial public offering was more likely. As with the previous valuations, the put option analysis (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 32.6%) and the Finnerty Model (which suggested a lack of marketability discount of 18.2%) were considered. It was concluded that a capped lack of marketability discount of 15% was appropriate, which we decreased from the December 2012 valuation given our expectation that the probability of a completed initial public offering was more likely. We concluded that the fair value of our common stock was $0.28 per share.

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we assessed our estimate of fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes given our improving financial performance and prospects, evolving belief during the second half of 2012 that an initial public offering was increasingly viable and the generally improving conditions in the capital markets in the fourth quarter of 2012. We determined that for financial reporting purposes the fair value of our common stock was higher than the board of directors’ fair market value estimate for each of the option grant dates from

 

-65-


Table of Contents

March 1, 2012 through September 17, 2012. As a result, we adjusted the fair value per common share as of each such grant date based on the progress of our business at each relevant date. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the March 2012 option grants, particular emphasis was given to increasing product sales. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the April 2012 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the March 2012 announcement of the launch of three life sciences applications, the closing of our credit facility which improved our financial position and the hiring of our senior vice president of research and development. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the May 2012 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the May 2012 acceptance of employment by our senior vice president and general manager of our diagnostics business. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the September 2012 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the addition of the chairman of our audit committee in July 2012 and the acceptance of employment by our chief financial officer in September 2012. Both of such persons have significant public company experience and their joining our company reflected our evolving belief that an initial public offering was increasingly viable. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the October 2012 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the September 2012 publication of the Cancer Genome Atlas, which highlighted the importance of intrinsic subtyping enabled by the PAM50 gene signature, the September 2012 announcement of our single cell gene expression application, receipt of the CE mark for Prosigna, our increasing product revenue and the September 2012 valuation of our common stock. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the January 2013 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the success of our ABCSG8 clinical study, our plans to develop additional diagnostic products, our improved cash position due to the completion of our Series E preferred stock financing and borrowing of $5.5 million in term loan borrowings under our existing credit facility and the December 2012 valuation of our common stock. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the March 2013 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the absence of changes to our business that had not already been contemplated by the December 2012 valuation and option grants in January 2013, the poor performance of a diagnostics company’s recent initial public offering and the postponement and withdrawal of two other diagnostics companies’ initial public offerings and the continued uncertainty regarding the impact of the sequestration budget cuts. In establishing the fair value of our common stock for the May 2013 option grants, particular emphasis was given to the absence of changes to our business that had not already been contemplated by the March 2013 valuation.

From January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, we granted stock options with exercise prices and fair value assessments as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Common
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price
Per Share
     Fair Value
Per Common
Share for
Financial
Reporting
Purposes at
Grant Date
     Intrinsic
Value
Per
Underlying
Common
Share
 

March 1, 2012

     23,387,500       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $ 0.01   

March 26, 2012

     1,248,000         0.06         0.07         0.01   

April 19, 2012

     2,802,000         0.06         0.08         0.02   

May 25, 2012

     3,418,000         0.06         0.09         0.03   

July 17, 2012

     719,000         0.06         0.10         0.04   

September 17, 2012

     50,000         0.06         0.13         0.07   

October 16, 2012

     4,028,000         0.16         0.16           

January 10, 2013

     6,817,000         0.21         0.21           

March 1, 2013

     2,624,000         0.21         0.21           

May 13, 2013

     624,000         0.28         0.28           

Based on an assumed initial price to public of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2013 was $         million, of which $         million and $         million related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

We account for stock-based compensation at fair value. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized based on their grant date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock-based

 

-66-


Table of Contents

compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations is based on options ultimately expected to vest and has been reduced by an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical and expected forfeiture patterns. We use the straight-line method of allocating compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of our common stock, risk-free interest rate, expected term and dividend yield and volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates based on management judgment and subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model significantly change, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially from the awards granted previously.

The expected term of options granted is based on historical experience of similar awards and expectations of future employee behavior. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. We based our estimate of volatility on the estimated volatility of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. For 2010, we based our estimate on a calculation of equity volatility, which is higher than corresponding asset volatility, because we believed that this better reflected the financing and business risk associated with our company given our early stage of development. Additionally, in 2010 we had little debt financing and a relatively low aggregate liquidation preference associated with our then outstanding classes of preferred stock. As a result, the impact of our capital structure on the fair value of our common stock was more limited than in subsequent periods. For subsequent periods, we determined than an estimate based on asset volatility was more appropriate for determining the fair value of our stock options because our increased levels of debt and aggregate preferred stock liquidation preference represented a significant hurdle before value would accrue to holders of common stock. This change was driven in large part by the issuance by us of Series D preferred stock and the related liquidation preference associated with such shares. Key assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values of stock-based awards are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  

Risk-free interest rates

     2.42%-3.14%         2.2%-3.14%         0.85%-1.44%         1.23%-1.44%         1.05%-1.11%   

Expected term (years)

     6.25         6.25         6.25         6.25         6.25   

Expected dividend yield

                                       

Volatility

     92.4%         73.0%         54.0%-61.0%         61.0%         58.0%   

The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee stock options granted during 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.05, $0.06 and $0.05, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of employee stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.04 and $0.12, respectively. The total compensation cost related to unvested stock option grants not yet recognized as of March 31, 2013 was $2.6 million, and the weighted-average period over which these grants are expected to vest is three years. The total fair value of options vested during 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.7 million, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory consists of raw materials, certain component parts to be used in manufacturing our products and finished goods. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost system, whereby the standard costs are updated periodically to reflect current costs and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. We record adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items. The business environment in which we operate is subject to rapid changes in technology and customer demand. We regularly review inventory for excess and obsolete products and components, taking into account product life cycle and development plans, product expiration and quality issues, historical experience and our current inventory levels. If actual market conditions are less favorable than anticipated, additional inventory adjustments could be required.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

We record preferred stock warrant liability at fair value. We establish fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy is used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

Whenever possible, we use observable market data and rely on unobservable inputs only when observable market data are not available. Preferred stock warrant liability is categorized as Level 3 because it was valued based on unobservable inputs and our judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. We perform a fair value assessment of the preferred stock warrant inputs on a quarterly basis using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment. Changes in our judgments could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. Any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense) on the statements of operations.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the year that includes the enactment date. We determine deferred tax assets including net operating losses and liabilities, based on temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. We believe that it is currently more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will not be realized, and as such, a full valuation allowance is required.

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered “more likely than not” to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. If we determine that a position is “more likely than not” to be sustained, then we proceed to step two, measurement, which is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on effective settlement. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. If actual results differ from our estimates, our net operating loss and credit carryforwards could be materially impacted.

At December 31, 2012, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $62.2 million and federal research and experimentation credit carryforwards of approximately $1.0 million, which may be used to reduce future taxable income or offset income taxes due. These NOLs and credit carryforwards expire beginning in 2023 through 2032.

Our realization of the benefits of the NOLs and credit carryforwards is dependent on sufficient taxable income in future fiscal years. We have established a valuation allowance against the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, as it is not currently more likely than not that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets. In addition, utilization of NOLs and credits to offset future income subject to taxes may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,

 

-68-


Table of Contents

or the Code, and similar state provisions. We may have already experienced one or more ownership changes. Depending on the timing of any future utilization of our carryforwards, we may be limited as to the amount that can be utilized each year as a result of such previous ownership changes. However, we do not believe such limitations will cause our NOL and credit carryforwards to expire unutilized. We are in the process of determining whether this offering would constitute an ownership change resulting in further limitations on our ability to use our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. If an ownership change is deemed to have occurred as a result of this offering, potential near term utilization of these assets could be reduced.

We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of NOLs in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by taxing authorities back to the inception of the company.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We have reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

As an “emerging growth company” the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in commodity prices and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Prices for our products are denominated in U.S. dollars and, as a result, we do not face significant risk with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

The principal market risk we face is interest rate risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million as of March 31, 2013, which consisted of highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. The goals of our investment policy are liquidity and capital preservation; we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these assets as a result of changes in interest rates due to the short term nature of our cash and cash equivalents. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income. A 1% decline in interest rates, occurring on April 1, 2013 and sustained throughout the period ended March 31, 2014, would not be material.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2013, the principal and accrued interest outstanding under our term borrowings was $13.2 million. The interest rates on our term borrowings under our credit facility are fixed. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been affected.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

As we expand internationally our results of operations and cash flows will become increasingly subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, a majority of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars, although we sell our products and services in local currency outside of the United States, principally the Euro. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States. The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. To date, we have not entered into any material foreign currency hedging contracts although we may do so in the future.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We develop, manufacture and sell robust, intuitive products that unlock scientifically valuable and clinically actionable genomic information from minute amounts of tissue. Our nCounter Analysis System directly profiles hundreds of molecules simultaneously using a novel barcoding technology that is powerful enough for use in research, yet simple enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide. We market systems and related consumables to researchers in academic, government, and biopharmaceutical laboratories for use in understanding fundamental biology and the molecular basis of disease. We have an installed base of more than 130 systems, which our customers have used to publish more than 200 peer-reviewed papers. As researchers discover how genomic information can be used to improve clinical decision-making, we seek to selectively translate their discoveries into molecular diagnostic products. In September 2012, we received European Union regulatory clearance for our first molecular diagnostic product, the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay, or Prosigna, an assay providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer and the intrinsic subtype of the patient’s tumor. In February 2013, we commercially launched Prosigna in Europe and Israel. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer.

The role of genomic information in research and medical practice is evolving rapidly. The advent of new technologies that sequence and digitally count discrete nucleic acids, commonly referred to as next generation sequencing, or NGS, is accelerating the discovery of the relationships between the genome and human disease. Researchers are applying this wealth of new information to identify biological “pathways,” which are networks of tens or hundreds of genes that act in concert to produce biological functions. Researchers then seek to translate this understanding of the genomic basis of disease into the development of diagnostic tools that can be used to profile an individual patient’s biological pathways as well as develop targeted drug therapies. Precise, simple and robust profiling of biological pathways presents both an analytical challenge for researchers and an opportunity to improve patient outcomes in the future.

Our nCounter Analysis System enables research on a scale appropriate for pathway-based biology by digitally quantifying the activity of up to 800 genes simultaneously in a single experiment. The sensitivity and precision of our novel barcoding chemistry allows researchers to measure subtle changes in genomic activity efficiently, which is essential because tissue samples are often available only in very small quantities. This problem is especially acute in cancer research, which is typically conducted using biopsies that are often stored in a format known as formalin-fixed paraffin embedded, or FFPE, which complicates subsequent analysis of genetic material. The nCounter Analysis System is an easy-to-use and flexible solution that allows researchers to efficiently test hypotheses across thousands of different samples. As a result, the nCounter Analysis System is particularly useful for discovering and validating networks of genes that characterize and help predict disease states, enabling the development of diagnostics and medicines designed specifically for treating patients with certain genomic profiles. When researchers succeed in these endeavors, our strategy is to selectively partner with them to translate their discoveries into clinically valuable molecular diagnostic applications.

Prosigna, our first molecular diagnostic test, is based on a collection of 50 genes known as the PAM50 gene signature, which was discovered by several of our life sciences customers. We secured an exclusive worldwide license to the PAM50 gene signature in 2010. Prosigna can provide a breast cancer patient and her physician with a subtype classification based on the fundamental biology of the patient’s tumor, as well as a prognostic score that predicts the probability of cancer recurrence over 10 years. Our goal is for physicians to use Prosigna to guide therapeutic decisions so that patients receive only therapeutic interventions from which they are likely to benefit. In 2011, we conducted a clinical study, which we refer to as our TransATAC study, based on material extracted from tumor samples of more than 1,000 evaluable patients from the ATAC study. In our study, investigators performed Prosigna on these samples that had been previously analyzed using Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, the historical market leader in breast cancer recurrence testing. The results of our TransATAC study demonstrated the ability of Prosigna to indicate risk of recurrence in postmenopausal women with hormone results of this study and multi-site analytical validation studies, we received European Union, or EU, regulatory clearance for Prosigna, known as a CE mark. As part of our preparation for regulatory submission in the United

 

-71-


Table of Contents

States, we conducted a second clinical study, which we refer to as our ABCSG8 study, based on tumor samples of more than 1,400 evaluable patients from the Austrian Breast & Colorectal Cancer Study Group 8. Our ABCSG8 study confirmed the conclusion that Prosigna can indicate risk of recurrence as previously demonstrated in our TransATAC study. In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. If the FDA clears Prosigna, we intend to launch Prosigna in the United States promptly following receipt of such clearance. We are currently planning for this commercial launch in the first quarter of 2014. We plan to conduct future clinical studies to evaluate Prosigna’s ability to guide physicians and patients in making additional treatment decisions, including the selection of the appropriate chemotherapy regimen and whether to use adjuvant radiation therapy, and, if such studies are successfully completed, to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for such indications in the future.

Prosigna will be regulated as an in vitro diagnostic test and we intend to distribute it as a kit for use on our nCounter Analysis System in clinical laboratories after regulatory authorizations are obtained. We expect that our future diagnostic products will be regulated and distributed in a similar manner. This is in contrast to most complex genomic tests, which are currently regulated as services and are usually offered only by a limited number of specialized laboratories. The current centralized laboratory model for complex genomic testing can result in complicated logistics for the treating physician, including slower test result turnaround times and limited international access to tests as compared to local testing. In addition, most clinical laboratories cannot currently share in the revenue associated with offering patients complex genomic tests. We believe that our decentralized model will transform the current paradigm of complex genomic testing by allowing physicians worldwide to provide more comprehensive personalized diagnoses, broadening patient access, and increasing the degree to which clinical laboratories can profit by providing molecular diagnostic testing services.

We generated revenue of $11.7 million, $17.8 million and $23.0 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $5.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013, while incurring net losses of $12.8 million, $10.9 million and $17.7 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $7.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Our Market Opportunity

Every living organism has a genome that contains the full set of biological instructions required to build and maintain life. By analyzing the variations in genomes, genes and gene activity in and between organisms, researchers can determine their functions and roles in health and disease. An improved understanding of the genome and its functions allows researchers to drive advancements in scientific discovery. As they make scientific discoveries, researchers have been able to translate some of these findings into clinical applications that improve patient care.

A gene is a specific set of instructions embedded in the DNA of a cell. For a gene to be “turned on,” or “expressed,” the cell must first transcribe a copy of its DNA sequence into molecules of messenger RNA. Then, the cell translates the expressed information contained in the RNA into proteins that control most biological processes. In addition to the translated RNAs, there are many types of non-coding RNAs that are involved in many cellular processes and the control of gene expression, including microRNA, or miRNA, and long noncoding RNA, or lncRNA.

Biological pathways are the networks of tens or hundreds of genes that work in concert to produce a biological function. Understanding the activation state of pathways and disruptions in individual elements of these pathways provides significant insight into the fundamental basis of disease and facilitates data driven treatment decisions. Therapeutic interventions, such as drugs, can be used to treat disease by activating or inactivating biological pathways that are relevant to disease. As a result, pathway-based biology has become a widely adopted paradigm that researchers use to understand biological processes and has assisted them in the development of diagnostics and drugs to treat disease. To be successful in their research, these scientists need the

 

-72-


Table of Contents

ability to precisely and simultaneously measure the activation state of the tens or hundreds of genes that comprise biological pathways.

Over the last decade, methods of measuring genomic information have advanced substantially. However pathway-based research and the development of diagnostic tests require analysis of multiple genes and sensitivity to small changes in expression, which can be challenging for traditional genomic tools. In general DNA microarrays and tube-based qPCR methods, require complex, time consuming workflows and relatively large amounts of sample tissue to accurately characterize biological pathway activation. In both life sciences research and clinical medicine, there is a growing need for improved technologies that can precisely and rapidly measure the activation state of hundreds of genes simultaneously across a large number of precious samples, thereby providing a simple and reliable means to characterize biological pathways within minute tissue specimens.

Existing Technologies

Microarrays

Microarrays are tools used to measure gene expression based on the relative brightness of a fluorescent dot on a glass, silicon or other semiconductor surface. Microarrays are sometimes referred to as an “analog” technology because an indirect measurement of the brightness level, rather than a direct measurement of the molecule, is used to infer the level of gene expression. Traditional microarrays are capable of cost effectively analyzing a large number of targets on a small number of samples, however they have limited sensitivity, precision and dynamic range. In addition, the relatively low throughput and complex workflows of microarrays makes them challenging to use in diagnostic applications.

Next Generation Sequencing

Next generation sequencing, or NGS, is a technology that rapidly sequences nucleic acids, and then uses a computationally intense process to count discrete copies of each nucleic acid. While the primary application of this technology is to decode the sequence of DNA, researchers can also use NGS to quantify gene expression using an application called RNA sequencing, or RNA-Seq, which counts the number of times a specific gene sequence is detected in a sample. This is referred to as a “digital” technology because it relies on a direct count of molecules, rather than an indirect analog measurement of the level of gene expression. This digital gene expression analysis technology can provide higher sensitivity, precision, and dynamic range than traditional analog gene expression tools, such as microarrays. As a result, RNA-Seq is replacing microarrays as the platform of choice for genome-wide expression analysis in research. In recent years, many innovations have been made to improve the precision, workflow and automation of these systems. However, RNA-Seq is not well suited for diagnostic use in most clinical laboratories due to its complexity, computational intensity, limited throughput and need for expert technicians. In addition, it is challenging to perform RNA-Seq analyses with small amounts of tissue, especially FFPE samples, which is a limiting factor in large scale studies and many clinical applications.

Real-time or Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction

Quantitative polymerase chain reaction, or qPCR, is a technique that can measure gene expression usually on a single target in a particular cell or tissue. First, an enzyme is used to create a complementary DNA, or cDNA, of the RNA target to be measured. Then polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, is used to amplify the cDNA copy through the use of enzymes and repeated heating and cooling cycles, with fluorescent dyes being incorporated during each amplification cycle. Finally, the expression of the gene of interest is inferred based on the number of amplification cycles required for the fluorescent amplified target to become detectable. qPCR is sometimes referred to as an analog technology because the number of cycles of amplification, rather than a direct measure, is used to infer the level of gene expression. The wide availability of qPCR chemistry makes it a popular approach for measuring the expression of a single gene but expanding this method to the analysis of multiple hundreds of genes requires complex liquid handling automation and process optimization. Recently, researchers have used microfluidic approaches that divide samples across multiple parallel qPCR reactions, each

 

-73-


Table of Contents

measuring a single gene, in order to profile multiple genes in parallel. This approach requires additional liquid-handling steps and can result in less efficient use of tissue samples. Finally, the use of enzymes in numerous cycles of amplification can introduce distortion and bias into the data, depending on the process controls and expertise of the person conducting the experiment.

Life Sciences Research

According to Strategic Directions International, Inc., life sciences researchers spent approximately $28 billion on tools and related consumables in 2011. In the decade since the completion of the Human Genome Project, improvements in NGS technology have greatly reduced the cost of sequencing a human genome and increased throughput and precision, which has led to an abundance of new biological information. In order to gather insights from this information, researchers must first distill and then efficiently analyze large pools of data. Gene expression analysis has emerged as a primary tool that researchers use to extract meaningful insights from networks of genes, which enables them to validate and then translate their findings into the development of diagnostics and medicines. According to Percepta Associates, a provider of consulting services to bioscience companies, the 2012 global market for gene expression profiling products is estimated to be $1.2 billion.

Academic, government, and biopharmaceutical researchers engaged in gene expression analysis typically focus on making biological discoveries that may lead to the development of relevant medical products and better informed treatment decisions for physicians and patients. They have traditionally performed these experiments using microarrays or qPCR. Recently, RNA-Seq has dramatically enhanced researchers’ ability to discover patterns of gene expression that have biological meaning. However, researchers are increasingly performing analyses on a larger number of genes and samples and are seeking new methods of interrogation that would allow them to:

 

   

increase the number of genes that can be analyzed simultaneously in order to understand the complete biological pathway involving multiple genes;

 

   

improve the overall efficiency of their laboratories by simplifying workflow and accelerating the rate of successfully completing their research;

 

   

provide more reliable, precise and reproducible data about targeted genes and biological pathways;

 

   

maximize the amount of genomic information extracted from precious tissue samples;

 

   

minimize the computational intensity of complex genomic analysis;

 

   

process difficult-to-work-with specimens, such as tumor biopsies stored in FFPE format; and

 

   

create more systematic and reliable ways to help transition their research discoveries into future clinical products.

We believe that the above items create an opportunity for technologies that are optimized for pathway-based biology. Based on 2011 market data regarding the installed base of microarray systems at that technology’s peak, we estimate that the potential market opportunity of our current generation of nCounter Analysis System is approximately 3,000 systems.

Molecular Diagnostics

As researchers have discovered links between specific genomic variants and diseases, their discoveries have led to the development of genome-based diagnostics that have the potential to inform therapeutic interventions, predict the risk or onset of disease and detect residual disease on an individualized basis. As a result, these molecular diagnostic tests have made individualized treatment possible and have an increasingly important influence on decisions that physicians and patients make regarding treatment and care.

According to Frost and Sullivan, the molecular diagnostics market totaled approximately $4.1 billion in 2010 and is expected to reach $6.2 billion by 2014. Growth in the molecular diagnostics market has been driven

 

-74-


Table of Contents

by technological innovations that have increased sensitivity, decreased turnaround times, simplified workflow, and lowered costs when compared to other techniques. In addition, the medical community has seen a trend in favor of decentralized diagnostic testing as a result of the convenience of local testing, hospitals and medical centers increasingly viewing their laboratories as profit centers and a need to increase access to tests for patients outside of the United States. We believe that there is an opportunity to improve the quality of diagnosis and treatment of diseases by developing and commercializing comprehensive, simple and widely available diagnostic products based on gene expression analysis.

Cancer is a disease generally caused by genetic mutations in cells. The behavior of cancer cells is extremely complex, depending on many different genes and the interactions of those genes. It is often impossible for researchers to identify a single gene that adequately signals a more aggressive or less aggressive type of cancer. However, in some cases, researchers have been able to identify more aggressive or less aggressive types of cancer through gene expression analysis of biological pathways. Multi-gene expression analysis has the potential to considerably improve the decisions of oncologists as they care for their patients. Based on the pattern of gene expression, oncologists can determine which specific treatments are most likely to be effective for an individual patient, monitor a patient’s response to those treatments, and determine the likelihood of recurrence.

Enhanced understanding of the genomic basis of disease has driven the development of molecular diagnostics for a number of indications. This trend is exemplified by the development of multi-gene tests for breast cancer. Over the last decade, genomic tests for breast cancer have improved the accuracy of prognosis and efficacy of treatment by providing risk assessments particular to individual patients. As a result of individualized risk profiling, thousands of patients have been spared unnecessary treatment while many others have been placed on more appropriate treatment regimens.

These multi-gene breast cancer tests are widely available in the United States, but are not generally available in other countries, despite the fact that the United States accounts for less than 15% of the global annual breast cancer incidence. The following provides a summary of the incidence of breast cancer worldwide in 2008 based on data published by the World Health Organization:

 

LOGO

Multi-gene molecular diagnostic tests for breast cancer are provided by several companies today, including Genomic Health, Agendia and Clarient (a GE Healthcare company). These tests are offered as services with the analysis conducted at company-owned centralized laboratories. When a physician orders the test, the pathologist

 

(1)  

Ferlay J, Shin HR, Bray F, Forman D, Mathers C and Parkin DM. GLOBOCAN 2008 v2.0, Cancer Incidence and Mortality Worldwide: IARC CancerBase No. 10 [Internet]. Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer; 2010. Available from: http://globocan.iarc.fr, accessed on 03/11/2012.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

sends a tumor block or thin sections from the biopsy specimen to the centralized laboratory for analysis. The lab operator then uses a multi-gene panel to determine a risk category for each patient, which predicts that individual’s likelihood of recurrence. The lab operator typically analyzes the tumor tissue and delivers results to the treating physician within 10 to 14 days of receipt of the tumor sample.

Despite their positive impact on patient care, existing molecular diagnostic tests for breast cancer available prior to Prosigna, which we call first-generation tests, have several limitations, including:

 

   

High Frequency of Intermediate Risk Results.     The first-generation tests generally sort patients into two or three risk categories, such as high/intermediate/low risk. In clinical practice, patients who are low risk are generally spared chemotherapy and patients who are high risk generally receive chemotherapy. In contrast, there is no standard of care for how intermediate risk patients should be treated. The ambiguity of treatment and outcomes associated with an intermediate risk score is challenging for physicians and unsettling for patients.

 

   

Available Exclusively from Specialized Laboratories .    The first-generation tests are based on techniques such as qPCR, microarrays or multiplexed immunohistochemistry and are generally administered by highly-skilled technicians usually working in centralized laboratories. This centralized model may result in complicated logistics for the treating physician, including slow test result turnaround times, added shipping and logistics costs and limited international access to tests. In addition, the economic value of providing the centralized genomic tests that improve clinical decision-making has been captured by a small number of specialized laboratories. Most clinical laboratories are unable to perform or profit from these tests. In addition, because most of the specialized laboratories are in the United States, patients living outside of the United States may be challenged to gain access to these genomic tests.

 

   

Unclear Utility in Other Treatment Decisions.     The first-generation tests were specifically designed to provide a physician with an understanding of the residual risk of recurrence for patients receiving hormonal therapy, thereby informing the physician’s decision whether to also administer adjuvant chemotherapy. The genes included in the first-generation tests were selected primarily, and in many cases exclusively, based on the correlation of their expression with the risk of cancer recurrence in such patients. It remains unclear as to whether the specific genes included in these first-generation tests will be able to inform other important treatment decisions, such as the selection of specific adjuvant chemotherapy regimens, the duration of adjuvant endocrine therapy, or the decision of whether to administer adjuvant radiation therapy.

In contrast to the central laboratory-based first-generation molecular diagnostic test for breast cancer, the medical community has seen a trend in favor of decentralized diagnostic testing. Tests for HIV, Hepatitis C, Influenza and MRSA, which were once centralized, are now often conducted in hospital laboratories or at the point of care. We believe that this trend of decentralized testing will continue as a result of many factors, including:

 

   

Convenience .    We believe that physicians would prefer that molecular diagnostic tests be performed at a local level and in the same laboratory that performs other tests that the physicians may order. Local molecular diagnostic testing could provide physicians the same rapid turnaround of test results that they have learned to expect for other types of tests.

 

   

Economic Advantages.     We believe that hospitals and medical centers desire to make their clinical laboratories profit centers by performing tests and billing third-party payors. As diagnostic technologies become less complicated to administer, hospitals and medical centers tend to favor in-sourcing tests.

 

   

International Availability .    There is a critical need to increase access to molecular diagnostic tests for patients that live outside the United States. Currently, patients living outside the United States may be challenged to gain access to tests that are provided only by specialized laboratories located within the United States. We believe genomic testing will become more available to patients throughout the world when it can be provided by their local clinical laboratories.

 

-76-


Table of Contents

We believe that the market for complex molecular diagnostics will require increased precision, increased breadth of decision making information, and a decentralized approach that is in line with other applications of diagnostic testing.

Our Solution

Our nCounter Analysis System is an automated, multi-application, digital detection and counting system which directly profiles hundreds of molecules simultaneously using a novel barcoding technology that is powerful enough for use in research, yet simple enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide. Our nCounter Analysis System consists of two automated instruments that prepare and analyze tissue samples using proprietary reagents that we call CodeSets, which can only be obtained from us. Our life sciences research customers purchase instruments from us and then purchase our panels or custom CodeSets and related consumables for the specific experiment they wish to conduct. Beginning with Prosigna, our future diagnostics customers will either purchase or lease instruments from us and also purchase one of our diagnostic kits for each test that they intend to run.

 

LOGO

Our nCounter Analysis System offers a number of compelling advantages, including:

 

   

Optimized for Pathway-Based Biology.     The nCounter Analysis System can profile up to 800 molecules in a single test tube, which allows researchers to analyze interactions among hundreds of genes that mediate biological pathways. In addition, our nCounter Analysis System offers customers the freedom to order panels or custom CodeSets specific to their experiment.

 

   

Digital Precision.     Our molecular barcodes hybridize directly to the target molecules in a sample allowing them to be counted. This generates digital data (1 molecule = 1 count) of excellent quality over a wide dynamic range of measurements and provides excellent reproducibility.

 

   

Simple Workflow.     The nCounter Analysis System’s minimal sample preparation and automated workflow enable the performance of gene expression analysis across hundreds of genes simultaneously in approximately 24 hours with only approximately 15 minutes of hands-on preparation time. Our nCounter Analysis System generates data that customers can evaluate without the use of complex bioinformatics.

 

-77-


Table of Contents
   

Flexible Sample Requirements.     The nCounter Analysis System is able to unlock genomic information from minute amounts of a variety of challenging tissue samples, including FFPE samples, cell lysates and single cells.

Our nCounter Analysis System supports research and the development of future clinical applications from basic discovery to the development of future molecular diagnostic tests on a single platform. We believe that our nCounter Analysis System is complementary to and synergistic with digital gene expression on next generation sequencers (using RNA-Seq).

Many of our research customers are transitioning their efforts to discover important patterns of gene expression away from the analog technology of microarrays to the digital technology of NGS, using the application RNA-Seq. Often, these customers perform follow-up experiments to validate the results of their RNA-Seq discovery experiments by testing hundreds or thousands of samples. Increasingly, researchers are performing these validation experiments using our nCounter Analysis System, which combines the precision of digital gene expression with the high throughput and simple workflow required to efficiently process large numbers of samples. Because our nCounter Analysis System can directly measure RNA without the use of enzymes or amplification (except for single-cell applications), we believe that researchers view the nCounter Analysis System as providing an independent means of validating that observations made initially using RNA-Seq are real rather than artifacts associated with the complex series of steps necessary for sequencing. In addition, because the operation of our nCounter Analysis System is simple and intuitive, it provides a practical technology enabling the translation of potential biomarkers into diagnostic tests that can be performed in the clinical laboratory, after appropriate regulatory authorization.

The figure below illustrates the current and future uses of and opportunities for digital technology in translational genomics.

 

LOGO

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Life Sciences Research

The nCounter Analysis System enables our life sciences research customers to conduct research on a scale that is well suited for pathway-based biology. The precision, ease of use and flexibility of our nCounter Analysis System allows researchers to efficiently test their hypotheses in thousands of different samples and is particularly useful for identifying networks of genes that characterize and predict disease.

Life Sciences Applications

Our nCounter Analysis System is capable of supporting a number of life sciences applications based upon the measurement of the concentration or amount of a target nucleic acid. Key applications currently supported include:

 

   

Gene Expression .    Researchers use the nCounter Analysis System to measure the degree to which individual genes in pathways are turned “on” or “off” by simultaneously quantifying the amount of messenger RNA, or mRNA, associated with each of up to 800 genes.

 

   

Single Cell Gene Expression .    Historically, most gene-expression profiling has been performed on populations of cells where observed expression levels represent an average of the unique expression states of each cell within the population. The nCounter Analysis System is capable of measuring gene expression of 20 to 800 genes from a single cell, thereby elucidating previously hidden relationships between individual cells within a population.

 

   

miRNA Expression .    Researchers can use the nCounter Analysis System to measure the simultaneous expression levels of up to 800 different miRNAs. The nCounter Analysis System is capable of highly multiplexed, direct digital detection and counting of miRNAs in a single reaction without amplification, thereby delivering high levels of sensitivity, specificity, precision, and linearity. We currently enable miRNA experiments for use in tissue from humans, mice, rats, and fruit flies.

 

   

Copy Number Variation .    Researchers can use the nCounter Analysis System to probe for structural variations that result in cells having an abnormal number of copies of one or more sections of the DNA. Researchers are able to conduct large-scale, statistically-powered studies of these copy number variations, or CNVs, by leveraging the nCounter Analysis System’s multiplexing capacity to assay up to 800 DNA regions in a single tube, with as little as 300 ng of DNA.

We also support research directed toward particular gene fusions, gene-expression regulatory elements called long non-coding RNA, or lncRNA, and experiments based on a technique used to investigate the DNA targets of transcription factors called chromatin immunoprecipitation, or ChIP.

Case Studies

Our nCounter Analysis System allows researchers to efficiently probe multiple pathways over large number of samples, quickly generating large data sets. Since 2009, more than 200 peer-reviewed papers have been published by researchers using the nCounter Analysis System, including:

Vanderbilt-Ingram Comprehensive Cancer Center — Resistance to Breast Cancer Chemotherapy . Approximately 70% of breast cancer patients do not respond completely to neoadjuvant chemotherapy. The goal of this study was to discover the genomic causes of chemotherapy resistance in breast cancer. Researchers designed a 355 gene CodeSet to probe biological pathways that had been associated with chemotherapy resistance in previous studies, and used the nCounter Analysis System to test formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded, or FFPE, tumor biopsies from 49 patients who had been previously treated with neoadjuvant chemotherapy. The data and analysis from this study made specific predictions concerning the mechanism of chemotherapy resistance in breast cancer, and resolved potentially prognostic biomarkers. The results suggest that patients with residual disease following neoadjuvant chemotherapy may benefit from receiving a drug targeted to inhibit a specific biological target, the tyrosine-threonine kinase known as MEK. This study was published in Nature Medicine Online in June 2012.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Pfizer Oncology and Drug Safety — Drug Mechanism-of-Action Testing and Biomarker Discovery .    The goal of this study was to use a mouse model of human cancer, known as a xenograft, to help establish the mechanism-of-action for a potential breast cancer therapeutic in preclinical development, and to discover biomarkers for enrolling clinical studies. The researchers designed a custom CodeSet targeting 40 genes in the Notch signaling pathway, including receptors, ligands, and regulators. The researchers used the nCounter Analysis System to test tumor samples from 18 xenograft models, of which 10 had shown significant response to the potential therapeutic. The researchers found that the Notch pathway target gene expression correlated with the antitumor efficacy and can potentially serve as biomarkers for proof-of-mechanism and patient enrichment. This study was published in Clinical Cancer Research in July 2012.

The Broad Institute of Harvard and MIT — Rapid Identification of Pathogens and Antibiotic Susceptibilities .    The goal of this study was to provide proof-of-principle for using RNA transcript signatures to rapidly assess pathogens and antibiotic susceptibilities from a variety of difficult sample types, including blood and urine. This study explored an approach using mRNA detection because mRNA detection allows both genotypic and phenotypic organism response information to be obtained. Making extensive use of pathway-based biology and public-domain gene expression databases, the researchers designed a CodeSet containing approximately 110 gene targets covering different bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites. The nCounter Analysis System was then used to successfully screen for a broad spectrum of infectious agents in tissue samples. In addition, the bacterial mRNA response to a brief antibiotic pulse was demonstrated to rapidly differentiate drug-susceptible and drug-resistant organisms using blood and urine samples. The authors concluded from this work that transcriptional signatures could provide a standard approach applicable across a broad range of infectious diseases. This study was published in April 2012 in Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center — Identification of Potential Drug Targets in Lung Cancer.     The goal of this study was to discover potential therapeutic targets in lung cancer based on genomic aberrations called “fusions” in the genes coding for tyrosine kinase proteins. The researchers designed a CodeSet that simultaneously probed 93 kinases at both ends of the mRNA transcript. The researchers then scanned 69 frozen lung adenocarcinomas tumor samples for novel tyrosine kinase fusions by looking for those transcripts showing significantly fewer probes at one end of the transcript. Two novel fusion transcripts were found. One of these, the KIF5B-RET fusion, defines an additional subset of lung cancer that can now be targeted for potential therapeutic development. This work appeared in Clinical Cancer Research in October 2012.

Comprehensive Cancer Center of Ohio State University — MicroRNAs and Cancer .    The goal of this study was to understand the role of miRNA in the development and progression of a form of brain cancer known as glioblastoma multiforme, or GBM. Researchers used our Human miRNA Expression Assay panel, which simultaneously probes over 700 human and human-viral miRNAs, to scan for differences in miRNA expression between GBM cells in the presence or absence of P53 induction via Nutlin-3a. The researchers found that induction of P53 resulted in the repression of 17 miRNAs. The authors concluded that a combination of Nutlin-3a and two particular miRNAs, miR-25 and miR-32, may provide a route to therapeutic miRNA intervention in cancer. This study was published in April 2012 in Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

Our customers have used the nCounter Analysis System to publish more than 200 peer-reviewed papers. In 2012 alone, our customers published more than 100 peer-reviewed papers incorporating data generated using the nCounter Analysis System. Approximately 30% of the 2012 papers were published in high-impact (1) journals that are most widely cited in the research community. The most frequent topic of nCounter-based peer-reviewed publications is cancer research, including biomarker discovery and validation. Other frequent topics include immunology and inflammation, infectious disease and developmental and cell biology.

 

(1)  

Science, Nature, Cell, PNAS, or affiliated scientific journals with a SCImago Journal Rank indicator of 5.0 or greater. SCImago. (2007). SJR — SCImago Journal & Country Rank. Retrieved March 12, 2013, from http://www.scimagojr.com.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

Consumables

Following their purchase of our nCounter Analysis System, our life sciences research customers purchase consumables from us consisting of CodeSets and other consumables that are designed for the specific experiment that they intend to run. Our instruments are designed to be used only with our consumables. This closed system model generates recurring revenue from each instrument we sell. We believe that our recurring consumable revenue is driven by our customers’ ability to extract value from up to 800 data points per sample and to process hundreds of samples in a relatively short period of time with little hands-on preparation using our nCounter Analysis System, enabling them to process more units of consumables per unit of time.

Molecular Diagnostics

We believe that the attributes that make the nCounter Analysis System attractive to researchers also have the potential to make the system attractive to hospitals and clinical laboratories that desire to conduct molecular diagnostic tests. Once approved for a particular diagnostic test, the precision, ease of use and flexibility of the nCounter Analysis System will allow medical technicians in pathology labs to conduct complex molecular diagnostic tests with minimal training.

Prosigna is designed to address the limitations of first-generation tests, including:

 

   

Fewer Intermediate Risk Patients .    In our TransATAC study, Prosigna was performed on material extracted from tumor samples from more than 1,000 evaluable patients that were previously analyzed using Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, a widely-used first-generation test that is offered as a laboratory-developed test. Each patient in the study was assigned to a risk group based on risk estimates generated separately by Prosigna and Onco type DX, and using prospectively defined risk cutoffs. Cutoffs for low, intermediate and high were <10%, 10% to 20% and >20% estimated risk of recurrence, respectively. In a comparison of the sizes of the risk groups, Prosigna assigned 26% fewer patients to an intermediate score than Onco type DX. The reduction in the size of the intermediate risk group is a result primarily of Prosigna’s ability to reclassify patients that are classified by Onco type DX as intermediate risk to high risk. We believe this study provides evidence of Prosigna’s potential ability to clarify treatment decisions.

 

   

Available on a Decentralized Basis .    Prosigna will be available for use on the nCounter Analysis System on a distributed basis in the clinical laboratories of hospitals and medical centers worldwide, which aligns Prosigna with the evolving trend towards decentralized testing. We believe that by distributing molecular diagnostics to local labs, we will provide faster turnaround for patients and enable succinct, comprehensive reports from pathologists, resulting in enhanced patient care. We also believe that this model will increase the degree to which clinical laboratories can profit by providing molecular diagnostic testing services. In addition, our decentralized model can help address the needs of patients outside of the United States by enabling local laboratories to provide testing.

 

   

Potentially More Treatment Decisions .    Prosigna measures the expression of up to 50 genes, providing a more detailed profile of the biology of a patient’s tumor than the first-generation tests. In addition, Prosigna utilizes the concept of intrinsic subtypes, a fundamental method of classifying breast tumors into the four distinct subtypes of that disease. By providing a more detailed view of tumor biology and determining the intrinsic subtype of breast cancer patients, Prosigna has the potential to inform not only the decision of whether to administer adjuvant chemotherapy, but also potentially inform other important treatment decisions. These decisions may include the selection of specific adjuvant chemotherapy for individual patients, the duration of adjuvant endocrine therapy, and the use of adjuvant radiation therapy. We intend to perform clinical studies validating Prosigna’s ability to inform additional treatment decisions, and to seek a PMA to enable Prosigna to report these intrinsic subtypes for use in informing clinical decisions within the United States.

We believe that the strengths of our diagnostics platform, which will enable us to commercialize Prosigna on a decentralized basis, could be applied to other cancers after securing the requisite regulatory authorizations. Over time, we intend to identify other tests and develop them for use on our nCounter Analysis System.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to provide products that empower scientists to understand the molecular basis of disease and empower physicians to put genomic medicine into practice. To accomplish this goal, we intend to continue providing technologies that are powerful enough for research, yet simple and robust enough for use in clinical laboratories worldwide.

Our strategy includes the following key elements:

Establish the nCounter Analysis System as the Global Standard for Gene Expression Analysis .    We will promote the power of pathway-based biology and the benefits of digitally-quantified gene expression. One element of this strategy is to recognize and publicize the breadth of scientific achievements and peer-reviewed publications in top-tier journals based on our nCounter Analysis System. Since 2009, more than 200 peer-reviewed papers have been published by researchers using the nCounter Analysis System. We plan to also highlight successful examples of using the nCounter Analysis System to translate research discoveries into diagnostic tests, beginning with Prosigna as well as future examples as they emerge.

Expand the Installed Base of the nCounter Analysis Systems in Biopharmaceutical and Academic Research .    We will continue to engage with researchers through direct sales efforts in North America and Europe, increasing the installed base of our nCounter Analysis Systems. We will target translational researchers in genome centers, academic medical centers and biopharmaceutical companies. We will continue to focus primarily on cancer researchers, because these researchers recognize the significant value of our technology when analyzing small biopsy samples stored in challenging formats such as FFPE. We also intend to expand our existing geographic reach, both directly and through distributors.

Broaden the Addressable Market of the nCounter Analysis System through Continued Innovation .    We will continue to invest in product development efforts that increase the capabilities of our nCounter Analysis System and expand the universe of potential customers. We expect that these investments will lead to additional protocols, enhanced chemistries, and new generations of instruments and software. We will prioritize innovations that increase the flexibility of the nCounter Analysis System to process small and degraded samples, and increase the ease and speed with which users can select target genes and design CodeSets for their particular experimental needs. We will also prioritize innovations that are expected to reduce the cost and footprint of the nCounter Analysis System, which will help us to target a broader range of customers.

Build a Menu of Proprietary Diagnostics in Collaboration with Researchers.      We intend to continue cultivating relationships with leading researchers who are working to establish the connection between genomics and clinical decision-making, many of whom are already using the nCounter Analysis System today in their translational research. When these researchers invent new diagnostic methods, we intend to selectively gain exclusive access to these clinically valuable gene signatures through licensing and collaboration arrangements. For example, the intellectual property that forms the basis of Prosigna was in-licensed from Bioclassifier, LLC, which was founded by several of our life sciences research customers. In addition, in February 2013, we secured an option from The Broad Institute to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, for a second molecular diagnostic product focused on hepatocellular carcinoma, or HCC. We will seek to enter into similar arrangements with our life sciences research customers and other researchers for future diagnostic gene signatures. Our strategy is to target intellectual property rights to potential diagnostic methods that are well understood, have the potential to facilitate changes in treatment with a major impact on outcome and cost, have the potential to support value-based pricing, and for which tissue samples for clinical validation are readily available. This disciplined approach is designed to efficiently focus our research and development investment on the development of potential products, rather than discovery of new gene signatures. Our initial focus will be on cancer gene signatures with the goal to individualize major treatment decisions so that patients are more likely to receive only those interventions from which they are likely to benefit.

Execute High Quality Clinical Studies to Support Regulatory Authorizations, Market Adoption and Reimbursement of Diagnostic Products .    For each diagnostic product we intend to develop, we plan to design

 

-82-


Table of Contents

and execute clinical programs that achieve high standards of clinical evidence. Whenever possible, these programs will be designed to achieve “Level 1” clinical evidence, the standard generally required for inclusion in clinical practice guidelines. We will take advantage of tissue samples and outcomes from past controlled randomized clinical studies wherever possible. This strategy has been demonstrated in the first two studies for Prosigna where we were able to access the tissue and outcome information from breast cancer drug trials that totaled more than 2,400 evaluable patients.

Enable Clinical Laboratories Worldwide to Provide Complex Genomic Testing Using Our In Vitro Diagnostic Products.      We intend to offer diagnostic tests to clinical laboratories worldwide by distributing a menu of nCounter Analysis System-based in vitro diagnostic kits. Our strategy is to drive improved and more efficient clinical decisions while allowing laboratories to profit from the valuable testing services enabled by our technology. By providing the nCounter Analysis Systems to labs that already conduct most of the diagnostic testing and control access to tissue samples, we intend to we enable pathologists and labs to provide advanced genomic testing that previously required the shipment of tissue samples to a centralized lab.

Drive Physician Demand for nCounter Analysis System-Based Diagnostic Products.     We will continue to establish a commercial organization that will seek to both build an installed base of nCounter Analysis Systems in clinical laboratories in regions where we have secured the necessary regulatory authorizations, and drive orders for nCounter Analysis System-based diagnostic tests toward those laboratories. Our sales force will directly target its efforts on the oncologists and pathologists, and will adopt promotional and marketing practices that have been employed successfully by the biopharmaceutical industry to educate treating physicians on the ability of our molecular tests to inform treatment decisions in accordance with the product labeling. We will communicate with patients, oncologists, pathologists, hospital administrators and other key stakeholders to outline the clinical and economic advantages of bringing complex genomic tests in-house.

Capture Capital Efficiencies Stemming from our Diagnostics Business Model . We plan to leverage the capabilities we have built to support our life sciences business, including our technology platform and product development, manufacturing, and administrative functions, to build our diagnostics business at minimal incremental cost. We will rely on the clinical laboratory infrastructure, sample logistics, managed care contracting and billing operations of our laboratory service customers, further reducing our capital requirement. We intend to coordinate commercial efforts with the sales and marketing personnel of the clinical laboratories offering clinical testing services based on our diagnostic products. We believe that this approach will yield a diagnostics business model that is more capital efficient than a clinical laboratory services model and has the potential to become profitable on a relatively small revenue base.

Our Products and Technology

The fundamental technology employed in our nCounter Analysis System was conceived at the Institute for Systems Biology in the laboratories of Dr. Leroy Hood, a renowned pioneer in genomics and personalized medicine. Our life sciences research customers purchase instruments from us and then purchase our panels or custom CodeSets and related consumables for the specific experiment they wish to conduct. Beginning with Prosigna, our future diagnostics customers will either purchase or lease instruments from us and also purchase one of our diagnostic kits for each test that they intend to run.

nCounter Analysis System

The nCounter Analysis System is an automated, multi-application, digital detection and counting system consisting of one or more nCounter Prep Stations and one nCounter Digital Analyzer.

Instruments and Software

The nCounter Prep Station is the automated liquid handling component of the nCounter Analysis System that processes samples after they are hybridized and prepares the samples for data collection on the nCounter

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Digital Analyzer. The nCounter Digital Analyzer collects data from samples by taking images of the immobilized fluorescent reporters in the sample cartridge and processing the data into output files, which include the target identifier and related count numbers along with a broad set of internal controls that validate the precision of each assay. The currently available nCounter Prep Station and nCounter Digital Analyzer were designed and are manufactured under ISO 13485:2003, the quality standard for in vitro diagnostic platforms and medical devices. We also provide our customers with the nSolver Analysis Software, a data analysis program that offers nCounter Analysis System users the ability to quickly and easily quality check, normalize, and analyze their data without having to use any additional software for data analysis.

Simple and Rapid NanoString Workflow

The nCounter Analysis System’s simple three step workflow takes approximately 24 hours and requires approximately 15 minutes of hands-on time by the user:

 

   

during step 1, up to 12 targeted tissue samples, or up to 48 samples with sample multiplexing, and our CodeSets or diagnostic kits are injected into strip tubes that we provide and allowed to hybridize overnight;

 

   

in step 2, the strip tube is loaded into our nCounter Prep Station, which purifies the mixtures and moves them onto a cartridge with 12 flow-cells where the fluorescent barcodes are captured and affixed onto a glass surface of the cartridge and oriented in one direction; and

 

   

in step 3, the cartridge is placed into our nCounter Digital Analyzer, which uses fluorescent microscopy and image analysis software to automatically count the barcodes and provide the level of expression of each target in the sample.

A user can process up to approximately 36 samples per day by installing one Prep Station with a single Digital Analyzer. One can increase the number of samples analyzed to 108 samples per day on a single Digital Analyzer if it is coupled with three Prep Stations. The throughput of the nCounter Analysis System can be quadrupled using sample multiplexing for experiments targeting 200 genes or fewer.

Life Sciences Research

Following purchase of our nCounter Analysis System, life sciences research customers purchase panels and custom CodeSets targeted to a specific experiment.

Panels

We offer more than 20 panels that are pre-manufactured and targeted to a specific experiment, including the following:

 

   

Gene Expression Panels.     Preassembled CodeSets that include all of the consumables required to perform the assay on the nCounter Analysis System. We offer nCounter Gene Expression Panels to conduct a wide variety of gene analysis, including analysis of kinase genes, cancer-related human genes, immunology-related genes, and inflammation-related genes.

 

   

miRNA Expression Assay Kits .     A family of panels that provide a cost-effective profiling solution capable of highly multiplexed, direct digital detection and counting of up to 800 miRNAs in a single reaction without amplification. These provide our customers with high levels of sensitivity, specificity, precision, and linearity. Separate panels are available for use with samples from humans, mice, rats, and fruit flies.

 

   

Cancer Copy Number Variation Panel.     Allows researchers to conduct large-scale, copy number variation projects by leveraging the nCounter Analysis System’s multiplexing capacity to assay up to 800 regions in a single tube, with as little as 300 ng of starting material.

 

-84-


Table of Contents
   

nCounter Leukemia Fusion Gene Expression Assay Kit .     A panel that allows researchers to profile a broad set of fusion genes which result from balanced translocations in different leukemia subtypes. In addition to fusion genes, the kit includes probes for 11 wild-type genes involved in translocations and 12 leukemia-related biomarkers.

 

   

Human Karyotype Panel.     Allows for the simultaneous measurement of all 23 pairs of human chromosomes, including 338 individual regions.

Custom CodeSets

We also work with our customers to develop custom CodeSets to enable them to evaluate specific genes that are the subject of their study. Our customers provide us a list of targets for which we subsequently build a unique CodeSet. Our design process leverages full length sequences for the DNA or RNA molecules that our customers are interested in detecting and prevents cross hybridization to non-target molecules in the sample. The custom CodeSet design process occurs in four distinct steps:

 

LOGO

Master Kits

Our nCounter Master Kit includes all of the ancillary reagents and plasticware required for our customers to be able to setup and process samples in the nCounter Prep Station and nCounter Digital Analyzer. The components of the Master Kit include the sample cartridge, strip tubes, tips, buffers, and reagent plates.

Molecular Diagnostics

Our nCounter Analysis System’s ability to simultaneously quantify gene expression on tens or hundreds of genes from minimal amounts of FFPE tissue make it well suited for profiling pathway activation in tumor samples. In addition, the nCounter Analysis System has the precision, reproducibility, and simple workflow required of technologies used in clinical laboratories.

We intend to develop and sell diagnostic kits for use in molecular diagnostic testing in clinical laboratories worldwide beginning with Prosigna. Following purchase or lease of our nCounter Analysis System, our future diagnostics customers will purchase in vitro diagnostic kits for use in testing patient samples. These customers will use the nCounter Analysis System and in vitro diagnostic kits to provide clinical diagnostic services. Initially, Prosigna will be the only kit available for diagnostic use on our nCounter Analysis System. Over time, we intend to develop, obtain regulatory authorization for, and sell additional kits, each of which will enable a unique diagnostic test.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Informing Breast Cancer Treatment using the PAM50 Gene Signature

In 2009, leading cancer researchers first described a new gene expression signature, called “PAM50,” based on the expression of 50 genes in tumor tissue. PAM50 provides two types of information regarding a breast cancer patient’s tumor. First, PAM50 assigns each patient’s tumor to one of four “intrinsic subtypes,” a classification based on the fundamental biology of that individual’s breast tumor. Second, PAM50 provides a prognostic Risk of Recurrence, or ROR, score that assesses the probability that a cancer will recur in the future in patients who will be treated with hormonal therapy.

The intrinsic subtypes of breast cancer were first described in 2000 and have been repeatedly observed across multiple studies and technology platforms. Each patient’s breast cancer can be classified into one of four intrinsic subtypes (Luminal A, Luminal B, HER2-enriched, and Basal-like) that describe the fundamental biology of the tumor, conveying valuable information about an individual patient’s prognosis and likelihood of response to specific therapies. In June 2011, the widely-recognized St. Gallen International Breast Cancer Treatment Guidelines adopted the intrinsic subtypes as a standard approach to classifying early stage breast cancer, and in general, the basis for systemic therapy recommendations. The PAM50 gene signature represents a molecular approach to intrinsic subtyping and has been described in multiple peer-reviewed publications.

In September 2012 the online edition of the journal Nature published a study of the molecular biology of breast cancer, using the intrinsic subtypes as defined by the PAM50 gene signature as an organizing framework for analyzing genomic and proteomic aberrations. This study, which was an outcome of The Cancer Genome Atlas Initiative and was titled “Comprehensive molecular portraits of human breast tumours,” represents a thorough description of breast cancer genomics. The study involved the analysis of tissue from 800 breast cancer tumors by a total of six technology platforms, covering genomics, epigenetics, and proteomics. The research concluded that diverse genetic and epigenetic alterations converge phenotypically into the four main breast cancer subtypes defined by PAM50.

Studies using PAM50 and other methods for assigning intrinsic subtype have suggested that PAM50 may be useful in improving several treatments decisions in breast cancer by:

 

   

providing prognostic information that may help physicians and patients decide whether the addition of adjuvant chemotherapy to hormonal therapy is appropriate;

 

   

providing prognostic information that may help physicians and patients decide whether extended endocrine therapy is appropriate;

 

   

providing information that may help physicians choose which adjuvant chemotherapy regimen to select for an individual patient; and

 

   

providing information that may help physicians and patients decide whether adjuvant radiation therapy is appropriate.

Development and Validation of the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay

In 2010, we acquired an exclusive worldwide license to develop in vitro diagnostic and research products for breast cancer based on the PAM50 gene signature. In 2010, we began developing an in vitro diagnostic kit based on the PAM50 gene signature, simplifying and optimizing the test for use on the nCounter Analysis System. In 2011, we performed the first in a series of clinical studies designed to validate the test’s ability to provide prognostic information for postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer treated with endocrine therapy alone using material extracted from tumor samples from 1,017 patients from the TransATAC population of which 1,007 samples passed prespecified criteria and yielded evaluable results. TransATAC is a translational study group that has used the tumor tissue and data from a subset of the 9,366 women enrolled (1996-2000) in the ATAC (Arimidex, Tamoxifen, Alone or in Combination) trial to study the molecular characteristics of tumors in postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer of pathological grade 1, 2 or 3. Access to the samples is controlled by a steering committee of the TransATAC study group. In 2010, we submitted a proposal to the steering committee seeking access to the samples and data to validate Prosigna, and our proposal was approved. In 2011, we jointly designed the study with a member of the TransATAC study

 

-86-


Table of Contents

group who subsequently served as the lead investigator in our study. Following the steering committee’s approval of our proposed study, we agreed to cover the costs of the study. The TransATAC population had been previously used in 2008 to clinically validate the current market leader in breast cancer prognosis and prediction, Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, which is a laboratory-developed test that is administered using a centralized laboratory service model. Our study used RNA that had been extracted by Genomic Health from 1,017 tumor samples from patients with postmenopausal HR+ early stage breast cancer during the 2008 study. Because both the Onco type DX results and the outcomes of the patients associated with each RNA sample were known, the study provided an opportunity to measure both the ability of PAM50 to provide prognostic information, and how the prognostic information provided by Prosigna compares to data previously collected using Onco type DX. Results of our TransATAC study were presented in December 2011 at the CTRC-AACR San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium and in March 2013 a manuscript describing the results was accepted for publication in the Journal of Clinical Oncology.

In 2012, we performed a second clinical validation study to test the ability of Prosigna to estimate the prognosis of postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer treated with endocrine therapy alone that evaluated tumor samples from 1,620 patients enrolled in the Austrian Breast & Colorectal Cancer Study Group 8, or ABCSG8, trial, of which 1,478 samples passed prespecified criteria and yielded evaluable results. The ABCSG8 trial enrolled 3,714 women (1996-2003) to compare the safety and efficacy of tamoxifen alone to sequential treatment with tamoxifen followed by anastrozole in postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer of pathological grade 1 or 2. Access to the ABCSG8 samples and data is controlled by the chairman of the ABCSG, who, in 2010, agreed to collaborate with us as the lead investigator on a study to validate Prosigna. In 2011, we jointly designed the study with him and agreed to cover the costs of the study. Investigators at the British Columbia Cancer Agency, or BCCA, performed the Prosigna test using the nCounter Analysis System installed in BCCA’s Center for Translational and Applied Genomics on tumor samples which had been stored in FFPE format from participants in the original ABCSG8 study. Results of our ABCSG8 study were presented in December 2012 at the CTRC-AACR San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium.

Beginning in 2012, we planned and executed a series of prospectively defined analyses of the data sets from the ATAC and ABCSG8 trials designed to clinically validate additional features and benefits of Prosigna. Results from three of these analyses have been presented publicly at medical meetings. At the European Society of Medical Oncology meeting in September 2012, the investigators of our TransATAC study presented results indicating that the ROR Score provided by Prosigna adds significant prognostic information to clinical-pathology variables for recurrence between five and 10 years after diagnosis, which is often referred to as “late recurrence”. At the IMPAKT Breast Cancer Conference in May 2013, the investigators of our TransATAC study and our ABCSG8 study presented additional analyses providing further evidence that Prosigna provides valuable information that could assist with treatment decisions by helping to identify patients at highest risk of this late recurrence. In addition, the results of an analysis of the combined data set of the ABCSG8 and ATAC studies has been accepted for presentation during the 2013 Annual American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) Meeting in June 2013. Several additional analyses of the ABCSG8 and ATAC studies are planned or ongoing.

In 2012, we performed a series of multi-site analytical validation studies intended to show that Prosigna provides consistent and reliable results, independent of the specific instrument, laboratory or operator performing the testing. We presented results from these analytical validation studies in March 2013 at the United States & Canadian Academy of Pathology annual meeting.

Clinical Validation of Prosigna for Indicating Prognosis in Postmenopausal HR+ Early Stage Breast Cancer Patients

Our TransATAC and ABCSG8 studies were performed using similar statistical analysis plans, allowing results on the prognostic performance of Prosigna in each study to be compared. Both studies met their primary and secondary objectives, and the data support the following conclusions:

 

   

in satisfaction of the primary objective of both studies, Prosigna’s ROR score was significantly related to outcome, and added significant prognostic information about 10 year distant recurrence risk to standard

 

-87-


Table of Contents
 

clinical-pathological variables in the study populations as a whole. In satisfaction of a secondary objective of both studies, similar results were achieved in all three prospectively defined clinically important subsets of patients: node-negative, node-positive and HER2-negative;

 

   

in satisfaction of the primary objective of our ABCSG8 study, the low, intermediate, and high risk patient groups as defined by Prosigna had different distant recurrence free survival rates at 10 years in the study population as a whole, showing that Prosigna can accurately categorize patients based on prognosis; and

 

   

in satisfaction of a secondary objective of both studies, patients with different intrinsic subtypes as reported by Prosigna had significantly different outcomes when treated with endocrine therapy alone, reinforcing the power of intrinsic subtyping as a descriptor of breast cancer tumor biology.

When taken together, we believe that our TransATAC and ABCSG8 studies provide strong evidence for Prosigna’s clinical validity. The following tables and figures summarize the prognostic performance of Prosigna.

Prosigna’s ROR score is significantly related to outcome in both node-negative and node-positive breast cancer patients (TransATAC study)

LOGO

These curves illustrate the relationship of Prosigna’s ROR score to 10 year risk of distant recurrence in node-negative patients, patients with one to three positive nodes and patients with four or more positive nodes in the TransATAC population. In each subset of patients, as the ROR score increases, so too does 10 year risk of distant recurrence.

Prosigna adds statistically significant prognostic information beyond standard clinical-pathological variables in both studies

 

       TransATAC    ABCSG8
Patient
population
   Number of
patients
   D LR-X 2    p-value    Number of
patients
   D LR-X 2    p-value
All evaluable    1,007    34.2    <0.0001    1,478    53.5    <0.0001
Node-negative    739    25.0    <0.0001    1,047    25.6    <0.0001
Node-positive    268    9.3    0.0023    382 (1)    26.0    <0.0001
Her2-negative

 

   888

 

   28.9

 

   <0.0001

 

   1,397

 

   47.5

 

   <0.0001

 

 

(1)

Includes patients with only one to three positive nodes.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

The above table shows the prognostic information provided by Prosigna’s ROR score in the TransATAC and ABCSG8 study populations. The statistic D LR-X 2 measures the amount of prognostic information which the ROR score provides beyond the standard clinical-pathological variables. Since statistical significance is defined as p<0.05, these studies showed that Prosigna’s ROR score is significantly related to outcome and adds statistically significant prognostic information about 10 year distant recurrence risk to standard clinical-pathological variables in the study population as a whole and in all three prospectively defined clinically important subsets of patients in both studies.

Prosigna’s risk groups have statistically significant different outcomes in the study populations as a whole

 

             TransATAC   ABCSG8
Risk Group          Number of
Patients (%)
       

Estimated DRFS at

10 years

  Number of
Patients (%)
        Estimated DRFS at
10 years
         Percent
[95% CI] (1)
  p-value (2)             Percent
[95% CI] (1)
  p-value (2)

Low

       437 (43%)       96% [94%-98%]   <0.0001       498 (34%)       97% [95%-98%]   0.0093

Intermediate

       254 (25%)       86% [81%-90%]   NA       478 (32%)       91% [88%-94%]   NA

High

       316 (31%)       63% [57%-69%]   <0.0001       502 (34%)       80% [76%-83%]   0.0004

Total

       1,007 (100%)                   1,478 (100%)            

 

(1)

DRFS = Distant Recurrence Free Survival; CI = Confidence Interval.

 

(2)

P-value calculated based on comparison to intermediate risk group.

The above table illustrates the result that in both studies the Prosigna-defined risk groups in the study populations as a whole have different 10 year distant recurrence free survival rates. In both studies, the low and high risk groups showed distant recurrence free survivals with statistically significant differences from the intermediate risk group.

Patients with node-negative disease categorized as Luminal A subtype had higher distant recurrence free survival than those categorized as Luminal B subtype

 

             TransATAC   ABCSG8

Subtype

         Number of
Patients
(%)
       

Estimated DRFS at

10 years

  Number of
Patients (%)
       

Estimated DRFS at

10 years

         Percent
[95% CI] (1)
  p-value (2)             Percent
[95% CI] (1)
  p-value (2)

Luminal A

       529 (72%)       94% [92%-96%]   NA       725 (69%)       95% [93%-96%]   NA

Luminal B

       176 (24%)       74% [68%-81%]   <0.0001       284 (27%)       87% [83%-90%]   0.0019

Total (3)

       705 (95%)                   1,009 (96%)            

 

(1)

DRFS = Distant Recurrence Free Survival; CI = Confidence Interval.

 

(2)

P-value calculated based on comparison to Luminal A group.

 

(3)

Total number of patients is less than 100% of evaluable patients because a small number of patients were categorized as Basal-like or HER2-enriched subtypes.

The above table illustrates the result that in both studies intrinsic subtypes as defined by Prosigna in the node-negative patients have different 10 year distant recurrence free survivals. In each study, patients categorized as Luminal A have a statistically significantly higher estimated distant recurrence free survival at 10 years than patients categorized as Luminal B.

Comparison of Prosigna and Oncotype DX Performance in Our TransATAC Study

The TransATAC population had been previously used in 2008 to clinically validate the current market leader in breast cancer prognosis and prediction, Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, which is a laboratory-

 

-89-


Table of Contents

developed test that uses a centralized laboratory service model. The PAM50 study used RNA that had been extracted by Genomic Health from 1,017 tumor samples from patients with postmenopausal HR+ early stage breast cancer during the 2008 study. Because both the Onco type DX results and the outcomes of the patients associated with each RNA sample were known, the study provided an opportunity to measure how the prognostic information provided by Prosigna compares to that provided by Onco type DX in this study population.

In order to compare how the two tests separated patients according to risk in this study, risk groups were defined based on each test’s estimate of the risk of distant recurrence at 10 years within the TransATAC population. Risk score thresholds to define the risk groups were chosen for each test based on the results of our TransATAC study in order to define risk groups that contain patients with the same risk. In order to achieve these comparable risk groups, the cut points used for Onco type DX were different than those used by Genomic Health.

For each test, the low risk group was prospectively defined as patients with less than a 10% estimated risk of recurrence. For each test, the intermediate risk group was prospectively defined as patients with between a 10% and 20% estimated risk of recurrence. For each test, the high risk group was prospectively defined as patients with greater than a 20% estimated risk of recurrence. The figure below summarizes the sizes and outcomes of the risk groups defined by each test.

Prosigna’s ROR score identified more high risk patients and fewer intermediate risk patients than

Oncotype DX’s RS score in this study

 

LOGO

This figure illustrates the result that Prosigna assigned 26% fewer patients to the intermediate risk group than did Onco type DX (180 patients vs. 243 patients) in this study. In addition, Prosigna assigned more patients to the high risk group than did Onco type DX; however, the low risk and high risk groups defined by each test have similar outcomes as illustrated by the overlapping Kaplan-Meier curves. This observation led the independent investigators of our TransATAC study to conclude that Prosigna assigned fewer patients to the intermediate risk group than Onco type DX RS, with equivalent or higher separation between the low and high risk groups.

Clinical Validation of Prosigna for Indicating Risk of Late Recurrence in Postmenopausal HR+ Early Stage Breast Cancer

Despite recent improvements in breast cancer treatment, some women with HR+ early-stage breast cancer remain at risk of disease recurrence after remaining recurrence-free for the first five years following diagnosis. Identifying newly diagnosed women with HR+ breast cancer who are at highest risk of having their cancer recur between five and 10 years after diagnosis is a priority for oncologists seeking to help breast cancer patients make more informed treatment decisions. These patients may benefit by extending the duration of their adjuvant endocrine therapy beyond five years.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

The ability of Prosigna to estimate risk of recurrence between five and 10 years after diagnosis in postmenopausal women with HR+, node-positive and node-negative early-stage breast cancer has been demonstrated in two independent studies. Results from both of these studies were presented at the IMPAKT Breast Cancer Conference in May 2013.

In one study, the investigators of our TransATAC study assessed and compared the value of five different prognostic scores for indicating risk of distant recurrence in the first five years after diagnosis, and between five and 10 years after diagnosis, for all patients in the ATAC trial. In a multivariate analysis, the ROR score was one of only two genomic prognostic scores that provided additional prognostic information regarding risk of distant recurrence between five and 10 years.

In a second study, the investigators of our ABCSG8 study found that the ROR score provided by Prosigna added prognostic information about the risk of late recurrence of breast cancer to the standard pathological variables in a study population including 1,478 postmenopausal women with hormone receptor positive, node-positive and node-negative early-stage breast cancer who participated in the ABCSG8 trial (p<0.0001). Patients with no recurrence by year five and categorized as low risk based on the Prosigna ROR score had Distant Recurrence Free Survival, or DRFS, of 98.7% at year 10, while patients with no recurrence by five years and categorized as high risk based on ROR score had DRFS of 91.5% at year 10. These investigators concluded that, in combination with the late recurrence results from the TransATAC study, Prosigna’s ability to indicate risk of late recurrence in postmenopausal HR+ early stage breast cancer has achieved Level 1 clinical evidence, the standard generally required for inclusion in clinical practice guidelines.

Multi-site analytical validation of Prosigna.

Regulatory clearance or approval for in vitro diagnostic kits generally requires studies that demonstrate that a diagnostic test can be reliably run in multiple qualified laboratories with adequate precision and reproducibility. In 2012, we performed a series of multi-site analytical validation studies intended to show that Prosigna provides consistent and reliable results, independent of the specific instrument, laboratory or operator performing the testing. The results of these studies were presented publicly at the United States & Canadian Academy of Pathology annual meeting in March 2013. These results support the ability of the Prosigna assay to generate consistent results when used in qualified clinical labs in different cities and countries.

The objective of these studies was to assess the analytical robustness of Prosigna when used in qualified clinical laboratories. Prosigna assays were run independently at three different testing sites by a total of six different operators using three different reagent lots. Reproducibility was assessed by testing multiple tissue sections from each of 43 FFPE breast tumor blocks across the three sites following review of hematoxylin and eosin stained slides by an independent pathologist at each site. The magnitude of different sources of analytical variation in the assay were further characterized by testing five pooled breast tumor RNA samples more than 100 times each.

When starting with FFPE tissue blocks, these studies showed that Prosigna’s reproducibility, including all analytical and pre-analytical variables, was characterized by a total standard deviation of just 2.9 ROR units on a zero-to-100 scale. In addition, there was an average site-to-site concordance of 97% in reporting of intrinsic subtype. When starting from pooled RNA, Prosigna’s precision was characterized by a total standard deviation of less than 1 ROR unit. There was no statistically significant bias in results between sites or operators.

Prosigna in the European Union and Other Countries that Recognize the CE Mark.

In September 2012, we obtained CE mark designation for Prosigna for use as a semi-quantitative in vitro diagnostic assay using the gene expression profile of cells found in FFPE breast tumor tissue to assess the 10 year risk of distant recurrence in postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer treated with endocrine therapy alone. This CE-marked product is indicated for use in patients with either node-negative or node-positive disease, and provides physicians and their patients with the intrinsic subtype of a patient’s breast cancer tumor, ROR score, and risk category (high/intermediate/low). In February 2013, we began marketing this test in Europe,

 

-91-


Table of Contents

including in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, and Israel. In April 2013, we installed the first diagnostic systems in Europe, which will initially be used for clinical studies of Prosigna’s impact on adjuvant treatment decisions in early stage breast cancer called decision impact studies. The list price of Prosigna kits in Europe is the equivalent of €1,550 per patient.

Prosigna in the United States.

In December 2012, we submitted an application, known as a 510(k), to the FDA seeking clearance in the United States for a version of Prosigna providing an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer. In March 2013, we received a written response from the FDA requesting additional information for its review of our 510(k) submission. A request for additional information is common following an initial 510(k) submission. In May 2013, we submitted a partial response to the FDA’s request for additional information and scheduled a submission issue meeting with the FDA to discuss our partial response. If the FDA clears Prosigna, we intend to launch Prosigna in the United States promptly following receipt of such clearance. We are currently planning for this commercial launch in the first quarter of 2014. For this clearance, we are pursuing an intended use as a prognostic indicator for distant recurrence free survival at 10 years in postmenopausal women with HR+ early stage breast cancer treated with adjuvant endocrine therapy alone, when used in conjunction with other clinicopathological factors. We are seeking an intended use in patients with node-negative disease and patients with node-positive (between one and three affected nodes) disease. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating to the FDA’s satisfaction that the proposed device is substantially equivalent in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications. The previously cleared device is known as a predicate. For additional information about the FDA’s 510(k) clearance process, please see the section of this prospectus captioned “Business — Government Regulation.” Based on pre-submission interactions with the FDA and the FDA’s written response to our 510(k) submission, we expect Agendia’s MammaPrint to serve as the legally marketed predicate that would enable us to market a version of Prosigna in the United States that, if cleared, would provide an assessment of a patient’s risk of recurrence for breast cancer, but not the patient’s intrinsic subtype. In the FDA’s written response to our 510(k) submission, the FDA communicated, among other things, that we would need to provide further support before the FDA could determine whether the pending 510(k) application, if cleared, would allow us to include the ROR score and three distinct risk groups in patient reports for all patients tested. If we obtain such clearance from the FDA, we expect Prosigna to be competitive with other products that are currently available in the United States given the advantages demonstrated by our TransATAC and ABCSG8 clinical studies. In the future, we plan to submit a separate application for approval to report intrinsic subtype. If we obtain approval to report intrinsic subtyping from the FDA, we expect our competitive position in the United States will be enhanced. We expect that this future application will require a PMA supported by additional clinical studies.

Intellectual Property

We must develop and maintain protection on the proprietary aspects of our technologies in order to remain competitive. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality, material transfer agreements, licenses, invention assignment agreements and other contracts to protect our intellectual property rights.

As of April 30, 2013, we owned or exclusively licensed five issued U.S. patents and approximately 23 pending U.S. patent applications, including provisional and non-provisional filings. We also owned or licensed approximately 63 pending and granted counterpart applications worldwide, including 22 country-specific validations of three European patents. The issued U.S. patents that we own or exclusively license are expected to expire between July 3, 2021 and March 28, 2029. We have either sole or joint ownership positions in all of our pending U.S. patent applications. Where we jointly own cases, we have negotiated license or assignment provisions for exclusive rights. For our material nCounter Analysis System and Prosigna product

 

-92-


Table of Contents

rights, we are the exclusive licensee. We also generally protect our newly developed intellectual property by entering into confidentiality agreements that include intellectual property assignment clauses with our employees, consultants and collaborators.

Our patent applications relate to the following three main areas:

 

   

our nCounter Analysis System biology, chemistry, software and hardware;

 

   

specific applications for our nCounter Analysis System technology; and

 

   

our gene expression markers, methods and algorithms for recurrence and drug response in certain forms of cancer.

The following patents and patent applications (including expected 20 year expiration dates) relate to our nCounter Analysis System:

 

Patent and Patent Application Numbers

  

Form of Ownership

   Expected
Expiration Date
  

Description

US 7,473,767, US 7,919,237, US 8,148,512, EP Patent No. 1448581, AU Patent No. 2002327202, CA Patent No. 2452712, JP Patent No. 4343682, USSN 13/794,299, USSN 13/027,493 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2002/021278    In-licensed from the Institute for Systems Biology    7/3/2021    Directed to compositions and methods of immobilization and detection
EP Patent No. 1963531, USSN 12/158,953, USSN 13/794,424 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2006/049274    Co-owned with the Institute for Systems Biology    12/22/2026    Directed to compositions and methods of immobilization and detection
EP Patent No. 1963500, USSN 11/645,270 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2006/049279    Owned    12/22/2026    Directed to methods of immobilization and detection
US 7,941,279, AU Patent No. 2007268027, JP Patent No. 5081232 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2007/012130    Owned    5/21/2027    Directed to compositions
US 8,415,102, USSN 13/788,133 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2008/059959    Owned    4/10/2028    Directed to methods of manufacture
USSN 12/541,131 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2009/053790    Owned    8/13/2029    Directed to compositions and methods of detection

 

-93-


Table of Contents

The following patent applications (including expected 20 year expiration dates) relate to specific applications for our nCounter Analysis System:

 

Patent Application Numbers

  

Form of Ownership

   Expected
Expiration Date
  

Description

USSN 12/904,078 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2010/052556    Owned    10/13/2030    Directed to compositions and methods of detection
USSN 13/025,458 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2011/024519    Owned    2/11/2031    Directed to compositions and methods of detection
USSN 13/049,682 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2011/028657    Owned    3/16/2031    Directed to methods of detection
PCT/US2012/030940    Owned    3/28/2032    Directed to compositions and methods of diagnosis
USSN 13/530,848 and PCT/US2012/043799    Owned    6/22/2032    Directed to compositions and methods of detection
Additional pending provisional patent applications    Owned    2033    Directed to nCounter Analysis System methods of use

The following patent applications (including expected 20 year expiration dates) relate to our gene expression markers:

 

Patent Application Numbers

  

Form of Ownership

   Expected
Expiration Date
  

Description

USSN 12/094,898 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2006/044737   

In-licensed from

Bioclassifier, LLC

   11/17/2026    Directed to methods of prognosis
USSN 12/995,450 and foreign applications in certain jurisdictions claiming priority to PCT/US2009/045820   

In-licensed from

Bioclassifier, LLC

   6/1/2029    Directed to methods of prognosis
USSN 13/421,367 and PCT/US2012/029226   

In-licensed from

Bioclassifier, LLC

   3/15/2032    Directed to methods of treatment and determining drug response
USSN 13/690,891 and PCT/US2012/067317   

In-licensed from

Bioclassifier, LLC

   11/30/2032    Directed to methods of treatment and determining drug response
Additional pending provisional patent applications    Owned or In-licensed from Bioclassifier, LLC    2033    Directed to compositions and methods of using gene expression markers, some of which are owned by NanoString Technologies, Inc. and some of which are encompassed by our license agreement with Bioclassifier, LLC

 

-94-


Table of Contents

We intend to file additional patent applications in the United States and abroad to strengthen our intellectual property rights; however, our patent applications (including the patent applications listed above) may not result in issued patents, and we cannot assure investors that any patents that have issued or might issue will protect our technology. We have received notices of claims of potential infringement from third parties and may receive additional notices in the future. When appropriate, we have taken a license to the intellectual property rights from such third parties. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”

We own a number of trademarks and develop names for our new products and as appropriate secure trademark protection for them, including domain name registration, in relevant jurisdictions.

Collaborations; License Agreements

We have relied, and expect to continue to rely, on strategic collaborations and licensing agreements with third parties. For example, our base molecular barcoding technology is in-licensed from the Institute for Systems Biology and the intellectual property that forms the basis of Prosigna is in-licensed from Bioclassifier, LLC. In addition to the licenses with the Institute for Systems Biology and Bioclassifier, we rely on other license and supply arrangements for proprietary components which require us to pay royalties on the sale of our products. Other life sciences research customers are using our nCounter Analysis System to discover gene expression signatures that we believe could form the basis of future diagnostic products. Currently, we are considering several of these gene signatures for in-licensing. For example, in February 2013 we secured an option from a customer to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, to identify patients with cirrhosis who are at highest risk of developing HCC and to determine whether a patient who has been diagnosed with HCC is likely to have a recurrence. Our licensing arrangements with the Institute for Systems Biology and Bioclassifier are discussed below in greater detail.

Institute for Systems Biology

In 2004, we entered into an agreement with the Institute for Systems Biology pursuant to which the Institute granted to us an exclusive, subject to certain government rights, worldwide license, including the right to sublicense, to the digital molecular barcoding technology on which our nCounter Analysis System is based, including 13 patents and patent applications. We issued 500,000 shares of our common stock to the Institute for Systems Biology as partial consideration for entry into the license agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the amended license agreement, we are required to pay the Institute for Systems Biology royalties on net sales of products sold by us, or our sublicensees, at a low single digit percentage rate. Royalties owed to the Institute for Systems Biology had been subject to annual minimums, which have expired. Through April 30, 2013, we have paid aggregate royalties of $1.3 million to the Institute for Systems Biology. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the amended license agreement, the agreement will terminate upon the expiration of the last to expire patent licensed to us. The Institute for Systems Biology has the right to terminate the agreement under certain situations, including our failure to meet certain diligence requirements or our uncured material breach of the agreement.

Bioclassifier, LLC

In July 2010, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Bioclassifier, LLC, pursuant to which Bioclassifier granted to us an exclusive, subject to certain government rights, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to certain intellectual property rights and technology, including intellectual property rights that comprise eight non-provisional patent applications as of March 31, 2013, in the field of research products and prognostic and/or diagnostic tests for cancer, including Prosigna. Bioclassifier has licensed these rights from the academic institutions that employed the cancer researchers that discovered or were involved in the initial development of PAM50. This license agreement was amended and restated in February 2012, with the changes retroactively effective to the July 2010 date of the original agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated license agreement, we are required to pay Bioclassifier the greater of certain minimum royalty amounts

 

-95-


Table of Contents

and mid-single digit to low double digit percentage royalties on net sales of products and/or methods sold by us that are covered by patent rights or include, use or are technology licensed to us. Our obligation to pay royalties to Bioclassifier expires on a country-by-country basis upon the expiration of the last patent licensed or, if a product or method includes, uses or is technology licensed to us but is not covered by a patent licensed to us, ten years after the first commercial sale of the product or method in such country. We are also required to pay Bioclassifier low to mid double digit percentage of any income received by us from the grant of a sublicense by use to the patents or technology licensed us under the agreement. We are also required to meet certain development and commercialization milestones extending to 2015. Through April 30, 2013, we have paid Bioclassifier $330,000 of which $175,000 will be credited against future royalties owed.

Additionally, we are obligated to pay certain fees to Bioclassifier if we do not meet certain milestones within predetermined time periods. The agreement specifies that we will control and be responsible for the costs of prosecuting and enforcing the intellectual property licensed in certain major market countries. The agreement also includes customary rights of termination for Bioclassifier, including for our uncured material breach or our bankruptcy.

Research and Development

We have committed, and expect to continue to commit, significant resources to developing new technologies and products, improving product performance and reliability and reducing costs. We have assembled experienced research and development teams at our Seattle, Washington location with the scientific, engineering, software and process talent that we believe is required to successfully grow our business. As of April 30, 2013, we had approximately 35 employees in research and development, of which 14 hold a Ph.D. degree and seven hold a M.S. degree. We are currently focused on several products and enhancements in both our future diagnostic products and current life sciences research offerings. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $7.5 million, $9.0 million, $11.6 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

nCounter Technology

We are continuously seeking to improve the nCounter Analysis System, including improvements to the technology and accessibility. As we make improvements, we anticipate that we will make available new and improved generations of the nCounter Analysis System to be used in both our current life sciences research and future diagnostics businesses.

Our technology development efforts are focused on:

 

   

Applications.     We plan to develop additional application areas to enable researchers to apply the nCounter Analysis System to new experimental paradigms. Currently, we are focused on expanding our single cell gene expression application, which we introduced in September 2012 to enable researchers to measure the expression of up to 800 genes using as little as 10 picograms of input total RNA (i.e., total RNA content of a single cell). Additional developments in this area may include single-cell-specific CodeSet panels and data analysis software designed to simplify the analysis and interpretation of single cell expression data. In the future, we also intend to add applications designed to probe additional non-coding regions of the genome which serve important regulatory functions.

 

   

Chemistry.     We are developing new chemistry and associated consumables that are designed to increase the flexibility of the nCounter Analysis System by allowing customers to customize and configure their own CodeSets. Customers would select a set of genes and then assemble a CodeSet by combining generalized detection agents purchased from us with reagents purchased from other manufacturers. Our generalized detection reagents would not require any knowledge of the exact genomic target that is being evaluated, and could be shipped to a customer immediately upon their request, freeing the customer to explore unique genomic targets independent of interaction with us. Over time, we intend to develop advanced chemistries that may increase the number of targets that the nCounter Analysis System can profile in a single sample beyond the current maximum of 800 targets.

 

-96-


Table of Contents
   

Instruments.     We are developing a new generation of the nCounter Analysis System that we believe will increase our addressable market and simplify the procurement processes of our potential customers. Our plan is to reduce the footprint of the system by combining the prep station and the digital analyzer into a single instrument and reduce the cost through the adoption of new, less expensive technologies. We are targeting release of the new generation system in 2014.

Expanding Clinical Utility of the Prosigna Breast Cancer Assay

We plan to extend the clinical utility of Prosigna to inform other major treatment decisions in breast cancer, after appropriate regulatory authorization. The decisions about receiving adjuvant chemotherapy or radiation therapy have significant objective quality of life implications because of the acute and long term risk of side effects, some of them severe (including death), that are caused by these treatments. In addition, there are significant health economic consequences to decisions regarding these therapies based both on the cost of the treatments themselves and of treating their side effects. Therefore, a pressing issue is to identify the individual patients who need or are likely to benefit from adjuvant radiation therapy and chemotherapy so that the rest of the patients can be spared these treatments without affecting their long term outcome.

Our efforts to expand the clinical utility of Prosigna are focused on:

 

   

Chemotherapy Selection .    The first-generation genomic tests for breast cancer have improved physicians’ ability to determine which individual patients can be safely spared adjuvant chemotherapy. However, for those patients who will go on to receive adjuvant chemotherapy, physicians may select from several commonly used adjuvant chemotherapy regimens, including CMF (cyclophosphamide/methotrexate/5-flouracil), anthracycline-containing regimens or taxane-containing regimens. The first-generation genomic breast cancer tests do not inform the selection of specific adjuvant chemotherapy regimen. Over the past several years, studies have been presented and published that suggest that the PAM50 gene signature, which is the basis of Prosigna, can inform the selection of adjuvant chemotherapy regimen. In 2012, U.S.-based researchers published a study indicating that a qPCR-based version of PAM50 predicted which breast cancer patients benefit from anthracycline-based chemotherapy regimens. In 2013, Danish researchers presented a study indicating that Prosigna predicted which breast cancer patients benefit from gemcitabine. In 2013, Spanish researchers published a study demonstrating that the proliferation score of a qPCR-based version of PAM50 predicted which breast cancer patients benefit from weekly paclitaxel. In the future, we intend to perform clinical studies designed to demonstrate that Prosigna can aid in the selection of chemotherapy regimen in breast cancer patients. We have secured access to tissue samples and outcomes from two randomized, controlled clinical studies that may be used in an effort to clinically validate this intended use.

 

   

Radiation Therapy in Early Stage Breast Cancer .    Recently presented research suggests that by determining a patient’s intrinsic subtype, physicians could identify those patients who do not benefit from adjuvant radiation therapy. In a previously conducted clinical trial that enrolled postmenopausal women with T1/T2, node-negative early stage breast cancer, patients with Luminal A tumors (approximately 50% of the patients enrolled in the trial) received little or no benefit from adjuvant radiation therapy, whereas patients with tumors of other subtypes received significant benefit. We intend to conduct clinical studies to validate the ability of intrinsic subtype as determined by Prosigna to identify postmenopausal women with early stage breast cancer who are likely to receive little or no benefit from treatment with adjuvant radiation therapy. We have secured access to tissue samples and outcomes from one randomized, controlled clinical study that may be used for clinically validating this intended use.

 

   

Ductal Carcinoma in situ Treatment .    Ductal Carcinoma in situ, or DCIS, Treatment, is characterized by a clonal proliferation of epithelial cells confined within the lumen of the mammary duct. DCIS is usually asymptomatic; however, screening mammography programs have led to a substantial increase in the incidence of DCIS in the past two decades so that it represented 20% of breast cancers diagnosed in the United States in 2004, according to the National Cancer Institute’s Surveillance, Epidemiology

 

-97-


Table of Contents
 

and End Results Program. The major clinical risk in DCIS is its progression to invasive carcinoma. Since DCIS has a variable natural history, the major treatment decision relates to how aggressively to treat DCIS when it is diagnosed. Mastectomy is a highly effective, although radical, treatment for DCIS as it is curative in 98 to 99% of patients with either gross or mammographically detected DCIS. A recent study has demonstrated that a multi-gene assay containing a subset of the genes used in the Onco type DX test could identify a group of patients with such a low risk of recurrent DCIS that they are unlikely to benefit from treatment beyond limited surgical resection. These data suggest other genomic tests, including Prosigna, may also be able to identify low risk patients who may be spared aggressive treatment. We intend to conduct clinical studies to validate the ability of Prosigna to identify DCIS patients who may be spared aggressive treatment. We have applied for access to a cohort of DCIS tissue samples from patients entered into a randomized, controlled clinical trial with long-term follow-up, and have received approval from the relevant committee within the institution controlling these samples.

Our clinical studies to date have employed a retrospective / prospective design, which means that we use samples that were previously collected from patients and for which the treatment regimen and ultimate outcome of each patient are known. Such studies are capital efficient as they do not require recruiting new patients and running prospective trials and they can be completed much more quickly than typical prospective clinical trials. We intend to use a similar approach whenever possible for the additional clinical studies we intend to conduct in support of our future regulatory submissions seeking to expand the indications for Prosigna and for future diagnostic products.

In the future, we do intend to participate in prospective clinical studies that require recruiting new patients. Thus far, we have accepted invitations to participate in two such prospective studies that are being organized and sponsored by cooperative groups. These studies are:

 

   

RxSPONDER trial (SWOG 1007) .    The RxSPONDER trial is a Phase III clinical trial organized by the Southwest Oncology Group and sponsored by the National Cancer Institute. The primary objective of this trial is to determine the effect of endocrine therapy with versus without chemotherapy in patients with node-positive breast cancer who do not have high Recurrence Scores (RS) by Onco type DX. The trial also has several secondary objectives related to other breast cancer assays, including PAM50. One secondary objective is to perform other assays or tests (in particular the PAM50 ROR score) as they are developed and validated that measure potential benefit of chemotherapy, and to compare them to Onco type DX. Another secondary objective is to determine the role of other assays, including PAM50, as indicators of Disease Free Survival, Distant Disease Free Survival, and Local Disease Free Interval of patients randomized to chemotherapy versus no chemotherapy.

 

   

Optimal Personalised Treatment of early breast cancer using Multi-parameter Analysis (OPTIMA) trial.     The OPTIMA trial is a multi-center partially blind randomized clinical trial of early stage breast cancer patients in the United Kingdom. The OPTIMA trial seeks to advance the development of personalized medicine in breast cancer by using multi-parameter tests to help identify those women who are likely to benefit from chemotherapy and helping spare those who are unlikely to benefit from an unnecessary and unpleasant treatment. In the United Kingdom, the OPTIMA study population would ordinarily be treated with a combination of chemotherapy and endocrine therapy. The OPTIMA trial compares the management of patients using test-directed assignment to chemotherapy with standard management (i.e., chemotherapy) in a non-inferiority design. OPTIMA prelim is the preliminary phase of the study sponsored by the U.K. Health Technology Assessment of the National Institute of Health Research which will evaluate the performance and health-economics of alternative multi-parameter tests to determine which technology should be evaluated in the main trial. This decision will be informed by a combined primary outcome measure including concordance of test results, cost-effectiveness and deliverability of pathology services. All patients in the OPTIMA prelim trial will be tested with the Onco type DX test as well as additional biomarkers and tests, including Prosigna.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

In addition, we are exploring potential clinical studies with the goal of investigating Prosigna’s ability to provide other clinically useful information to physicians treating women with HR+ early stage breast cancer, including identifying which patients are likely to benefit from adjuvant chemotherapy.

Future Molecular Diagnostic Kits

In addition to the development of Prosigna, we are currently evaluating several molecular signatures which have the potential to create additional diagnostic products. We intend to license rights to molecular diagnostic intellectual property as part of our strategy to develop additional diagnostic products, with a particular focus on licensing rights from our life sciences research customers who are seeking to translate their research into clinical products after the necessary regulatory authorizations are secured. We intend to target intellectual property rights that are well understood, have the potential to facilitate changes in treatment with a major impact on outcome and cost, have the potential to support value-based pricing and with respect to which tissue samples for clinical validation are readily available.

In February 2013, we secured an option to acquire an exclusive worldwide license for a 186 gene signature that could be used, after appropriate regulatory authorization, to determine the prognosis of patients diagnosed with the most common type of liver cancer, HCC, or with hepatitis C-related early-stage cirrhosis. We secured the option from The Broad Institute acting on behalf of the inventors’ institutions. During the period in which the option can be exercised, we plan to assess the feasibility of developing an in vitro diagnostic assay based on the HCC gene signature for use on the nCounter Analysis System.

HCC, a form of liver cancer, is an increasingly prevalent clinical diagnosis and is the third most common cause of cancer-related death globally. While incidence rates of HCC have been lower in the United States than in many countries historically, domestic age-adjusted HCC incidence rates have doubled in recent decades. In fact, primary liver cancer mortality rates have increased faster than mortality rates for any other leading cause of cancer in the United States. HCC develops from advanced fibrosis of the liver, or cirrhosis, which is estimated to affect one to two percent of the world’s population. The prognosis for patients with advanced HCC is poor, with a reported five-year survival rate of approximately 10%; like many cancers, patient outcomes are far better when the disease is detected and treated at an early stage. Since there is a high rate of recurrence of HCC after the treatment of the primary tumor, it is important to identify those patients with a high risk of recurrence so that these recurrences can be treated before advanced disease develops.

A paper in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2008 by Hoshida, et al, described the HCC gene signature in connection with a method for conducting gene expression analysis on RNA extracted from liver tissue adjacent to HCC tumors. Using this method, the authors discovered a 186-gene signature which identifies those HCC patients who have a poor prognosis because of a high rate of recurrence after primary treatment. This gene signature was highly correlated with survival in a training set of 82 Japanese patients and was validated in an independent set of 225 patients from the United States and Europe. A paper published online in January 2013 in the journal Gastroenterology demonstrated that this same 186-gene signature also identifies those patients with hepatitis C-related early-stage cirrhosis who have a poor prognosis because of their high rate of developing HCC.

Sales and Marketing

We began selling nCounter Analysis Systems to life sciences researchers in 2008 and began sales efforts in the diagnostics market in Europe, including in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, and Israel in connection with the February 2013 commercial launch of Prosigna in those markets. We sell our life sciences research products primarily through our own sales force in North America and through a combination of direct and distributor channels in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America. We have agreements with 11 distributors, each of which is exclusive within a certain territory for our life sciences research business only. In the event the distributor does not meet minimum performance requirements, we may terminate the distribution agreement or convert from an exclusive to non-exclusive arrangement within the territory, allowing us to enter into arrangements with other distributors for the territory. None of our customers represented more than 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 or 2012 or the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Life Sciences Research

Our sales and marketing efforts in the life sciences market are targeted at department heads, research laboratory directors, principal investigators, core facility directors, and research scientists at leading academic institutions, biopharmaceutical companies, publicly and privately-funded research institutions and contract research organizations. We seek to increase awareness of our products among our target customers through direct sales calls, trade shows, seminars, academic conferences, web presence and other forms of internet marketing.

Our nCounter Analysis Systems are relatively new to the life sciences market place and our instruments require a significant capital investment. Our sales process involves numerous interactions with multiple people within an organization, and often includes in-depth analysis by potential customers of our products, proof-of-principle studies, preparation of extensive documentation and a lengthy review process. As a result of these factors, the large capital investment required in purchasing our instruments and the budget cycles of our customers, the time from initial contact with a customer to our receipt of a purchase order can vary significantly and be up to 12 months or longer. Given the length and uncertainty of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, fluctuations in our instrument sales on a period-to-period basis. We are developing an nCounter Analysis System that we intend to offer at a lower price, which we believe will simplify the procurement processes of our potential customers as well as increase our addressable market. We also continue to develop enhancements to both the chemistries and assays that are run on the nCounter Analysis System, which may drive further adoption.

Molecular Diagnostics

We intend to sell instruments and consumables for use in diagnostic testing, beginning with Prosigna, via a three-pronged effort. First, we will seek to establish third-party reimbursement and patient access for clinical testing services that our diagnostics customers will provide based upon our products by educating third-party payors regarding the clinical utility and health economic value of the clinical tests enabled by our technology. Second, we will seek to establish an installed base of nCounter Analysis Systems by selling or leasing instruments to select clinical laboratories, with initial sales efforts directed at large commercial laboratories and academic medical centers that treat a high volume of breast cancer patients. Third, we will drive physician demand for clinical testing services enabled by our diagnostic products, and direct test orders toward those laboratories which have adopted our technology.

We intend to have a direct sales model in the United States and most of Europe. In other countries, we intend to have a mix of direct sales and distributor relationships. Because oncology and pathology are relatively concentrated medical specialties, we believe that a focused marketing organization and specialized sales force with regional and local experience can effectively build an installed base of instruments in clinical laboratories and generate physician demand for Prosigna. Where appropriate, we intend to coordinate commercial efforts with the sales and marketing personnel of the clinical laboratories offering clinical testing services based on our diagnostic products. We believe that these clinical laboratories will be motivated to coordinate commercial efforts by the potential to improve patient care, broaden patient access and profit from testing services based on Prosigna and other potential nCounter-based diagnostics. We believe this direct sales approach coupled with our plans to conduct multiple clinical studies, the results of which we intend to publish in peer-reviewed journals, provides the best opportunity to increase patient and physician demand.

Manufacturing; Suppliers

We use third-party contract manufacturers to produce our instruments and raw materials for our consumables and we build the CodeSets and reagent packages at our Seattle, Washington facility.

Instruments

We outsource manufacturing of our nCounter Prep Stations and nCounter Digital Analyzers. Precision System Science, Co., Ltd. of Chiba, Japan, or PSS, is our sole source supplier for the nCounter Prep Station.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Korvis Automation Inc., or Korvis, is our sole source supplier for our nCounter Digital Analyzers at its facility in Corvallis, Oregon. The facilities at which our instruments are built have been certified to ISO 13485:2003 standards. Our contracts with these instrument suppliers do not commit them to carry inventory or make available any particular quantities. Under the terms of the two instrument supply agreements, we are required to place binding purchase orders for instruments that will be delivered to us by the supplier three to six months from the date of placement of the purchase order. Although qualifying alternative third-party manufacturers could be time consuming and expensive, our instruments’ design is similar to other instruments and we believe that alternatives would be available if necessary. However, if our instrument suppliers terminate our relationship with them or if they give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours, then we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms.

Consumables

We manufacture our consumables in our Seattle, Washington facility which has been certified to ISO 13485:2003 standards. We expect that our existing manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet our needs at least through 2014. Should additional space become necessary, we believe that there will be space available near our existing facility that we believe we can secure; however, we cannot predict that this space will be available if and when it is needed.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain components and materials used in the manufacture of our consumables. While some of these components are sourced from a single supplier, we have qualified second sources for several of our critical reagents, including oligonucleotides, adhesives and dyes. We believe that having dual sources for our components helps reduce the risk of a production delay caused by a disruption in the supply of a critical component. We continue to pursue qualifying additional suppliers, but cannot predict how expensive, time-consuming or successful these efforts will be. If we were to lose one or more of our suppliers, it may take significant time and effort to qualify alternative suppliers.

Competition

In the life sciences research market, we compete with companies such as Affymetrix, Agilent Technologies, Bio-Rad, Exiqon, Fluidigm, High Throughput Genomics, Illumina, Life Technologies, Luminex, Perkin Elmer, Qiagen and Roche Applied Science. These competitors and others have products for gene expression analysis that compete in certain segments of the market in which we sell our products. In addition, there are a number of new market entrants in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market, including companies, such as RainDance Technologies and Wafergen Bio-Systems.

In the diagnostics market, we anticipate our principal competition will come from Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, a service for gene expression analysis performed in its central laboratory in Redwood City, California. We will also face competition from companies such as Agendia, Clarient (a GE Healthcare company), Genoptix (a division of Novartis), and bioMeriéux, which also offer centralized laboratories that profile gene or protein expression in breast cancer. In Europe, we also face regional competition from smaller companies such as Sividon Diagnostics, maker of EndoPredict, a distributed test for breast cancer recurrence, and other independent laboratories.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

 

   

cost of capital equipment;

 

   

cost of consumables and supplies;

 

   

reputation among customers;

 

   

innovation in product offerings;

 

   

flexibility and ease-of-use;

 

   

accuracy and reproducibility of results; and

 

-101-


Table of Contents
   

compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods.

We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:

 

   

breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by diagnostic products;

 

   

volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;

 

   

availability of reimbursement for testing services; and

 

   

economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by products.

We believe that the automated nature of our nCounter Analysis System with its simple, rapid and efficient workflow that requires very limited human intervention or labor; the multiplexing capability of our technology to analyze significantly more target molecules in a single tube without amplification, representing multiple biological pathways; compatibility with many sample types, including difficult samples such as FFPE; and the ability to analyze small sample inputs, in some cases down to a single cell, from a wide variety of sample types gives us numerous competitive advantages in the life sciences market. In the diagnostics market, we believe the compelling evidence of Prosigna’s ability to inform major medical treatment decisions, including results from our studies; the quality of our nCounter Analysis System, which enables consistent and reproducible results in decentralized laboratories; and the improved convenience for physicians and patients, including more rapid test result turnaround time gives us numerous competitive advantages in the diagnostic market.

While we believe that we compete favorably based on the factors described above, many of our competitors are either publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly-traded companies, and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

 

   

greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

 

   

broader product lines;

 

   

larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

 

   

substantial intellectual property portfolios;

 

   

larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and

 

   

better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

For additional information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors — The life sciences research and diagnostics markets are highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.”

Government Regulation

Medical Device Regulation

United States

In the United States, medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, medical device development, testing, labeling, storage, premarket clearance or approval, advertising and promotion and product sales and distribution.

A medical device is an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including any component part or accessory which is (1) intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals, or (2) intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals, and which does not achieve any of its primary intended purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and which is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of any of its primary intended purposes.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Since the definition of a medical device depends on the intended use of the product, a single product can potentially be regulated multiple ways by the FDA, including no FDA oversight, depending on the intended use of the product. Intended use is governed by the objective intent of the manufacturer, which includes all words and images communicated by a company and its employees.

Medical devices to be commercially distributed in the United States must receive from the FDA either clearance of a premarket notification, or 510(k), or premarket approval, or PMA, pursuant to the FDC Act prior to marketing, unless subject to an exemption. Devices deemed to pose relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a 510(k) requesting permission for commercial distribution; this is known as the 510(k) clearance process. Some low risk devices are exempted from this premarket requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a preamendment Class III device for which PMA applications have not been called, are placed in Class III requiring PMA approval. A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k) application. All clinical studies of investigational devices must be conducted in compliance with any applicable FDA or Institutional Review Board, or IRB, requirements.

510(k) Clearance Pathway .    To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating to the FDA’s satisfaction that the proposed device is substantially equivalent in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications. The previously cleared device is known as a predicate. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from four to 12 months, but it can last longer, particularly for a novel type of product.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may retroactively require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. The FDA also can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.

PMA Approval Pathway .    The PMA approval pathway requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. The PMA approval pathway is costly, lengthy and uncertain.

A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with Quality System Regulation, or QSR, requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

Upon submission, the FDA determines if the PMA application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, and, if so, the application is accepted for filing. The FDA then commences an in-depth review of the PMA application, which typically takes one to three years, but may last longer. The review time is often significantly extended as a result of the FDA asking for more information or clarification of information already provided. The FDA also may respond with a “not approvable” determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical studies that are often expensive and time consuming and can delay approval for months or even years. During the review period, an FDA advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, likely will be convened to review the application and recommend to the FDA whether, or upon what conditions, the device should be approved. Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendation is important to the FDA’s overall decision making process.

If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, the FDA typically issues an “approvable letter” requiring the applicant’s agreement to specific conditions, such as changes in labeling, or specific additional information such as submission of final labeling, in order to secure final approval of the PMA application. Once the approvable letter is satisfied, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications,

 

-103-


Table of Contents

which can be more limited than those originally sought by the manufacturer. The PMA can include post-approval conditions that the FDA believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval.

Even after approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement may be required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. Supplements to a PMA may require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the product covered by the original PMA.

De Novo Pathway .    If no predicate can be identified, the product is automatically classified as Class III, requiring a PMA. However, the FDA can reclassify — or use “de novo classification” for — a device for which there was no predicate device if the device is low or moderate risk. The FDA will identify special controls that the manufacturer must implement, which often includes labeling restrictions. Subsequent applicants can rely upon the de novo product as a predicate for a 510(k) clearance. The de novo route is less burdensome than the PMA process; it is essentially the same as a 510(k).

Until recently, a device company would have to go through the process of submitting a 510(k) premarket notification submission, receive a not substantially equivalent, or NSE, determination, and only then could it invoke the de novo route. However, under the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, Pub. L. No. 112-144, 126 Stat. 993 (2012), a device company can ask FDA at the outset if the de novo route is available, rather than have to wait to receive the NSE determination. The de novo route has been used by many in vitro diagnostic products.

Postmarket .    After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: the QSR, labeling regulations, the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off label” uses, registration and listing, the Medical Device Reporting regulation (which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur), and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act).

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products; withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals already granted; and criminal prosecution. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Government Regulation and Diagnostic Product Reimbursement.”

Research Use Only .    Research Use Only, or RUO, products belong to a separate regulatory classification under long-standing FDA regulation. In essence, RUO products are not regulated as medical devices. The products must bear the statement: “For Research Use Only. Not for Use in Diagnostic Procedures.” The labeling cannot make clinical or diagnostic claims. In June 2011, the FDA issued a draft guidance on RUO products. Among other things, the draft guidance reaffirmed that a company may not make clinical or diagnostic claims about an RUO product. Several of the provisions of the draft guidance received adverse feedback, and it is unclear whether the FDA will issue any final guidance and, if so, what the contents of the guidance will be.

International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The European Commission is the legislative body responsible for directives under which manufacturers selling medical products in the EU, and the European Economic Area, or EEA, must comply. The EU includes most of the major countries in Europe, while other countries, such as Switzerland, are part of the EEA and have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the EU

 

-104-


Table of Contents

with respect to medical devices. The EU has adopted directives that address regulation of the design, manufacture, labeling, clinical studies and post-market vigilance for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be marketed throughout the EU and EEA.

In September 2012, Prosigna was CE-marked to IVDD 98/79/EC for use in conjunction with a diagnostic version of our nCounter Analysis System in the EU to assess a patients risk and or distant recurrence.

Outside of the EU, regulatory approval needs to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order to market medical devices. Although there is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards, regulations in each country may vary substantially, which can affect timelines of introduction.

Reimbursement

Our molecular diagnostic instruments will be purchased or leased by clinical laboratories, which will use our diagnostic products as the basis for testing patients’ samples. These diagnostic customers can use our products to enable commercial testing services, and generate revenue for their laboratories for this service. In order to collect payment for testing services based upon our diagnostic products, our diagnostics customers may bill third parties, including public and private payors. The demand for our diagnostic products will depend indirectly upon the ability for our customers to successfully bill for and receive reimbursement from third-party payors for the clinical testing services based on our products. Therefore, we intend to work with third-party payors in markets where we intend to sell our diagnostic products to ensure that testing services based on our products are covered and paid.

The decision of payors to cover and pay for a specific testing service is driven by many factors, including:

 

   

strong clinical validation data;

 

   

acceptance into major clinical guidelines, including the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, or NCCN, the American Society of Clinical Oncology, or ASCO, and the St. Gallen Consensus guidelines;

 

   

health economic studies that may indicate that the test improves quality-adjusted survival and leads to reduced costs; and

 

   

decision impact studies that show the test leads to better treatment decisions.

We are generating and intend to generate dossiers that will be submitted to payors in support of reimbursement for testing services based upon our diagnostic products, beginning with Prosigna. In March 2013, we submitted the first of these dossiers to a government health ministry. The dossiers typically will contain data from studies supporting the analytical and clinical validity of Prosigna, as well as health economic analyses that examine whether the clinical information supplied by Prosigna changes medical practice in a way that leads to benefit for both the patients and the payors. In some cases, these health economic analyses will be supported by the results of clinical studies of Prosigna’s impact on adjuvant treatment decisions in early stage breast cancer called decision impact studies. We have developed a clinical protocol for Prosigna decision impact studies in collaboration with two European cooperative groups, and have entered into agreements with those groups to initiate two decision impact studies during 2013.

United States

In the United States, clinical laboratory revenue is derived from various third-party payors, including insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Clinical laboratory testing services are paid through various methodologies when covered by third-party payors, such as prospective payment systems and fee schedules. For any new clinical test,

 

-105-


Table of Contents

payment for the clinical laboratory service requires a decision by the third-party payor to cover the particular test, the establishment of a reimbursement rate for the test and the identification of one or more Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes that accurately describes the test methodology and the analyte to be used in claims processing.

The most commonly used first-generation genomic test for breast cancer, Genomic Health’s Onco type DX, is covered and reimbursed by most national and regional third-party payors in the United States, along with the local Medicare Administrative Contractor, or MAC, for California with jurisdiction for claims submitted by Genomic Health for Medicare patients. We believe that U.S. payors on average reimburse Onco type DX testing services at approximately $3,000 or more per test. The Onco type DX breast cancer test is usually billed and reimbursed using a miscellaneous chemistry CPT code (84999).

Based on market research that we have conducted with U.S. private payors, we believe that the combination of clinical data that we have generated to date and FDA clearance would lead multiple private payors to cover Prosigna testing services. We believe that the reimbursement rate for Prosigna testing services will be similar to that provided for Onco type DX testing services.

Assignment of unique reimbursement codes to a particular test may facilitate claims processing by payors. The American Medical Association, or AMA, has issued a new set of CPT codes for billing and reimbursement of complex genomic tests that are based on information from multiple analytes or genes. These new MAAA, or Multianalyte Assays with Algorithmic Analyses, codes are intended to capture tests such as Prosigna and are divided into two categories of unique codes. Category 1 MAAA codes are intended for tests that AMA’s CPT Editorial Panel has vetted and found to meet a certain set of criteria, such as demonstrated clinical validity and utility, as well as national utilization thresholds. MAAAs that the AMA has not reviewed or that have not met coding criteria under Category 1 are referred to as administrative MAAA codes.

We believe that testing services enabled by Prosigna will be classified as MAAA, and ultimately will be reimbursed using MAAA codes. We intend to apply for a Category 1 MAAA code for use in reimbursement of testing services based on Prosigna. During the period following commercial launch and prior to the receipt of a Category 1 MAAA code, we intend to have our clinical laboratory customers seek reimbursement for Prosigna using the CPT code designated for “Unlisted Multianalyte Assay with Algorithmic Analysis (81599).”

Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, administers the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which provide health care to almost one in every three Americans. For any particular geographic region, Medicare claims are processed on behalf of CMS by private companies called Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs. New diagnostic tests typically follow one of two routes to coverage via CMS: National Coverage Determinations, or NCDs, or Local Coverage Determinations, or LCDs. The NCD applies to Medicare beneficiaries living throughout the United States. The LCD process applies to only beneficiaries in the coverage area of a single MAC, requiring multiple LCDs to cover the testing throughout the United States. There is also a subset of both LCDs and NCDs known as Coverage with Evidence Development which allows a technology (service or procedure) to be covered while evidence is collected through a registry or a study to answer outstanding questions on outcomes.

We plan to pursue Medicare coverage for Prosigna using a series of LCDs. This approach will require us to engage the MAC for each jurisdiction in which Prosigna testing services are provided. We believe that the LCD approach has potential advantages, including more rapid establishment of Medicare reimbursement and mitigation of the risk of an adverse national decision.

For Medicare, the reimbursement rates for individual tests are established under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule (local fee schedules for outpatient clinical laboratory services) or the Physician Fee Schedule, depending on the amount of physician work involved in the test. Molecular diagnostic tests that require little physician work are generally paid under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule. We believe that CMS will reimburse Prosigna testing services under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Outside the United States

In Europe, governments are primarily responsible for reimbursing diagnostic testing services. A relatively small portion of the market is made up of private payors and cash-pay patients.

The primary barrier of adoption of a new in vitro diagnostic test is often reimbursement, and public reimbursement can take several years to achieve, depending on the country. Public reimbursement for genomic testing for breast cancer is available in Canada, Ireland, Greece and the United Kingdom. Selected private coverage for testing is available in the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, France, the UAE and Hungary. The public reimbursement pathway may be more favorable in Germany and France given their willingness to accept additional costs in return for improved outcomes, their centralized review process, and the role of key opinion leaders. Reimbursement approval in some countries, such as Spain and Italy, is managed at the regional level. Israel is a market in which genomic testing for breast cancer is widely reimbursed by all four major Sick Funds, the third-party payors that cover a substantial majority of the population.

Our market preparation in Europe will be similar to that in the United States and involve data driving clinical and economic publications to support guideline inclusion. Initially, we will target the private and cash pay market in Europe. In parallel, we will seek to establish public reimbursement of Prosigna by national and regional governments in Europe.

Other Regulations

If we obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations may be directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal anti-kickback statute and state and federal marketing compliance laws. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include the following federal laws and their counterparts at the state level:

 

   

the Federal Anti-kickback Law and state anti-kickback prohibitions;

 

   

the Federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, and state equivalents;

 

   

the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended;

 

   

the Medicare civil money penalty and exclusion requirements;

 

   

the Federal False Claims Act civil and criminal penalties and state equivalents;

 

   

the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which applies to our international activities; and

 

   

the Physician Payment Sunshine Act.

Employees

As of April 30, 2013, we had 138 employees, of which 46 work in manufacturing, 33 in sales, marketing and business development, 35 in research and development, 16 in general and administrative, and 8 in medical and regulatory affairs. 25 of our employees hold Ph.D. degrees. None of our United States employees is represented by a labor union or is the subject of a collective bargaining agreement. As of April 30, 2013, of our 138 employees, 133 were employed in the United States and 5 were employed outside the United States.

Facilities

We lease approximately 33,000 square feet of office and laboratory space at our headquarters in Seattle, Washington, under a lease that expires in August 2016, subject to a five-year option to renew. We currently pay

 

-107-


Table of Contents

approximately $144,000 per month in base rent, and the landlord holds a security deposit equal to approximately $143,000. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Environmental Matters

Our operations require the use of hazardous materials (including biological materials) which subject us to a variety of federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations. Some of the regulations under the current regulatory structure provide for strict liability, holding a party potentially liable without regard to fault or negligence. We could be held liable for damages and fines as a result of our, or others’, business operations should contamination of the environment or individual exposure to hazardous substances occur. We cannot predict how changes in laws or development of new regulations will affect our business operations or the cost of compliance.

Legal Proceedings

On November 6, 2012, Fluidigm Corporation filed a complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, Civil Action No. C-12-5712. The complaint alleges false advertising in violation of the Lanham Act, unfair competition, and unlawful trade practices, and seeks injunctive relief and damages in relation to a marketing campaign based on a comparative study of our nCounter Single Cell Assay with Fluidigm’s BioMark system. We filed our answer on January 4, 2013. On April 22, 2013, Fluidigm filed an amended complaint referencing additional NanoString marketing materials that Fluidigm alleges to contain false comparative statements. Our answer to the amended complaint was filed on May 9, 2013. Trial is scheduled to commence on March 24, 2014. We believe that Fluidigm’s amended complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

On April 5, 2013, Fluidigm Corporation and its subsidiary Fluidigm Singapore Pte Ltd, filed a complaint against us in the High Court of Singapore, Case No. S 282/2013, alleging substantially the same advertising claims as were asserted in the U.S. case in addition to a separate claim for trademark infringement. However, we have not been served with the complaint in this case and therefore to date there have been no court proceedings or other filings.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of May 13, 2013 are as set forth below:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

R. Bradley Gray

     36       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mary Tedd Allen, Ph.D.

     50       Vice President of Manufacturing

Joseph M. Beechem, Ph.D.

     55       Senior Vice President of Research and Development

Wayne Burns

     57       Senior Vice President, Operations and Administration

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

     65       Chief Medical Officer

James A. Johnson

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Gary S. Riordan

     54       Vice President, Quality and Regulatory Affairs

Barney Saunders, Ph.D.

     50       Senior Vice President & General Manager, Life Sciences

Bruce J. Seeley

     49       Senior Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics

Kathryn Surace-Smith

     54       Vice President, General Counsel

William D. Young (1)

     68       Chairman of the Board

Jennifer Scott Fonstad (2)

     47       Director

Nicholas Galakatos, Ph.D. (2)(3)

     55       Director

Finny Kuruvilla, M.D., Ph.D.

     38       Director

Gregory Norden (1)

     55       Director

Charles P. Waite (1)(2)(3)

     58       Director

 

(1)

Member of the Audit Committee.

 

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(3)

Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

R. Bradley Gray has served as a member of the board of directors and as President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Gray held various positions at Genzyme, a biotechnology company acquired by Sanofi in 2011. He served as Vice President of Product & Business Development for Genzyme Genetics, the diagnostic services division of Genzyme, from June 2008 to May 2010, leading the development of molecular diagnostics and partnering activities. From September 2006 to June 2008, he served as Vice President of Business & Strategic Development for Genzyme Genetics, leading growth efforts through partnerships and licensing. Mr. Gray joined Genzyme in October 2004 as Director of Corporate Development, supporting business development and leading Genzyme Ventures, the corporate venture capital fund of Genzyme. Prior to joining Genzyme, Mr. Gray was a management consultant in the healthcare practice of McKinsey & Company, a global management consulting firm, from September 2000 to October 2004, where he worked with senior healthcare executives in the United States and Europe on a broad range of issues including pharmaceutical and diagnostic product strategy, post-merger integration, organization design, and operational turnarounds. Mr. Gray received a B.A. in Economics and Management from Oxford University, where he studied as a British Marshall Scholar, and an S.B. in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Gray possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including the perspective and experience he brings as Chief Executive Officer and his knowledge of molecular diagnostic development and commercialization.

Mary Tedd Allen, Ph.D. has served as Vice President of Manufacturing since March 2007. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Allen served as the Director of Research and Programs at the Washington Technology Center, Washington state’s non-profit technology-based economic development enterprise, from February 2006 to February 2007. Before joining the Washington Technology Center, Dr. Allen was Vice President of the Advanced Manufacturing and Development group at Applied Biosystems, a publicly-traded biotechnology

 

-109-


Table of Contents

company acquired by Invitrogen in November 2008 to form Life Technologies, from February 2002 to August 2005. Dr. Allen has more than 20 years of experience managing product development and manufacturing groups for both semiconductor and biotech applications. She received a B.A. in Chemistry from Mount Holyoke College and a Ph.D. in Chemistry from the University of Rochester.

Joseph M. Beechem, Ph.D. has served as Senior Vice President of Research and Development, since April 2012. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Beechem held various positions at Life Technologies, a publicly-traded biotechnology tools company, most recently as Vice President, Head of Advanced Sequencing and Head of Global Sequencing Chemistry, Biochemistry and Biophysics from January 2010 to April 2012. From December 2007 to December 2012, he served as Chief Technology Officer of Life Technologies. During his career at Life Technologies, he led the design and development of multiple genetic analysis technologies, the latest advanced SOLiD sequencing technology and the single molecule nano-DNA sequencing technology. Prior to joining Life Technologies, Dr. Beechem was Chief Scientific Officer at Invitrogen, a publicly-traded biotechnology company that acquired Applied Biosystems in November 2008 to form Life Technologies, from August 2003 to December 2007 and Director of Biosciences at Molecular Probes, a biotechnology company acquired by Invitrogen in 2003, from August 2000 to August 2003. Prior to his industry experience, Dr. Beechem led an NIH-funded research laboratory for 11 years as a tenured associate professor at Vanderbilt University. He has authored or co-authored more than 100 peer-reviewed papers in diverse fields such as biomathematics, physics, chemistry, physiology, spectroscopy, diagnostics and biology. Dr. Beechem is also named on nearly 30 U.S. patents or patent applications and has served on a number of editorial and scientific advisory boards. He received a B.S. in Chemistry and Biology from Northern Kentucky University and a Ph.D. in Biophysics from The Johns Hopkins University.

Wayne Burns has served as Senior Vice President, Operations and Administration since October 2012 and served as Chief Financial Officer from April 2007 to September 2012. During the period from March 2009 through June 2010, Mr. Burns served as Acting Chief Executive Officer as well as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Burns served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at Action Engine, a developer of a mobile application platform, from 2001 to 2006. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Burns was a founder and the Chief Executive Officer of SafariDog, a developer of a search engine optimization platform. Mr. Burns also served as Vice President Operations and Chief Financial Officer of NetPodium during 1999 prior to its acquisition by InterVU, where from 1999 to 2000 Mr. Burns served as Vice President of Business Development. During the period from 1990 to 1996, Mr. Burns served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance for three venture-backed companies, all of which were acquired by public companies. Mr. Burns spent five years with PricewaterhouseCoopers in the United States and Italy. Mr. Burns received a B.A. in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from the University of Washington.

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D. has served as Chief Medical Officer since February 2011. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Cowens served in a series of senior medical positions at Genomic Health, a publicly-traded global health company, beginning in 2004. From April 2004 to March 2010, he served as Genomic Health’s Vice President, Clinical Oncology. In this position, he was responsible for the development of the Onco type DX product pipeline for gene expression profiling tests, initiated the programs in colon, prostate, and renal cell cancer and designed both development and validation clinical studies. In addition, he developed Genomic Health’s program in health economics and focused on studies designed to support reimbursement of the Onco type DX Breast Cancer Assay both in the United States and the European Union. From April 2010 to January 2011, he served as Genomic Health’s Senior Director of Health Economics, where he was responsible for preparing health technology assessments and dossiers for submission to government payors. Prior to joining Genomic Health, Dr. Cowens held senior product development positions at several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Chiron (now Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostics) and Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, and also worked as an oncology consultant for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including IDEC Pharmaceuticals, Scios, and Ligand Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Cowens is a licensed medical oncologist and author of 70 scientific abstracts and papers. He received a H.A.B. in Classical Languages and Mathematics from Xavier University, a M.S. in Mathematics from Northwestern University and an M.D. from Johns Hopkins University.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

James A. Johnson has served as Chief Financial Officer since October 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Johnson was Chief Financial Officer of Relypsa, Inc., a privately-held clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, from May 2011 to September 2012. From September 2009 to October 2010, Mr. Johnson served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of ZymoGenetics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb in October 2010. Mr. Johnson served as ZymoGenetics’ Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from July 2007 to September 2009 and as ZymoGenetics’ Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from February 2001 to July 2007. Mr. Johnson served as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Targeted Genetics Corporation, a biotechnology company, from 1994 to February 2001, as its Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration, from January 1999 to February 2001, and as its Vice President, Finance, from 1994 to January 1999. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Johnson served as Vice President, Finance, and, from 1988 to 1990, as Director of Finance, at Immunex Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Johnson received a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Washington.

Gary S. Riordan has served as our Vice President of Quality and Regulatory Affairs since January 2013. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Riordan served as Vice President of Quality and Regulatory Affairs at Accumetrics, Inc., a platelet testing medical device company, from January 2012 to January 2013. Before joining Accumetrics, Inc., Mr. Riordan served as a consultant, specializing in medical device global regulatory compliance, from January to December 2011. From June to December 2010, Mr. Riordan served as Vice President for Quality and Regulatory Affairs and a member of the senior management team at PrimeraDx, Inc., a molecular diagnostics company. From September 2008 to June 2010, he served as Vice President of Quality and Regulatory Affairs and a member of the senior management team at Sequenom, Inc., a publicly traded life sciences and molecular diagnostics company. From November 2004 to August 2008, he served as Director of Regulatory Affairs at Ventana Medical Systems, Inc., a medical diagnostics company now a part of Roche Diagnostics. Earlier in his career, Mr. Riordan served as a Biologist at the FDA for six years, where he served as a primary reviewer of premarket approval and product license applications. Mr. Riordan received a B.A. in Molecular Biology from San Jose State University.

Barney Saunders, Ph.D. has served as Senior Vice President & General Manager, Life Sciences, since September 2012 and served as our Chief Commercial Officer since September 2010. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Saunders served as Chief Commercial Officer of Microchip Biotechnologies (now IntegenX), a manufacturer of automation systems enabling microsample preparation and analysis for the life sciences, from September 2005 to June 2010. Prior to joining Microchip Biotechnologies, Dr. Saunders served as General Manager at Agilent Technologies, a publicly-traded measurement company providing core bio-analytical and electronic measurement solutions, from 2000 to 2004, where he led the team that launched the first commercially-available, complete genome arrays for human, rat and mouse and also entered the array CGH (comparative genomic hybridization) market. Dr. Saunders began his career with Amersham International, a pharmaceutical company specializing in Diagnostics and Life Sciences which was acquired by General Electric in 2004, where he held a variety of commercial positions, of increasing responsibility, in the United States and Europe from 1988 to 2000. Dr. Saunders received a B.Sc. Hons in Biological Sciences and Ph.D. in Rice Resistance Gene Expression from Birmingham University, England.

Bruce J. Seeley has served as Senior Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics, since May 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Seeley was Executive Vice President, Commercial, at Seattle Genetics, a publicly-traded biotechnology company, from October 2009 to March 2012. While at Seattle Genetics, Mr. Seeley built and led the commercial organization and successfully launched Seattle Genetics’ first product: ADCETRIS, a targeted therapy for lymphoma. Prior to Seattle Genetics, Mr. Seeley served in various commercial roles at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company acquired by Roche in March 2009, from August 2004 to October 2009. From 2006 to 2009, he served as Genentech’s Senior Director, Marketing, HER2 Brands, where he led the launch of HERCEPTIN in adjuvant breast cancer. From 2004 to 2006, he served as Genentech’s Senior Director of Pipeline Brand Management and BioOncology Business Unit Operations, leading strategy and cross franchise commercial activities. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Seeley worked for Aventis Pharmaceuticals, a publicly-traded global pharmaceutical company, in increasing roles of responsibility, including Senior Director of New Product

 

-111-


Table of Contents

sales positions at Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, a publicly-traded global pharmaceutical company, and Bristol-Myers Squibb, a publicly-traded biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Seeley received a Bachelor of Arts in Sociology from the University of California at Los Angeles.

Kathryn Surace-Smith has served as Vice President and General Counsel since February 2013. From April 2011 to February 2013, she was a legal consultant to medical technology and global health companies in Seattle, including NanoString from August 2012 to February 2013. From October 2002 to January 2011, she was Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of SonoSite Inc., a NASDAQ-listed medical device company specializing in hand carried ultrasound systems, where she managed matters relating to intellectual property, litigation (including patent litigation), compliance, contracts, licensing, acquisitions, securities, board governance, investor relations and reimbursement. From December 1996 to August 2002, she was Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary at Metawave Communications, a NASDAQ-listed telecommunications equipment provider, where she was part of the management team that took the company public. Prior to that, Ms. Surace-Smith served as International Counsel for Alcatel Telecom in Paris and as Counsel at the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development in London, where she advised on a variety of cross border transactions. Ms. Surace-Smith began her career in private practice with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher. She received an A.B. in politics from Princeton University and a J.D. from Columbia University School of Law.

Board of Directors

William D. Young has served as the chairman of the board of directors since January 2010 and as a member of the audit committee since November 2011. Mr. Young is a Venture Partner at Clarus Ventures, a health care and life sciences venture capital firm, which he joined in March 2010. Prior to joining Clarus Ventures, Mr. Young served from 1999 until June 2009 as Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Monogram Biosciences, a biotechnology company acquired by Laboratory Corporation of America in June 2009. From 1980 to 1999 Mr. Young was employed at Genentech, a biotechnology company acquired by Roche in March 2009, most recently as Chief Operating Officer from 1997 to 1999, where he was responsible for all Product Development, Manufacturing and Commercial functions. Mr. Young joined Genentech in 1980 as Director of Manufacturing and Process Sciences and became Vice President in 1983. Prior to joining Genentech, Mr. Young worked at Eli Lilly & Co. for 14 years and held various positions in production and process engineering, antibiotic process development and production management. Mr. Young is Chairman of the board of directors of Biogen IDEC and a member of the boards of directors of BioMarin and Theravance. Mr. Young received his M.B.A. from Indiana University and his B.S. in chemical engineering from Purdue University, and an honorary doctorate of engineering from Purdue University. Mr. Young was elected to The National Academy of Engineering in 1993 for his contributions to biotechnology. We believe that Mr. Young’s demonstrated leadership in his field, his understanding of the industry and his senior management experience in several companies in our industry qualify him to serve as the chairman of the board of directors.

Jennifer Scott Fonstad has served as a member of the board of directors since July 2004 and as a member of the compensation committee since June 2009. Ms. Fonstad is a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, which she joined in 1997, becoming a partner in 1998. Ms. Fonstad began her career with Bain & Company, a business consulting firm. She is the chairman of the Somaly Mam Foundation. Ms. Fonstad graduated cum laude from Georgetown University with a B.S. in International Economics and received her M.B.A., with distinction, from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Ms. Fonstad is qualified to serve on the board of directors because of her extensive experience as a venture capital investor.

Nicholas Galakatos, Ph.D. has served as a member of the board of directors, as the chairman of the compensation committee and as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee since June 2009. Dr. Galakatos is a Managing Director of Clarus Ventures, a health care and life sciences venture capital firm, which he co-founded in 2005. Dr. Galakatos has been a venture capital investor since 1992, initially at Venrock Associates from 1992 to 1997 and then at MPM Capital since 2000 where he was General Partner of the Bioventures II and Bioventures III funds. From 1997 to 2000, he was Vice President, New Business, and a member of the management team at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company acquired by

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Takeda Pharmaceutical in May 2008. He was a founder of Millennium Predictive Medicine and TransForm Pharmaceuticals, where he also was the Chairman and founding Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Galakatos has been the Lead Director at Affymax Inc., and a Director of Critical Therapeutics Inc., and Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Galakatos received a B.A. degree in Chemistry from Reed College, a Ph.D. degree in Organic Chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and performed postdoctoral studies in molecular biology at Harvard Medical School. We believe that Dr. Galakatos is qualified to serve as a director of NanoString because of his operating experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and a director of several public companies. Dr. Galakatos’s investment focus on life sciences companies also provides substantial expertise in our industry.

Gregory Norden has served as a member of the board of directors and as chairman of the audit committee since July 2012. From 1989 to 2010, Mr. Norden held various senior positions with Wyeth/American Home Products, most recently as Wyeth’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to this role, Mr. Norden was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Wyeth Pharmaceuticals. Prior to his affiliation with Wyeth, Mr. Norden served as Audit Manager at Arthur Andersen & Company. Mr. Norden also serves on the boards of directors of WelchAllyn, a leading global provider of medical diagnostic equipment, and Zoetis Inc., a global leader in discovering, developing, manufacturing and commercializing animal health medicines and vaccines, and is a former director of Human Genome Sciences (acquired by GlaxoSmithKline in August 2012). Mr. Norden received a M.S. in Accounting from Long Island University — C.W. Post and a B.S. in Management/Economics from the State University of New York — Plattsburgh. We believe that Mr. Norden’s qualifications to serve on the board of directors include his extensive financial and accounting expertise and experience at Wyeth and at Arthur Andersen & Company and his significant experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Finny Kuruvilla, M.D., Ph.D. , has served as a member of the board of directors since November 2011 and as a member of the Scientific Advisory Board since 2009. Dr. Kuruvilla is a Principal of Clarus Ventures, a health care and life sciences venture capital firm, which he joined in 2008. Prior to joining Clarus Ventures, Dr. Kuruvilla worked as a research fellow at the Broad Institute of Harvard and MIT from 2004 to 2008, where he led a collaborative effort with Affymetrix, a publicly-traded bioinformatics company, in medical and population genetics. From 2003 to 2007, he completed his residency and fellowship at the Brigham & Women’s Hospital and Children’s Hospital Boston. Dr. Kuruvilla received a B.S. in Chemistry from the California Institute of Technology, a M.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a M.D. from Harvard Medical School and a Ph.D. in Chemistry and Chemical Biology from Harvard University. We believe that Dr. Kuruvilla is qualified to serve as a director of NanoString because of his experience as a venture capital investor and experience in the genomics field.

Charles P. Waite has served as a member of the board of directors since July 2004 and as a member of the audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee since June 2009. He has been a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners II and a Vice President of Northwest Venture Services Corp. since 1987, a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners III since 1994, a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners IV since 1997, a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners V since 2000, a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners VI since 2001, and a General Partner of OVP Venture Partners VII since 2007, all of which are venture capital firms. Prior to joining OVP, Mr. Waite was a General Partner at Hambrecht & Quist Venture Partners from 1984 to 1988, where he focused on investments in information technology and life sciences. He currently serves on the board of directors of Complete Genomics, a publicly-traded DNA sequencing platform developer, and eight private companies. Mr. Waite received an A.B. in history from Kenyon College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Waite’s significant operational and leadership experience as a venture capital investor who sits on a number of boards qualify him to serve as a director. Mr. Waite’s investment focus on life sciences companies also provides substantial expertise in our industry.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

The board of directors is currently composed of seven members. Four of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of The NASDAQ Global Market. All of the directors

 

-113-


Table of Contents

other than Messrs. Young, Norden and Gray were initially elected to the board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate by its terms upon the completion of this offering. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

During 2012, the board of directors met 16 times.

Immediately prior to this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years              for the Class I directors,              for the Class II directors and              for the Class III directors.

The Class I directors will be              and             .

The Class II directors will be              and             .

The Class III directors will be              and             .

The division of the board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for a discussion of these and other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. The board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of the board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. The board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

In October and November 2012, the board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, the board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Young, Waite and Norden and Ms. Fonstad, representing four of our seven directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. The board of directors also determined that Messrs. Norden (chairman), Waite and Young, who comprise our audit committee, Mr. Waite and Ms. Fonstad who comprise a majority of our compensation committee, and Mr. Waite, one of the two members of our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market.

In making this determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

The board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Norden, Waite and Young. Our audit committee chairman, Mr. Norden, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists the board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee will also:

 

   

approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent auditors;

 

   

oversee the work of our independent auditors;

 

   

approve engagements of the independent auditors to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

 

   

review the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent auditors;

 

   

review financial statements, critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

   

review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

 

   

review and discuss with management and the independent auditors the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

During 2012, our audit committee met two times.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Dr. Galakatos, Mr. Waite and Ms. Fonstad. Dr. Galakatos is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. The compensation committee will also:

 

   

review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;

 

   

review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers;

 

-115-


Table of Contents
   

evaluate the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;

 

   

recommend compensation of our officers based on its evaluations; and

 

   

administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

During 2012, our compensation committee met three times.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Dr. Galakatos and Mr. Waite. Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists the board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. The nominating and governance committee will also:

 

   

evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

 

   

assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

   

recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

 

   

review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

During 2012, our nominating and governance committee did not meet.

The board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Director Compensation

In July 2012, the board of directors established a policy with respect to the compensation of directors. For the purposes of the director compensation policy, the board of directors classified each director into one of the three following categories: (1) an “employee director,” is a director who is employed by us; (2) a “significant stockholder director” is a director who (a) is not an employee director and (b) is an employee, officer, director, manager, managing member or general partner of a stockholder of our company that holds five percent or more of our outstanding capital stock (determined on an as-converted to common stock basis) or an employee, officer, director, manager, managing member or general partner of an entity that is an affiliate of such stockholder (excluding our company); and (3) an “unaffiliated director” is a director who (a) is not an employee director and (b) is not a significant stockholder director.

Our director compensation policy provides that: (1) we shall pay no compensation to our employee directors in connection with their roles as a directors (other than the compensation paid to such employee directors in their capacity as our employee); (2) we shall pay no compensation to our significant stockholder directors; (3) we shall pay a combination of cash compensation and equity compensation to our unaffiliated director; (4) all directors shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in their capacities as directors in accordance with our standard expense reimbursement policies and procedures; and (5) all equity grants shall be made at fair market value.

Our director compensation policy further provides that each of our unaffiliated directors receives (1) cash of $30,000 per year, payable in four equal installments at the end of each calendar quarter during which such individual served as a director (such payments to be prorated for service during a portion of such quarter) and (2) upon commencement of service as a director, an option to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined by the board of directors up to 333,000 shares, which vests pursuant to a vesting schedule determined by the board of directors.

In addition, an unaffiliated director serving as the chairperson of the board of directors shall also receive (1) an additional $40,000 per year cash compensation, payable in the same manner as described above and (2) options to purchase additional shares of our common stock as determined by the board of directors.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of the board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2012. Compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by Mr. Gray in his role as chief executive officer is included in our disclosures related to executive compensation in the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation.”

Director Compensation

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
paid in Cash ($)
     Option
Awards  ($) (1)
     Total ($)  

William D. Young (2)

     70,000         33,083         103,083   

Jennifer Scott Fonstad (3)

                       

Nicholas Galakatos (3)

                       

Gregory Norden (2)(4)

     13,750         22,444         36,194   

Finny Kuruvilla (3)

                       

Charles P. Waite (3)

                       

 

(1)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2012. These amounts have been computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model without regard to estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)

Unaffiliated Director.

 

(3)

Significant Stockholder Director.

 

(4)

Mr. Norden was elected to the board of directors in July 2012.

The compensation committee has retained Arnosti Consulting, Inc., a compensation advisory firm, to provide recommendations on director compensation following this offering based on an analysis of market data compiled from certain public technology companies. Based on the recommendation of Arnosti Consulting, Inc., our compensation committee intends to adopt an outside director compensation policy that will become applicable to all of our non-employee directors effective upon the completion of this offering.

For further information regarding the equity compensation of our non-employee directors, see the section titled “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit and Stock Plans — 2004 Stock Option Plan.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website, www.nanostring.com.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our compensation committee are Dr. Galakatos, Mr. Waite and Ms. Fonstad. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of us. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on the board of directors or compensation committee.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers that require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees. We expect to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors or officers for whom indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2012 and 2011.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

R. Bradley Gray

    2012        333,802        104,000 (1)       242,246        120,802               800,850   

    President and Chief Executive Officer

    2011        325,000        77,000 (1)              122,200               524,200   

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

    2012        262,500        120,000 (1)       41,168        59,625        9,720 (4)       493,013   

    Chief Medical Officer

    2011        229,167        40,000 (1)       115,086        53,742        14,068 (4)       452,063   

Bruce J. Seeley(6)

    2012        185,385        28,000 (5)       158,150        64,050               435,585   

    Senior Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics

             

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the Bonus column for 2012 refer to special bonuses accelerated and paid in 2012. The amounts reported for 2011 refer to special bonuses paid in 2012 related to 2011 services.

 

(2)

The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3)

The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column for 2012 represent the amounts earned and payable under the 2012 bonus plan, all of which will be paid in 2013. The amounts reported for 2011 represent the amounts earned and payable under the 2011 bonus plan, all of which were paid in 2012.

 

(4)

This amount represents reimbursements for certain travel and related expenses.

 

(5)

This amount represents a signing bonus.

 

(6)

Mr. Seeley was hired in May 2012.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation & Bonus

2012 Bonus Payments

Mr. Gray and Dr. Cowens received payments during 2012 of $104,000 and $120,000, respectively, as a result of the acceleration of the unpaid portion of their special bonuses by the compensation committee. For greater detail on these special bonus arrangements see the description in the section titled “— Executive Employment Agreements” below.

In addition for 2012, Mr. Seeley was provided a one-time signing bonus of $28,000.

2011 Bonus Payments

Mr. Gray and Dr. Cowens received a special bonus during 2011 of $52,000 and $40,000, respectively, as a result of their continued employment with us on January 1, 2012. For greater detail on these special bonus arrangements see the description in the section titled “— Executive Employment Agreements” below.

In addition for 2011, the board of directors approved a discretionary one-time bonus for Mr. Gray of $25,000.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

2012 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Payments

For 2012, the target incentive amounts and the aggregate annual payments earned by our named executive officers were the following:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Award
Opportunity
     Actual Award
Amount
 

R. Bradley Gray

   $ 134,225       $ 120,802   

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

     66,250         59,625   

Bruce J. Seeley

     73,200         64,050   

Our 2012 incentive compensation plan provides our named executive officers with an annual incentive compensation payment, subject to our achievement of our corporate performance goals and individual achievement. For 2012, our corporate-level goals included delivering certain life sciences revenue, managing towards profitability of our life sciences business, meeting certain goals for our diagnostics business, improving performance of certain technologies, meeting a cash position goal and additional stretch targets. For 2012, we achieved corporate attainment of our goals at 90%. The following was our determination of individual goal attainment in 2012: Mr. Gray, N/A; Dr. Cowens, 90%; and Mr. Seeley, 85%. The Actual Award Amounts are calculated by weighing corporate goal attainment and individual goal attainment for each named executive officer as follows: Mr. Gray, 100% corporate goal; Dr. Cowens, 75% corporate goal/25% individual goal and Mr. Seeley, 50% corporate goal/50% individual goal.

2011 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Payments

For 2011, the target incentive amounts and the aggregate annual payments earned by our named executive officers were the following:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Award
Opportunity
     Actual Award
Amount
 

R. Bradley Gray

   $ 130,000       $ 122,200   

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

     62,500         53,742   

Our 2011 incentive compensation plan provided our named executive officers with an annual incentive compensation payment, subject to our achievement of our corporate performance goals and individual achievement. For 2011, our corporate-level goals included profitability of our life sciences tools business, development, efficiency goals and additional stretch targets for our accelerated growth. For 2011, we achieved corporate attainment of our goals at 94%. The following was our determination of individual goal attainment in 2011: Mr. Gray, 94% and Dr. Cowens, 95%. Mr. Seeley did not join our company until May 2012 and was ineligible to receive a 2011 non-equity incentive plan payment. The Actual Award Amounts are calculated by weighing corporate goal attainment and individual goal attainment at 75% corporate goal/25% individual goal for each named executive officer.

Executive Employment Arrangements

R. Bradley Gray

We entered into an employment agreement on May 24, 2010 with Mr. Gray, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Gray’s current annual base salary is $375,000, and he is eligible for an annual incentive payment equal to 40% of his base salary, subject to achievement of performance metrics.

Previously, Mr. Gray was eligible for a special annual retention bonus equal to $52,000 per year, subject to continued employment with us on January 1 of each year through 2014. In 2012, the compensation committee approved a payment of $104,000 for the acceleration of the unpaid portion of Mr. Gray’s annual retention bonus.

In connection with Mr. Gray’s commencement of employment, we granted him stock options, or sign-on stock options, covering an aggregate of (1) 7,741,000 shares subject to time-based vesting and (2) 484,000 shares

 

-120-


Table of Contents

subject to performance-based vesting. The stock options were granted pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. All of Mr. Gray’s sign-on stock options (other than 2,857,143 shares subject to time-based vesting) were early-exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment for any reason at a repurchase price per share equal to the original purchase price per share. Mr. Gray’s time-based sign-on stock options are scheduled to vest, subject to his continued service, as to 25% of the total time-based shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three years. Mr. Gray’s performance-based sign-on stock options are scheduled to vest as to 50% upon the “tools” portion of our business achieving profitability and the remaining 50% upon the FDA’s final approval of Prosigna, in each case, subject to Mr. Gray’s continuing service through each vesting date.

If Mr. Gray’s employment is terminated other than for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), death or disability or he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), in each case, upon or within 12 months following such change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested portion of the sign-on stock options will vest.

Also, if we terminate his employment other than for cause, death or disability or he resigns for good reason, then subject to his execution of a release of claims and his continued adherence to certain restrictive covenants, he will receive continuing base salary payments for a period of 12-months.

As an incentive to induce Mr. Gray to join us, we provided him an allowance for relocation expenses of up to $100,000. To the extent that any of the relocation expenses were deemed taxable, we provided a gross-up benefit.

Additionally, in connection with his hiring, we extended to Mr. Gray a full recourse loan of $115,000 at an annual interest rate equal to 2.72%. The loan was repaid in 2012.

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

We entered into an employment agreement on January 31, 2011 with Dr. Cowens, our Chief Medical Officer. The employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Dr. Cowens’s current annual base salary is $299,450, and he is eligible for an annual incentive payment equal to 30% of his base salary, subject to achievement of performance metrics.

Previously, Dr. Cowens was eligible for a special annual retention bonus equal to $40,000 per year, subject to continued employment with us on January 1 of each year through 2015. In 2012, the compensation committee approved a payment of $120,000 for the acceleration of the unpaid portion of Dr. Cowens’s annual retention bonus.

In connection with Dr. Cowens’s commencement of employment, we granted him stock options, or sign-on stock options, covering an aggregate of 2,012,000 shares. The stock options were granted pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. All of Dr. Cowens’s sign-on stock options were early-exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment for any reason at a repurchase price per share equal to the original purchase price per share. Dr. Cowens’s sign-on stock options are scheduled to vest, subject to his continued service, as to 25% of the total shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three years.

In addition and supplementing the vesting schedule described above, in the event that Dr. Cowens’s employment is terminated other than for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), death or disability or Dr. Cowens resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), in each case, upon or within 12 months following such change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested portion of the sign-on stock options will vest.

Also, if we terminate his employment other than for cause, death or disability or he resigns for good reason, then subject to his execution of a release of claims and his continued adherence to certain restrictive covenants, he will receive continuing base salary payments for a period of six months.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Additionally, in connection with his hiring, we extended Dr. Cowens a full recourse loan of $100,000 at an annual interest rate equal to 2.44%. The loan was repaid in 2012.

Bruce J. Seeley

We entered into an employment agreement on May 18, 2012 with Mr. Seeley, our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Diagnostics. The employment agreement was amended in December 2012. The employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Seeley’s current annual base salary is $306,000 and he is eligible for an annual incentive payment equal to 40% of his base salary, subject to achievement of performance metrics. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Seeley’s annual base salary automatically increases to $320,000 on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of his employment and our initial public offering.

In connection with Mr. Seeley’s commencement of employment, we granted him stock options, or sign-on stock options, covering an aggregate of 2,655,000 shares. The stock options were granted pursuant to our 2004 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. All of Mr. Seeley’s sign-on stock options were early-exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of employment for any reason at a repurchase price per share equal to the original purchase price per share. Mr. Seeley’s sign-on stock option are scheduled to vest, subject to his continued service, as to 25% of the total shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three years.

In addition and supplementing the vesting schedule described above, in the event that Mr. Seeley’s employment is terminated without “cause” (as defined in his stock option agreement and summarized below) or Mr. Seeley resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his stock option agreement and summarized below), in each case, following a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested portion of the sign-on stock options will vest.

Also, if we terminate his employment other than for “cause” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), death or disability or he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement and summarized below), then subject to his execution of a release of claims and his continued adherence to certain restrictive covenants, he will receive continuing base salary payments for a period of six months.

Additionally, in connection with his hiring, we provided Mr. Seeley with a signing bonus of $28,000. The signing bonus is subject to repayment if Mr. Seeley terminates his employment for any reason other than good reason during the first year of his employment.

Definition of Terms

For purposes of the 2004 Stock Option Plan, “change in control” means generally a:

 

   

sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

our merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than certain transactions in which a majority of the voting power of our stock continues to hold a majority of the voting power of our stock; or

 

   

the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock.

For purposes of each of the named executive officers’ employment agreements, “cause” means generally:

 

   

a violation of one of our material written policies that continues uncured for 30 days;

 

   

an act of dishonesty in connection with an executive’s responsibilities as our employee;

 

-122-


Table of Contents
   

such executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony;

 

   

such executive’s gross misconduct;

 

   

such executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful and proper directives of the board of directors which are within his duties; or

 

   

such executive’s material breach of his proprietary information agreement or the non-disparagement provision of his employment agreement.

For purposes of the named executive officers’ employment agreements, “good reason” means generally any of the following without such executive’s written consent:

 

   

a material and permanent diminution in such executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities;

 

   

a reduction in base salary then in effect by more than 10% (or for Mr. Seeley, by more than 5%);

 

   

for Mr. Seeley only, a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits;

 

   

our material breach of such executive’s employment agreement; or

 

   

a refusal by such executive to relocate to a facility or location more than 50 miles (or for Mr. Seeley, by more than 40 miles) from our current location.

To qualify as a resignation for good reason, an executive must provide notice to us within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition or event described above and allow us to cure the condition or event within 30 days following our receipt of the notice.

For purposes of Mr. Seeley’s stock option agreements and the other named executive officers’ stock option agreements (other than Mr. Gray’s and Dr. Cowens’ sign-on stock options), “cause” means generally:

 

   

an executive’s failure to substantially perform his duties or responsibilities (other than a failure resulting from his disability) after receiving notice of failure and 10 days to cure;

 

   

an executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or misrepresentation;

 

   

an executive’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to our business;

 

   

an executive’s breach of any confidentiality or invention assignment agreement with us; or

 

   

an executive being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, dishonesty or fraud against us, or the misappropriation of our material property.

The cause determination is made by the board of directors in good faith.

For purposes of Mr. Seeley’s stock option agreements and the other named executive officers’ stock option agreements (other than Mr. Gray’s and Dr. Cowens’ sign-on stock options), “good reason” means generally:

 

   

the material diminution of an executive’s duties; provided that diminution following a change in control solely by virtue of duties occurring at a subsidiary or division level rather than at the parent will not be deemed good reason;

 

   

a material reduction in base salary;

 

   

a material change in geographic location of where an executive must perform services; or

 

   

our material breach of the option agreement.

To qualify as a resignation for good reason, an executive must provide notice to us within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition or event described above and allow us to cure the condition or event within 30 days following our receipt of notice.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of 2012.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Vesting
Commencement

Date
     Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)
    Option
Exercise

Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 
      Exercisable     Unexercisable       

R. Bradley Gray.

     6/25/2010         4,169,571 (1) (2)              0.07         6/29/2020   
     6/25/2010         1,785,714 (2)       1,071,429 (2)       0.07         6/29/2020   
     6/25/2010         714,286 (1) (2)              0.07         6/29/2020   
     6/25/2010         484,000 (1)(3)              0.07         6/29/2020   
     3/01/2012         1,666,666 (1)(6)              0.06         2/28/2022   
     3/01/2012         3,217,334 (1)(6)              0.06         2/28/2022   

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.

     2/01/2011         590,238 (1) (2)              0.07         2/15/2021   
     2/01/2011         583,429 (1) (2)              0.07         2/15/2021   
     3/01/2012         638,062 (1)(5)              0.06         2/28/2022   

Bruce J. Seeley

     5/21/2012         1,666,666 (1)(4)              0.06         5/24/2022   
     5/21/2012         938,334 (1)(4)              0.06         5/24/2022   
     5/21/2012         50,000 (1)(4)              0.06         9/16/2022   

 

(1)

The options listed are subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying the option. Vesting of all options is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.

 

(2)

Options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest one year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated other than for cause, death or disability or such named executive officer resigns for good reason, in each case, during the period on, and 12 months after, a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested shares vest.

 

(3)

The option vests as to 50% upon the “tools” portion of our business becoming profitable, and the remaining 50% upon the FDA’s final approval of Prosigna. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr. Gray’s employment is terminated other than for cause, death or disability or he resigns for good reason, in each case, during the period on, and 12 months after, a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested shares vest.

 

(4)

Options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest one year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, in each case following a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested shares vest.

 

(5)

Option vests over four years as follows: 10% of the shares vest on the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 90% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following four years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, in each case, following a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested shares vest.

 

(6)

Options vest over four years as follows: 15% of the shares vest on the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 85% vesting in equal monthly installments over the following four years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, in each case, following a change in control, then 100% of the then-unvested shares vest.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the board of directors intends to adopt a 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offer. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by the board of directors and one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We do not expect to use the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan until after the completion of this offering. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares

We expect to reserve a total of              shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will also include (1) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2004 Stock Option Plan and (2) shares returned to the 2004 Stock Option Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to (1) and (2) is              shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares;

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; and

 

   

such other amount as the board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration

The board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the board of directors will administer the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of the board of directors will administer our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Stock Options

We may grant stock options under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

We may grant stock appreciation rights under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

We may grant restricted stock under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

We may grant restricted stock units under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Performance Units and Performance Shares

We may grant performance units and performance shares under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination

The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2023, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

2004 Stock Option Plan

The board of directors adopted and approved, and our stockholders approved, our 2004 Stock Option Plan in July 2004.

Authorized Shares

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and, accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under this plan after that time. The 2004 Stock Option Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 76,353,061 shares of our common stock was reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan. The 2004 Stock Option Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options. As of March 31, 2013, options to purchase 57,803,749 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

Plan Administration

The board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the board of directors administers the 2004 Stock Option Plan. Following this offering, we anticipate that our compensation committee will administer the 2004 Stock Option Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2004 Stock Option Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to: (1) determine the fair market value of our common stock; (2) select recipients of stock options; (3) determine whether and to what extent options are granted; (4) determine shares covered by each option award; (5) approve form agreements under the 2004 Stock Option Plan; (6) determine the terms and conditions of awards; (7) determine when an option may be settled in cash; (8) implement an option exchange program; (9) adjust the vesting of an option; (10) construe and interpret the 2004 Stock Option Plan; and (11) modify terms of grants to non-U.S. recipients in accordance with applicable laws. The administrator may also at any time offer to buy out any option for a payment in cash or shares.

Options

The administrator may grant options. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years. An incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. After the termination of service, the participant may generally exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 90 days following termination (or such other time period set forth in the option agreement). If termination is due to disability or death, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for six months in the case of disability, or 12 months in the case of death (or such other time period set forth in the option agreement). However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Awards

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of stock options and only the recipient of an option may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization without our receipt of consideration, the number of shares of our common stock covered by each outstanding option under the 2004 Stock Option Plan and the number of shares available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Option Plan and the exercise price per share of each outstanding option will be appropriately adjusted. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards terminate immediately prior to such event.

 

-128-


Table of Contents

Change in Control

Our 2004 Stock Option Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2004 Stock Option Plan), which generally includes a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or substituted for an equivalent award. In the event that awards are not assumed or substituted for, the vesting of such awards will be accelerated in full, and the awards will terminated if not exercised prior to such event.

Amendment, Termination

The board of directors may amend the 2004 Stock Option Plan at any time, provided that such amendment generally may not materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder of outstanding awards without the award holder’s consent. As noted above, in connection with this offering, the 2004 Stock Option Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, the board of directors intends to adopt a 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective after the completion of this offering.

Authorized Shares

We will make a total of              shares of our common stock available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year;

 

   

             shares; and

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by the board of directors.

Plan Administration

The board of directors or a committee appointed by the board of directors will administer the ESPP. We anticipate that our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the ESPP, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility

Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least              hours per week and more than              in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Offering Periods

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for              offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after              and              of each year. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll Deductions

Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares during a             .

Exercise of Option

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month             . The purchase price of the shares will be             . Participants may end their participation at any time during             , and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control

In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, Termination

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in             , unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

Employee Retention Plan

In March 2012, we adopted an Employee Retention Plan that provides for bonuses to select participants upon certain change in control transactions. Participants in the Employee Retention Plan are selected by the board of directors. A participant must continue to be employed by us through a change in control transaction in order to receive a bonus. A bonus under the Employee Retention Plan will equal a lump sum cash payment equal to either a full year or six-months of base salary, depending on the applicable participant’s designation. The Employee Retention Plan terminates by its own terms upon the earlier of the closing of this offering and December 31, 2013.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2011 and 2012, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management — Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

We adopted a formal, written policy, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus, that our executive officers, directors (including director nominees), holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior approval or, in the case of pending or ongoing related party transactions, ratification of our audit committee. For purposes of our policy, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship where we were, are or will be involved and in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than transactions available to all of our United States employees.

Certain transactions with related parties, however, are excluded from the definition of a related party transaction including, but not limited to: (1) transaction with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as an employee (excluding as an executive officer or a director) or beneficial owner of less than 5% of that company’s shares; (2) transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our equity securities and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis (e.g. dividends); (3) transactions available to all employees generally; (4) transactions involving the purchase or sale of products or services in the ordinary course of business, not exceeding $20,000; and (5) transactions in which the related party’s interest derives solely from his or her service as a director, trustee or officer (or similar position) of a not-for-profit organization or charity that receives donations from the Company.

No member of the audit committee may participate in any review, consideration or approval of any related party transaction where such member or any of his or her immediate family members is the related party. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to: (1) the benefits and perceived benefits, or lack thereof, to our company; (2) the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related party is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, stockholder or executive officer; (3) the materiality and character of the related party’s direct and indirect interest; (4) the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related party; (5) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (6) the opportunity costs of alternative transactions; (7) the terms of the transaction; (8) the commercial reasonableness of the terms of the proposed transaction; and (9) terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees under the same or similar circumstances. In reviewing proposed related party transactions, the audit committee will only approve or ratify related party transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of our company and stockholders, as the audit committee determines in good faith.

The transactions described below were consummated prior to our adoption of the formal, written policy described above and therefore the foregoing policies and procedures were not followed with respect to the transactions. However, we believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Sales of Securities

The following table sets forth a summary of the sale and issuance of our securities to related persons since January 1, 2010, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus

 

-131-


Table of Contents

captioned “Management — Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.” For a description of beneficial ownership see the section of this prospectus captioned “Principal Stockholders.”

 

Purchaser

   Common
Stock
     Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Subordinated
Convertible
Promissory
Notes
     Warrants to
Purchase
Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
 

Executive Officers, Directors and Promoters:

                 

Mary Tedd Allen, Ph.D. (1)

                             14,000         70,000           

Wayne Burns (2)

     1,000,000                                           

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D. (3)

     1,030,271                                           

R. Bradley Gray (4)

     2,777,280                                           

Nalini Murdter, Ph.D. (5)

     1,000,000                                           

H. Perry Fell (6)

             378,787                                   

5% Stockholders:

                 

Entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures (7)

             35,984,848       $ 2,286,716         5,197,081         25,985,414         4,746,919   

Entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners (8)

             11,363,636         1,455,933         3,308,939         16,544,698         3,022,324   

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (9)

             8,238,636         1,257,350         2,857,611         14,288,066         2,610,091   

 

(1)

Consists of 70,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 14,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, issued in December 2011 in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $18,480.

 

(2)

Consists of 1,000,000 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in January 2013 at a price of $0.07 per share.

 

(3)

Consists of: (a) 160,812 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in August 2012 at a price of $0.06 per share; (b) 754,500 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in August 2012 at a price of $0.07 per share; (c) 15,563 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in September 2012 at a price of $0.06 per share; (d) 41,916 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in September 2012 at a price of $0.07 per share; (e) 15,563 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in October 2012 at a price of $0.06 per share; and (f) 41,917 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in October 2012 at a price of $0.07 per share.

 

(4)

Consists of (a) 545,138 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in January 2013 at a price of $0.06 per share; and (b) 2,232,142 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in January 2013 at a price of $0.07 per share.

 

(5)

Nalini Murdter, Ph.D., served as our chief business officer from April 2010 to February 2013. Consists of (a) 27,395 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in October 2012 at a price of $0.06 per share; (b) 892,857 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in October 2012 at a price of $0.07 per share; (c) 7,084 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in May 2013 at a price of $0.06 per share; and (d) 72,664 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options in May 2013 at a price of $0.07 per share.

 

(6)

H. Perry Fell served as a director from July 2004 to November 2011 and as our chief executive officer from July 2004 to April 2009. Consists of 378,787 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to H. Perry Fell in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $99,999.

 

-132-


Table of Contents
(7)

Consists of: (a) 35,984,848 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Clarus Lifesciences II, L.P. in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $9,499,999; (b) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount of $1,143,358.25 and a warrant to purchase up to 866,180 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, in each case issued in June 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $228,671; (c) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount of $1,143,358.25 and a warrant to purchase up to 866,180 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, in each case issued in September 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $228,671; (d) 25,985,414 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 3,464,721 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, issued in November 2011, in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $4,533,587 and conversion of indebtedness of $2,326,561, representing the outstanding obligations with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes described in items (b) and (c) above; and (e) 4,746,919 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued in November 2012 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2,135,638. Each of Mr. William D. Young, a Venture Partner at Clarus Ventures, Dr. Nicholas Galakatos, a Managing Director at Clarus Ventures, and Dr. Finny Kuruvilla, a Principal at Clarus Ventures, is a member of the board of directors.

 

(8)

Consists of: (a) 11,284,091 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to OVP Venture Partners VI, L.P. in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $2,979,000; (b) 79,545 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to OVP VI Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $20,999; (c) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount $727,966.75 and a warrant to purchase up to 551,490 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to OVP Venture Partners VII, LLC, in each case issued in June 2011, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $145,593; (d) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount of $727,966.75 and a warrant to purchase up to 551,490 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to OVP Venture Partners VII, LLC, in each case issued in September 2011, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $145,593; (e) 16,544,698 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 2,205,929 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, issued in November 2011 in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $2,866,497 and conversion of indebtedness of $1,481,302, representing the outstanding obligations with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes described in items (c) and (d) above; (f) 2,992,101 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued to OVP Venture Partners VII, LLC in November 2012, at a price of $0.4499 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $1,346,146; and (g) 30,223 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued to OVP VII Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. in November 2012, at a price of $0.4499 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $13,597. Mr. Charles P. Waite, a General Partner at OVP Venture Partners, is a member of the board of directors.

 

(9)

Consists of: (a) 7,909,092 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $2,088,000; (b) 214,204 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Associates, L.P. in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $56,549; (c) 115,340 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC in February 2010, at a price of $0.264 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $30,449; (d) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount $603,528.00 and a warrant to purchase up to 457,218 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued, in each case issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. in June 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $120,705; (e) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount $603,528.00 and a warrant to purchase up to 457,218 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued, in each case issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. in September 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $120,705; (f) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount of $8,801.50 and a warrant to purchase up to 6,668 shares of

 

-133-


Table of Contents
 

Series D convertible preferred stock, in each case issued to Draper Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC in June 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1,760; (g) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount of $8,801.50 and a warrant to purchase up to 6,668 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, in each case issued to Draper Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC in September 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1,760; (h) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount $16,345.50 and a warrant to purchase up to 12,383 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, in each case issued to Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC in June 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3,269; (i) a subordinated convertible promissory note having a principal amount $16,345.50 and a warrant to purchase up to 12,383 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued, in each case to Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC in September 2011 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3,269; (j) 13,716,545 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 1,828,872 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. in November 2011 in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $2,393,079 and conversion of indebtedness of approximately $1,228,088, representing the outstanding obligations with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes described in items (d) and (e) above; (k) 200,032 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 26,670 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC in November 2011 in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $34,898 and conversion of indebtedness of approximately $17,909, representing the outstanding obligations with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes described in items (f) and (g) above; (l) 63,638 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 344 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, L.P. in November 2011 in exchange for conversion of indebtedness of $16,800, representing the outstanding obligation with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory note described in item (h) above; (m) 307,851 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock and a warrant to purchase up to 49,187 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC in November 2011 in exchange for a cash purchase price of approximately $64,812 and conversion of indebtedness of approximately $16,460, representing the outstanding obligations with respect to the aggregate principal and accrued and interest on the subordinated convertible promissory note described in item (i) above; (n) 2,505,688 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. in November 2012, at a price of $0.4499 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $1,127,309; (o) 36,541 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued to Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC in November 2012, at a price of $0.4499 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $16,439; and (p) 67,862 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC in November 2012, at a price of $0.4499 per share in exchange for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $30,531. Ms. Jennifer Scott Fonstad, a Managing Director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson, is a member of the board of directors.

Common Stock

From January 1, 2010 through the date of this prospectus, we issued and sold an aggregate of 8,180,442 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees (including Dr. Cowens and Messrs. Burns and Gray), directors and consultants under the registrant’s 2004 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.21, for aggregate consideration of $552,941.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In February 2010, we issued and sold an aggregate of 56,816,860 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $0.264 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $14,999,651, to a total of 15 accredited investors, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson and H. Perry Fell.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

In November 2011, we issued 75,757,569 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 11,363,629 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at an issuance price of $0.264 per share for aggregate monetary consideration of $19,999,998, of which (1) $5,087,122 was paid by conversion of outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes and interest accrued thereon, and (2) $14,912,876 was paid in cash, to a total of ten accredited investors, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. In December 2011, we issued 2,003,940 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 400,788 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at an issuance price of $0.264 per share for aggregate monetary consideration of $529,040, which was paid by cash, to a total of three accredited investors, including Dr. Allen.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

In November 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 34,046,263 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $0.4499 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $15.3 million, to a total of 15 accredited investors, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson.

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrants

In June 2011, we issued and sold subordinated convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,893,939 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to a total of five accredited investors, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. In September 2011, we issued and sold subordinated convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,893,939 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to a total of five accredited investors, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. Interest on the subordinated convertible promissory notes accrued on the unpaid principal balance at 8.0% per year. The principal amount of and accrued interest on the subordinated convertible notes converted into an aggregate of 19,269,403 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock in November 2011.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our common stock and convertible preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, H. Perry Fell and Dr. Allen. As of May 13, 2013, the holders of 304,162,583 shares of our common stock, including the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and exercise of outstanding warrants, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

The election of the members of the board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our capital stock, including the entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, H. Perry Fell, Dr. Allen and Messrs. Gray, Johnson and Burns. The

 

-135-


Table of Contents

parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors (1) two nominees designated by entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, currently Nicholas Galakatos and Finny Kuruvilla; (2) one nominee designated by entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners, currently Charles Waite; and (3) one nominee designated by entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, currently Jennifer Fonstad. In addition, so long as Mr. Gray is employed by us as our chief executive officer, the parties to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their shares so as to elect Mr. Gray to the board of directors. The parties further agreed to vote their shares so as to elect up to two persons who are designated by our Chief Executive Officer and all of the directors designated by entities affiliated with Clarus Ventures, entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect as these nominees will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of the board of directors. Our existing certificate of incorporation contains provisions that correspond to the voting agreement; however, such provisions will be removed in the certificate of incorporation that will be effective at the closing of the offering.

Loans to Executive Officers

In connection with the hiring of Mr. Gray, on July 1, 2010, we extended to Mr. Gray a full recourse loan in the principal amount of $115,000 at an annual interest rate equal to 2.72%. As of December 31, 2012, the loan and related accrued interest was paid in full.

In connection with the hiring of Dr. Cowens, on March 10, 2011, we extended to Dr. Cowens a full recourse loan in the principal amount of $100,000 at an annual interest rate equal to 2.44%. As of December 31, 2012, the loan and related accrued interest was paid in full.

Other Transactions

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. For a description of these agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation — Executive Employment Arrangements.”

We have granted stock options to our named executive officers, other executive officers and certain of our directors. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation — Executive Employment Arrangements.”

 

-136-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at May 13, 2013, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

   

each person who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 294,368,921 shares outstanding as of May 13, 2013. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on              shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before the 60th day after May 13, 2013. Certain of the options granted to our named executive officers may be exercised prior to the vesting of the underlying shares. We refer to such options as being “early exercisable.” Shares of common stock issued upon early exercise are subject to our right to repurchase such shares until such shares have vested. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or a warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o NanoString Technologies, Inc., 530 Fairview Avenue, N., Suite 2000, Seattle, Washington 98109.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
     Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
   Shares      Percentage      Shares    Percentage

5% Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with Clarus Funds (1)

     107,899,110         36.02         

Entities affiliated with DFJ Funds (2)

     59,328,277         19.96         

Entities affiliated with OVP Funds (3)

     68,698,470         23.08         

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

           

R. Bradley Gray (4)

     14,594,714         4.77         

Mary Tedd Allen, Ph.D. (5)

     2,204,000         *         

Joseph M. Beechem, Ph.D. (6)

     3,455,000         1.16         

Wayne Burns (7)

     3,935,000         1.33         

J. Wayne Cowens, M.D. (8)

     3,322,000         1.12         

James A. Johnson (9)

     3,655,000         1.23         

Gary Riordan (10)

     750,000         *         

Barney Saunders, Ph.D. (11)

     2,395,312         *         

Bruce J. Seeley (12)

     2,815,000         *         

Kathryn Surace-Smith (13)

     1,100,000         *         

William D. Young (14)

     1,607,866         *         

Jennifer Scott Fonstad (15)

     59,328,277         19.96         

Nicholas Galakatos, Ph.D. (16)

     107,899,110         36.02         

Finny Kuruvilla, M.D., Ph.D. (17)

     107,899,110         36.02         

Gregory Norden (18)

             *         

Charles Waite (19)

     68,698,470         23.08         

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons) (20)

     275,759,749         81.14         

 

(*)

Less than one percent.

 

(1)

Includes 102,702,029 shares held and 5,197,081 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Clarus Lifesciences II, L.P. (“Clarus”). Clarus Ventures II GP, L.P. (the “GPLP”), as the sole general partner of Clarus, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLP disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which the GPLP does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Clarus Ventures II, LLC (the “GPLLC”), as the sole general partner of the GPLP, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLLC disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Each of Nicholas Galakatos, a member of the board of directors, and Messrs. Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler, as individual Managing Directors of the GPLLC, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. Each of Messrs. Galakatos, Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The address of Clarus Lifesciences is 101 Main Street, Suite 1210, Cambridge, MA 02142.

 

(2)

Includes (a) 54,211,843 shares held and 2,743,308 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P., (b) 1,028,883 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., (c) 790,589 shares held and 40,006 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC, (d) 375,713 shares held and 61,570 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC and (e) 63,638 shares held and 12,727 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC. Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson are Managing Directors of the general partner entities of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. (“Fund VII”) that directly hold shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC (“Partners VII”) invests lockstep alongside Fund VII. The Managing Partners of Partners VII are

 

-138-


Table of Contents
 

Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson. Draper Associates, L.P. (“DALP”) invests lockstep alongside Fund VII. The General Partners of DALP is Draper Associates, Inc. which is controlled by its President and majority shareholder, Timothy C. Draper. Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC (“DARF”) and Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC (“DARF II”) invest lockstep alongside Fund VII, instead and in place of DALP beginning June 2010. The Managing Member of DARF and DARF II is Timothy C. Draper. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150 Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

(3)

Includes: (a) 45,201,515 shares held by OVP Venture Partners VI, L.P. (“OVP VI”), (b) 19,536,799 shares held and 3,308,939 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by OVP Venture Partners VII, LLC, (c) 620,994 shares held by OVP VI Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. (“OVP Entrepreneurs Fund”) and (d) 30,223 shares held by OVP VII Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. (“OVP VII Entrepreneurs Fund”). Charles P. Waite, Jr., a member of the board of directors, is a managing member of OVMC VI, LLC, the general partner of each of OVP VI and OVP Entrepreneurs Fund, and a managing member of OVMC VII, LLC, the general partner of OVP VII. Mr. Waite, together with the other managing members of OVMC VI, LLC and OVMC VII, LLC are deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by OVP VI, OVP VII and OVP Entrepreneurs Fund. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners is 1010 Market Street, Kirkland, Washington 98033.

 

(4)

Includes 2,777,280 shares held and options to purchase 11,817,434 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, of which 5,419,869 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(5)

Includes 170,000 shares held, 14,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record and options to purchase 2,020,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 1,240,000 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(6)

Consists of options to purchase 3,455,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, 984,999 of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(7)

Includes 1,750,000 shares held and options to purchase 2,185,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 1,279,895 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(8)

Includes 1,030,271 shares held indirectly through Dr. Cowens’s spouse and options to purchase 2,291,729 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 577,312 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(9)

Consists of options to purchase 3,655,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, 125,000 of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(10)

Consists of options to purchase 750,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, none of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(11)

Consists of options to purchase 2,395,3125 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 1,742,478 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(12)

Consists of options to purchase 2,815,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, 739,061 of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(13)

Consists of options to purchase 1,100,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, none of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(14)

Consists of options to purchase 1,607,866 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 1,607,866 shares are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(15)

Includes (a) 54,211,843 shares held and 2,743,308 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P., (b) 1,028,883 shares held of record by Draper Associates, L.P., (c) 790,589 shares held and 40,006 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC, (d) 375,713 shares held and 61,570 shares

 

-139-


Table of Contents
 

that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC and (e) 63,638 shares held and 12,727 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC. Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson are Managing Directors of the general partner entities of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P. (“Fund VII”) that directly hold shares and as such, they may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC (“Partners VII”) invests lockstep alongside Fund VII. The Managing Partners of Partners VII are Timothy C. Draper, John H.N. Fisher and Steven T. Jurvetson. DALP invests lockstep alongside Fund VII. The General Partners of DALP is Draper Associates, Inc. which is controlled by its President and majority shareholder, Timothy C. Draper. DARF and DARF II invest lockstep alongside Fund VII, instead and in place of DALP beginning June 2010. The Managing Member of DARF and DARF II is Timothy C. Draper. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150 Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

(16)

Includes 102,702,029 shares held and 5,197,081 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Clarus. The GPLP, as the sole general partner of Clarus, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLP disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which the GPLP does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The GPLLC, as the sole general partner of the GPLP, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLLC disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Each of Nicholas Galakatos, a member of the board of directors, and Messrs. Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler, as individual Managing Directors of the GPLLC, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. Each of Messrs. Galakatos, Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest.

 

(17)

Includes 102,702,029 shares held and 5,197,081 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Clarus. The GPLP, as the sole general partner of Clarus, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLP disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which the GPLP does not have an actual pecuniary interest. The GPLLC, as the sole general partner of the GPLP, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. The GPLLC disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which it does not have an actual pecuniary interest. Each of Nicholas Galakatos, a member of the board of directors, and Messrs. Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler, as individual Managing Directors of the GPLLC, may be deemed to beneficially own certain of the shares held of record by Clarus. Each of Messrs. Galakatos, Henner, Liptak, Simon, Steinmetz and Wheeler disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held of record by Clarus in which he does not have an actual pecuniary interest.

 

(18)

Mr. Norden holds an option to purchase shares of common stock, none of which are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

(19)

Includes: (a) 45,201,515 shares held by OVP VI, (b) 19,536,799 shares held and 3,308,939 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by OVP Venture Partners VII, LLC, (c) 620,994 shares held by OVP Entrepreneurs Fund and (d) 30,223 shares held by OVP VII Entrepreneurs Fund. Charles P. Waite, Jr., a member of the board of directors, is a managing member of OVMC VI, LLC, the general partner of each of OVP VI and OVP Entrepreneurs Fund, and a managing member of OVMC VII, LLC, the general partner of OVP VII. Mr. Waite, together with the other managing members of OVMC VI, LLC and OVMC VII, LLC are deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by OVP VI, OVP VII and OVP Entrepreneurs Fund. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities affiliated with OVP Venture Partners is 1010 Market Street, Kirkland, Washington 98033.

 

(20)

Includes 230,289,777 shares held, 11,377,631 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record and options to purchase 34,092,341 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2013, of which 13,716,480 are vested as of July 12, 2013.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and convertible preferred stock. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see the certificate of incorporation and bylaws which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of the certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 276,204,820 shares of our common stock. In addition, upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the 1-for-         reverse stock split and the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 19,763,742 shares of common stock will remain outstanding if they are not exercised prior to closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

Based on 18,025,237 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, the 1-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock and preferred stock, the conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of May 13, 2013 into 276,204,820 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options or warrants, there will be              shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of May 13, 2013, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 89 record holders of our common stock.

As of May 13, 2013, there were 19,763,742 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, and 57,647,281 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options.

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Dividend Policy.”

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of May 13, 2013, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

   

a warrant exercisable for 150,138 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.5458 per share issued to the lender under a prior credit facility in October 2007. As a result of the anti-dilution provisions of such warrant, in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus, it will become exercisable for 234,129 shares of our common stock. This warrant will expire in October 2014; provided that the expiration of such warrant will be extended to the first anniversary of the offering contemplated by this prospectus if such offering is consummated on or after October 1, 2013;

 

   

a warrant exercisable for 514,976 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share issued to the lender in November 2010 under a prior credit facility originally entered into in October 2007. This warrant will expire in November 2017;

 

   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 15,552,295 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2640 per share issued in connection with our 2011 subordinated convertible notes financing. These warrants will expire upon the earliest of (1) November 1, 2018, (2) a change in control of our company and (3) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 1,420,455 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2640 per share issued to the lenders under our existing credit facility in March 2012. These warrants will expire in March 2022;

 

-142-


Table of Contents
   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 1,041,666 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.2640 per share issued to the lenders under our existing credit facility in December 2012. These warrants will expire in December 2022;

 

   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 666,814 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share issued to the lenders under our amended credit facility in December 2012. These warrants will expire in December 2022; and

 

   

warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 333,407 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share issued in connection with the April 2013 term loan borrowing under our credit facility. These warrants will expire in April 2023.

These warrants have a net exercise provision under which their holders may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrants after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. These warrants contain provisions for adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Except for the warrant to purchase shares of our Series B preferred stock as described above, in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the warrants will become exercisable for a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock that underlie such warrants.

Registration Rights

Under our investors’ rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 304,162,583 shares of common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Warrants”) or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of at least 60% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we use best efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of at least such number of shares with an anticipated offering proceeds in excess of $5.0 million. We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances and our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such demand registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least 25% of the shares having registration rights have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file any registration statements within 180 days of a registration statement that we propose. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a

 

-143-


Table of Contents

stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 25% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering, (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and (3) a change in control of us.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware and Washington Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions may include, among other things:

 

   

any merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person;

 

   

any termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares; and

 

   

allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder.

After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington, and: (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than $50 million worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws will:

 

   

permit the board of directors to issue up to              shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

divide the board of directors into three classes;

 

-145-


Table of Contents
   

provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend the bylaws only upon receiving at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock, voting as a single class.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NSTG.”

 

-146-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of May 13, 2013 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or              shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701 and no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Underwriting.”

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but

 

-147-


Table of Contents

not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market or our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of May 13, 2013, 17,875,976 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

Stock Options

As of May 13, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate 57,647,281 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, warrants entitling holders to purchase an aggregate of 19,763,742 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.2744 per share, after conversion of the convertible preferred stock will remain outstanding. See “Description of Capital Stock — Warrants” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 304,162,583 shares of our common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants described in “— Warrants” above), will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different than those summarized below. We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or other jurisdiction and is limited to investors who will hold our common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This summary does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular investor in light of the investor’s circumstances or to certain categories of non-U.S. investors that may be subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership (including any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income and estate tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under other U.S. federal tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock other than a (1) U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien, (2) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation

 

-150-


Table of Contents

regardless of its source, (4) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person or (5) a partnership.

Distributions on Common Stock

If we make distributions on our common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent these distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from withholding. In order to claim this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding recent legislative withholding developments, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.);

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation”, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and your holding period for our common stock.

If you are described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (net of certain deductions and credits), and if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, you may be subject to branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States).

 

-151-


Table of Contents

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death generally will be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information or returns are furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recent Legislative Developments Relating to Foreign Accounts

The Code will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption. The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Although these rules currently apply to applicable payments made after December 31, 2012, the IRS has issued Proposed Treasury Regulations and other guidance providing that the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017. The Proposed Treasury Regulations described above will not be effective until they are issued in their final form, and as of the date of this Memorandum, it is not possible to determine whether the proposed regulations will be finalized in their current form or at all. You should consult your tax advisors regarding these withholding provisions.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Leerink Swann LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the common shares offered in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this overallotment option. If any shares are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
Overallotment
Exercise
     With Full
Overallotment
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

We, all of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and security holders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities (whether any such transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise) or (3) in the case of our directors, executive officers and holders of common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In our case, such restrictions shall not apply to:

 

   

the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering;

 

   

any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement of which J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC have been advised in writing;

 

   

the grant of options or the issuance of shares of common stock by us to our employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date of the underwriting agreement and as described herein;

 

   

the filing by us of a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan described herein; or

 

   

the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock in connection with any (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, (4) strategic alliances, (5) partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide content, (6) equipment leasing arrangements or (7) debt financing, provided that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue as described in this bullet point shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and provided, further, that each recipient of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for our common stock pursuant to this bullet point shall execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC a lock-up agreement.

In the case of our directors, executive officers and holders of common stock, and subject to certain conditions, such restrictions shall not apply to:

 

   

the sale and transfer of shares of our common stock to the underwriters;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

-154-


Table of Contents
   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (1) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (2) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, child or grandchild of the director, executive officer or security holder, or to a trust for the benefit of such spouse, domestic partner, parent, child or grandchild, (3) if the director, executive officer or security holder is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (a) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with it or (b) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by such director, executive officer or security holder to its equity holders, or (4) if the director, executive officer or security holder is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this bullet point, each donee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC a lock-up agreement; and provided, further, that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into common stock to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the director, executive officer or security holder in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of our common stock or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the 180-day restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or made voluntarily by or on behalf of the director, executive officer, security holder or us;

 

   

the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock , provided that such shares of common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the transfer of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock to us, pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our company, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the director, executive officer or security holder shall remain subject to the restrictions of the lock up agreement; or

 

   

the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by us of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, provided that no transfer of the director’s, executive officer’s or security holder’s common stock registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights shall occur, and no registration statement shall be filed, nor shall any public announcement of the intention to file be made, during the 180-day restricted period.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NSTG.”

 

-155-


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their overallotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the overallotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating

 

-156-


Table of Contents

to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

In November 2012, affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, one of the underwriters, purchased an aggregate of 11,113,581 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock from us for a total of $5 million. In December 2012, Leerink Swann LLC, one of the underwriters, purchased 50,000 shares of common stock from us pursuant to the exercise of a warrant for a total of $3,500.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to as a Relevant Member State, from and including the date, or Relevant Implementation Date, on which the European Union Prospectus Directive, or EU Prospectus Directive, was implemented in that Relevant Member State, an offer of shares of common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the EU Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the book-running managers has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets

 

-157-


Table of Contents

Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, referred to as the Order, or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons. The shares of common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is

 

-158-


Table of Contents

an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

-159-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Seattle, Washington. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation hold shares of our capital stock equal to 242,942 shares of our common stock on an as converted to common stock basis, which represent less than 1.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.nanostring.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

-160-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

 

     Page(s)  

Financial Statements:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NanoString Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 11, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,     March 31,
2013
    Pro Forma
March 31,
2013
 
    2011     2012      
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
                (Unaudited)  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,868      $ 21,692      $ 11,794      $ 11,794   

Accounts receivable, net

    3,112        3,322        4,356        4,356   

Inventory

    3,496        5,380        5,337        5,337   

Prepaid expenses and other

    1,541        1,320        2,162        2,162   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    19,017        31,714        23,649        23,649   

Restricted cash

    180        180        180        180   

Deferred offering costs

   

  
    1,765        2,336        2,336   

Property and equipment, net

    5,196        3,674        3,346        3,346   

Related party loans and other assets

    191        73        64        64   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 24,584      $ 37,406      $ 29,575      $ 29,575   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,650      $ 2,865      $ 1,839      $ 1,839   

Accrued liabilities

    2,551        4,481        3,796        3,796   

Deferred revenue, current portion

    991        878        965        965   

Deferred rent, current portion

    714        764        778        778   

Long-term debt, current portion

    875        2,789        4,021        4,021   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    6,781        11,777        11,399        11,399   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    103        362        486        486   

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    2,685        1,903        1,706        1,706   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    1,012        9,970        8,814        8,814   

Preferred stock warrant liability

    2,497        3,532        4,014          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    13,078        27,544        26,419        22,405   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

       

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Series A, $0.0001 par value, 18,050,655 shares authorized; 17,834,674 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $15,628 at December 31, 2012; pro forma zero shares

    14,383        15,605        15,961          

Series B, $0.0001 par value, 16,666,837 shares authorized; 16,506,521 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $14,045 at December 31, 2012; pro forma zero shares

    12,793        13,865        14,155          

Series C, $0.0001 par value, 117,100,000 shares authorized; 113,633,720 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $38,709 at December 31, 2012; pro forma zero shares

    35,614        38,592        39,399          

Series D, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 authorized; 77,761,509 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $22,510 at December 31, 2012; pro forma zero shares

    18,167        20,323        20,887          

Series E, $0.0001 par value, 35,000,000 authorized; zero and 34,046,263 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively; liquidation preference of $23,078 at December 31, 2012; pro forma zero shares

           15,237        15,562          

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 374,300,000 shares authorized; 10,383,423, 13,158,263 and 18,025,237 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013 (unaudited), respectively; issued and outstanding pro forma, 294,230,057 shares (unaudited)

    1       
1
  
    2        29   

Additional paid in capital

                         109,951   

Accumulated deficit

    (69,452     (93,761     (102,810     (102,810
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (69,451     (93,760     (102,808     7,170   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 24,584      $ 37,406      $ 29,575      $ 29,575   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
        2010             2011             2012             2012             2013      
   

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
                      (Unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 11,730      $ 17,800      $ 22,973      $ 4,502      $ 5,676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

         

Cost of revenue

    9,128        9,777        12,361        2,656        2,882   

Research and development

    7,547        8,990        11,635        2,197        3,059   

Selling, general and administrative

    8,027        9,529        15,486        3,167        6,126   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    24,702        28,296        39,482        8,020        12,067   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12,972     (10,496     (16,509     (3,518     (6,391
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

         

Interest income

    29        10        21        7        3   

Interest expense

    (94     (599     (804     (112     (385

Other income (expense)

    254        80        (29     (13     (4

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

    15        73        (387     26        (482
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    204        (436     (1,199     (92     (868
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (12,768     (10,932     (17,708     (3,610     (7,259

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (4,351     (5,251     (7,533     (1,793     (2,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (17,119   $ (16,183   $ (25,241   $ (5,403   $ (9,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (1.69   $ (1.56   $ (2.22   $ (0.52   $ (0.56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

    10,124        10,350        11,358        10,460        17,175   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (unaudited)

      $ (0.07     $ (0.02
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        256,586          293,380   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Period From December 31, 2009 Through March 31, 2013

 

    Series A
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Preferred Stock
    Series C
Preferred Stock
    Series D
Preferred Stock
    Series E
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        
    (In thousands, except share amounts)        

Balances at
December 31, 2009

    17,834,674      $ 12,217        16,506,521      $ 10,897        56,816,860      $ 15,437             $             $        10,001,159      $ 1      $      $ (36,566   $ (36,565

Issuance of Series C preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $15

                                56,816,860        14,985                                                                  

Accretion of preferred stock

           1,033               903               2,415                                                  (167     (4,184     (4,351

Exercise of stock options

                                                                          311,726               23               23   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                                        144               144   

Net loss

                                                                                               (12,768     (12,768
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at
December 31, 2010

    17,834,674        13,250        16,506,521        11,800        113,633,720        32,837                                    10,312,885        1               (53,518     (53,517

Issuance of Series D preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $559

                                              77,761,509        17,819                                                    

Accretion of preferred stock

           1,133               993               2,777               348                                    (249     (5,002     (5,251

Exercise of stock options

                                                                          70,538               6               6   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                                        243               243   

Net loss

                                                                                               (10,932     (10,932
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at
December 31, 2011

    17,834,674        14,383        16,506,521        12,793        113,633,720        35,614        77,761,509        18,167                      10,383,423        1               (69,452     (69,451

Issuance of Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $185

                                                            34,046,263        15,132                                      

Accretion of preferred stock

           1,222               1,072               2,978               2,156               105                      (932     (6,601     (7,533

Exercise of stock options

                                                                          2,724,840               183               183   

Exercise of common stock warrant

                                                                          50,000               4               4   

Stock-based compensation

                                                                                        745               745   

Net loss

                                                                                               (17,708     (17,708
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at
December 31, 2012

    17,834,674      $ 15,605        16,506,521      $ 13,865        113,633,720      $ 38,592        77,761,509      $ 20,323        34,046,263      $ 15,237        13,158,263      $ 1      $      $ (93,761   $ (93,760

Accretion of Preferred Stock (unaudited)

           356               290               807               564               325                      (552     (1,790     (2,342

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                                                          4,866,974        1        321        ––        322   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                                                        231        ––        231   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                                                               (7,259     (7,259
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at
March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    17,834,674      $ 15,961        16,506,521      $ 14,155        113,633,720      $ 39,399        77,761,509      $ 20,887        34,046,263      $ 15,562        18,025,237      $ 2      $ ––      $ (102,810   $ (102,808
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
    

(In thousands)

 
                       (Unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (12,768   $ (10,932   $ (17,708   $ (3,610   $ (7,259

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

          

Depreciation and amortization

     972        1,454        1,947        484        464   

Amortization of debt discount

            330        136        77        51   

Stock-based compensation

     144        243        745        280        231   

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     (15     (73     387        (26     482   

Interest accrued on convertible promissory notes

            87                        

Interest accrued on long-term note loan

                   90               79   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     117               3               1   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

          

Accounts receivable

     62        (965     (210     499        (1,034

Inventory

     (233     (1,338     (1,884     (246     43   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (139     (1,100     221        (660     (842

Related party loans and other assets

     (128     (58     118        41        9   

Accounts payable

     1,008        (1,231     103        524        (62

Accrued liabilities

     454        781        1,830        (504     (1,201

Deferred revenue

     49        624        146        396        211   

Deferred rent

     (488     1,486        (732     (170     (183
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (10,965     (10,692     (14,808     (2,915     (9,010
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,932     (2,688     (428     (131     (136

Increase in restricted cash

            (112            (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,932     (2,800     (428     (132     (136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants

     14,985        14,883        15,132                 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes and warrants

            5,000                        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,197        5,004        13,000        7,500          

Repayment of long-term debt

     (681     (4,899     (1,706     (1,551     (55

Deferred offering costs

                   (553            (1,019

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     23        6        183        13        322   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrant

                   4                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     15,524        19,994        26,060        5,962        (752
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,627        6,502        10,824        2,915        (9,898
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

          

Beginning of period

     1,739        4,366        10,868        10,868        21,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 4,366      $ 10,868      $ 21,692      $ 13,783      $ 11,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

          

Accretion of preferred stock

   $ 4,351      $ 5,251      $ 7,533      $ 1,793      $ 2,342   

Accrual of offering costs

                   1,212               571   

Cash paid for interest

     94        167        563        36        254   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants with debt

            661        648        263          

Issuance of preferred stock warrants with equity

            1,867                        

Conversion of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest into Series D preferred stock

            5,087                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

Description of the Business

NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 20, 2003. The Company’s headquarters is located in Seattle, Washington. The Company’s technology enables direct detection, identification and quantification of individual target molecules in a biological sample by attaching a unique color coded fluorescent reporter to each target molecule of interest.

The Company markets its proprietary nCounter Analysis System, consisting of instruments and consumables, to academic, government and biopharmaceutical laboratories.

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment. The Company’s business also involves inherent risks, including, among others, dependence on key personnel, availability of raw materials and patentability of the Company’s products and processes. Further, any of the technologies covering the Company’s products under development could become obsolete or diminished in value by discoveries at other organizations.

The Company has incurred losses to date and expects to incur additional losses in the foreseeable future. The Company continues to devote the majority of its resources to the growth of the Company’s business in accordance with its business plan. The Company’s activities have been financed primarily through the sale of equity securities and incurrence of indebtedness, and to a lesser extent, capital leases and other borrowings.

Cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $14.8 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $21.7 million and available borrowing capacity under the credit facility totaling $12.0 million. Cash used in operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $9.0 million (unaudited). As of March 31, 2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million (unaudited) and available borrowing capacity under the credit facility totaling $12.0 million (unaudited). In the Company’s current mode of operation, management expects the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs at least through the end of 2013. However, the Company’s operating plan for 2013 reflects substantial incremental investment in the launch of its first diagnostic product, which it intends to fund through equity financing. Without these additional funds, the Company will be required to reduce the pace of its investment in the commercialization of its diagnostic product.

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, NanoString Technologies Europe Limited, which operates in the United Kingdom and NanoString Technologies SAS, which operates in France. Both of these subsidiaries function as European sales and support offices. The functional currency of both subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenditures during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s equity securities and the calculation of stock-based compensation.

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 are unaudited. All disclosures as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2013 and results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013 or for other interim periods or for future years.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared assuming that upon the completion of an initial public offering (1) all of the Company’s mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into shares of common stock and (2) all preferred stock warrants will be converted to warrants to purchase common stock.

The March 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet reflects the conversion of all 259,782,687 outstanding shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock into 276,204,820 shares of common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid in capital. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 has been prepared assuming the conversion of preferred stock (using the if-converted method).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with purchased maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist principally of funds maintained in depository accounts. The Company invests its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions; at times these investments exceed federally insured limits.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from customers based on their outstanding invoices. Management reviews accounts receivable regularly to determine if any receivable will potentially be uncollectible. Estimates are used to determine the amount of allowance for doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable to its estimated net realizable value. At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $4,000, $0 and $0 (unaudited), respectively. These estimates were made by analyzing the status of significant past due receivables and by establishing provisions for estimated losses by analyzing current and historical bad debt trends.

Concentration of Risks

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company has credit risk related to the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

collectability of its accounts receivable. The Company performs initial and ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial position and generally extends credit on account without collateral.

The Company did not have any customers that individually represented more than 10% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 or 2012 or for the three months ended March 31, 2012 or 2013.

The Company had the following customers that each represented more than 10% of total accounts receivable:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (Unaudited)  

Customer A

     15     *     12     *

Customer B

     10        *        11        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     25     *     23     *
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Accounts receivable balance for an individual customer was less than 10% of total accounts receivable.

The Company is also subject to supply chain risks related to the outsourcing of the manufacturing and production of its instruments to sole suppliers. Although there are a limited number of manufacturers for instruments of this type, the Company believes that other suppliers could provide similar products on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however, could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which would adversely affect operating results.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy is used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1

  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2

  

Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3

  

Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

The recorded amounts of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short-term maturities. The recorded amount of the Company’s long-term debt approximates fair value because the related interest rates approximate rates currently available to the Company.

The Company has mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock which contains certain redemption provisions that preclude equity classification. Accordingly, warrants to purchase this mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities. These preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company’s preferred stock warrants are categorized as Level 3 because they were valued based on unobservable inputs and management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. The Company performs a fair value assessment of the preferred stock warrant inputs on a quarterly basis using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are inherently subjective and involve significant judgment.

The Company may elect to apply fair value to its financial assets and liabilities on an instrument-by-instrument basis. The Company has not elected to apply the fair value option to any eligible financial assets or liabilities in 2010, 2011 or 2012.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished goods, work in process, raw materials and certain component parts to be used in manufacturing the Company’s products. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost system, whereby the standard costs are updated periodically to reflect current costs and market represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company records adjustments to inventory for potentially excess, obsolete, slow-moving or impaired items.

The Company outsources the manufacturing of its instruments to third-party contract manufacturers who manufacture them to certain specifications and source certain raw materials from sole source providers. Major delays in shipments, inferior quality, insufficient quantity or any combination of these or other factors may harm the Company’s business and results of operations. In addition, the inability of one or more of these suppliers to provide the Company with an adequate supply of its products or raw materials or the loss of one or more of these suppliers may cause a delay in the Company’s ability to fulfill orders while it obtains a replacement supplier and may harm the Company’s business and results of operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Manufacturing equipment is amortized over five years, computer equipment is generally depreciated over three years, furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related assets or the term of the lease, whichever is less. Expenditures for additions are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Gains and losses from the disposal of property and equipment are reflected in the statements of comprehensive income in the year of disposition.

Leases and Leasehold Improvements

Rent expense for leases that provide for scheduled rent increases during the lease term is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease. Leasehold improvements that are funded by landlord incentives or allowances are recorded in property and equipment and as a component of deferred rent and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the related lease.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company recognizes impairment losses on long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present and the anticipated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by those assets are less than the asset’s carrying values. The Company has not experienced any impairment losses on its long-lived assets during the periods presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs represent legal, accounting and other direct costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise capital through an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the initial public offering, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the proceeds. All deferred costs will be expensed if the Company terminates its plan for an initial public offering. The Company has recorded approximately $1.8 million and $2.3 million (unaudited) of deferred offering costs as a non-current asset in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

Segments

The Company follows the authoritative literature that established annual and interim reporting standards for enterprises’ operating segments and related disclosures about its products and services, geographic regions and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company is organized as and operates in two reportable segments: life sciences segment and diagnostics segment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.

The Company generates revenue from the sale of products and services. The Company’s products consist of its proprietary nCounter Analysis System and related consumables. Services consist of extended warranties and service fees for assay processing. A delivered product or service is considered to be a separate unit of accounting when it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Products or services have value on a stand-alone basis if they are sold separately by any vendor or the customer could resell the delivered product.

Systems product revenue is recognized upon installation and calibration, which is performed by specialized Company technicians. Systems and related installation and calibration are considered to be one separate unit of accounting, as systems are required to be professionally installed and calibrated before use. Until such time as installation and calibration can generally be provided by other vendors, they will not be considered separate revenue elements. Consumables are considered to be separate units of accounting as they are sold separately. Consumables product revenue is recognized upon shipment.

Service revenue is recognized when earned, which is generally upon the rendering of the related services. Extended warranties and service fees for assay processing are each considered separate units of accounting as they are sold separately. The Company offers extended warranties on its nCounter Analysis System for periods ranging from 12 to 36 months after the end of the standard 12-month warranty period. Extended warranties are generally separately priced. Revenue from extended warranties are deferred and recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the warranty period.

On January 1, 2011, new revenue recognition guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables became effective. For sales of products and services after 2010, the Company allocates the contract consideration at the inception of the contract to the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices. To date, selling prices have been established by reference to vendor specific objective evidence based on stand alone sales transactions for each deliverable. Vendor specific objective evidence is considered to have been established when a substantial majority of individual sales transactions within the previous 12 month period fall within a reasonably narrow

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

range, which the Company has defined to be plus or minus 15% of the median sales price of actual stand-alone sales transactions. The Company uses its best estimate of selling price for individual deliverables when vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence is unavailable. Allocated revenue is only recognized for each deliverable when the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

For sales of products and services prior to 2011, the Company allocated revenue for multiple element transactions to each unit of accounting using the residual method as objective and reliable evidence of fair value existed for the undelivered items, but not for the delivered items. The adoption of the new guidance in 2011 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs incurred in the production process, including costs of purchasing instruments from third-party contract manufacturers, consumable component materials and assembly labor and overhead, installation, warranty, service and packaging and delivery costs. In addition, cost of revenue includes royalty costs for licensed technologies included in the Company’s products, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and stock-based compensation expense. Cost of revenue for instruments and consumables is recognized in the period the related revenue is recognized.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred for product shipments are included in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Reserve for Product Warranties

The Company generally provides a one-year warranty on its nCounter Analysis Systems and establishes an accrual based on historical product failure rates and actual warranty costs incurred. Warranty expense is recorded as a component of cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The following information reconciles changes in the Company’s warranty reserve and related costs:

 

     (In thousands)  

Warranty reserve, December 31, 2009

   $ 87   

Cost of warranty claims

     (173

Warranty accrual

     149   
  

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, December 31, 2010

     63   

Cost of warranty claims

     (518

Warranty accrual

     622   
  

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, December 31, 2011

     167   

Cost of warranty claims

     (244

Warranty accrual

     325   
  

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, December 31, 2012

     248   

Cost of warranty claims (unaudited)

     (63

Warranty accrual (unaudited)

     43   
  

 

 

 

Warranty reserve, March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

   $ 228   
  

 

 

 

Research and Development

Research and development expenses, consisting primarily of salaries and benefits, occupancy, laboratory supplies, clinical study costs, consulting fees and related costs, are expensed as incurred.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for sales and marketing and professional costs and are expensed as the related costs are incurred. Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs totaled approximately $558,000, $417,000 and $590,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for the Company’s finance, human resources, business development and general management, as well as professional services, such as legal and accounting services. General and administrative expenses are expensed as they are incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the fair value method. Stock-based compensation costs recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were based on option awards granted and vested based on their grant-date fair value, estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company uses the straight-line attribution method for recognizing compensation expense.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion of options expected to vest. Therefore, management applied an estimated forfeiture rate that was derived from historical employee termination behavior. If the actual number of forfeitures differs from these estimates, adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company guarantees and/or indemnifies other parties, including vendors, lessors and parties to transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the other parties harmless against losses arising from breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount the Company could be required to pay under these indemnification agreements, since the Company has not had any prior indemnification claims, and each claim would be based upon the unique facts and circumstances of the claim and the particular provisions of each agreement. In the opinion of management, any such claims would not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operation, financial condition or cash flows. The Company did not have any related liabilities recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

There were no differences between comprehensive income or loss as defined by ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, and net income or loss as reported in the Company’s statement of comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to the business, or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

 

3.

Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,      March  31,
2013
 
     2011      2012     
     (In thousands)  
            (Unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 1,568       $ 2,120       $ 2,298   

Work in process

     889         962         1,020   

Finished goods

     1,039         2,298         2,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,496       $ 5,380       $ 5,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.

Prepaid Expenses and Other

Prepaid expenses and other consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,      March  31,
2013
 
     2011      2012     
     (In thousands)  
            (Unaudited)  

Prepaid royalties

   $ 200       $ 175       $ 175   

Deposits for inventory

     857         883         1,503   

Other

     484         262         484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,541       $ 1,320       $ 2,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     Useful Life
(Years)
   2011     2012  
          (In thousands)  

Manufacturing equipment

   5    $ 2,481      $ 2,854   

Prototype systems

   2      1,939        1,893   

Computer equipment

   3      571        651   

Furniture and fixtures

   5      507        517   

Leasehold improvements

   Various      4,713        4,713   

Construction in progress

        59        14   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        10,270        10,642   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (5,074     (6,968
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 5,196      $ 3,674   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

5.

Property and Equipment (Continued)

 

Prototype systems consist of digital imagers and liquid handling robots used in internal testing and other development activities.

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 totaled approximately $1.0 million, $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

 

6.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,      March  31,
2013
 
     2011      2012     
     (In thousands)  
            (Unaudited)  

Salaries and bonuses

   $ 1,725       $ 2,071       $ 1,587   

Clinical study costs

             847         217   

Accounting and legal

     107         491         705   

Other accrued liabilities

     719         1,072         1,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,551       $ 4,481       $ 3,796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Long-Term Debt and Obligations

In November 2010, the Company amended its existing loan and security agreement (the “Amended Agreement”). Under the Amended Agreement, the financial institution provided a $5.0 million operating facility, consisting of a $2.0 million term loan to finance the acquisition of property and equipment, a $1.5 million revolving line and a $1.5 million accounts receivable revolving line. Advances under the term loan were payable over 36 months and advances under the revolving lines were due November 8, 2012. As discussed below, all of the indebtedness incurred under this loan and security agreement was repaid in connection with the entry into a new credit facility in March 2012.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility that consists of a $13.0 million term loan and a $2.0 million accounts receivable revolving line of credit with a maturity date of November 2015 and interest rates based on the three-month LIBOR rate plus 8.39% (subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.50%) and the Prime Rate plus 3.70% (subject to a floor of 6.95%), respectively. At December 31, 2012, three-month LIBOR was equal to 0.31% and the Prime Rate was equal to 3.25%. At closing, the Company drew $7.5 million on the term facility and terminated its existing credit facility by paying off the outstanding balance of approximately $1.4 million.

In connection with the March 2012 draw down of the term loan, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,420,455 shares of Series D preferred stock. These warrants were treated as debt discount and will be amortized over the term of the debt. These warrants have a ten-year term and an exercise price of $0.2640 per share. The warrants were valued at the date of issuance at $263,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions; fair value of preferred stock equal to exercise price of warrant, volatility of 61.0%, and a risk free interest rate of 2.20%.

In December 2012, the Company drew down the remaining $5.5 million term loan under the Company’s credit facility. In connection with this borrowing, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,041,666 shares of Series D preferred stock, which were valued at the date of issuance at $184,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: fair value of preferred stock equal to exercise price of warrant, volatility of 58.0% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.63%.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

7.

Long-Term Debt and Obligations (Continued)

 

Under the terms of the credit facility, the Company was required to comply with certain reporting covenants and was in compliance at March 31, 2013 (unaudited).

Also, in December 2012, the credit facility was amended to allow for the borrowing on or prior to April 30, 2013 of up to an additional $10.0 million in term loans, subject to the Company’s satisfaction of a revenue-based milestone. The amendment also provided that if an initial public offering is completed on or prior to May 31, 2013 and generates gross proceeds of at least $50.0 million, the period during which the Company is required to only pay interest on all outstanding term borrowings will be extended from May 2013 to January 2014 and the maturity date will be similarly extended by eight months. In addition, the credit facility was amended to provide that if the Company borrows any of the additional $10.0 million in term loans, then the Company must comply with financial covenants based on life sciences revenue over the remaining term of the facility on a trailing three month basis. In connection with the amendment, the Company issued the lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 666,814 shares of its Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share. These warrants have a ten-year term and were valued at the date of issuance at $201,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: fair value of preferred stock equal to exercise price of warrants, volatility of 58.0% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.78%. If the Company borrows any of the additional $10.0 million in term loans it must issue the lenders warrants to purchase up to 666,814 additional shares of its Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share.

Pursuant to an office building lease, the owner of the building financed a portion of tenant improvements under an arrangement in which the Company is obligated to pay the amount financed over the term of the lease. The amount financed totaled $843,000 and is being repaid over the five-year term of the lease, which expires in August 2016. Interest accrues on the unpaid balance at a rate of 10% per annum.

Borrowings, including current portion, consisted of the following at:

 

     December 31,     March  31,
2013
 
     2011     2012    
     (In thousands)  
           (Unaudited)  

Landlord payable

   $ 404     $ 235     $ 191   

Equipment line of credit

     1,562               

Term loans payable

           13,115       13,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,966       13,350       13,375   

Less: Unamortized debt discount

     (79     (591     (540

  Current portion

     (875     (2,789     (4,021
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current portion

   $ 1,012     $ 9,970      $ 8,814   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scheduled future payments for principal obligations under outstanding debt facilities at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
     March 31,
2013
 
     (In thousands)  
Long-term debt:           (Unaudited)  

2013

   $ 2,992       $ 2,938   

2014

     5,164         5,164   

2015

     5,104         5,273   

2016

     90           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,350       $ 13,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

7.

Long-Term Debt and Obligations (Continued)

 

In connection with previous bank borrowing arrangements, the Company issued warrants to purchase 150,138 shares of Series B preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.5458 in 2007 and 2008 and a fair value at the date of issuance of $14,000 and warrants to purchase 514,976 shares of Series C preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.264 in 2010 with a fair value at the date of issuance of $72,000. These warrants have a contractual life of seven years and were valued at the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: (1) fair value of preferred stock equal to exercise price of warrants; (2) volatility of 42% to 73%; and (3) risk free interest rates of 1.87% to 3.67%.

 

8.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue common stock and Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding.

Preferred Stock

The Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”), together with their respective rights and preferences, are as follows:

Series A Preferred Stock

In July and August 2004, the Company sold and issued 9,465,344 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 8,585,311 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $0.463 per share for the shares of Series A preferred stock and $0.0001 per share for the warrant shares, representing total gross proceeds of $4.4 million.

The preferred stock warrants had an exercise price of $0.463 per share and were immediately exercisable. Warrants to purchase 8,369,330 shares of Series A preferred stock were exercised in 2005. The remaining 215,981 warrants to purchase shares of Series A preferred stock expired in May 2011. The fair value of the warrants at the time of issuance of $569,000 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value at the date of issuance allocated to the Series A preferred stock totaled $3.8 million. Cash issuance costs totaled $64,000 and were netted against the allocated proceeds. The difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series A preferred stock is being accreted over the redemption period using the effective interest method.

Series B Preferred Stock

In May and June 2007, the Company sold and issued 16,506,521 shares of its Series B preferred stock at a price of $0.5458 per share. Total gross proceeds received from this offering were $9.0 million. Cash issuance costs totaled $54,000 and were netted against the gross proceeds. The difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series B preferred stock is being accreted over the redemption period using the effective interest method.

Series C Preferred Stock

In June 2009, the Company sold and issued 56,816,860 shares of its Series C preferred stock at a price of $0.264 per share. Total gross proceeds received from this offering were $15.0 million. Cash issuance costs totaled $276,000 and were netted against the gross proceeds.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

In February 2010, the Company sold and issued an additional 56,816,860 shares of its Series C preferred stock at a price of $0.264 per share. Total gross proceeds received from this offering were $15.0 million. Cash issuance costs of $15,000 were netted against the gross proceeds.

The difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series C preferred stock is being accreted over the redemption period using the effective interest method.

Series D Preferred Stock

In January 2011, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with certain of its existing investors under which the investors agreed to purchase up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes issued by the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued in June and September 2011, an aggregate of $5.0 million principal amount of notes and warrants to purchase Series D preferred stock. Such notes were to be converted into preferred stock, upon the occurrence of a qualified financing event, or repaid no later than December 31, 2011. Pursuant to their terms, interest on the notes accrued at 8% per annum, and warrant coverage was dependent on, among other things, the total principal amount of notes issued and the period of time any such amounts were outstanding.

In November and December 2011, the Company sold and issued 77,761,509 shares of its Series D preferred stock together with warrants to purchase 11,764,417 shares of Series D preferred stock at a price of $0.264 per share. Total gross proceeds from this offering were $20.5 million, which included the conversion of $5.0 million in subordinated convertible promissory notes and related accrued interest of $87,000. In addition, the warrants issued pursuant to the January 2011 Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement became exercisable for 3,787,878 shares of Series D Preferred Stock on conversion of the related notes into Series D Preferred Stock. Cash issuance costs totaled $559,000 and were netted against the allocated proceeds.

The Series D preferred stock warrants have an exercise price of $0.264 per share and are exercisable over a seven-year period from issuance. The total fair value of the Series D warrants at the date of issuance was $2.5 million and was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following variables: (1) Series D preferred stock price of $0.264; (2) the contractual life of seven years; (3) volatility of 61%; and (4) risk-free interest rates of 1.30 to 2.20%. The difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series D preferred stock is being accreted over the redemption period using the effective interest method.

Series E Preferred Stock

In November 2012, the Company sold and issued 34,046,263 shares of its Series E preferred stock at a price of $0.4499 per share. Total gross proceeds received from this offering were $15.3 million. Cash issuance costs totaled $185,000 and were netted against the gross proceeds. The difference between the carrying value and the redemption value of the Series E preferred stock is being accreted over the redemption period using the effective interest method.

Voting

Each share of Preferred Stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock.

Liquidation

In connection with the Series E preferred stock financing, the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock were amended such that in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets where the beneficial owners of the Company’s common stock and Preferred

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Stock own less than 50% of the resulting voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of Series E preferred stock are entitled to receive $0.67485 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon completion of the Series E preferred stock preference distribution, the holders of Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive $0.264 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon the completion of the Series D preferred stock preference distribution, the holders of Series C preferred stock are entitled to receive $0.264 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon the completion of the Series C preferred stock preference distribution, the holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive $0.5458 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon the completion of the Series B preferred stock preference distribution, the holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive $0.463 per share as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Any remaining proceeds will be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of the common stock and the Preferred Stock on an as converted basis.

Conversion

Each share of Series E preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to (1) until such time as the Company next issues shares of its equity securities in an equity financing other than certain excluded issuances, a full ratchet anti-dilution adjustment if the Company issues equity securities for a price per share less than $0.4499 or the then effective conversion price of the Series E preferred stock and (2) after the Company next issues shares of its equity securities in an equity financing other than certain excluded issuances, certain broad-based weighted-average anti-dilution adjustments if the Company issues equity securities for a price per share less than $0.4499 or the then effective conversion price of the Series E preferred stock.

In connection with the Series E preferred stock financing, the anti-dilution protections for the Series D preferred stock were amended such that each share of Series D preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain broad-based weighted-average anti-dilution adjustments if the Company issues equity securities for a price per share less than $0.2640 or the then effective conversion price of the Series D preferred stock.

Each share of Series C preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain broad-based weighted-average anti-dilution adjustments if the Company issues equity securities for a price per share less than $0.2640 or the then effective conversion price of the Series C preferred stock.

Each share of Series B preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into common stock on a 1.559429-for-one basis, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments that are determined based on any anti-dilution adjustments made with respect to the Series C preferred stock.

Each share of Series A preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into common stock on a 1.403030-for-one basis, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments that are determined based on any anti-dilution adjustments made with respect to the Series C preferred stock.

In connection with the Series E preferred stock financing, the automatic conversion terms of the preferred stock were amended such that each share of preferred stock automatically converts into shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate for such share upon the earlier of (1) an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to which shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on a nationally-recognized securities exchange and which results in net proceeds of at least $50.0 million and an issuance price of at least

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

$0.4499 per share, as adjusted for stock splits and dividends, and (2) the affirmative vote by holders of at least 65% of the holders of the then outstanding preferred stock (voting together as a single class with each holder of preferred stock entitled to one vote per share of preferred stock then held by such holder).

At December 31, 2012, the Company has reserved 286,817,492 shares of common stock for issuance upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends as declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends are payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds generally available. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2012.

Redemption

In connection with the Series E preferred stock financing, the redemption terms of the preferred stock were amended such that at any time after November 29, 2017 and upon 30 days notice from the holders of 65% of the outstanding Preferred Stock, such holders may compel the Company to redeem, from any funds legally available, all or part of the Preferred Stock and any accumulated or declared but unpaid dividends thereon.

The redemption value of the Preferred Stock is equal to the original issue price with interest compounded from the original issuance date to the first installment redemption date at a rate of 8% compounded quarterly. The Company recorded accretion related to issue costs and dividends of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock totaling approximately $4.4 million, $5.3 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company also accretes any related issuance costs or discounts. Any redemption amount shall be paid in three equal annual installments.

Preferred Stock Warrants

The following information summarizes the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants:

 

Preferred Stock Warrants

   Expiry
Date
   Number
of shares
     Fair Value  at
December 31,
2011
     Fair Value  at
December 31,
2012
     Fair Value  at
March 31,
2013
 
              

Preferred Stock

   Issue Date               
               (In thousands, except share amounts)  
                                    (unaudited)  

Series B

  

October 2007

  

October 2014

     78,669       $ 4       $ 7       $ 8   

Series B

  

April 2008

  

October 2014

     71,469         4         7         9   

Series C

  

November 2010

  

November 2017

     189,394         21         24         28   

Series C

  

October 2011

  

November 2018

     325,582         40         44         51   

Series D

  

November 2011

  

November 2018

     15,552,295         2,428         2,725         3,060   

Series D

  

March 2012

  

March 2022

     1,420,455                 299         334   

Series D

  

December 2012

  

December 2022

     1,041,666                 225         250   

Series E

  

December 2012

  

December 2022

     666,814                 201         274   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           19,346,344       $ 2,497       $ 3,532       $  4,014   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The warrants to purchase preferred stock are recorded as liabilities and measured at fair value at each reporting date.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

The following information summarizes the carrying value of the warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock:

 

     (In thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 27   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     30   

Warrant revaluation

     (15
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     42   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     2,528   

Warrant revaluation

     (73
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     2,497   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     648   

Warrant revaluation

     387   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 3,532   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

       

Warrant revaluation (unaudited)

     482   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

   $  4,014   
  

 

 

 

The warrants to purchase preferred stock are valued at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following variables: (1) underlying preferred stock prices of $0.26 to $0.45; (2) remaining contractual life of 1.75 to 10 years; (3) volatility of 58% to 70%; and (4) risk-free interest rates of 0.23% to 2.20%.

 

9.

Stock Option Plan

The Company’s Amended 2004 Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to employees and consultants for up to 76,353,061 shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2012. All options granted have a ten-year term and generally vest and become exercisable over four years of continued employment or service as defined in each option agreement. The Board of Directors determines the option exercise price and may designate stock options granted as either incentive or nonstatutory stock options. The Company generally grants stock options to employees with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

9.

Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

A summary of the Company’s employee stock option activity and related information follows:

 

       Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise
price per
share
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual term
(in years)
     Aggregate
intrinisic value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     21,965,992      $ 0.07         

Granted

     35,652,500        0.07         

Cancelled

     (933,095     0.06         

Exercised

     (2,724,840     0.07         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     53,960,557      $ 0.07         8.59       $ 7,485,851   

Granted (unaudited)

     9,441,000        0.21         

Canceled (unaudited)

     (730,834     0.07         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (4,866,974     0.07         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

     57,803,749      $ 0.09         8.66       $ 10,743,350   
  

 

 

         

December 31, 2012:

          

Options vested and expected to vest

     49,040,295      $ 0.07         8.54       $ 6,820,271   

Options exercisable

     38,276,789      $ 0.07         8.47       $ 5,222,823   

March 31, 2013:

          

Options vested and expected to vest (unaudited)

     52,145,571      $ 0.09         8.62       $ 9,750,527   

Options exercisable (unaudited)

     41,623,109      $ 0.10         8.60       $ 7,575,834   

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s options outstanding at December 31, 2012:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
 

$0.01

     140,000         2.58         140,000         2.58   

  0.03

     43,334         3.17         43,334         3.17   

  0.06

     30,155,660         9.22         18,562,983         9.22   

  0.07

     19,237,624         7.45         15,687,056         7.42   

  0.12

     355,939         5.77         355,416         5.77   

  0.16

     4,028,000         9.79         3,488,000         9.79   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     53,960,557            38,276,789      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

The fair value of each employee option grant for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March
31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (Unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rates

    2.42%–3.14%        2.2%–3.14%        0.85%–1.44%        1.23%–1.44%        1.05%–1.11%   

Expected term (years)

    6.25        6.25        6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected dividend yield

                                  

Volatility

    92.4%        73.0%        54.0%–61.0%        61.0%        58.0%   

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

9.

Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

The risk-free interest rates are based on the implied yield currently available in U.S. Treasury securities at maturity with an equivalent term. For purposes of determining the expected term of the awards in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, the Company applies a simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends and does not currently expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The Company based its expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available.

Options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were granted at exercise prices that the Company’s board of directors believed to be equal to the fair value of the common stock underlying such options on the date of grant. In connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company assessed its estimate of fair value of its common stock for financial reporting purposes given the Company’s improving financial performance and prospects, evolving belief during the second half of 2012 that an initial public offering was increasingly viable and the generally improving conditions in the capital markets in the fourth quarter of 2012. Following this assessment, it was determined that for financial reporting purposes the fair value of the Company’s common stock was higher than the board of directors’ fair market value estimate for each of the option grant dates from March 1, 2012 through September 17, 2012. During 2012, the Company granted 31,624,500 and 4,028,000 options at exercise prices that were less than and equal to, respectively, the estimated per share value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.05, $0.06, $0.05 and $0.12 (unaudited), respectively.

Information on stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
Granted
     Exercise Price      Estimated
Value Per
Common Share
     Intrinsic Value
Per Share
 

2012

           

March 1

     23,387,500       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $ 0.01   

March 26

     1,248,000         0.06         0.07         0.01   

April 19

     2,802,000         0.06         0.08         0.02   

May 25

     3,418,000         0.06         0.09         0.03   

July 17

     719,000         0.06         0.10         0.04   

September 17

     50,000         0.06         0.13         0.07   

October 16

     4,028,000         0.16         0.16           
  

 

 

          
     35,652,500            
  

 

 

          

2013

           

January 10 (unaudited)

     6,817,000         0.21         0.21       $   

March 1 (unaudited)

     2,624,000         0.21         0.21           
  

 

 

          
     9,441,000            
  

 

 

          

The aggregate intrinsic value for options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0, $0 and $161,000, respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

9.

Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

Stock compensation was recorded as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2010              2011              2012              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  
                          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 3       $ 4       $ 71       $ 37       $ 11   

Research and development

     26         26         204         82         62   

Selling, general and administrative

     115         213         470         160         159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 144       $ 243       $ 745       $ 279       $ 232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation cost was approximately $1.7 million and will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average remaining service period of approximately three years. At March 31, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost was approximately $2.6 million (unaudited), which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average remaining service period of approximately three years.

 

10.

Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (12,798   $ (10,966     (17,618

Foreign

     30        34        (90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (12,768   $ (10,932   $ (17,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss as a result of the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Income tax provision at statutory rate

   $ (4,341   $ (3,717   $ (6,021

Nondeductible items

    
13
  
    25        349   

Change in tax credits

     (251     (202     39   

Change in valuation allowance

    
4,443
  
    3,963        5,894   

Other

     136        (69     (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $62.2 million which will begin to expire in 2023 through 2032. In addition, at December 31, 2012, the Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.0 million.

The Company does not expect to utilize any of its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the near term. The Company may have already experienced one or more ownership changes. Depending on the timing of any future utilization of its carryforwards, the Company may be limited as to the amount that can be utilized each year as a result of such previous ownership changes. However, the Company does not believe such limitations

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

10.

Income Taxes (Continued)

 

will cause its carryforwards to expire unutilized. The Company is in the process of determining whether this offering would constitute an ownership change, potentially resulting in further limitations on its ability to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.

The effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 15,925      $ 21,569   

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

     800        761   

Other

     2,428        2,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     19,153        25,047   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (19,153     (25,047
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance related to its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits from those assets.

The table below summarizes changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance:

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Changed to
Costs and
Expenses
     Write-offs      Balance at End
of Year
 
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

           

For year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 10,747       $ 4,443       $       $ 15,190   

For year ended December 31, 2011

     15,190         3,963                 19,153   

For year ended December 31, 2012

     19,153         5,894                 25,047   

The total balance of unrecognized gross tax benefits was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      
     (In thousands)  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

   $ 137       $ 199       $ 267   

Additions (reductions) based on current year tax positions

     62         68         (14
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

   $ 199       $ 267       $ 253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company classifies applicable interest and penalties on amounts due to tax authorities as a component of the provision for income taxes. The amount of accrued interest and penalties recorded in 2010, 2011 or 2012 was not material. We do not anticipate that the amount of our existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months. Due to the presence of net operating loss carryforwards in most jurisdictions, our tax years remain open for examination by U.S. taxing authorities back to 2003.

 

11.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its office space and certain office equipment under noncancelable operating leases. During 2011, the Company amended its existing office space lease to take additional space and extend the term of the office lease through August 2016. Rent expense totaled approximately $550,000, $807,000 and $856,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

11.

Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

The Company has purchase obligations totaling $2.6 million at December 31, 2012 related to binding commitments to purchase inventory.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

2013

   $ 2,009   

2014

     1,925   

2015

     2,025   

2016

     1,336   

2017

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,295   
  

 

 

 

From time to time, the Company may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from the ordinary course of business. Management believes that there are no claims or actions pending against the Company currently, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

 

12.

Related Party Transactions

The Company advanced loans to two of its executive officers in connection with their hiring. On July 1, 2010, the Company loaned the chief executive officer $115,000 at an annual interest rate of 2.72%. On March 10, 2011, the Company loaned the chief medical officer $100,000 at an annual interest rate of 2.44%. As of December 31, 2012, the loans and related accrued interest were paid in full.

 

13.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Company develops, manufactures and sells products that unlock genetic information from very small amounts of tissue. Products, consisting of instruments, consumables and related services, are currently provided to researchers in the life sciences industry and will be provided to clinical laboratories providing diagnostic testing. The Company is organized as, and operates in, two reportable segments: life sciences segment and diagnostics segment. The life sciences business provides instruments, consumables and services for efficiently profiling the activity of hundreds of genes from a single tissue sample. After launch of the Company’s breast cancer diagnostic test, which is expected in 2013, the diagnostics business will provide molecular diagnostic kits to pathology labs enabling complex molecular testing on a decentralized basis.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The chief operating decision maker reviews financial information presented on a total Company basis, accompanied by information about segment revenue and certain direct sales and marketing expenses by segment. The chief operating decision maker does not review segment information related to cost of revenue, research and development or other selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates performance based on these two measures.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

13.

Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

Operating results for each segment and a reconciliation of segment profit (loss) to loss from operations are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  
Product revenue:                      (Unaudited)  

Instruments

   $ 6,472      $ 7,112      $ 8,786      $ 1,500      $ 1,639   

Consumables

     5,034        9,997        13,036        2,703        3,699   

Service revenue

     224        691        1,151        299        338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total life sciences segment

     11,730        17,800        22,973        4,502        5,676   

Diagnostics segment

                                   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     11,730        17,800        22,973        4,502        5,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

          

Life sciences segment

     4,806        5,304        7,175        1,515        2,203   

Diagnostics segment

                   2,378        341        1,440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Life sciences segment profit

     6,924        12,496        15,798        2,987        3,473   

Diagnostic segment loss

                   (2,378     (341     (1,440
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment profit

     6,924        12,496        13,420        2,646        2,033   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

          

Cost of revenue

     (9,128     (9,777     (12,361     (2,656     (2,882

Research and development expenses

     (7,547     (8,990     (11,635    
(2,197

    (3,059

Unallocated selling, general and administrative expenses

     (3,221     (4,225     (5,933     (1,311     (2,483
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (12,972   $ (10,496   $ (16,509   $ (3,518   $ (6,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table is based on the geographic location of distributors or end users who purchased products and services. For sales to distributors, their geographic location may be different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end user. Revenue by geography was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2010              2011              2012              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  
                          (Unaudited)  

North America

   $ 10,643       $ 14,044       $ 15,906       $ 3,162       $ 4,477   

Europe & Middle East

     909         2,918         4,167         992         616   

Asia Pacific

     178         838         2,900         348         583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 11,730       $ 17,800       $ 22,973       $ 4,502       $ 5,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue in the United States was $10.2 million, $13.5 million, $14.9 million, $2.6 million (unaudited) and $3.7 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

13.

Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

The Company’s assets are primarily located in the United States and not allocated to any specific segment or geographic region. All of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States.

 

14.

Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Outstanding stock options, warrants and preferred stock, have not been included in the calculation of diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive. Accordingly, the numerator and the denominator used in computing both basic and diluted net loss per share for each period are the same.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  
                       (Unaudited)  

Numerator:

          

Net loss

   $ (12,768   $ (10,932   $ (17,708   $ (3,610   $ (7,259

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (4,351     (5,251     (7,533     (1,793     (2,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (17,119   $ (16,183   $ (25,241   $ (5,403   $ (9,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic and diluted

     10,124        10,350        11,358        10,460        17,175   

The following outstanding options, warrants and preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2010              2011              2012              2012              2013      
    

(In thousands)

 
                          (Unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     19,159         21,966         53,961         46,345         57,804   

Convertible preferred stock (as converted)

     164,397         242,159         276,205         242,159         276,205   

Convertible preferred stock warrants (as converted)

     727         16,301         19,430         17,722         19,430   

Common stock warrant

     50         50                 50           

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

14.

Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (Continued)

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (Unaudited)

Pro forma net loss per share is computed as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (17,708   $ (7,259

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liability

     387        482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (17,321   $ (6,777
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     11,358        17,175   

Adjustment for conversion of preferred stock

     245,228        276,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic and diluted

     256,586        293,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding options and warrants were excluded from the computation of pro forma net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

15.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 11, 2013, the date the financial statements were issued.

 

16.

Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

In connection with the issuance of the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period ended March 31, 2013, the Company has evaluated transactions that occurred through May 20, 2013, the date those consolidated financial statements were issued.

In April 2013, the Company borrowed an additional $5.0 million term loan under its March 2012 credit facility and entered into an amendment to extend the period for borrowing the remaining $5.0 million of term loan funding from April 30, 2013 to June 30, 2013. Pursuant to this amendment, the interest only period for all term loans under the facility was extended through June 2013, and the date for completing an initial public offering that generates gross proceeds of at least $50.0 million, and extending the interest only period through January 2014, was extended to June 30, 2013. If the initial public offering is not completed by June 30, 2013, the term loans will begin amortizing over 29 months starting in July 2013. As a result of borrowing the $5.0 million in April 2013, the Company must comply with financial covenants based on life sciences revenue over the remaining term of the facility on a trailing three month basis. Also, the Company issued the lenders warrants to purchase 333,407 shares of its Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share for a term of ten years, and if the Company borrows any of the additional $5.0 million in term loans it must issue the lenders warrants to purchase up to 333,407 additional shares of its Series E preferred stock on the same terms.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

     Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,765   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

Exchange listing fee

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be completed by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in its best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The Delaware General Corporation Law further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers which require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years. Except for the exercise of warrants by Leerink Swann LLC as described in Item 15(n), no underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

(a) From January 1, 2010 through May 20, 2013, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 8,180,442 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s 2004 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.21 per share, for aggregate consideration of $552,941.

(b) From January 1, 2010 through May 20, 2013, the registrant granted to certain of its employees, consultants and other service providers under the registrant’s 2004 Stock Option Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 23,229,500 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $0.28 per share.

(c) From January 1, 2010 through May 20, 2013, the registrant granted to certain of its executives and directors under the registrant’s 2004 Stock Option Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 41,434,000 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $0.21 per share.

(d) In February 2010, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 56,816,860 shares of Series C preferred stock to a total of 15 accredited investors at $0.264 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $14,999,651.

(e) In November 2010, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 514,976 shares of the registrant’s Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to one warrant holder as consideration for such warrant holder entering into a loan facility with the registrant.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(f) In June 2011, the registrant issued and sold convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,893,939 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to a total of five accredited investors.

(g) In September 2011, the registrant issued and sold convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $2,500,000 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,893,939 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to a total of five accredited investors.

(h) In November 2011, the registrant issued and sold 75,757,569 shares of its Series D preferred stock and issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 11,363,629 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock to a total of ten accredited investors at an issuance price of $0.264 per share for aggregate proceeds of $19,999,998, of which (i) $5,087,122 was paid by conversion of indebtedness of the registrant and interest accrued thereon, and (ii) $14,912,876 was paid by cash payments to the registrant.

(i) In December 2011, the registrant issued and sold 2,003,940 shares of its Series D preferred stock and issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 400,788 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at an issuance price of $0.264 per share for aggregate proceeds of $529,040.

(j) In March 2012, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,420,455 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to two warrant holders as consideration for each such warrant holder entering into a loan facility with the registrant.

(k) In November 2012, the registrant issued and sold 34,046,263 shares of Series E preferred stock to a total of 15 accredited investors at an issuance price of $0.4499 per share for aggregate proceeds of $15,317,414.

(l) In December 2012, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,041,666 shares of the registrant’s Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.264 per share to two warrant holders as consideration for each such warrant holder lending funds to the registrant pursuant to an existing loan facility.

(m) In December 2012, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 666,814 shares of the registrant’s Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share to two warrant holders as consideration for each such warrant holder entering into an amendment to the registrant’s existing credit facility to permit the incurrence of up to an additional $10.0 million in term loan borrowings.

(n) In December 2012, the registrant issued and sold 50,000 shares of common stock to Leerink Swann LLC upon exercise of a warrant at an exercise price of $0.07 per share for aggregate proceeds of $3,500.

(o) In April 2013, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 333,407 shares of the registrant’s Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.4499 per share to two warrant holders as consideration for each such warrant holder entering into an amendment to the registrant’s existing credit facility to permit the bifurcation of the term loan.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a), 15(b) and 15(c) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701 in that the transactions were made pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under the registrant’s 2004 Stock Option Plan. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(d) through 15(o) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the registrant.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1 *    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  4.1 *    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated November 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
  4.3    Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
  4.4    Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock, issued to lender under Registrant’s prior credit facility on October 1, 2007.
  4.5    Warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock, issued to lender under Registrant’s prior credit facility on November 8, 2010.
  4.6    Form of amended and restated warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock, issued to investors on June 23, 2011 and September 26, 2011 in connection with the Registrant’s 2011 bridge financing.
  4.7    Form of warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock, issued to the investors on November 1, 2011 and December 28, 2011 in connection with the Registrant’s preferred stock and warrant financing.
  4.8    Form of warrant to purchase Series D Preferred Stock, issued to lenders on March 30, 2012 and December 10, 2012 under Registrant’s March 2012 credit facility.
  4.9    Form of warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock, issued to lenders on December 31, 2012 and April 30, 2013 in connection with the amendments of the Registrant’s March 2012 credit facility.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1*    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.2    2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.3    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.4    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.5*    2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7*    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8+    Employment Agreement, dated May 24, 2010, between the Registrant and R. Bradley Gray.
10.9+    Employment Agreement, dated January 31, 2011, between the Registrant and J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.
10.10+    Employment Agreement, dated May 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Bruce J. Seeley, as amended on December 26, 2012.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.11    Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated October 19, 2007.
10.12    First Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated May 21, 2009.
10.13    Second Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated June 16, 2010.
10.14    Third Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated February 4, 2011.
10.15    Fourth Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated May 28, 2012.
10.16    Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 30, 2012.
10.17    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 31, 2012.
10.18    Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated April 30, 2013.
10.19†    Exclusive License Agreement, dated February 4, 2004, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.20†    Amendment No. 1 to Exclusive License Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.21    Amendment No. 2 to Exclusive License Agreement, dated May 17, 2007, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.22†    Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective July 7, 2010, between the Registrant and Bioclassifier, LLC.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in page II-7 to the original filing of this registration statement).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on May 20, 2013.

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:    

/s/ R. Bradley Gray

  R. Bradley Gray
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints R. Bradley Gray and James A. Johnson as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of NanoString Technologies, Inc.) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ R. Bradley Gray

R. Bradley Gray

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  May 20, 2013

/s/ James A. Johnson

James A. Johnson

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Accounting and Financial Officer)

  May 20, 2013

/s/ William D. Young

William D. Young

  

Chairman of the Board and Directors

  May 20, 2013

/s/ Jennifer Scott Fonstad

Jennifer Scott Fonstad

  

Director

  May 20, 2013

/s/ Nicholas Galakatos

Nicholas Galakatos

  

Director

  May 20, 2013

/s/ Finny Kuruvilla

Finny Kuruvilla

  

Director

  May 20, 2013

/s/ Gregory Norden

Gregory Norden

  

Director

  May 20, 2013

/s/ Charles P. Waite

Charles P. Waite

  

Director

  May 20, 2013

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated November 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
  4.3    Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein.
  4.4    Warrant to purchase Series B Preferred Stock, issued to lender under Registrant’s prior credit facility on October 1, 2007.
  4.5    Warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock, issued to lender under Registrant’s prior credit facility on November 8, 2010.
  4.6    Form of amended and restated warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock, issued to investors on June 23, 2011 and September 26, 2011 in connection with the Registrant’s 2011 bridge financing.
  4.7    Form of warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock, issued to the investors on November 1, 2011 and December 28, 2011 in connection with the Registrant’s preferred stock and warrant financing.
  4.8    Form of warrant to purchase Series D Preferred Stock, issued to lenders on March 30, 2012 and December 10, 2012 under Registrant’s March 2012 credit facility.
  4.9    Form of warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock, issued to lenders on December 31, 2012 and April 30, 2013 in connection with the amendments of the Registrant’s March 2012 credit facility.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1*    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.2    2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.3    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.4    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement permitting early exercise under the 2004 Stock Option Plan, as amended.
10.5*    2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7*    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8+    Employment Agreement, dated May 24, 2010, between the Registrant and R. Bradley Gray.
10.9+    Employment Agreement, dated January 31, 2011, between the Registrant and J. Wayne Cowens, M.D.
10.10+    Employment Agreement, dated May 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Bruce J. Seeley, as amended on December 26, 2012.
10.11    Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated October 19, 2007.
10.12    First Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated May 21, 2009.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.13    Second Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated June 16, 2010.
10.14    Third Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated February 4, 2011.
10.15    Fourth Amendment to Lease between the Registrant and BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, dated May 28, 2012.
10.16    Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated March 30, 2012.
10.17    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 31, 2012.
10.18    Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, dated April 30, 2013.
10.19†    Exclusive License Agreement, dated February 4, 2004, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.20†    Amendment No. 1 to Exclusive License Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.21    Amendment No. 2 to Exclusive License Agreement, dated May 17, 2007, between the Registrant and The Institute for Systems Biology.
10.22†    Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective July 7, 2010, between the Registrant and Bioclassifier, LLC.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in page II-7 to the original filing of this registration statement).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

            , 2013

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

    several Underwriters listed

    in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of                 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional                 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-            ), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its


effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated             , 2013 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [        ] P.M., New York City time, on             , 2013.

2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $        .

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same

 

-2-


date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, CA 94025 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on         , 2013, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date in definitive form registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. The certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(d) As compensation to the Underwriters for their commitments hereunder, the Company will pay, or cause to be paid, to the Representatives, for the accounts of the several Underwriters, an amount equal to $        per share for the Shares to be delivered by the Company hereunder on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be. On             , 2013, or on such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and time specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares, the Company will pay or cause to be paid by wire transfer, in immediate available funds, such commission to the account specified by the Representatives.

 

-3-


(e) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. Each Preliminary Prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Pricing Disclosure Package does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in the Pricing Disclosure Package based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used or referred to and will not prepare, use or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies or will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, has been or will be (within

 

-4-


the time period specified in Rule 433) filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus . The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and, to the Company’s knowledge,

 

-5-


no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not and will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except unaudited financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustment and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (iii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends and (iv) there has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(i) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concepts are applicable under such laws) under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing (to the extent such concepts are applicable under such laws) in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have corporate power and authority necessary to own or hold their

 

-6-


respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not have any significant subsidiaries, as such term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus,) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, equity or claim of any third party.

(k) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(l) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(m) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(n) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any applicable law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority,

 

-7-


except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery of, and performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement, will not (i) result in the violation of any applicable law; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or (iii) result in the violation of any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, regulatory authority, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body, regulatory authority or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except as may be required by the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

(q) Legal Proceedings. Except as accurately described in all material respects in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings or regulatory investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (i) there are no current or pending legal or governmental proceedings or regulatory actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that are not so described in all material respects in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(r) Independent Accountants . PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(s) Title to Real and Personal Property . The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except those that (i) are disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) do not materially interfere with the use

 

-8-


made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries and (iii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Any buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Title to Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material foreign and U.S. patents and all patent rights associated therewith, patent applications, inventions, registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and all rights associated therewith, trade names, trade dress, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, databases and rights associated with databases, moral rights, licenses, trade secrets and all rights associated with trade secrets, domain names, proprietary processes, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and other intellectual property rights, including registrations and applications for registrations thereof (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Company, the conduct of their respective businesses will not infringe any valid issued patent claim, or, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court, regulatory or administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, (ii) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of any such Intellectual Property, excluding office actions before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent and trademark offices arising in the ordinary course of prosecuting any pending applications included within such Intellectual Property and (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, none of the Intellectual Property used by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its current or former employees or independent contractors. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property, (ii) the Company has not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with any Intellectual Property and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company, in each case, except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property of the Company that are required to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and are not described in all material respects.

(u) Clinical Trials . The analytical and clinical validation studies conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company or its subsidiaries, or in which the Company or its subsidiaries have participated, that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing

 

-9-


Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable, and are intended to be submitted to Regulatory Authorities as a basis for product approval or clearance, were and, if still pending, are being conducted by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company on behalf of the Company, in all material respects in accordance with the applicable trial protocols and all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of the United States Food and Drug Administration and comparable drug regulatory agencies outside of the United States to which they are subject (collectively, the “Regulatory Authorities”), including, without limitation, applicable parts of 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58, and 312. The descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus of the results of such analytical and clinical validation studies are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies. The Company has no knowledge of any other clinical or analytical validation studies the results of which reasonably call into question the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company and its subsidiaries have operated and are currently in compliance with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of the Regulatory Authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notices, correspondence or other written communication from the Regulatory Authorities or any other governmental agency requiring or threatening the premature termination or suspension of any clinical or analytical validation studies that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for the same.

(v) No Undisclosed Relationships or Related-Party Transactions . No relationship or related-party transactions involving the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand and any holder of 5% or more of the Common Stock, any director, any director nominee or any executive officer, or members of such individuals’ immediate families, or any enterprise in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by such individuals, any customer or supplier, on the other, exists that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(w) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(x) Taxes . The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except insofar as the failure to pay such taxes or file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The charges, accruals and reserves in respect of any income and other tax liability in the financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and as included in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are adequate, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to meet any assessments for any taxes of the Company accruing through the end of the last period

 

-10-


specified in such financial statements, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(y) Certificates and Permits . The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or nonrenewal would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) No Labor Disputes . No material labor dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws . (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (b) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (c) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures for clean-up, closure of properties, or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(bb) Hazardous Materials . There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Materials” means any material,

 

-11-


chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into from or through any building or structure.

(cc) Disclosure Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that material information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is communicated to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer as appropriate by others at the Company, particularly during the periods in which the period reports required to be filed under the Exchange Act are being prepared, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Such disclosure controls and procedures are effective and timely in alerting the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports required to be filed under the Exchange Act.

(dd) Accounting Controls . The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are and since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year there have been, no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls (whether remediated or not) and no change in the Company’s internal controls that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to have a material effect, on the Company’s internal controls.

(ee) Insurance . The Company and each of its subsidiaries have insurance coverage from insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance, (ii) been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for or (iii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

-12-


(ff) No Unlawful Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any director, officer or employee nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or the authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “governmental official” (including any officer or employee of any government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for public office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; the Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their business in material compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and the Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics and a FCPA Compliance Policy that will become effective on or before the Closing Date, which are intended to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein.

(gg) Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(hh) Compliance with OFAC . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any director, officer, employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”) or is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing or facilitating any activities or business of or with any person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the financing or facilitating is subject to any Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any person who is subject to Sanctions, including any person participating in this offering, whether as underwriter, investor, advisor or otherwise. The Company represents and covenants that for the past five years it and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with

 

-13-


any person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was subject to Sanctions.

(ii) No Registration Rights . Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (and the registration rights contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 29, 2012, as amended on December 20, 2012, which rights have been duly waived), no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(jj) No Stabilization . The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(kk) Statistical and Market Data . The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate in all material respects, and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived.

(ll) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(mm) Status under the Securities Act . The Company is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

(nn) Sale of Shares of Common Stock . Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(oo) Exchange Listing . The Shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Nasdaq Market”).

 

-14-


(pp) No Downgrade . There are no debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

4. Further Agreements of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will furnish, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects.

(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and, with respect to clauses (iv) through (vii) only, confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning

 

-15-


any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use all reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

 

-16-


(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request.

(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Representatives have been advised in writing, (C) the grant of options or the issuance of shares of Stock by the Company to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Prospectus, (D) the filing by the Company of a registration statement with the Commission on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to an employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Prospectus or (E) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock in connection with any (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, proper or other assets, (3) joint ventures, (4) strategic alliances, (5) partnerships with experts or other talent to develop or provide content, (6) equipment leasing arrangements or (7) debt financing; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further, that each recipient of shares of Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Stock pursuant to this clause (E) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to

 

-17-


announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Market.

(l) Reports . During a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and other communications to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(m) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance

 

-18-


in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

-19-


(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company (i) confirming that such officer has carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officer, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b), 3(d) and 3(h) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraph (a) above.

(e) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(f) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(h) No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

(i) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the

 

-20-


good standing of the Company in Delaware and its good standing as a foreign entity in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(j) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

(k) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and substantially all of the shareholders and option holders and all of the officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(l) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such

 

-21-


Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the third paragraph, last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the second and third sentences of the seventh paragraph, the thirteenth paragraph and the first sentence of the fourteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different

 

-22-


from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J. P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied

 

-23-


by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

9. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter .

 

-24-


(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

 

-25-


11. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation, transfer and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto), including all printing costs associated therewith and the mailing and delivery of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (iii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon; (iv) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement; (v) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares under state or foreign securities or blue sky laws as provided in Section 4(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification; (vii) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (viii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar and depositary; (ix) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA, not to exceed $45,000; (x) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Stock; (xi) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show; (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq Market; (xi) and all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 11, Section 7 and the last sentence of Section 10(c), the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9(ii) or (ii) this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions or obligations of this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be liable to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if, pursuant to Section 9(v), the

 

-26-


Representatives determine it is impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

14. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358), Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; and c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036; Attention Equity Syndicate Desk and to Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 1600 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, California 94025, Attention: Alan Denenberg. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at NanoString Technologies, Inc., 530 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109, (fax: 206-378-6288); Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, WA 98104, Attention: Patrick J. Schultheis.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

 

-27-


(c) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(d) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(e) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

-28-


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Accepted:             , 20    

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

For themselves and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

-29-


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Leerink Swann LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 


Annex A

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

[b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters ]


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications


Annex C

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Pricing Term Sheet

[TO COME]


Exhibit A

Lock-Up Agreement

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

            , 201    

As Representatives of

      the several Underwriters listed in

      Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

      Agreement referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

      383 Madison Avenue

      New York, NY 10179

      Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

 

  Re: NanoString Technologies, Inc. – Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriters ”), of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Common Stock, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”) (such period, the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common


Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) by the undersigned and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition; (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to (or otherwise limit or restrict):

(A) sales of shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

(B) the sale and transfer of shares of Common Stock by the undersigned to the Underwriters in the Public Offering;

(C) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (ii) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, child or grandchild (each, an “ immediate family member ”) of the undersigned or to a trust formed for the benefit of an immediate family member, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (x) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (y) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the undersigned to its equity holders or (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (C), each transferee, donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this Letter Agreement; and provided , further , that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

(D) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of Common Stock or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such vesting or exercise;

 

-2-


(E) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or made voluntarily by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company;

(F) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock; provided that such shares of Common Stock remain subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement;

(G) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company, pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

(H) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

(I) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement; or

(J) the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; provided that no transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights under this item shall occur, and no registration statement shall be filed, nor shall any public announcement of the intention to file be made, during the Lock-Up Period. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the

 

-3-


release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

This Letter Agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the date that the Company advises the Representatives in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering and (ii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the closing of the Public Offering.

The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[ signature page follows ]

 

-4-


Yours very truly,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:           IF AN ENTITY:
By:  

 

   

 

 

(duly authorized signature)

    (please print complete name of entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

  (please print full name)       (duly authorized signature)
      Name:  

 

        (please print full name)
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Address:       Address:  

 

   

 

 

   

 

E-mail:  

 

    E-mail:  

 

[ Signature page to Lock-Up Agreement ]

 

-5-


Exhibit B

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

            , 2013

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) of                  shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated             , 20     (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated             , 20    , with respect to                  shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective , 20 ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Yours very truly,

cc: Company


Exhibit C

Form of Press Release

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

[Date]

NanoString Technologies, Inc. (“Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                  shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on     ,          2013, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(as amended and restated on April 23, 2013 and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

 

POWERS

     9   

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     10   

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     11   

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     13   

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     14   

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     14   

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     15   

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     15   

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

5.8

 

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.9

 

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10

 

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11

 

THE PRESIDENT

     16   

5.12

 

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     16   

5.13

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     16   

5.14

 

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     17   

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     17   

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.3

 

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     18   

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     18   

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     18   

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     19   

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     19   

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     19   

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     20   

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     20   

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     20   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     21   

8.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     21   

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     21   

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     22   

8.5

 

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     22   

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     23   

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     23   

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     24   

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     24   

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     24   

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     24   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     25   

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     25   

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     25   

9.3

 

SEAL

     25   

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     25   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     25   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of NanoString Technologies, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

  1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

  2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing

 

-2-


such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business to be brought before the meeting, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-3-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) such information that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee. In the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


  2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

  2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

-6-


  2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

  2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

-7-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

 

  2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

-8-


  2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

  3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

-9-


  3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

  3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

-10-


  3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

  3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

  3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid; or

 

  (iii) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone or (ii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

  3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

-11-


The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

  3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

  3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no

 

-12-


such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

 

  4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

  4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

  (ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

  (iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

  (iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

 

  (v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

 

  (vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

-13-


ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

  5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer who shall be the treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

 

  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the executive chairman, chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

-14-


  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

  5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

  5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

 

  5.8 THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. If present, the chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors. If not present, the chairperson of the board shall delegate such responsibilities to another director.

 

  5.9 THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

 

  5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

-15-


  5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors and the chief executive officer if the president is not the chief executive officer, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

  5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

  5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

  5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

 

-16-


ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

  6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

-17-


  6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

  6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

  6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

  6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

-18-


(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

  7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

-19-


  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

  7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

  7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

  7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-20-


ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

  8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

  8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

-21-


  8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

 

  8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

  8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any amount in excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-22-


(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

  8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

  8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

-23-


  8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

  8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

  8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

-24-


ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

 

  9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

  9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-25-

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 29, 2012


NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 29, 2012 and effective as of the Effective Time (as defined below) is made by and among Krassen Dimitrov, Dwayne Dunaway and Amber Ratcliffe (each individually a “ Founder ” and collectively the “ Founders ”), H. Perry Fell and John Sowatsky (each individually a “ Major Common Holder ” and collectively with the Founders the “ Common Holders ”), NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”) of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Series A Holders ”), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”) of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Series B Holders ”), the holders of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”) of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement and (the “ Series C Holders ”), the holders of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Series D Holders ”), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”) of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “ Series E Holders ” and, together with the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders, the “ Investors ” and each individually an “ Investor ”), Comerica Bank (“ Comerica ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Founders, the Common Holders, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders and Comerica have previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, as amended on March 26, 2012 (“ Prior Rights Agreement ”).

B. The Company and the Series E Holders have entered into a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell to such Investors and such Investors have agreed to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock.

C. To induce the Series E Holders to enter into the Purchase Agreement and agree to purchase shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, the Company and the undersigned Investors agreed to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement, subject to the sale and issuance of shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the Initial Closing Purchasers (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

D. Any Investor who has shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock converted by special mandatory conversion into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 9 of Article IV(B) or any similar successor provisions of the Restated Certificate as a result of such Investor’s or its Affiliated Purchasers’ (as defined in the Restated Certificate) failure to purchase its full Pro Rata Shares (as defined in the Restated Certificate) of the securities offered in a Subsequent Financing (as defined in the Restated Certificate) (the “ Pay-to-Play Conversion ”) shall continue to be deemed an Investor hereunder as a Series A Holder, Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series E Holder, as applicable, notwithstanding that such Investor may hold shares of Common Stock.


AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt of and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Prior Rights Agreement .

1.1 Effective Time . This Agreement shall be effective upon the Initial Closing of the sale and issuance of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Effective Time ”), provided that such Initial Closing takes place on or prior to November 29, 2012.

1.2 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Rights Agreement . At the Effective Time, the Prior Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Founders, the Common Holders, the Investors and Comerica shall be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

1.3 Nullification of Agreement . If the Initial Closing of the sale and issuance of Series E Preferred Stock does not take place on or prior to November 29, 2012, then this Agreement shall be null and void and the Prior Rights Agreement shall survive subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof and shall remain the sole binding obligation of the Company, the Founders, the Common Holders, the Investors and Comerica with respect to the subject matter thereof.

1.4 Waiver of Right of First Offer. The Major Investors (as defined in the Prior Rights Agreement), hereby waive the right of first offer provided in Section 3.3 of the Prior Rights Agreement, including the notice requirements, set forth in the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to any and all securities to be purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Registration Rights .

2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “ Comerica Warrants ” means the Warrant to Purchase Stock dated October 1, 2007 issued to Comerica and the Warrant to Purchase Stock dated November 8, 2010 issued to Comerica.

(b) The term “ Comerica Warrant Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Comerica Warrants.

(c) The term “ Common Holders’ Stock ” means all shares of Common Stock held by the Common Holders.

(d) The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) The term “ Form S-1 ” means a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act.

 

2


(f) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form of registration statement under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

(g) The term “ Founders’ Stock ” means all shares of Common Stock held by the Founders.

(h) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning, or having the right to acquire pursuant to the conversion or exercise of any option, warrant, right, or other security, Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(i) The term “ Major Investor ” means any person who holds at least six million two hundred seventy-five thousand (6,275,000) shares of Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like).

(j) The term “ Qualified IPO ” means either (1) a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock on Form S-1 pursuant to which shares of Company’s Common Stock are listed on a nationally recognized exchange, the public offering price of which is not less than $0.4499 (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) or (2) the closing of an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with which all shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock are converted to shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

(k) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(l) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, (ii) the shares of Common Holders’ Stock, provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 2.2, 2.4 and 2.13 the Common Holders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Common Holders shall not be deemed Holders, (iii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Comerica Warrant Stock, provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 2.2, 2.4 and 2.13 the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Comerica Warrant Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and Comerica shall not be deemed a Holder, (iv) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Common Warrant Stock held by the Investors, if any, (v) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series D Warrant Stock held by the Investors, and (vi) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i), (ii) and (iii); provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (C) the rights with respect to such securities provided in this Section 2 have not terminated pursuant to Section 2.15 below.

 

3


(m) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined, as of a particular date, by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of such date which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(n) The term “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(o) The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p) The term “ Series D Warrants ” means, collectively, the warrants to purchase Preferred Stock issued to the purchasers of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series D Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and certain purchasers thereto, dated as of November 1, 2011, as such may be amended from time to time, and the warrants issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and certain investors thereto, dated as of June 23, 2011, as such may be amended from time to time.

(q) The term “ Series D Warrant Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrants.

2.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) November 29, 2015, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a registration statement relating directly or indirectly to a SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of 60% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least such number of Registrable Securities then outstanding with an anticipated aggregate offering price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) in excess of $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsections 2.2(b), (c) and (d), use its best efforts to file as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 2.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number

 

4


of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12 month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and have not been withdrawn other than at the request of the Initiating Holders;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 2.3 hereof unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 2.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below.

2.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (i) a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan, (ii) a registration statement relating directly or indirectly to a SEC Rule 145 transaction, (iii) a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, (iv) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or (v) a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4), the Company shall give each Holder written notice of such registration at least 10 days prior to the public filing of such registration statement. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 15 days after mailing of such notice by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

 

5


(b) The Company and its underwriters shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration . If the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company.

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.4

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000;

(iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than twice in any 18 month period;

(iv) if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4;

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or

(vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 2.3.

(b) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3, respectively.

 

6


2.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier. The Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier; provided, however , that such 120 day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holders refrain, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days. The Company will amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

7


(i) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent registered public accounting firms to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

2.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 2.2(a) or subsection 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.7 Expenses of Registration .

(a) Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.2 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 2.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Company Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 2.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3 . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 2.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and counsel for the Company, and any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne by the Company.

 

8


2.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 2.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.8, only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 25% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is a Qualified IPO, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (ii) any securities held by a Founder or Common Holder be included if any securities held by any other selling Holder are excluded. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of each of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person,

 

9


as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the

 

10


indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 2.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2, and otherwise. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

11


2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) a transferee or assignee of at least two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares of such securities (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) (or if the transferring Holder owns less than two million five hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares of such securities, then all Registrable Securities held by the transferring Holder), or (ii) to a transferee or assignee (A) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder, (B) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the Holder, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (C) who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother in law, father in law, son in law, daughter in law, brother in law, or sister in law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (D) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 2.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, (i) such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included and (ii) such registration rights are on parity with or subordinate to the registration rights accorded pursuant to this Section 2, or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 2.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.14 Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days, from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters ( provided that all directors, officers, and two percent (2%) or greater stockholders are subject to the same restrictions) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

12


(b) Limitations . The obligations described in Section 2.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent securityholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

(c) Stop Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 2.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 2.14.

2.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2 after the earlier of (i) five years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three-month period without registration, or (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 4.1.

3. Covenants of the Company .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such later date as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office), an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and a comparison of the results of such fiscal quarter with the results projected by the Company’s annual budget;

(c) within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows for such month, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, and a comparison of the results of such month with the results projected by the Company’s annual budget;

(d) within 30 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, an updated detailed capitalization table include all new options or other equity awards granted by the Company during such fiscal quarter;

 

13


(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan (the “ Budget & Business Plan ’) for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company in compliance with Section 3.13; and

(f) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 3.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

3.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor.

3.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 3.3, a Major Investor shall be deemed to hold the securities of the Company held by any of its general partners, managing members and affiliates, including Affiliated Funds that do not otherwise hold a sufficient number of the Company’s shares to qualify as a Major Investor. A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate. Except as provided in Section 3.3(d), each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within 30 calendar days after delivery of the RFO Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Major Investors, in each case with each share of Preferred Stock considered on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis. Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10 day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Preferred Stock considered on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis.

 

14


(c) The Company may, during the 45 day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 3.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 3.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance of Shares pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions; (ii) the issuance or sale of Shares (or options therefor) to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock purchase plans or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors (including 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office); (iii) the issuance or sale of Shares to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors (including 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office); (iv) the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, including without limitation, warrants, notes or options outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or issued in compliance with this Section 3.1(d); (v) the issuance or sale of Shares in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers, joint ventures, strategic partnerships or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors (including at least 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office); (vi) the issuance or sale of the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as such may be amended from time to time; (vii) the issuance of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (viii) the issuance or sale of Common Stock in a Qualified IPO; (ix) the issuance or sale of Shares with the affirmative vote of Investors holding at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class with each holder of Preferred Stock entitled to one vote per share of Preferred Stock then held by such holder); or (x) the issuance of any Shares that are not offered to existing stockholders pursuant to the approval of the Board of Directors (including at least 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office(xi) the issuance of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock to Oxford Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Oxford”) and Silicon Valley Bank, a California corporation (“SVB”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement dated on or about March 26, 2012 (the “Loan Agreement”); and (xiii) the issuance of Shares to SVB or Oxford or their permitted assigns in compliance with the letter agreements entered into in connection with the Loan Agreement that grants each Lender certain rights to participate future equity financings of the Company (the “ Equity Participation Side Letters ”). ). In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 3.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 3.3 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions, as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.12, provided, however, that no Investors shall have the rights of first refusal under this Section 3.3 unless such Investor is a Major Investor after the effectiveness of such transfer.

 

15


3.4 Reserved .

3.5 Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance; Indemnification . The Company shall use its best efforts to maintain in good standing, from financially sound and reputable insurers, a Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Company and Clarus (provided that Clarus has a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors) that covers all directors and officers of the Company for so long as any Holder has a representative on the Company’s Board of Directors. So long as one or more of the Holder’s has the right, pursuant to Article IV, Section B(6) or any similar successor provision of the Restated Certificate to elect one or more members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company will not amend the indemnification provisions of Article VII of the Restated Certificate or any successor provision thereto to the detriment of any director of the Company, except as required by applicable law (unless approved by the Board of Directors, including 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office, which 60% shall include the representative of Clarus on the Company’s Board of Directors, if any).

3.6 Reserved .

3.7 Board Expenses . The Company will reimburse members of the Board of Directors of the Company and any official observers for reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board meetings and otherwise in connection with attention to their duties on the Board of Directors of the Company.

3.8 Reserved .

3.9 Reserved .

3.10 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement substantially in a form reasonably acceptable to Clarus.

3.11 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock other than shares of capital stock that are subject to the Amended and Restated 2007 Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement, whether such right of first refusal or right of first offer is pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, to the extent it may do so, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Major Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Major Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Major Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Major Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all Major Investors at the time of such proposed transfer. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first refusal granted to it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportion as it deems appropriate

3.12 Use of Proceeds . Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, including at least 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office, the proceeds from the sale and issuance of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement shall be used in accordance with the Budget & Business Plan.

3.13 Board Approval .

(a) The approval of the Board of Directors shall be required for:

 

16


(i) any executive compensation arrangements or agreements;

(ii) the offer of employment to or termination of any officer; and

(iii) the incurrence of any material indebtedness or material expense that is not set forth in the approved Budget & Business Plan.

(b) The approval of the Board of Directors, including at least 60% of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock then in office, shall be required for any material change to the Budget & Business Plan.

3.14 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . So long as one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding in the aggregate (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and the like), the Company shall not (whether by amendment, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class with each holder of Preferred Stock entitled to one vote per share of Preferred Stock then held by such holder) amend the Budget and Business Plan for a given fiscal year after its initial adoption, unless approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 3.14(b).

3.15 Confidentiality . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to comply with any rights provided to an Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 with respect to any information if (i) access to such information could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (ii) access to such information could reasonably be expected to result in disclosure of trade secrets to such Investor or any of its representatives; or (iii) access to such information could result in a commercial or business conflict of interest between such Investor or any of its representatives and the Company; (iv) access to such information could result in disclosure of sensitive or otherwise competitive information with respect to any commercial arrangements that the Company and such Investor or any of its representatives may be parties to during the term of this letter agreement and (v) a majority of the members of the Board, acting in good faith in the best interest of the Company, vote to limit the information disclosed to such Investor or any of its representatives; provided , however , that the Company shall be required to comply with Section 3.1 and 3.2 with respect to any information that does not come within the scope of (i) – (iv) above. Each Investor acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Investor is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority.

3.16 Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 through Section 3.3, Section 3.10 through Section 3.13 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect on the earlier to occur of (i) the effective date of a Qualified IPO and (ii) the effective date of the termination of the Agreement pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof.

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 3.16(a) above.

 

17


(c) The covenants set forth in Section 3.5 and Section 3.7 shall terminate with respect to each Holder when it no longer has a representative on the Board of Directors of the Company.

4. Miscellaneous .

4.1 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, on the date the Company consummates a transaction, or series of related transactions, deemed to be a Liquidation Transaction pursuant to Article IV(B), Section 2(f)(i), or any similar successor provision of the Restated Certificate, subject to the termination provisions of Section 3.16 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality provision hereof will survive any such termination.

4.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

4.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.4 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) (1) prior to a Qualified IPO, Investors holding at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class with each holder of Preferred Stock entitled to one vote per share of Preferred Stock then held by such holder ) and (2) at any time after a Qualified IPO, Holders of at least 65% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , however , that (A) if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Common Holders’ Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Common Holders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Common Holders’ Stock, (B) if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock, (C) if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Comerica Warrant Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Comerica Warrant Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Comerica Warrant Stock, and (D) if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Series D Warrant Stock (i) in a manner different than securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series D Warrant Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of 65% of the Series D Warrant Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended without the written consent of any other party for the sole purpose of including additional purchasers of Series E Preferred Stock as “Investors” and “Series E Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

18


4.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth on Exhibit A hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

4.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

4.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and signatures may be delivered by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original and each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing and delivering such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.11 Delays or Omissions . It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

19


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ R. Bradley Gray
Name:   R. Bradley Gray
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:   530 Fairview Ave N.
  Suite 2000
  Seattle, WA 98109

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
MORGAN STANLEY EXPANSION CAPITAL LP
By:   MS Expansion Capital GP LP
Its:   General Partner
By:   MS Expansion Capital GP Inc.
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Melissa Daniels
       Melissa Daniels
       Managing Principal
MS EXPANSION CAPITAL CO-INVESTMENT VEHICLE LP
By:   MS Expansion Capital GP LP
Its:   General Partner
By:   MS Expansion Capital GP Inc.
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Melissa Daniels
       Melissa Daniels
       Managing Principal

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE AND

ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

By:   AllianceBernstein L.P.
Its:   Authorized agent
By:   /s/ Troy Fukumoto
  Troy Fukumoto, Vice President
Address:   Attention: Troy Fukumoto
  1999 Ave of the Stars, 21st Floor
  Los Angeles, CA 90067
  (310) 407-0084

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
TROY FUKUMOTO
/s/ Troy Fukumoto
Address:   1999 Ave of the Stars, 21st Floor
  Los Angeles, CA 90067
  (310) 407-0084

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
GE CAPITAL EQUITY INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Jason D. Sibley
Name:  

Jason D. Sibley

Title:  

Vice President

Address:  

201 Merritt 7

    Norwalk, CT 06851
 
 
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
By:   /s/ Marcus Ewert
Name:  

M. Ewert

Title:  

EVP Bus. Development GEHC

Address:  

Pollards Wood

    UK
     

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
BMV DIRECT LP
By:   /s/ Jonathan P. Klassen

Name:

 

Jonathan P. Klassen

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

Address:

 

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, CA 92128

 

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
HENRI TERMEER
/s/ Henri Termeer
Address:  

396 Ocean Avenue

    Marblehead, MA 01945
     

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
CLARUS LIFESCIENCES II, L.P.
By its General Partner, Clarus Ventures II GP, LP
By its General Partner, Clarus Ventures II, LLC
By:   /s/ Nicholas Galakatos
Name:   Nicholas Galakatos
Title:   Managing Director
Address:   101 Main Street Suite 1210
  Cambridge, MA 02142

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

OVP VENTURE PARTNERS VI, L.P.

By: OVMC VI, L.L.C., as General Partner
By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

OVP VI ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
By: OVMC VI, L.L.C., as General Partner
By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

OVP VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.

By: OVMC VII, L.L.C., as General Partner
By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

 

OVP VII ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.

 

By: OVMC VII, L.L.C., as General Partner

By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON F UND VII, L.P.

By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON P ARTNERS VII, LLC
By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Member

 

Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES R ISKMASTERS F UND , LLC
By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   General Partner
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES R ISKMASTERS F UND II, LLC
By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   General Partner
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES , L.P.

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   General Partner
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

CICONIA & COMPANY

By:   /s/ Carl Stork
 

Carl Stork

Member

Address:   4451 91st Ave NE
    Yarrow Point WA 98004
     

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ H. Perry Fell
H. Perry Fell

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Amber Ratcliffe
Amber Ratcliffe

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMERICA:

 

C OMERICA B ANK

By:   /s/ Michael Fishback

Name: Michael Fishback

Title: Vice President

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDERS:
/s/ Dwayne Dunaway
Dwayne Dunaway

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDERS:
/s/ Amber Ratcliffe
Amber Ratcliffe

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MAJOR COMMON HOLDER:
/s/ H. Perry Fell
H. Perry Fell

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

Name

MORGAN STANLEY EXPANSION CAPITAL LP

MS EXPANSION CAPITAL CO-INVESTMENT VEHICLE LP

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

TROY FUKUMOTO

GE CAPITAL EQUITY INVESTMENTS, INC.

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY

BMV DIRECT LP

HENRI TERMEER

CLARUS LIFESCIENCES II, L.P.

OVP Venture Partners VI, L.P.

OVP VI Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund VII, L.P.

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners VII, LLC

Draper Associates, L.P.

WS Investment Company

HEWM/VLG Investments LLC

Sonya Erickson

H. Perry Fell

Ciconia & Company

Gary & Becky Ratcliffe

VLG Investments 2007 LLC

Stephanie Petersen

Tammy Grogan

Sean Ferree

Gary K. Geiss

Naeem Dowida


Jeffrey James

Mary Tedd Allen

Sherri L. Rogalski

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of December 20, 2012 by and among NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned Requisite Investors (as defined below). The Amendment amends the terms of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated November 29, 2012 (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”) by and among the Company, the Investors (as defined Investors’ Rights Agreement) and certain other persons. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS : The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides, among other things, that if the Company proposes to register the sale of shares of its common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash, then the Company shall give each Holder written notice of such registration at least 10 days prior to the public filing of such registration statement (the “ Notice Requirement ”).

WHEREAS : The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that any term of the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be amended or waived with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) Investors holding at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class with each holder of Preferred Stock entitled to one vote per share of Preferred Stock then held by such holder) (the “ Requisite Investors ”), subject to certain exceptions.

WHEREAS : The Company and the Requisite Investors desire to enter into this Amendment to, among other things, remove the Notice Requirement with respect to any registration statement filed in connection the initial public offering of the Company’s shares of common stock (the “ IPO ”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Section 2.3(a) . Section 2.3(a) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (i) a registration statement relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan, (ii) a registration statement relating directly or indirectly to a SEC Rule 145 transaction, (iii) a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, (iv) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, (v) a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, or (vi) a registration statement relating to the initial public offering of the Company’s shares of common stock), the Company shall give each Holder written notice of such registration at least 10 days prior to the public filing of such registration statement. Upon the written request of each Holder given within


15 days after mailing of such notice by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

2. Effect of Amendment . Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Investors’ Rights Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly cancelled.

4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be considered an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:   /s/ R. Bradley Gray
Name:   R. Bradley Gray
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 
Address:  

530 Fairview Ave N.

 

Suite 2000

 

Seattle, WA 98109

 

INVESTORS:

 

MORGAN STANLEY EXPANSION CAPITAL LP

 

By:   /s/ Melissa Daniels
Name:   Melissa Daniels
Title:   Managing Principal
 
Address:    

 

 

MS EXPANSION CAPITAL CO-INVESTMENT VEHICLE LP

 

By:   /s/ Melissa Daniels
Name:   Melissa Daniels
Title:   Managing Principal
 
Address:    

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

AMERICAN GENERAL LIFE AND

ACCIDENT INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:   AllianceBernstein L.P.
Its:   Authorized agent
By:   /s/ Troy Fukumoto
  Troy Fukumoto, Vice President
 
Address:  

Attention: Troy Fukumoto

1999 Ave of the Stars, 21st Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

(310) 407-0084

 

TROY FUKUMOTO

 

/s/ Troy Fukumoto
Address:  

1999 Ave of the Stars, 21st Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

(310) 407-0084

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

CLARUS LIFESCIENCES II, L.P.

 

By its General Partner, Clarus Ventures II GP, LP

By its General Partner, Clarus Ventures II, LLC

 

By:   /s/ Nicholas Galakatos
Name:   Nicholas Galakatos
Title:   Managing Director
 
Address:  

101 Main Street Suite 1210

Cambridge, MA 02142

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

OVP VENTURE PARTNERS VI, L.P.

 

By: OVMC VI, L.L.C., as General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

 

OVP VI ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.

 

By: OVMC VI, L.L.C., as General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

OVP VENTURE PARTNERS VII, L.P.

 

By: OVMC VII, L.L.C., as General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

 

OVP VII ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.

 

By: OVMC VII, L.L.C., as General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Chad Waite
Name:   Chad Waite
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

1010 Market Street

Kirkland, WA 98033

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON F UND VII, L.P.

 

By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Director
 
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON P ARTNERS VII, LLC

 

By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES R ISKMASTERS F UND , LLC

 

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES R ISKMASTERS F UND II, LLC

 

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   Managing Member
 
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

 

D RAPER A SSOCIATES , L.P.

 

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   General Partner
 
Address:  

2882 Sand Hill Road

Suite 150

Menlo Park, CA 94025

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    48,095 (subject to Section 1.5)
Class of Stock:    Series B Preferred Stock
Initial Exercise Price:    $0.5458 per share
Issue Date:    October 1, 2007
Expiration Date:    October 1, 2014 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT’) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.3 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.4 Acquisition of the Company .

1.4.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual

 

1.


property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

(a) Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the acquirer of the Company under the Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(i) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(ii) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then Holder shall have the option either to (a) exercise this warrant and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company (the “Acquisition Consideration”); or (b) require the Company to purchase this Warrant for cash upon the closing of the Acquisition for an amount per Share equal to the Acquisition Consideration per Share minus the Warrant Price.

1.5 Increase in Shares . The number of Shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable automatically shall be increased by a number of Shares equal to the quotient derived by dividing (a) one and three quarters of one percent (1.75%) of the maximum outstanding balance under the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated as of the Issue Date (the “Loan Agreement”) between the Closing Date and the Revolving Maturity Date (each as defined in the Loan Agreement) by (b) the Warrant Price. The adjustment set forth in this Section 1.5 shall be in addition to any adjustments hereto pursuant to Article 2, below.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such

 

2.


reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth on Exhibit A, if attached, in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit A ).

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

3.


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is the same as the price paid by the investors in the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock financing.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance and payment of the Warrant Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B .

 

4.


ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than 90 days before the Expiration Date.

4.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, delivery of investment representation letters).

4.4 Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

5.


4.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Comerica Bank c/o Comerica Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379

Detroit, MI 48226

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

201 Elliot Avenue West, Suite 300

Seattle, WA 981119

4.6 Amendments . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.9 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

4.10 Lockup . Holder hereby agrees that it will be subject to the restrictions and entitled to the benefits set forth in Sections 1.14(a)-(d) of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 2007 by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, as such sections and/or agreement may be amended from time to time, provided that all officers, directors and two percent (2%) security holders of the Company shall enter into similar agreements.

 

6.


NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

 

7.


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                  stock of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379

Detroit, MI 48226

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA BANK or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)

 

Page 1


EXHIBIT A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances (subject to any conditions or exceptions or waivers set forth therein). The Provisions shall not be deemed in any manner to limit or restrict the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares. Any language in the Provisions that in any manner limits or restricts the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares shall not apply to this Warrant.

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

Page 1


EXHIBIT B

Registration Rights

The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” for the purposes of “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 16, 2007 by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company (the “Agreement”).

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder (other than any such amendment that applies to all holders of registration rights). By execution of a counterpart signature page to the Agreement and acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit B is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights (and all related obligations and rights set forth therein, including without limitation those set forth in Sections 1.5 through 1.15).

 

Page 2

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    189,394 (subject to Section 1.5)
Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred Stock
Initial Exercise Price:    $0.264 per share
Issue Date:    November 8, 2010
Expiration Date:    November 8, 2017 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.3 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.


1.4 Acquisition of the Company .

1.4.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

(a) Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the acquirer of the Company under the Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(i) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(ii) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then Holder shall have the option either to (a) exercise this warrant and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company (the “Acquisition Consideration”); or (b) require the Company to purchase this Warrant for cash upon the closing of the Acquisition for an amount per Share equal to the Acquisition Consideration per Share minus the Warrant Price.

1.5 Increase in Shares . As of the Issue Date, this Warrant shall be exercisable for 189,394 Shares. From after the Issue Date and until the earlier of (A) the termination of the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated as of October 1, 2007, as amended on May 5, 2008, June 3, 2009 and November 8, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement”) and (B) such earlier date as the Company repays all obligations under the Loan Agreement and can no longer request any future advances under the Loan Agreement, the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall be automatically increased by a number of Shares equal to the sum of:

(1) the quotient derived by dividing (a) two percent (2.0%) of the maximum outstanding principal balance under the Revolving Line (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement with respect to Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made by Comerica Bank under Revolving Line between the Issue Date and the Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) by (b) the Warrant Price; plus

(2) the quotient derived by dividing (a) two percent (2.0%) of the maximum outstanding principal balance under the Formula Revolving Line (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement with respect to Formula Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made by Comerica Bank under Formula Revolving Line between the Issue Date and the Formula Revolving Maturity Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) by (b) the Warrant Price; plus

(3) the quotient derived by dividing (a) two percent (2.0%) of the maximum outstanding principal balance under the Equipment Line (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement with respect to Equipment Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made by Comerica Bank under the Equipment Line between the Issue Date and the Tranche B Available End Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement) by (b) the Warrant Price.

 

-2-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Shares for Warrant may be exercisable shall be 568,181 Shares. The adjustment set forth in this Section 1.5 shall be in addition to any adjustments hereto pursuant to Article 2, below.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

-3-


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth on Exhibit A, if attached, in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit A ).

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is the same as the price paid by the investors in the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock financing.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance and payment of the Warrant Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any

 

-4-


other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B .

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the one-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the first anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than 90 days before the Expiration Date.

4.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of

 

-5-


the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, delivery of investment representation letters). The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of Comerica Incorporated (“Bank Affiliate”).

4.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however , that Bank or Comerica Ventures may transfer all or part of this Warrant to any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company. At the Company’s request, any transferee of this Warrant shall, as a condition to the valid transfer of this Warrant, execute a counterpart signature page to this Warrant and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions herein.

4.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

530 Fairview Ave N, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

 

-6-


4.6 Amendments . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.8 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.9 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

4.10 Lockup . Holder hereby agrees that it will be subject to the restrictions and entitled to the benefits set forth in Sections 2.14(a)-(d) of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of June 8, 2009 by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, as such sections and/or agreement may be amended from time to time (including the amendment entered into in connection with the issuance of the Warrant dated November 8, 2010) (the “Investors Rights Agreement”).

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

 

-7-


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                  stock of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5 th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)


EXHIBIT A

Anti-Dilution Provisions

In the event of the issuance by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price (a “Diluting Issuance”), then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time (the “Restated Certificate”), which apply to such Diluting Issuance (subject to any conditions or exceptions set forth in the Provisions or waivers of the Provisions with respect to any Diluting Issuance pursuant to the terms of the Restated Certificate). The foregoing shall not be deemed in any manner to limit or restrict the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares. Any language in the Restated Certificate that in any manner limits or restricts the applicability of the Provisions to shares that are not outstanding as of the date of the Diluting Issuance shall not apply to the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.


EXHIBIT B

Registration Rights

In connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Company and Comerica Bank agree to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement to provide that the Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” for the purposes of “piggy back” registration rights provided in Section 2.3 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF

SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

of

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Void after the date specified in Section 8

Original Issue Date: [            ]

Warrant No. [    ]

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [            ] (the “ Original Holder ”), or its registered assigns (together with the Original Holder, the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below) in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

This Warrant amends and restates the terms of the Warrant issued on [            ] (the “ Original Warrant ”) pursuant to Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of June 23, 2011 by and among the Company, the Original Holder and the other Investors (as defined therein) (the “ Bridge Purchase Agreement ”) in connection with the Company’s sale and issuance of a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note of even date therewith to the Original Holder (the “ Note ”) in the aggregate principal amount of [            ] (the “ Note Principal Amount ”) at a First Tranche Closing (as defined in the Bridge Purchase Agreement) pursuant to the terms of the Bridge Purchase Agreement. By accepting this Warrant, the Holder hereby agrees to surrender to the Company for cancellation the Original Warrant or at the request of the Company to execute an instrument of cancellation in form and substance acceptable to the Company. Holder and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that upon the issuance of this Warrant, the Original Warrant shall be amended and restated and all of the Company’s obligations under such Original Warrant shall be discharged and released in full without any further action on the part of the Company or Holder. This Warrant together with all warrants originally issued pursuant to the Bridge Purchase Agreement and all other warrants to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2011 (the “ Series D Purchase Agreement ”) are referred to herein as the “ Warrants .”

The Holder of this Warrant is subject to certain restrictions set forth in, among other agreements, (i) the Series D Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of


November 1, 2011 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), (iii) the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ Voting Agreement ”) and (v) the Amended and Restated 2007 Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ ROFR and Co-Sale Agreement ” and together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement, the “ Financing Agreements ”).

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Definition of Shares. Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

(b) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant and prior to or in connection with the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to [            ] Shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6 hereof).

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.2640, in either case subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”).

(d) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, as of November 1, 2011, and this Warrant shall remain exercisable, in whole or in part, until the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

                                                                                      X        

     =                   Y (A – B)        
                    A

 

- 2 -


Where:

 

   X        =      The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder
   Y        =      The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
   A        =      The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
   B        =      The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share at the date of such calculation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith (with such determination being made either prior to, contemporaneously with or subsequent to the date of such calculation); provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates . The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant.

(e) Conditional Exercise . The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the Notice of Exercise.

 

- 3 -


(f) Automatic Exercise . If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b), then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

(g) Reservation of Stock . The Company agrees during the period the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued shares of Series D Preferred Stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, then, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company represents and warrants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register . The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b) Warrant Agent . The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant . Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section (f), title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

 

- 4 -


(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer . On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

(e) Taxes . In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(f) Minimum Transfer . This Warrant may not be transferred in part or in whole without the prior consent of the Company unless such transfer is to a transferee (A) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of the Original Holder (such person, an “ Affiliated Person ”), (B) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the Original Holder, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (C) who is the Original Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother in law, father in law, son in law, daughter in law, brother in law, or sister in law (such a relation, “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (D) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Original Holder or such Original Holder’s Immediate Family Member (a “ Family Trust ”).

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers . Subject to Section 4(f) and 5(c), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (exercisable at the discretion of the its Board of Directors), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

(i) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in (1) this Warrant, (2) the Bridge Purchase Agreement and (3) the Financing Agreements, and

(ii) either

(1) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

 

- 5 -


(2) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company for purposes of compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with either (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(c) Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include any transfer by Holder to a person that is such Holder’s Affiliated Person, Affiliated Fund, Immediate Family Member or Family Trust; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and shall otherwise comply with all terms and conditions of the Bridge Purchase Agreement and the Financing Agreements, including Section 5(b) hereof.

(d) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(e) Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with such legends as provided in the Financing Agreements and a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

 

- 6 -


(f) Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with such legends as provided in the Financing Agreements and a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(g) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(h) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(e) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

- 7 -


(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d) Redemption. In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are redeemed in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such redemption and the preferred stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into common stock.

(e) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(b) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b).

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the expected effective date of any such event specified in clause (a) or (b), as applicable.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the holders of Warrants representing not less than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares issuable upon exercise of any and all outstanding Warrants (the “ Majority Holders ”).

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on November 1, 2018; and

(b) the closing of a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party that would comprise a Liquidation Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time).

 

- 8 -


9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Market Stand-off. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days (or such other period not to exceed an additional 18 days as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters (provided that all directors, officers, and two percent (2%) or greater stockholders are subject to the same restrictions) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. The obligations described in this Section shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent security holders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(f) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.

11. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c) Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

 

- 9 -


(d) Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e) Access to Data. The Holder acknowledges that the Company has given Holder access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by Holder, and has furnished Holder with all documents and other information required for Holder to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Warrants.

(f) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(g) Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h) Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i) No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

(j) Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

 

- 10 -


(k) Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(l) Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by (A) the Company and (B) the Majority Holders, which Majority Holders does not need to include the consent of the Holder unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination affects this Warrant in an adverse manner different from all other Warrants. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 12(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company.

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address or facsimile number as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address or facsimile number to the Company, then to and at the address or facsimile number of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Patrick J. Schultheis, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, WA, 98104-7036.

All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (iv) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

 

- 11 -


(f) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(i) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(j) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

( signature page follows )

 

- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Amended and Restated Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
Address:       530 Fairview Ave N.
      Suite 2000
      Seattle, WA 98109

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

[            ]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  
 

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series D Preferred Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc.


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “ Company ”)

 

Attention: President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:  

 

 
Type of security:  

 

 

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

¨             A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
¨             The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Conditional Exercise. Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

¨             Yes                 ¨          No

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

   

 

(4) Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨             The undersigned     
¨             Other—Name:   

 

 
   Address:   

 

 
     

 

 

 

(5) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨             The undersigned     
¨             Other—Name:   

 

 
   Address:   

 

 
     

 

 

¨

   Not applicable     

 

A-1


(6) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Date )

 

( Fax number )

 

( Email address )

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SECURITIES:    THE WARRANT ISSUED ON [            ] (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:   

                                                              

  

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given the Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by the Investor, and has furnished the Investor with all documents and other information required for the Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Warrant.

 

A-1-1


6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9. No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11. Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

A-1-2


13. Market Stand-off. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, the Investor agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days (or such other period not to exceed an additional 18 days as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters (provided that all directors, officers, and two percent (2%) or greater stockholders are subject to the same restrictions) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering . The obligations described in this Section shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent security holders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(f) of the Warrant with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-3


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON [            ] (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:   

 

  

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

  Name of Assignee:  

 

  Address of Assignee:  

 

   

 

  Number of Shares Assigned:  

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                     as attorney to make such transfer on the books of NanoString Technologies, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(1) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(2) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(3) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

1


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE

 

   

 

( Print name of Assignor )     ( Print name of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Signature of Assignor )     ( Signature of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

   

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

2

Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF

SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

of

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Void after the date specified in Section 8

 

Issue Date: [            ]
Warrant No. [            ]

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, [            ] (the “ Original Holder ”), or its registered assigns (together with the Original Holder, the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to purchase from NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Shares (as defined below) in the amounts, at such times and at the price per share set forth in Section 1. The term “ Warrant ” as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein.

This Warrant together with all warrants originally issued pursuant to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of June 23, 2011 by and among the Company, the Original Holder and the other Investors (as defined therein) (the “ Bridge Purchase Agreement ”) and all other warrants to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated November 1, 2011 (the “ Series D Purchase Agreement ”) are referred to herein as the “ Warrants .”

The Holder of this Warrant is subject to certain restrictions set forth in, among other agreements, (i) the Series D Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), (iii) the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011 by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ Voting Agreement ”) and (v) the Amended and Restated 2007 Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “ ROFR and Co-Sale Agreement ” and together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement, the “ Financing Agreements ”).


The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, and to which Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

1. Number and Price of Shares; Exercise Period.

(a) Definition of Shares. Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

(b) Number of Shares. Subject to any previous exercise of the Warrant and prior to or in connection with the expiration of this Warrant as provided in Section 8, the Holder shall have the right to purchase up to [            ] Shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6 hereof).

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $0.2640, in either case subject to adjustment pursuant hereto (the “ Exercise Price ”).

(d) Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, as of November 1, 2011, and this Warrant shall remain exercisable, in whole or in part, until the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 8.

2. Exercise of the Warrant.

(a) Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, in accordance with Section 1, by:

(i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) of a notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Notice of Exercise ”), duly completed and executed by or on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant; and

(ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to (x) the Exercise Price multiplied by (y) the number of Shares being purchased, by (a) wire transfer or certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company; (b) surrender and cancellation of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Holder; or (c) a combination of (a) and (b).

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii), if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency as the Company may designate) together with a properly completed and executed Notice of Exercise reflecting such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

 

                                                                                      X            =                Y (A – B)        
                    A

Where:

 

   X        =      The number of Shares to be issued to the Holder
   Y        =      The number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)

 

- 2 -


   A        =      The fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
   B        =      The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one Share at the date of such calculation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith (with such determination being made either prior to, contemporaneously with or subsequent to the date of such calculation); provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal , as applicable, for the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

(c) Stock Certificates. The rights under this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date this Warrant is exercised in accordance with its terms, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as reasonably practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of Shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that the rights under this Warrant are exercised in part and have not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant reflecting the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant.

(e) Conditional Exercise. The Holder may exercise this Warrant conditioned upon (and effective immediately prior to) consummation of any transaction that would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8 by so indicating in the Notice of Exercise.

(f) Automatic Exercise. If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b), then this Warrant shall automatically (without any act on the part of the Holder) be exercised pursuant to Section 2(b) effective immediately prior to the expiration of the Warrant to the extent such net issue exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless Holder shall earlier provide written notice to the Company that the Holder desires that this Warrant expire unexercised. If this Warrant is automatically exercised, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

(g) Reservation of Stock. The Company agrees during the period the rights under this Warrant are exercisable to take all reasonable action to reserve and keep available from its authorized and

 

- 3 -


unissued shares of Series D Preferred Stock for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant such number of Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Shares, then, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued Shares (and shares of common stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company represents and warrants that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant will, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3. Replacement of the Warrant. Subject to the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

4. Transfer of the Warrant.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “ Warrant Register ”) containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Until this Warrant is transferred on the Warrant Register in accordance herewith, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Holder of this Warrant (or of any portion of this Warrant) may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting a change.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 4(a), issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or conducting related activities.

(c) Transferability of the Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section (f), title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Assignment Form ”)) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of the Warrant upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant (and a properly endorsed Assignment Form) for exchange, subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, and the Company shall register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register. This Warrant (and the securities issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant) must be surrendered to the Company or its warrant or transfer agent, as applicable, as a condition precedent to the sale, pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any interest in any of the securities represented hereby.

 

- 4 -


(e) Taxes. In no event shall the Company be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(f) Minimum Transfer. This Warrant may not be transferred in part or in whole without the prior consent of the Company unless such transfer is to a transferee (A) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of the Original Holder (such person, an “ Affiliated Person ”), (B) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the Original Holder, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (C) who is the Original Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother in law, father in law, son in law, daughter in law, brother in law, or sister in law (such a relation, “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (D) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Original Holder or such Original Holder’s Immediate Family Member (a “ Family Trust ”).

5. Restrictions on Transfer of the Warrant and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to comply with the following:

(a) Restrictions on Transfers. Subject to Section 4(f) and 5(c), this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent (exercisable at the discretion of the its Board of Directors), and any attempt by Holder to transfer or assign any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant without such permission shall be void. Any transfer of this Warrant or the Shares or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Securities ”) must be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) The Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

(i) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in (1) this Warrant, (2) the Series D Purchase Agreement and (3) the Financing Agreements, and

(ii) either

(1) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, or

(2) (A) such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Securities are being acquired (i) solely for the transferee’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, (ii) for investment and (iii) not with a view toward distribution or resale, and shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company for purposes of compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and (C) if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with either (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably

 

- 5 -


satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon such Holder shall be entitled to transfer such Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(c) Permitted Transfers. Permitted transfers include any transfer by Holder to a person that is such Holder’s Affiliated Person, Affiliated Fund, Immediate Family Member or Family Trust; provided , in each case, that the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition and shall otherwise comply with all terms and conditions of the Series D Purchase Agreement and the Financing Agreements, including Section 5(b) hereof.

(d) Investment Representation Statement. Unless the rights under this Warrant are exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of the rights under this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder’s own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(e) Securities Law Legend. The Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Warrant) be stamped or imprinted with such legends as provided in the Financing Agreements and a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY.

(f) Market Stand-off Legend. The Shares and common stock issued upon exercise hereof or conversion thereof shall also be stamped or imprinted with such legends as provided in the Financing Agreements and a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN THE WARRANT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES WERE ISSUED), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

- 6 -


(g) Instructions Regarding Transfer Restrictions. The Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 5.

(h) Removal of Legend. The legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 5(e) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Shares (and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration or qualification.

6. Adjustments. Subject to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, the number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 8) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are changed into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes by reclassification, capital reorganization, conversion of all outstanding shares of the relevant class or series (other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8) or otherwise (other than as otherwise provided for herein) (a “ Reclassification ”), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of Shares which the Holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock that a holder of the number of securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such Reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of such securities, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

- 7 -


(d) Redemption. In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are redeemed in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such redemption and the preferred stock received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into common stock.

(e) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 6, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number of securities or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of securities and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant.

7. Notification of Certain Events. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(b) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 8(b).

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the expected effective date of any such event specified in clause (a) or (b), as applicable.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the holders of Warrants representing not less than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares issuable upon exercise of any and all outstanding Warrants (the “ Majority Holders ”).

8. Expiration of the Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earliest of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific time, on November 1, 2018; and

(b) the closing of a transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party that would comprise a Liquidation Transaction (as defined in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time).

9. No Rights as a Stockholder. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of any securities that may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the rights hereunder for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or any other rights of a stockholder of the Company until the rights under the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights hereunder shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

 

- 8 -


10. Market Stand-off. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days (or such other period not to exceed an additional 18 days as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters (provided that all directors, officers, and two percent (2%) or greater stockholders are subject to the same restrictions) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. The obligations described in this Section shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent security holders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(f) with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.

11. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

(c) Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

(d) Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Holder can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

(e) Access to Data. The Holder acknowledges that the Company has given Holder access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by Holder, and has furnished Holder with all documents and other information required for Holder to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Warrants.

 

- 9 -


(f) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(g) Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(h) Restrictions on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Holder acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Holder wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Holder may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Holder acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Holder understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

(i) No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

(j) Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

(k) Legal Counsel. The Holder has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(l) Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

 

- 10 -


12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments. Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Warrant and signed by (A) the Company and (B) the Majority Holders, which Majority Holders does not need to include the consent of the Holder unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination affects this Warrant in an adverse manner different from all other Warrants. Any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 12(a) shall be binding upon each holder of the Warrants, each future holder of such Warrants and the Company.

(b) Waivers. No waiver of any single breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

(c) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows:

(i) if to the Holder, to the Holder at the Holder’s address or facsimile number as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or until any such Holder so furnishes an address or facsimile number to the Company, then to and at the address or facsimile number of the last holder of this Warrant for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(ii) if to the Company, to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at the Company’s address as shown on the signature page hereto, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, with a copy to Patrick J. Schultheis, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100, Seattle, WA, 98104-7036.

All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (iv) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

(d) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware, or of any other state.

(e) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(f) Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS WARRANT.

 

- 11 -


(h) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(i) Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of the Warrant. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under this Warrant shall survive exercise of this Warrant.

(j) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

( signature page follows )

 

- 12 -


The Company and the Holder sign this Warrant as of the date stated on the first page.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:       530 Fairview Ave N.
      Suite 2000
      Seattle, WA 98109

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED,

 

[            ]  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series D Preferred Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc.


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “ Company ”)

 

Attention: President

 

(1) Exercise. The undersigned elects to purchase the following pursuant to the terms of the attached warrant:

 

Number of shares:  

 

 
Type of security:  

 

 

 

(2) Method of Exercise. The undersigned elects to exercise the attached warrant pursuant to:

 

¨             A cash payment or cancellation of indebtedness, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
¨             The net issue exercise provisions of Section 2(b) of the attached warrant.

 

(3) Conditional Exercise. Is this a conditional exercise pursuant to Section 2(e):

 

¨             Yes                 ¨          No

If “Yes,” indicate the applicable condition:

 

   

 

(4) Stock Certificate. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name of:

 

¨             The undersigned     
¨             Other—Name:   

 

 
   Address:   

 

 
     

 

 

 

(5) Unexercised Portion of the Warrant. Please issue a new warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached warrant in the name of:

 

¨             The undersigned     
¨             Other—Name:   

 

 
   Address:   

 

 
     

 

 

¨

   Not applicable     

 

A-1


(6) Investment Intent. The undersigned represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 11 of the attached warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

(7) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. The undersigned has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

(8) Consent to Receipt of Electronic Notice. Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), the undersigned consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number provided below (or to any other facsimile number for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided below (or to any other electronic mail address for the undersigned in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the undersigned of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the undersigned. This consent may be revoked by the undersigned by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

 

( Print name of the warrant holder )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Date )

 

( Fax number )

 

( Email address )

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-l

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

AND

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

INVESTOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SECURITIES:    THE WARRANT ISSUED ON [            ] (THE “ WARRANT ”) AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED OR ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF (INCLUDING UPON SUBSEQUENT CONVERSION OF THOSE SECURITIES)
DATE:   

                                                              

  

In connection with the purchase or acquisition of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Investor understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Investor is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Securities, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same.

3. Investment Experience. The Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and protecting its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of its investment and is able, without impairing its financial condition, to hold the Securities for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

5. Access to Data. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has given the Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by the Investor, and has furnished the Investor with all documents and other information required for the Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Warrant.

 

A-1-1


6. Accredited Investor. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and agrees to submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

7. Residency. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restrictions on Resales. The Investor acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor acknowledges and understands that the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Securities and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling the Securities under Rule 144 even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor understands and acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Securities. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for those offers or sales and that those persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

9. No Public Market. The Holder understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

10. Brokers and Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with the Securities, and the Company has not incurred nor will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Securities.

11. Legal Counsel. The Investor has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Investor is not relying on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors. The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

 

A-1-2


13. Market Stand-off. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, the Investor agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time, not to exceed 180 days (or such other period not to exceed an additional 18 days as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters (provided that all directors, officers, and two percent (2%) or greater stockholders are subject to the same restrictions) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering . The obligations described in this Section shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all two percent security holders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each certificate with a legend as substantially set forth in Section 5(f) of the Warrant with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.

The Investor is signing this Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement on the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR

 

( Print name of the investor )

 

( Signature )

 

( Name and title of signatory, if applicable )

 

( Street address )

 

( City, state and ZIP )

 

A-1-3


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

ASSIGNOR:   

 

  
COMPANY:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
WARRANT:    THE WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED ON [            ] (THE “ WARRANT ”)
DATE:   

 

  

 

(1) Assignment. The undersigned registered holder of the Warrant (“ Assignor ”) assigns and transfers to the assignee named below (“ Assignee ”) all of the rights of Assignor under the Warrant, with respect to the number of shares set forth below:

 

 Name of Assignee:  

 

 Address of Assignee:  

 

 

 

 Number of Shares Assigned:  

 

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint                         as attorney to make such transfer on the books of NanoString Technologies, Inc., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

(1) Obligations of Assignee. Assignee agrees to take and hold the Warrant and any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise of the rights thereunder (and any shares issuable upon conversion thereof) (the “ Securities ”) subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if Assignee were the original holder thereof.

 

(2) Investment Intent. Assignee represents and warrants that the Securities are being acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that Assignee has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the shares, nor does it have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for the same, and all representations and warranties set forth in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct as to Assignee as of the date hereof.

 

(3) Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement. Assignee has executed, and delivers herewith, an Investment Representation Statement and Market Stand-Off Agreement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as Exhibit A-1.

 

- 1 -


Assignor and Assignee are signing this Assignment Form on the date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR     ASSIGNEE

 

   

 

( Print name of Assignor )     ( Print name of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Signature of Assignor )     ( Signature of Assignee )

 

   

 

( Print name of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print name of signatory, if applicable )

 

   

 

( Print title of signatory, if applicable )     ( Print title of signatory, if applicable )
Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 4.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    [                    ] (Subject to Section 1.7)
Type/Series of Stock:    Series D Preferred (Subject to Section 1.7)
Warrant Price:    $0.2640 per share (Subject to Section 1.7)
Issue Date:    March 30, 2012
Expiration Date:    March 30, 2022; See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC (“Oxford”), as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Oxford”)] [SILICON VALLEY BANK] (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. [Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.]

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

1


Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately

 

2


prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


1.7 Adjustment to Class of Shares; Number of Shares; Warrant Price; Adjustments Cumulative . In the event of a preferred stock equity financing by the Company after the Issue Date the gross proceeds of which equal at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the “ Next Round ”), if the price per share (the “ Next Round Price ”) of such shares of preferred stock (the “ Next Round Stock ”) is less than the Warrant Price, Holder shall have the right, in Holder’s sole discretion, to elect to treat all of this Warrant as exercisable for Shares of the Next Round Stock at the Next Round Price (with the number of such shares subject of this Warrant automatically adjusted to equal (i) the aggregate Number of Shares for which this Warrant is then exercisable (as adjusted hereunder, but before giving effect to this Section 1.7) multiplied by (ii) the quotient of (x) the Warrant Price divided by (y) the Next Round Price) (the “Next Round Election”). Company shall provide Holder no less than fifteen (15) Business Days’ written notice prior to any sale of Next Round Stock (the “Next Round Notice”). Holder shall make the Next Round Election by providing the Company with written notice within ten (10) Business Days’ of its receipt of the Next Round Notice (the “Next Round Election Period”) and Holder shall be deemed to waive it right to make such Next Round Election if it fails to deliver its Next Round Election within the Next Round Election Period. If Holder makes the Next Round Election within the Next Round Election Period, then (a) the Next Round Election shall be effective immediately following the initial closing of the Next Round and (b) the Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall bear the same rights, preferences, and privileges of such Next Round Stock. The right of Holder to make a Next Round Election (and the corresponding adjustment provided for in this Section 1.7) shall (i) only apply to the first Next Round that occurs after the Issue Date and shall not apply to any other financing and (ii) shall terminate (x), in the case of the occurrence of an Acquisition, then upon the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 1.6 hereof and (y) in the case of the occurrence of an IPO (defined below), then upon the satisfaction of Section 2.3 hereof. Any adjustment to the Class of Shares, Number of Shares and/or Warrant Price made as a result of this Article 1.7 shall be in addition to any adjustment(s) to be made in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

4


2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the Original Series D Price (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation).

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly

 

5


authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s summary capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, the Company shall provide written notice within at least seven (7) Business Days following the date that the Company first files its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

6


SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.14 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, [Eastern] [Pacific] time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SILICON VALLEY BANK] DATED MARCH 30, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [an] [SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other] affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

[5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “Oxford Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee so long as either (i) such transferee is an Oxford Affiliate or (ii) such transfer is made in connection with assignments (x) by Holder or a Permitted Transferee due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) by Holder or a Permitted Transferee in connection with a Funding Transaction or upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to any such Funding Transaction, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor. As used herein, “Funding Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by Holder, any affiliate of Holder or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of obtaining funding for any such entity and pursuant to which such Holder, affiliate of Holder or Securitization Entity may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or pledge or grant a security interest in any of their respective interests in this Warrant; “Permitted Transferee” means any person, other than a natural person, that is (i) an affiliate of Holder, (ii) a Securitization Entity, or (iii) a commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans or financial assets in the ordinary course of business; and “Securitization Entity” means an entity formed by or on behalf of Holder or any Affiliate of Holder, or formed by or on behalf of any entity providing funding to Holder or any affiliate of Holder, for the purpose of obtaining funding secured by assets including all or any part of the Holder’s interests in the this Warrant, or selling ownership interests therein, and that engages in no material activities other than in connection with the financing or securitization of loans or financial assets.]

 

8


[5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee that is an affiliate of Silicon Valley Bank, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.]

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

[OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SVB FINANCIAL GROUP]

[133 N. Fairfax Street] [3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200]

[Alexandria, VA 22314] [Santa Clara, CA 95054]

Attn: [Legal] [Treasury] Department

Telephone: [(703) 519-4900] [408-654-7400]

Facsimile: [(703) 519-5225] [408-496-2405]

[Email address: warradmi@svb.com ]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: Wayne Burns, Chief Financial Officer

Telephone (206) 378-6284

Facsimile: (206) 299-3300

Email address: wburns@nanostring.com

 

9


With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Patrick J. Schultheis

Telephone: (206) 883-2501

Facsimile: (206) 883-2699

Email: pschultheis@wsgr.com

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: John Mao

Telephone: (650) 565-3913

Facsimile: (650)-493-6811

Email: jmao@wsgr.com

5.5 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.6 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.7 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.8 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.9 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.10 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [Oxford Finance LLC] [Silicon Valley Bank] is closed.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  

 

“HOLDER”

 

[OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SILICON VALLEY BANK]

By:  

 

Name:  

 

  (Print)
Title:  

 

Warrant to Purchase Stock (Term A Loan)


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series D Preferred [circle one] Stock of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $          payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]                                         

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 
Holder’s Name  

 

 

 

 
(Address)  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


[APPENDIX 2]

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:    [OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
  Address:   
  Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”), on December 31, 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                                                                      

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [                    TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[                    TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Appendix 2


SCHEDULE 1

[intentionally deleted]

Exhibit 4.9

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    [                    ]
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred
Warrant Price:    $.4499 per share
Issue Date:    December 31, 2012
Expiration Date:    December 31, 2022; See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC (“ Oxford ”), as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Oxford”)] [SILICON VALLEY BANK] (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. [Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.]

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1


1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

  X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

    
  X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
  Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
  A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
  B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s

 

2


(or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act ; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

4


2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the Original Series E Price (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation).

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s summary capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

 

5


then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, the Company shall provide written notice within at least seven (7) Business Days following the date that the Company first files its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 2.14 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, [Eastern] [Pacific] time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SILICON VALLEY BANK] DATED DECEMBER 31, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER

 

7


SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [an] [SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other] affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

[5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “Oxford Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee so long as either (i) such transferee is an Oxford Affiliate or (ii) such transfer is made in connection with assignments (x) by Holder or a Permitted Transferee due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) by Holder or a Permitted Transferee in connection with a Funding Transaction or upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to any such Funding Transaction, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor. As used herein, “Funding Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by Holder, any affiliate of Holder or any Securitization Entity for the purpose of obtaining funding for any such entity and pursuant to which such Holder, affiliate of Holder or Securitization Entity may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or pledge or grant a security interest in any of their respective interests in this Warrant; “Permitted Transferee” means any person, other than a natural person, that is (i) an affiliate of Holder, (ii) a Securitization Entity, or (iii) a commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans or financial assets in the ordinary course of business; and “Securitization Entity” means an entity formed by or on behalf of Holder or any Affiliate of Holder, or formed by or on behalf of any entity providing funding to Holder or any affiliate of Holder, for the purpose of obtaining funding secured by assets including all or any part of the Holder’s interests in the this Warrant, or selling ownership interests therein, and that engages in no material activities other than in connection with the financing or securitization of loans or financial assets.]

 

8


[5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee that is an affiliate of Silicon Valley Bank, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.]

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

[OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SVB FINANCIAL GROUP]

[133 N. Fairfax Street] [3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200]

[Alexandria, VA 22314] [Santa Clara, CA 95054]

Attn: [Legal] [Treasury] Department

Telephone: [(703) 519-4900] [408-654-7400]

Facsimile: [(703) 519-5225] [408-496-2405]

[Email address: warradmi@svb.com ]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000

 

9


Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: Jim Johnson, Chief Financial Officer

Telephone(206) 378-6261

Facsimile: (206) 299-3300

Email address: jjohnson@nanostring.com

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5100

Seattle, WA 98104

Attn: Patrick J. Schultheis

Telephone: (206) 883-2501

Facsimile: (206) 883-2699

Email: pschultheis@wsgr.com

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: John Mao

Telephone: (650) 565-3913

Facsimile: (650)-493-6811

Email: jmao@wsgr.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [Oxford Finance LLC] [Silicon Valley Bank] is closed.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

  (Print)

Title:

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

[OXFORD FINANCE LLC] [SILICON VALLEY BANK]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

  (Print)

Title:

 

 

Warrant to Purchase Stock (Term C Loan)


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase             shares of the Common/Series E Preferred [circle one] Stock of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $             payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]                    

2.     Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

    

 

 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

Appendix 1


[APPENDIX 2]

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:    [OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
  Address:   
  Tax ID:   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Company”), on December 31, 2012 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                                                                      

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [                    TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[                    TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Appendix 2


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

[See attached]

 

Schedule 2

Exhibit 10.2

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(As amended November 29, 2012)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2004 Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change of Control ” means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company; provided, however, that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, or (iii) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction.


(f) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(k) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(l) “ Corporate Transaction ” means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems

 

-2-


appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(q) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(r) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(s) “ Named Executive ” means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(t) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(u) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(v) “ Option Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(w) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(x) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(y) “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(z) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(aa) “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Options, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such Options, under the Plan.

(bb) “ Plan ” means this 2004 Stock Option Plan.

 

-3-


(cc) “ Reporting Person ” means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(dd) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(ee) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ff) “ Stock Exchange ” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(gg) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(hh) “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 76,353,061 of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

 

-4-


(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Options may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Options are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock or restricted stock issued upon exercise of an Option, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

 

-5-


5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. [Reserved.]

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-6-


(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate after taking into account the potential accounting consequences of permitting an Optionee to deliver a promissory note; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee.

 

-7-


(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled

 

-8-


within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) through (iii) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for ninety days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within ninety days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations

 

-9-


under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option.

(c) This Section 11(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

12. Non-Transferability of Options .

(a) General . Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 12.

 

-10-


(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “ Immediate Family Members ” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

13. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), each outstanding Option may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”). If the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Options, including Shares as to which such award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. In addition, if an Option is not assumed or substituted

 

-11-


in the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any Option not assumed or substituted for shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option as provided for in this Section 13); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.

14. Time of Granting Options . The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of

 

-12-


the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of Options granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Agreements . Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

19. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

20. Information and Documents to Optionees . Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee has one or more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

21. Awards Granted to California Residents . Options granted under the Plan on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to persons resident in California shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Attachment A hereto. To the extent the provisions of the Plan conflict with the provisions set forth on Attachment A , the provisions on Attachment A shall govern the terms of such Options.

 

-13-


Attachment A

Provisions Applicable to Option Recipients

Resident in California

The following additional terms shall apply to (i) Options granted on any date the Common Stock is not a Listed Security, and (ii) any Shares issued upon exercise of such Options on any date the Common Stock is not a Listed Security, which are granted or issued to persons resident in California as of the date of grant or issuance, as applicable (each such person, a “California recipient”):

1. In the case of an Option, whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, that is granted to a California Recipient who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

2. In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option that is granted to any other California Recipient, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the grant date.

3. With respect to an Option issued to any California Recipient who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant, such Option shall become exercisable, or any repurchase option in favor of the Company shall lapse, at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the grant date.

4. The following rules shall apply to an Option issued to any California Recipient or to stock issued to a California Recipient upon exercise of an Option, in the event of termination of the California Recipient’s employment or services with the Company:

(a) If such termination was for reasons other than death or disability, the California Recipient shall have at least 30 days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option established by the Plan Administrator as of the grant date) to exercise such Option.

(b) If such termination was on account of the death or disability of the California Recipient, the holder of the Option may, but only within six months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option established by the Plan Administrator as of the grant date), exercise the Option to the extent the California Recipient was otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that the California Recipient was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the holder does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within six months from the date of termination, the Option shall terminate and the Common Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.

5. The Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each California Recipient during the period such person has one or more Options outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such


Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of awards under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

6. Unless defined below or otherwise in this Attachment, Capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. For purposes of this Attachment, “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.3

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

«First_Name» «Last_Name» (“ Optionee ”)

«Street»

«City», «State» «Zip»

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:    «Grant_Date»
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):    «Grant_Date»
Exercise Price per Share:   
Total Number of Shares Granted:    «No_of_Shares_Granted»
Total Exercise Price:    $«Total_Exercise_Price»
Type of Option:    Incentive Stock Option
Expiration Date:    «Expiration_Date»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «Vesting_Start_Date»
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    «Vesting_Schedule»
Termination Period:    This option may be exercised for ninety (90) days after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree (a) that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the NanoString Technologies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document; (b) this Notice of Grant and the attached Stock Option Agreement hereto supersede any prior documentation of this grant previously issued to you (the “ Prior Documentation ”); and (c) that in the event that the undersigned discovers any originally executed Prior Documentation, the undersigned agrees to return such originals promptly to the Company for


cancellation. In consideration of the issuance of this replacement Notice of Grant by the Company, the undersigned hereby releases and forever holds the Company harmless from any and all claims for the issuance of shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to any Prior Documentation.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    NanoString Technologies, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

«First_Name» «Last_Name»       [Officer Name],
      [Title]

 

-2-


NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «First_Name» «Last_Name» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the NanoString Technologies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.


Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other Shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(d) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

-2-


(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee

 

-3-


acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

    NanoString Technologies, Inc.
«First_Name» «Last_Name»    

 

    By:  

 

        [Officer Name],
        [Title]
Dated:  

 

     

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , by and between NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «First_Name» «Last_Name» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase *                  * Shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement granted «Grant_Date» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $0.06 per Share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to


the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of

 

-7-


Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any shareholder or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of

 

-8-


such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

-9-


(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

-10-


(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-11-


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PURCHASER:
«First_Name» «Last_Name»

 

(Signature)
Address:  

 

 

 

I,                              , spouse of «First_Name» «Last_Name», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of «First_Name» «Last_Name»

 

-12-


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.           for                  Shares of Common Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc.

 

Dated:  

                      

     

 

        «First_Name» «Last_Name»


RECEIPT

NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

    A check in the amount of $         
    The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $         
    Certificate No.          representing                  Shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $        

given by «First_Name» «Last_Name» as consideration for Certificate No.          for                  Shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Dated:  

 

     
      NanoString Technologies, Inc.
      By:  

 

      Name:  

 

        (print)
      Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.4

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

«Optionee_» (“ Optionee ”)

«OptioneeAddress1»

«OptioneeAddress2»

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:    «BoardApprovalDate»
Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):    «GrantDate»
Exercise Price per Share:    «ExercisePrice»
Total Number of Shares Granted:    «NoOfShares»
Total Exercise Price:    «TotalExercisePrice»
Type of Option:    «TypeofOption»
Expiration Date:    «Expiration_Date»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VCD»
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    This option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time after the Date of Grant. «VestingSchedule»
Termination Period:    This option may be exercised for ninety (90) days after termination of employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree (a) that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the NanoString Technologies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document; (b) this Notice of Grant and the attached Stock Option Agreement hereto supersede any prior documentation of this grant previously issued to you (the “ Prior Documentation ”); and (c) that in the event that the undersigned discovers any originally executed Prior


Documentation, the undersigned agrees to return such originals promptly to the Company for cancellation. In consideration of the issuance of this replacement Notice of Grant by the Company, the undersigned hereby releases and forever holds the Company harmless from any and all claims for the issuance of shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to any Prior Documentation.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

    NanoString Technologies, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

«Optionee_»    

 

Name:

 

 

     
    Title:  

 

 

-2-


NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee_» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the NanoString Technologies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as


are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other Shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(d) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

-2-


(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant. THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Incentive Stock Option .

(i) Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for at least one year after exercise and are disposed of at least two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one-year period or within two years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

(ii) Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions . With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee

 

-3-


acknowledges and agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to Optionee.

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise. If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

8. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

«Optionee_»     NanoString Technologies, Inc.

 

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

Dated:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee_» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                  of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                  Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the purchase price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below), except as provided below. After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Repurchase Option .

(i) In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any reason (including death or disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of 90 days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).


(ii) Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within 90 days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the 90th day following termination of Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

(iii) One hundred percent (100%) of the Unvested Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option. The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option. Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

(b) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

-2-


(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(c) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

 

-3-


(d) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(e) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest. Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(f) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

4. Escrow of Unvested Shares . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

5. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

-4-


(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i)

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION

 

-5-


  THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the date of purchase. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future. Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser. Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the date of this Agreement falls. Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Purchaser may reside, and the tax consequences of Purchaser’s death.

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election

 

-6-


(the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B . Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C (for tax purposes in connection with the early exercise of an option) if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.

9. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

-7-


(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(h) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-8-


The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(print)

Title:

 

 

Address:

 
PURCHASER:

«Optionee_»

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)

Address:

 

 

 

I,                      , spouse of «Optionee_», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee_» (if applicable)

 

-9-


ATTACHMENT A

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated              ,          (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                          (                  ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.      , and hereby irrevocably appoints                                          to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:              , 2      .

 
  Signature:
 

 

  «Optionee_»
 

 

  Spouse of «Optionee_» (if applicable)

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.


ATTACHMENT B

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                  shares of Common Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

1. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares. The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

2. The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

(a)         has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                          , whose business address is                              , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or
(b)         has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

3. The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

(a)         to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” or
(b)         not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.


4. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      «Optionee_»
Date:  

 

   

 

      Spouse of «Optionee_» (if applicable)

 

-2-


ATTACHMENT C

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.   The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
  NAME OF TAXPAYER: «Optionee_»
  NAME OF SPOUSE:                                       
  ADDRESS:  

 

 
   

 

 
  IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:                                 
  IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:                                 
  TAXABLE YEAR:                                 
2.   The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:
                                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), $0.0001 par value, of NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).
3.   The date on which the property was transferred is:                                 
4.   The property is subject to the following restrictions:
  Repurchase option at cost in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.
5.   The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                                 
6.   The amount (if any) paid for such property: $                                 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      «Optionee_»
Dated:  

 

   

 

      Spouse of «Optionee_» (if applicable)


RECEIPT AND CONSENT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.          for                  shares of Common Stock of NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

 

Dated:  

 

   
     

 

      «Optionee_»

Exhibit 10.8

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

ROBERT BRADLEY GRAY EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of May 24, 2010 (this “ Agreement ”) by and between NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Robert Bradley Gray (“ Executive ”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Title and Duties . It is expected that Executive will commence employment on or before June 25, 2010 (such commencement date, the “ Start Date ”). As of the Start Date, Executive will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and will perform such duties in the location requested by the Board. It is the Company’s expectation that Executive relocate to the Seattle area as soon as possible, and in no event later than September 1, 2010. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to the best of his ability and experience that he will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from him pursuant to the terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the Employment Term, Executive further agrees that he will devote all of his business time and attention to the business of the Company; the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice; he will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, including but not limited to sitting on the Board of Directors of any for-profit corporation without the prior written consent of the Board; and he will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $325,000 (the


Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings, and shall be subject to annual review by the Board for any appropriate adjustment.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual, performance-based, target cash bonus of forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary for each calendar year, which bonus shall be awarded in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be based on Executive’s performance in the calendar year against metrics established for such year by the Board and the Company’s senior management team. This bonus, or any portion thereof, shall be paid by no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned. For the year ending December 31, 2010, Executive’s bonus payment will be guaranteed, and will be equal to $62,500, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal practice for annual bonus payments, but no later than March 15, 2011. If Executive is terminated by or leaves the Company prior to the end of a given calendar year, then the Company shall have no obligation to pay a bonus to Executive for such year. In addition, the Company will pay the Executive a bonus in the amount of $52,000, less applicable tax withholdings on each January 1st through and until January 1, 2014 (the “Special Bonus”) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each such payment date except as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan (as defined below), and provided that such transaction also qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) or (vii)), all unpaid Special Bonuses shall be immediately paid to Executive within thirty (30) days of the closing of such Change in Control, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the closing of the Change in Control.

(c) Relocation and Housing Expenses . The Company will provide Executive with a relocation allowance for relocation expenses of up to $100,000 with the amount adjusted such that it is grossed up for federal income taxes related to the payment or reimbursement of taxable relocation expenses so that the after-tax benefit to the Executive is equal to $100,000. All expenses to be paid directly by the Company or reimbursed to Executive must be supported by receipts or other appropriate documentation and must be submitted by no later than December 31, 2010. Reimbursements will be made as soon as administratively practicable following approval of the reimbursement, but in no event later than March 15, 2011. Any tax gross-up to be paid pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be paid by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the reimbursement is made. The Company will also pay legal fees of up to $5,000 related to the review of this Agreement, which will be paid or reimbursed no later than September 30, 2010.

(d) Equity grants .

(i) At the first Board meeting following the Start Date and provided the Company has received an independent valuation of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A (as defined in Section 11), the Company shall recommend that Executive be granted (1) an early exercisable stock option to purchase a total of 7,741,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Initial Option ”) and (2) an early exercisable stock option to purchase 484,000 shares of the company’s common stock (the “ Performance Option ”). In addition, at the first Board meeting following the Company’s

 

-2-


completion of its next equity round of financing and provided the Company has received a current independent valuation of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A, it will be recommended that Executive be granted, subject to Executive’s continued employment on the date of grant, an additional early exercisable option (the “ Top-Up Option ”) to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s common stock such that the sum of the combined ownership percentage in the Company covered by the Initial Option, and the Top-Up Option would equal four percent (4%) of the Company’s fully diluted common stock (on an as-converted basis) immediately following the final closing of such financing provided that the gross amount of the financing is no more than $20 million dollars. For the avoidance of doubt, if the gross amount raised in the next equity financing is more than $20 million, the four percent (4%) fully diluted ownership percentage will still be based on a $20 million gross financing even if the actual amount of the financing is a greater amount. The Initial Option, Performance Option and Top-Up Option is referred to herein as the “ Options .”

(ii) The vesting commencement date for the Initial Option and the Performance Option, shall be the Start Date (the “Vesting Commencement Date”) and the exercise price shall be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date for the Top-Up Option, if granted will be the date of closing of the financing referred to in Section 3(d)(i) above (the “Top-Up Vesting Commencement Date”). The Options will be, to the maximum extent possible under the $100,000 rule of Section 422(d) of the Code, “incentive stock options” (as defined in Section 422 of the Code). Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions, the Initial Option and any Top-Up Option will vest as to twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Initial Option and any Top-Up Option on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and the Top-Up Vesting Commencement Date respectively and as to 1/48 th of the shares subject to the Initial Option and any Top-Up Option each month thereafter on the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and the Top-Up Vesting Commencement Date respectively so that the Initial Option and any Top-Up Option will be fully vested on the four (4) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and the Top-Up Vesting Commencement Date respectively, subject to Executive’s continued service to the Company through each such vesting date. Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions, the Performance Option will vest as follows (A) 242,000 shares subject to the Performance Option shall vest upon the “tools” portion of the business becoming profitable in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and (B) 242,000 shares subject to the Performance Option shall vest upon the Federal Drug Administration’s (the “FDA”) final approval of a NanoString submitted in vitro diagnostic test, subject to Executive’s continued service to the Company through such applicable event. The Options will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”) and the applicable stock option agreement(s) by and between Executive and the Company (the “ Option Agreement ”), each of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that there is a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Equity Plan), then (i) if the Change in Control is consummated prior to the last day of the 18 th month following the Start Date, then the unvested Options that would have vested through the last day of the 12 month anniversary of the Change in Control shall be immediately and fully vested; and (ii) if the Executive is Involuntary Terminated upon or within twelve (12) months after the effective date of such Change in

 

-3-


Control, then one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested portion of the Options shall immediately vest and become exercisable upon such termination.

4. Promissory Note . The Company will extend to Executive a full recourse loan of $115,000 (the “ Promissory Notes ”) within thirty (30) days of the Start Date, which will bear interest at a rate equal to the annual mid-term applicable federal rate (AFR) as of the effective date of the Promissory Note. The Promissory Notes will be due and payable (the “ Due Date ”) on the earliest to occur of: (i) the four (4) year anniversary of the issuance of the Promissory Note, (ii) Executive terminates his employment for a reason other than Good Reason or Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, (iii) a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is instituted by or against Executive not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing by the bankruptcy court, or (iv) upon the day prior to the earlier of (A) the date the Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the Company’s initial public offering of its equity securities, (B) the date the Company is acquired by a company whose securities are publicly traded, if, in either case, the existence of the Promissory Note would violate any applicable law (including, without limitation, the SarbanesOxley Act of 2002), or (C) the date the Company determines, in its discretion, that any change in Company’s or Executive’s status would cause the loan evidenced by the Promissory Note to be deemed a prohibited extension or maintenance of credit by the Company (or any successor entity) under Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any other applicable law. Upon the Due Date, any unpaid balance may be deducted by the Company from any amounts otherwise due to Executive and if this is not sufficient to repay the outstanding balance, Executive must repay it within thirty (30) days of such Due Date.

5. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s medical plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. Executive shall also be entitled to take paid vacation consistent with the Company’s vacation policy approved by the Board.

6. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to accrue up to twenty-two (22) days of paid time off per calendar year, pro-rated for the remainder of the 2010 calendar year, with such accrual capped at thirty (30) days. In addition to Executive’s regularly earned paid time off, Executive will be granted an additional five (5) days of paid time off upon the commencement of Executive’s employment. Paid time off may not be taken before it is accrued.

7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

8. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and Executive and Company execute and do not revoke a mutual release of claims (other than Executive’s rights to indemnification) with the Company by no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination,

 

-4-


then, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 11, Executive shall (i) receive severance pay (less applicable withholding taxes) at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (such payments shall be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies) and (ii) all unpaid Special Bonuses not paid under Section 3(b) shall be immediately paid to the Executive by the Company in a lump sum payment within 10 business days of the execution of the mutual release

(b) Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) is terminated voluntarily by Executive (subject to Sections 3(d)(iii) and 8(a)) or for Cause by the Company, then all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned) and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(c) Termination by Reason of Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 9 below), Executive or Executive’s estate or representative will receive all salary accrued (plus any other amounts payable as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) as of the date of Executive’s death or Disability and any other benefits payable under the Company’s then existing benefit plans and policies in accordance with such plans and policies in effect on the date of death or Disability and in accordance with applicable law. Such payments shall be made by the Company periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies with respect to each element of such payments.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company Or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3(d)(iii) and this Section 8.

9. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as (i) a violation of a material written Company policy that is communicated by the Board to Executive and that continues uncured for thirty (30) days after notification of Executive by Company of such violation, (ii) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iv) Executive’s gross misconduct, (v) the failure or refusal of Executive to follow the lawful and proper directives of the Board that are within the scope of the Executive’s duties set forth in Section 1 above and that is not corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Board to Executive identifying such failure or refusal or (vi) Executive’s material breach of the PIIA (as defined below) or Section 11(b) hereof.

 

-5-


(b) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean that Executive has been unable to perform his duties hereunder as the result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, which continues for at least 120 consecutive calendar days or 150 calendar days during any consecutive twelve-month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company and its insurers and acceptable to Executive or to Executive’s legal representative (with such agreement on acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (A) there is (1) a material and permanent diminution in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as set forth in Section 1(a) of this Agreement causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility including a requirement that the Executive is required to report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the board of directors of the Company or, if the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation, the board of directors of the Company’s parent company, (2) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in Executive’s Base Salary then in effect (other than any such reduction applicable to officers of the Company generally), (3) any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement, or (4) a refusal by Executive, following a request by the Company, to relocate to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s current location, and (B) Executive provides notice to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition or event described above, the Company fails to cure or remedy any such condition or event within the thirty (30) day period following its receipt of the notice, and Executive thereafter elects to terminate his employment voluntarily within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the period for correcting such condition or event; provided, however, that none of the foregoing shall constitute Good Reason to the extent that Executive has agreed in writing to such material diminution, reduction, breach or refusal, and provided further that any change in Executive’s job function or responsibilities in order to accommodate a disability under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any analogous statute or law shall not constitute a basis for Executive to involuntarily terminate his employment hereunder.

(d) Involuntary Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, an “ Involuntary Termination ” shall be deemed to occur if: (i) Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause (and for a reason other than Executive’s death or Disability); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason.

10. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Executive agrees to enter into and be bound by the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ PIIA ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

11. Conditional Nature of Severance Payments .

(a) Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition . Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 8 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such benefits) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s continued compliance with Section 8 (Non-Solicitation) and Section 9 (Non-Competition) of

 

-6-


the PIIA and Section 11(b) of this Agreement. Upon any breach of this section, all severance benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately cease including, without limitation, Executive’s right to exercise any stock options on a date that is more than ninety (90) days after the date that Executive’s employment was terminated.

(b) Non-Disparagement . During and after the Employment Term, Executive agrees to refrain from any defamation, libel or slander of the Company and its officers, directors, employees, agents, investors, stockholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, and any tortious interference with the contracts, relationships and prospective economic advantage of any of the foregoing persons and entities.

(c) Understanding of Covenants . Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the covenants set forth in Section 8 and Section 9 of the PIIA, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of such covenants.

(d) Application of Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) shall not commence in connection with Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (the “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Executive without causing Executive to incur the additional 20% tax under Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 11(d)(iv) below. Except as required by Section 11(d)(iv), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) It is intended that each installment of severance pay provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that severance and other payments set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exceptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A- 1(13)(9).

 

-7-


(iv) If the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any payments or benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments and benefits shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation From Service, or (b) the date of Executive’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”). On the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date, the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of such amounts had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section and (ii) commence paying the balance of the payments and benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement.

(v) The foregoing provisions are intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

(e) Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled to coverage and indemnification with respect to his actions or omissions as an officer of the Company in accordance with and to the fullest extent provided by the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and any separate indemnification agreement, if any, and any insurance policy maintained by the Company that covers officers with respect to such matters.

12. Confidentiality of Terms . Executive agrees to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this Agreement to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided , however , that Executive may discuss such terms with members of Executive’s immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide Executive with individual legal, tax or accounting advice.

13. 280G .

(a) If any amounts payable under this Agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Code Section 4999 on “excess parachute payments”, the Company will take commercially reasonable efforts to avail itself of the exemption set forth in Code Section 280G(b)(5), subject to the cooperation of the Executive. The calculations under this Section will be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 280G and 4999, as in effect at the time the calculations are made.

 

-8-


14. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

15. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave. N., Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: Secretary

If to Executive:

to the last residential address known by the Company.

With a copy to:

James L. Hauser, Esq.

Brown Rudnick LLP

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

Telephone: (617) 856-8130

Facsimile: (617) 856-8201

16. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

17. Arbitration .

(a) General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, his promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone

 

-9-


(including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the Revised Code of Washington Chapter 7.04 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or the Washington Code of Civil Procedure . Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits with findings of fact and conclusions of law. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence. Prior to a Change of Control, the Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of his legal fees and expenses, in an amount not to exceed $50,000, by the Company if he prevails in an action to enforce his rights. Following a Change of Control, the Executive shall be entitled to advancement of his reasonable legal fees and expenses, in an amount not to exceed $100,000 in an action to enforce his rights; provided, however, that if the Company prevails in such action and, then the Executive shall repay such advancement promptly upon demand by the Company.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the

 

-10-


court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the PIIA or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disparagement. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Washington State Human Rights Commission, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or any other person. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

18. Additional Conditions to Employment . Executive’s acceptance of this Agreement and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon final reference checks and the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the PIAA, prior to or on Executive’s Start Date. In addition, for purposes of federal immigration law, Executive will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of Executive’s identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to the Company within three (3) business days of the Start Date.

19. Integration . This Agreement, together with the Equity Plan, Option Agreement(s) and the PIIA represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

21. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

22. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Nicholas G. Galakatos
Print Name: Nicholas G. Galakatos
Title: Director

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ R. Bradley Gray
Robert Bradley Gray


EXHIBIT A

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

(WASHINGTON EMPLOYEES)

In consideration for my becoming employed (or my employment being continued), or retained as a consultant (or my consulting relationship being continued), by NanoString Technologies, Inc. or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), the Company and I hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties . I will perform for the Company such duties as may be designated by the Company from time to time. During my period of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, I will devote my best efforts to the interests of the Company and will not engage in other employment or in any activities detrimental to the best interests of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

2. Confidentiality Obligation . I understand and agree that all Proprietary Information (as defined below) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns, including all trade secrets, patents, copyrights and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may acquire in such Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly to use or disclose, both during my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company and after its termination (irrespective of the reason for such termination), any Proprietary Information I obtain or create during the period of my employment or consulting relationship, whether or not during working hours, except to the extent authorized by the Company, until such Proprietary Information becomes generally known. I agree not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. Upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship or upon an earlier request of the Company, I will return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Proprietary Information in my possession or control, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof.

3. Ownership of Physical Property . All document, apparatus, equipment and other physical property in any form, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information, furnished to me by the Company or produced by me or others in connection with my employment or consulting relationship shall be and remain the sole property of the Company. I shall return to the Company all such documents, materials and property as and when requested by the Company, except only (i) my personal copies of records relating to my compensation; (ii) if applicable, my personal copies of any materials evidencing shares of the Company’s capital stock purchased by me and/or options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock granted to me; (iii) my copy of this Agreement and (iv) my personal property and personal documents I bring with me to the Company and any personal correspondence and personal materials that I accumulate and keep at my office during my employment (my “ Personal Documents ”). Even if the Company does not so request, I shall return all such documents, materials and property upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship, and, except for my Personal Documents, I will not take with me any such documents, material or property or any reproduction thereof upon such termination.

4. Assignment of Inventions .


(a) Without further compensation, I hereby agree promptly to disclose to the Company, all Inventions (as defined below) which I may solely or jointly develop or reduce to practice during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company which (i) pertain to any line of business activity of the Company, (ii) are aided by the use of time, material or facilities of the Company, whether or not during working hours or (iii) relate to any of my work during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, whether or not during normal working hours (“ Company Inventions ”). During the term of my employment or consultancy, all Company Inventions that I conceive, reduce to practice, develop or have developed (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns to the maximum extent permitted by law (and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall be deemed “works made for hire”), and the Company and its assigns shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights that I may have or acquire in such Company Inventions.

(b) I attach hereto as Exhibit A a complete list of all Inventions, if any, made by me prior to my employment or consulting relationship with the Company that are relevant to the Company’s business, and I represent and warrant that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no such Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement. If in the course of my employment or consultancy (as the case may be) with the Company, I use or incorporate into a product or process an Invention not covered by Section 4(a) of this Agreement in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual, worldwide license of my interest to use and sublicense such Invention without restriction of any kind.

NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140:

Any assignment of Inventions required by this Agreement does not apply to an Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (b) the Invention results from any work performed by the employee for the Company.

5. Further Assistance; Power of Attorney . I agree to perform, during and after my employment or consulting relationship, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in Section 4 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in fact, to execute and file on my behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by my subsequent incapacity.

6. Inventions . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know-how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable.

 

-2-


This includes, but is not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.

7. Proprietary Informatio n . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proprietary Information ” means information or physical material not generally known or available outside the Company or information or physical material entrusted to the Company by third parties. This includes, but is not limited to, Inventions, confidential knowledge, copyrights, product ideas, techniques, processes, formulas, object codes, biological materials, mask works and/or any other information of any type relating to documentation, laboratory notebooks, data, schematics, algorithms, flow charts, mechanisms, research, manufacture, improvements, assembly, installation, marketing, forecasts, sales, pricing, customers, the salaries, duties, qualifications, performance levels and terms of compensation of other employees, and/or cost or other financial data concerning any of the foregoing or the Company and its operations. Proprietary Information may be contained in material such as drawings, samples, procedures, specifications, reports, studies, customer or supplier lists, budgets, cost or price lists, compilations or computer programs, or may be in the nature of unwritten knowledge or know-how.

8. Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, and for a period of one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt any of the foregoing, either for myself or any other person or entity. Further, at any time following termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I shall not use any Proprietary Information of the Company to attempt to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing any of the Company’s products or services, or solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, that are known to me, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the Company or under development as of the date of termination of my relationship with the Company.

9. Noncompetition . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company and for one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly work on any products or services that are competitive with products or services (a) being commercially developed or exploited by the Company during my employment or consultancy and (b) which are based upon multiplexed detection and quantification of nucleic acids or proteins using direct imaging of target-specific labels.

For purposes of this Agreement, you will not be deemed, directly or indirectly, either by yourself or in conjunction with others, to be engaged or interested in, with a product or services that are competitive with the Company’s products or services if you do not have any relationship with or provide services to the portion, subsidiary, division or line of business of the business that is or will be engaged in selling or developing the same products and services as the Company.

10. No Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of or consultant to the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my becoming an employee or consultant of the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I agree not to enter into any written or oral agreement that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

-3-


11. No Interference . I certify that, to the best of my information and belief, I am not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement.

12. Effects of Agreement . This Agreement (a) shall survive for a period of five years beyond the termination of my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company, (b) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of the Company and (c) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

13. At-Will Relationship . I understand and acknowledge that my employment or consulting relationship with the Company is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, meaning that either I or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability.

14. Injunctive Relief . I acknowledge that violation of this Agreement by me may cause irreparable injury to the Company, and I agree that the Company will be entitled to seek extraordinary relief in court, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

15. Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes any oral, written or other communications or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may be amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement only to the extent unenforceable, and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

16. Acknowledgment . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


The undersigned have executed this Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.     Robert Bradley Gray, an Individual
/s/ Wayne Burns    

/s/ R. Bradley Gray

Signature     Signature
Wayne D. Burns    
Dated: June 25, 2010     Dated: June 25, 2010

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT


Exhibit A

Nanostring Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave N, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others or which has become known to me prior to my employment by the Company. I represent that such list is complete.

None

2. I propose to bring to my employment or consultancy the following materials and documents of a former employer:

 

  x No materials or documents.

 

  ¨ See below:

 

By:   /s/ R. Bradley Gray
  Robert Bradley Gray

Exhibit 10.9

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

JOHN WAYNE COWENS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of January 31, 2011 (the “ Agreement ”) by and between NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John Wayne Cowens, M.D. (“ Executive ”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Title and Duties . It is expected that Executive will commence employment on or before February 1, 2011 (such commencement date, the “ Start Date ”). As of the Start Date, Executive will serve as the Chief Medical Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) and will perform such duties in the location requested by the CEO. It is the Company’s expectation that Executive will work out of the Company’s Seattle office four days per week when not traveling on Company business and that within sixty days of Executive’s start date that he will establish at his expense a residence in Seattle. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, beginning on the Start Date and continuing through the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to the best of his ability and experience that he will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from him pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the Employment Term, Executive further agrees that he will devote all of his business time and attention to the business of the Company; the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice; he will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, including but not limited to sitting on the Board of Directors of any for-profit corporation without the prior written consent of the CEO; and he will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will” employment and may be terminated by either party at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance


benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of $250,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings, and change at the Company’s discretion, including annual review by the Board for any appropriate adjustment.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual, performance-based, target cash bonus of twenty five percent (25%) of Executive’s Base Salary for each calendar year, which bonus shall be awarded in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors based on a recommendation from the CEO and shall be based on Executive’s performance in the calendar year against metrics established for such year by the CEO. This bonus, or any portion thereof, shall be paid by no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned. If Executive is terminated by or leaves the Company prior to the end of a given calendar year, then the Company shall have no obligation to pay a bonus to Executive for such year. For the year ending December 31, 2011, Executive’s bonus will be prorated based upon his start date. In addition, the Company will pay the Executive a bonus in the amount of $40,000, less applicable tax withholdings in the first pay period following each January 1st through and until January 1, 2015 (the “Special Bonus”) subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each such payment date except as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan (as defined below) or the date the Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the Company’s initial public offering of its equity securities, and provided that such transaction also qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) or (vii)), all unpaid Special Bonuses shall be immediately paid to Executive within thirty (30) days of the closing of such Change in Control or initial public offering, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the closing of the Change in Control or initial public offering.

(c) Equity Grant . In connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant Executive an option to purchase two million twelve thousand (2,012,000) shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Stock Option ”), with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The Stock Option will vest at the rate of 25% of the shares on the twelve (12) month anniversary of Executive’s Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in his Stock Option Agreement, which date will be the first day of the Employment Term) and the remaining Stock Option shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month. Vesting will, of course, depend on Executive’s continued employment with the Company. The Stock Option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). In the event that there is a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Plan), and the Executive is terminated from employment without Cause (as defined below) or resigns for a Good Reason (as defined below) on or within twelve (12) months after the effective date of such Change in Control, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested portion of the Stock Option shall vest and become

 

-2-


exercisable at the time of Executive’s termination from employment. The Stock Option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent permitted by law and will be subject to the terms of the Plan and a stock option agreement between Executive and the Company, including but not limited to a “lock up” provision and a right of first refusal in favor of the Company.

(d) Reimbursement of Commuting Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for the reasonable expenses of travel between Executive’s current residence in Durango, Colorado and the Company’s offices in Seattle, Washington. Reimbursement for Executive’s commuting expenses under this section shall be treated as taxable compensation to Executive. Reasonable travel expenses shall include driving and commercial airline flights, but will not include any temporary housing costs Executive may incur in the Seattle area prior to relocating his principal residence to Seattle.

4. Promissory Note . The Company will extend to Executive a full recourse loan of $100,000 (the “ Promissory Note ”) within thirty (30) days of the Start Date, which will bear interest at a rate equal to the annual mid-term applicable federal rate (AFR) as of the effective date of the Promissory Note. The Promissory Note will be due and payable (the “ Due Date ”) on the earliest to occur of: (i) the four (4) year anniversary of the issuance of the Promissory Note, (ii) Executive’s termination of his employment for any reason other than Good Reason, as defined below or Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined below), (iii) a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is instituted by or against Executive, or (iv) upon the day prior to the earlier of (A) the date the Securities and Exchange Commission declares effective the Company’s initial public offering of its equity securities, (B) the date the Company is acquired by a company whose securities are publicly traded, if, in either case, the existence of the Promissory Note would violate any applicable law (including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), or (C) the date the Company determines, in its discretion, that any change in Company’s or Executive’s status would cause the loan evidenced by the Promissory Note to be deemed a prohibited extension or maintenance of credit by the Company (or any successor entity) under Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any other applicable law. Upon the Due Date, any unpaid balance may be deducted by the Company from any amounts otherwise due to Executive and if this is not sufficient to repay the outstanding balance, Executive must repay it within thirty (30) days of such Due Date.

5. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s medical plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. Executive shall also be entitled to take paid vacation consistent with the Company’s vacation policy approved by the Board.

6. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to accrue up to twenty-two (22) days of paid time off per calendar year, pro-rated for the remainder of the 2011 calendar year, with such accrual capped at thirty (30) days. In addition to Executive’s regularly earned paid time off, Executive will be granted an additional ten (10) days of paid time off upon the commencement of Executive’s employment with the Company to facilitate Executive’s relocation of his personal residence to Durango, Colorado.

 

-3-


7. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

8. Severance Benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination, then, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 11, Executive shall receive (i) severance pay (less applicable withholding taxes) at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of six (6) months from the date of such termination (such payments shall be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies), and (ii) all unpaid Special Bonuses due through 2015 not previously paid under Section 3(b) shall be paid to the Executive by the Company in a lump sum payment within 10 business days of the Effective Date of the Release (as defined therein).

(b) Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) is terminated by Executive other than for Good Reason or for Cause by the Company, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned) and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.

(c) Termination by Reason of Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 9 below), Executive or Executive’s estate or representative will receive all salary accrued (plus any other amounts payable as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) as of the date of Executive’s death or Disability and any other benefits payable under the Company’s then existing benefit plans and policies in accordance with such plans and policies in effect on the date of death or Disability and in accordance with applicable law. Such payments shall be made by the Company periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies with respect to each element of such payments.

(d) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section 8 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits upon termination of employment with respect to acceleration of award vesting or severance pay other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 8.

 

-4-


9. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as (i) a violation of a material written Company policy that is communicated by the Board to Executive and that continues uncured for thirty (30) days, (ii) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iv) Executive’s gross misconduct, (v) the failure or refusal of Executive to follow the lawful and proper directives of the Board that are within the scope of the Executive’s duties set forth in Section 1(a) above and that is not corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Board to Executive identifying such failure or refusal or (vi) Executive’s material breach of the PIIA (as defined below) or Section 11(b) hereof.

(b) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean that Executive has been unable to perform his duties hereunder as the result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, which continues for at least 120 consecutive calendar days or 150 calendar days during any consecutive twelve-month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company and its insurers and acceptable to Executive or to Executive’s legal representative (with such agreement on acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (A) there is (1) a material, adverse and permanent change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as set forth in Section 1(a) of this Agreement causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility, (2) a reduction of more than ten percent (10%) in Executive’s Base Salary then in effect (other than any such reduction applicable to officers of the Company generally), (3) any material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement, or (4) a refusal by Executive, following a request by the Company, to relocate to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s current location, and (B) Executive provides notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of the condition or event described above, the Company fails to cure or remedy any such condition or event within the thirty (30) day period following its receipt of the notice, and Executive thereafter elects to terminate his employment voluntarily within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the period for correcting such condition or event ; provided, however , that none of the foregoing shall constitute Good Reason to the extent that Executive has agreed in writing to such material change, reduction, breach or refusal, and provided further that any change in Executive’s job function or responsibilities in order to accommodate a disability under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any analogous statute or law shall not constitute a basis for Executive to involuntarily terminate his employment hereunder.

(d) Involuntary Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, an “ Involuntary Termination ” shall be deemed to occur if: (i) Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause (and for a reason other than Executive’s death or Disability); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason.

 

-5-


10. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Executive agrees to enter into and be bound by the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ PIIA ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

11. Conditional Nature of Severance Payments .

(a) Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition . Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 8 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such benefits) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s signing and not revoking the Release, and Executive’s continued compliance with Section 8 (Non-Solicitation) and Section 9 (Non-Competition) of the PIIA and Section 11(b) of this Agreement. Upon any breach of this section, all severance benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately cease including, without limitation, Executive’s right to exercise any stock options on a date that is more than ninety (90) days after the date that Executive’s employment was terminated.

(b) Non-Disparagement . During and after the Employment Term, Executive agrees to refrain from any defamation, libel or slander of the Company and its officers, directors, employees, agents, investors, stockholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, and any tortious interference with the contracts, relationships and prospective economic advantage of any of the foregoing persons and entities.

(c) Understanding of Covenants . Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the covenants set forth in Section 8 and Section 9 of the PIIA, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of such covenants.

(d) Application of Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “ Section 409A ”) shall not commence in connection with Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (the “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Executive without causing Executive to incur the additional 20% tax under Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 11(d)(iv) below. Except as required by Section 11(d)(iv), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

 

-6-


(iii) It is intended that each installment of severance pay provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that severance and other payments set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exceptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5), and 1.409A-1(b)(9).

(iv) If the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any payments or benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments and benefits shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation From Service, or (b) the date of Executive’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”). On the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date, the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of such amounts had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section and (ii) commence paying the balance of the payments and benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement.

(v) The foregoing provisions are intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

12. Confidentiality of Terms . Executive agrees to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any information, including any of the terms of this Agreement to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided , howeve r, that Executive may discuss such terms with members of Executive’s immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide Executive with individual legal, tax or accounting advice.

13. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

-7-


Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave. N., Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: Secretary

If to Executive:

to the last residential address known by the Company.

15. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16. Arbitration .

(a) General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, his promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the Revised Code of Washington Chapter 7.04 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the

 

-8-


Resolution of Employment Disputes or the Washington Code of Civil Procedure . Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits with findings of fact and conclusions of law. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the PIIA or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disparagement. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Washington State Human Rights Commission, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or any other person. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Additional Conditions to Employment . Executive’s acceptance of this Agreement and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the PIAA, prior to or on Executive’s Start Date. In addition, for

 

-9-


purposes of federal immigration law, Executive will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of Executive’s identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to the Company within three (3) business days of the Start Date.

18. Integration . This Agreement, together with the Equity Plan, Option Agreement(s) and the PIIA represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Wayne Burns
Print Name: Wayne Burns
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ John Wayne Cowens
John Wayne Cowens

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

(WASHINGTON EMPLOYEES)

In consideration for my becoming employed (or my employment being continued), or retained as a consultant (or my consulting relationship being continued), by NanoString Technologies, Inc. or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), the Company and I hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties . I will perform for the Company such duties as may be designated by the Company from time to time. During my period of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, I will devote my best efforts to the interests of the Company and will not engage in other employment or in any activities detrimental to the best interests of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

2. Confidentiality Obligation . I understand and agree that all Proprietary Information (as defined below) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns, including all trade secrets, patents, copyrights and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may acquire in such Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly to use or disclose, both during my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company and after its termination (irrespective of the reason for such termination), any Proprietary Information I obtain or create during the period of my employment or consulting relationship, whether or not during working hours, except to the extent authorized by the Company, until such Proprietary Information becomes generally known. I agree not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. Upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship or upon an earlier request of the Company, I will return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Proprietary Information in my possession or control, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof.

3. Ownership of Physical Property . All document, apparatus, equipment and other physical property in any form, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information, furnished to me by the Company or produced by me or others in connection with my employment or consulting relationship shall be and remain the sole property of the Company. I shall return to the Company all such documents, materials and property as and when requested by the Company, except only (i) my personal copies of records relating to my compensation; (ii) if applicable, my personal copies of any materials evidencing shares of the Company’s capital stock purchased by me and/or options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock granted to me; (iii) my copy of this Agreement and (iv) my personal property and personal documents I bring with me to the Company and any personal correspondence and personal materials that I accumulate and keep at my office during my employment (my “ Personal Documents ”). Even if the Company does not so request, I shall return all such documents, materials and property upon termination of my employment or consulting


relationship, and, except for my Personal Documents, I will not take with me any such documents, material or property or any reproduction thereof upon such termination.

4. Assignment of Inventions .

(a) Without further compensation, I hereby agree promptly to disclose to the Company, all Inventions (as defined below) which I may solely or jointly develop or reduce to practice during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company which (i) pertain to any line of business activity of the Company, (ii) are aided by the use of time, material or facilities of the Company, whether or not during working hours or (iii) relate to any of my work during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, whether or not during normal working hours (“ Company Inventions ”). During the term of my employment or consultancy, all Company Inventions that I conceive, reduce to practice, develop or have developed (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns to the maximum extent permitted by law (and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall be deemed “works made for hire”), and the Company and its assigns shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights that I may have or acquire in such Company Inventions.

(b) I attach hereto as Exhibit A a complete list of all Inventions, if any, made by me prior to my employment or consulting relationship with the Company that are relevant to the Company’s business, and I represent and warrant that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no such Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement. If in the course of my employment or consultancy (as the case may be) with the Company, I use or incorporate into a product or process an Invention not covered by Section 4(a) of this Agreement in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual, worldwide license of my interest to use and sublicense such Invention without restriction of any kind.

NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140:

Any assignment of Inventions required by this Agreement does not apply to an Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (b) the Invention results from any work performed by the employee for the Company.

5. Further Assistance; Power of Attorney . I agree to perform, during and after my employment or consulting relationship, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in Section 4 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in fact, to execute and file on my behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask

 

-2-


work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by my subsequent incapacity.

6. Inventions . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know-how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable. This includes, but is not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.

7. Proprietary Information . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proprietary Information ” means information or physical material not generally known or available outside the Company or information or physical material entrusted to the Company by third parties. This includes, but is not limited to, Inventions, confidential knowledge, copyrights, product ideas, techniques, processes, formulas, object codes, biological materials, mask works and/or any other information of any type relating to documentation, laboratory notebooks, data, schematics, algorithms, flow charts, mechanisms, research, manufacture, improvements, assembly, installation, marketing, forecasts, sales, pricing, customers, the salaries, duties, qualifications, performance levels and terms of compensation of other employees, and/or cost or other financial data concerning any of the foregoing or the Company and its operations. Proprietary Information may be contained in material such as drawings, samples, procedures, specifications, reports, studies, customer or supplier lists, budgets, cost or price lists, compilations or computer programs, or may be in the nature of unwritten knowledge or know-how.

8. Solicitation of Employees, Consultants and Other Parties . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, and for a period of one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt any of the foregoing, either for myself or any other person or entity. Further, at any time following termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I shall not use any Proprietary Information of the Company to attempt to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing any of the Company’s products or services, or solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, that are known to me, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the Company or under development as of the date of termination of my relationship with the Company.

9. Noncompetition . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company and for one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly work on any products or services that are competitive with products or services (a) being commercially developed or exploited by the Company during my employment or consultancy and (b) on which I worked or about which I learned Proprietary Information during my employment or consultancy with the Company.

 

-3-


10. No Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of or consultant to the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my becoming an employee or consultant of the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I agree not to enter into any written or oral agreement that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

11. No Interference . I certify that, to the best of my information and belief, I am not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement.

12. Effects of Agreement . This Agreement (a) shall survive for a period of five years beyond the termination of my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company, (b) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of the Company and (c) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

13. At-Will Relationship . I understand and acknowledge that my employment or consulting relationship with the Company is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, meaning that either I or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability.

14. Injunctive Relief . I acknowledge that violation of this Agreement by me may cause irreparable injury to the Company, and I agree that the Company will be entitled to seek extraordinary relief in court, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

15. Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes any oral, written or other communications or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may be amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement only to the extent unenforceable, and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

16. Acknowledgment . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-4-


The undersigned have executed this Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.     J Wayne Cowens, M.D. an Individual
/s/ R. Brad Gray    

/s/ John Wayne Cowens

Signature     Signature
R Brad Gray    
Dated: Feb 4, 2012     Dated:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 

-5-


Exhibit A

Nanostring Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave N, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others or which has become known to me prior to my employment by the Company. I represent that such list is complete.

(a) Methods to determine the level of expression of certain genes in assessing or predicting clinical outcome in patients with colorectal cancer as described in US Patent application 20100190173. Methods using expression of specific genes useful for prediction that a patient will exhibit a positive clinical response to chemotherapy as described in US Patent application 20090305277.

(b) Methods for predicting clinical outcome in patients diagnosed with colorectal cancer by assaying predictive RNA transcripts and expression levels as described in US 7,695,913.

(c) Relationship of level of expression of certain genes to clinical outcome in patients with Stage I/II/III renal cell carcinomas clear cell type.

(d) Relationship of level of expression of certain genes to clinical outcome in patients with localized prostate cancer.

(e) Methods for assessing a patient’s cancer risk, by assaying levels of expression of certain genes to clinical outcome in patients with pre-malignant lesions of the gastrointestinal tract as described in US patent application 20100291573.

2. I propose to bring to my employment or consultancy the following materials and documents of a former employer:

 

  x No materials or documents. See below:

 

  ¨ See Below;

 

By:   /s/ John Wayne Cowens
  J Wayne Cowens, M.D.

Exhibit 10.10

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

BRUCE SEELEY EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of May  18 , 2012 (this “ Agreement ”) by and between NanoString Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Bruce Seeley (“ Executive ”).

1. Position .

(a) Title . Executive will serve as the Sr. Vice President & General Manager, Diagnostics of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and/or Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term ” and shall commence on May 21, 2012.

(b) Obligations . Executive agrees to the best of his ability and experience that he will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from him pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the Employment Term, Executive further agrees that he will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting, or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the Employment Term, nor will he engage in any other activities that conflict with his obligations to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement will prevent Executive from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange. Subject to the discretion and approval of the Company’s Board of Directors confirmed in writing by the CEO, Executive shall be free to serve on the board of directors of one corporation.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that, subject to the terms of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will” and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. The at-will nature of Executive’s employment cannot be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s CEO.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) (the “ Base Salary ”). Executive’s Base Salary shall increase to the annualized

 

-1-


rate of at least three hundred twenty thousand dollars ($320,000) upon the earlier to occur of (i) the one (1) year anniversary of the beginning of the Employment Term, or (ii) the closing of the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings, and change at the Company’s discretion, including annual review by the Board for any appropriate adjustment.

(b) Signing Bonus . The Company will pay Executive a signing bonus of twenty-eight thousand dollars ($28,000) (the “Signing Bonus”). The Signing Bonus will be paid with the first regular payroll to occur thirty (30) days after the beginning of the Employment Term and will be subject to the usual, required withholdings. If Executive terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason (as defined below) within the first twelve (12) months of the Employment Term, then Executive must refund the Company for the Signing Bonus (without credit for withholdings or pro-ration for partial service, etc.), and Executive hereby expressly consents to have such amount withheld from his final paycheck if he is obligated to refund the Signing Bonus under this paragraph. Executive shall have no obligation to refund the Company for the Signing Bonus if he terminates his employment with the Company after the one (1) year anniversary of the Employment Term, or if he terminates his employment with the Company at any time for Good Reason (as defined below).

(c) Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to be considered for an annual, performance-based, cash bonus of up to 40% of Executive’s Base Salary for each calendar year, which bonus shall be awarded in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors based on a recommendation from the CEO, which shall be based on Executive’s performance in the prior calendar year against metrics established for such year by the Company. Any bonus awarded shall be paid by no later than March 15 following the calendar year to which the bonus corresponds. If Executive is terminated by or leaves the Company prior to the end of a given calendar year, then the Company shall have no obligation to pay a bonus to Executive for such year. For the year ending December 31, 2012, Executive’s bonus will be prorated based upon his start date.

(d) Equity Grant . In connection with the commencement of Executive’s employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant Executive an option to purchase two million six hundred and fifty five thousand (2,655,000) shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Stock Option ”), with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date or grant. The Stock Option will vest at the rate of 25% of the shares on the twelve (12) month anniversary of Executive’s Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in his Stock Option Agreement, which date will be the first day of the Employment Term) and the remaining Stock Option shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month. Vesting will, of course, depend on Executive’s continued employment with the Company. The Stock Option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s

 

-2-


2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). In the event that there is a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Plan), and the Executive is terminated from employment without Cause (as defined below) or resigns for a Good Reason (as defined below) on or within twelve (12) months after the effective date of such Change in Control, then one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested portion of the Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable at the time of Executive’s termination from Employment. The Stock Option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent permitted by law and will be subject to the terms of the Plan and a stock option agreement between Executive and the Company, including but not limited to a “lock up” provision and a right of first refusal in favor of the Company.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s medical plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. Executive shall also be entitled to take paid vacation consistent with the Company’s vacation policy approved by the Board.

5. Severance benefits .

(a) Involuntary Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company within sixty (60) days after the date of his termination, then, subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 8, Executive shall receive severance pay (less applicable withholding taxes) at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of six (6) months from the date such release of claims becomes effective (such payments shall he paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies). If Executive becomes entitled to receive severance pay pursuant to this Section 5(a), Executive will not be entitled to any other severance benefits or similar payments in accordance with the Company’s established policies as then in effect.

(b) Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated voluntarily by Executive or for Cause by the Company, then (i) all vesting of any unvested stock options or shares of restricted stock held by Executive as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment will terminate immediately, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned) and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies as then in effect.

(c) Termination by Reason of Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability (as defined in Section 6 below), Executive or Executive’s estate or representative will receive all salary accrued (plus any other amounts payable as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) as of the date of Executive’s death or Disability and any other benefits payable under the Company’s then

 

-3-


existing benefit plans and policies in accordance with such plans and policies in effect on the date of death or Disability and in accordance with applicable law. Such payments shall be made by the Company periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies with respect to each element of such payments.

6. Definitions .

(a) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” is defined as (i) a violation of a material written Company policy that is communicated by the Board to Executive and that continues uncured for thirty (30) days, (ii) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive’s responsibilities, as an employee, (iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iv) Executive’s gross misconduct, (v) the failure or refusal of Executive to follow the lawful and proper directives of the Board that are within the scope of the Executive’s duties set forth in Section 1 above and that is not corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Board to Executive identifying such failure or refusal or (vi) Executive’s material breach of the PIIA (as defined below) or Section 8(b) hereof.

(b) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean that Executive has been unable to perform his duties hereunder as the result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, which continues for at least 120 consecutive calendar days or 150 calendar days during any consecutive twelve-month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company and its insurers and acceptable to Executive or to Executive’s legal representative (with such agreement on acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (A) there is (1) a material, adverse and permanent change in Executive’s position as set forth in Section 1(a) of this Agreement causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility (other than changes related to Executive’s termination as the Senior Vice President and General Manager, Diagnostics), (2) a reduction of more than five percent (5%) in Executive’s Base Salary then in effect (other than any such reduction applicable to officers of the Company generally), (3) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits (other than Base Salary) to which Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package (other than Base Salary) is substantially reduced (other than any such reduction applicable to officers of the Company generally), (4) any material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement which continues uncured for thirty (30) days following notice by Executive thereof, or (5) a refusal by Executive, following a request by the Company, to relocate to a facility or location more than forty (40) miles from the Company’s current location, and (B) Executive provides notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of the condition or event described above, the Company fails to cure or remedy any such condition or event within the thirty (30) day period following its receipt of the notice, and Executive thereafter elects to terminate his employment voluntarily within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the period for

 

-4-


correcting such condition or event; provided , however , that none of the foregoing shall constitute Good Reason to the extent that Executive has agreed in writing to such material change, reduction, breach or refusal, and provided further that any change in Executive’s job function or responsibilities in order to accommodate a disability under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any analogous statute or law shall not constitute a basis for Executive to involuntarily terminate his employment hereunder.

(d) Involuntary Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, an “ Involuntary Termination ” shall be deemed to occur if: (i) Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause (and for a reason other than Executive’s death or Disability); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good Reason.

7. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Executive acknowledges that he is and will continue to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ PIIA ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

8. Conditional Nature of Severance Payments .

(a) Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition . Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 5 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such benefits) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s continued compliance with Section 8 (Non-Solicitation) and Section 9 (Non-Competition) of the PIIA and Section 8(b) of this Agreement. Upon any breach of this section, all severance benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately cease including, without limitation, Executive’s right to exercise any stock options on a date that is more than ninety (90) days after the date that Executive’s employment was terminated.

(b) Non-Disparagement . During and after the Employment Term, Executive agrees to refrain from any defamation, libel or slander of the Company and its officers, directors, employees, agents, investors, stockholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, and any tortuous interference with the contracts, relationships and prospective economic advantage of any of the foregoing persons and entities.

(c) Understanding of Covenants . Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the covenants set forth in Section 8 and Section 9 of the PIIA, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of such covenants.

9. Confidentiality of Terms . Executive agrees to follow the Company’s strict policy that employees must not disclose, either directly or indirectly, any of the terms of this Agreement to any person, including other employees of the Company; provided , however , that Executive may

 

-5-


discuss such terms with members of Executive’s immediate family and any legal, tax or accounting specialists who provide Executive with individual legal, tax or accounting advice.

10. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

11. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (b) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (c) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave. N., Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: CEO

If to Executive:

to the last residential address known by the Company.

12. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

13. Application of Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, the “ Section 409A ”) shall not commence in connection will Executive’s termination of employment unless and until Executive has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (the “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts

 

-6-


may be provided to Executive without causing Executive to incur the additional 20% tax under Section 409A.

It is intended that each installment of severance pay provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that severance payments set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exceptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9).

If the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any payments or benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the payments and benefits shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (a) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation From Service, or (b) the date of Executive’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”). On the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date, the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the payments and benefits that Executive would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of such amounts had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section and (ii) commence paying the balance of the payments and benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement.

14. Arbitration .

(a) General . In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, his promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the Revised Code of Washington Chapter 7.04 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to Washington law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 

-7-


(b) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes and the Washington Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits with findings of fact and conclusions of law. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy lot any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the PIIA or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disparagement. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Washington State Human Rights Commission, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

15. Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or any other person. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand

 

-8-


it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

16. Integration . This Agreement, any stock option and restricted stock agreements between the Company and Executive and the PIIA represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

17. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:   /s/ Wayne Burns
Print Name: Wayne Burns
Title: CFO

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Bruce Seeley
Bruce Seeley

 

-9-


Attachment A

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

(WASHINGTON EMPLOYEES)

In consideration for my becoming, employed (or my employment being continued), or retained as a consultant (or my consulting relationship being continued), by NanoString Technologies, Inc. or any of its current or future subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (collectively, the “ Company ”), the Company and I hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties . I will perform for the Company such duties as may be designated by the Company from time to time. During my period of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, I will devote my best efforts to the interests of the Company and will not engage in other employment or in any activities detrimental to the best interests of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

2. Confidentiality Obligation . I understand and agree that all Proprietary Information (as defined below) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns, including all trade secrets, patents, copyrights and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may acquire in such Proprietary Information. I will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly to use or disclose, both during my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company and after its termination (irrespective of the reason for such termination), any Proprietary Information I obtain or create during the period of my employment or consulting relationship, whether or not during working hours, except to the extent authorized by the Company, until such Proprietary Information becomes generally known. I agree not to make copies of such Proprietary Information except as authorized by the Company. Upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship or upon an earlier request of the Company, I will return or deliver to the Company all tangible forms of such Proprietary Information in my possession or control, including but not limited to drawings, specifications, documents, records, devices, models or any other material and copies or reproductions thereof.

3. Ownership of Physical Property . All document, apparatus, equipment and other physical property in any form, whether or not pertaining to Proprietary Information, furnished to me by the Company or produced by me or others in connection with my employment or consulting relationship shall be and remain the sole property of the Company. I shall return to the Company all such documents, materials and property as and when requested by the Company, except only (i) my personal copies of records relating to my compensation; (ii) if applicable, my personal copies of any materials evidencing shares of the Company’s capital stock purchased by me and/or options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock granted to me; (iii) my copy of this Agreement and (iv) my personal property and personal documents I bring with me to the Company and any personal correspondence and personal materials that I accumulate and keep at my office during my employment (my “ Personal Documents ”). Even if the Company does not so

 

-10-


request, I shall return all such documents, materials and property upon termination of my employment or consulting relationship, and, except for my Personal Documents, I will not take with me any such documents, material or property or any reproduction thereof upon such termination.

4. Assignment of Inventions .

(a) Without further compensation, I hereby agree promptly to disclose to the Company, all Inventions (as defined below) which I may solely or jointly develop or reduce to practice during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company which (i) pertain to any line of business activity of the Company, (ii) are aided by the use of time, material or facilities of the Company, whether or not during working hours or (iii) relate to any of my work during the period of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, whether or not during normal working hours (“ Company Inventions ”). During the term of my employment or consultancy, all Company Inventions that I conceive, reduce to practice, develop or have developed (in whole or in part, either alone or jointly with others) shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns to the maximum extent permitted by law (and to the fullest extent permitted by law shall be deemed “works made for hire”), and the Company and its assigns shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other rights in connection therewith. I hereby assign to the Company any rights that I may have or acquire in such Company Inventions.

(b) I attach hereto as Exhibit A a complete list of all Inventions, if any, made by me prior to my employment or consulting relationship with the Company that are relevant to the Company’s business, and I represent and warrant that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to this Agreement, I represent that I have no such Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement. If in the course of my employment or consultancy (as the case may be) with the Company, I use or incorporate into a product or process an Invention not covered by Section 4(a) of this Agreement in which I have an interest, the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, fully paid-up, royally-free, perpetual, worldwide license of my interest to use and sublicense such Invention without restriction of any kind.

NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140:

Any assignment of Inventions required by this Agreement does not apply to an Invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company or (ii) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (b) the Invention results from any work performed by the employee for the Company.

5. Further Assistance; Power of Attorney . I agree to perform, during and after my employment or consulting relationship, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by the Company

 

-11-


to permit and assist it, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Inventions assigned to the Company as set forth in Section 4 above. Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. I hereby irrevocably designate the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in fact, to execute and file on my behalf any such applications and to do all other lawful acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations related to such Inventions. This power of attorney shall not be affected by my subsequent incapacity.

6. Inventions . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Inventions ” means discoveries, developments, concepts, designs, ideas, know-how, improvements, inventions, trade secrets and/or original works of authorship, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or otherwise legally protectable. This includes, but is not limited to, any new product, machine, article of manufacture, biological material, method, procedure, process, technique, use, equipment, device, apparatus, system, compound, formulation, composition of matter, design or configuration of any kind, or any improvement thereon.

7. Proprietary Information . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Proprietary Information ” means information or physical material not generally known or available outside the Company or information or physical material entrusted to the Company by third parties. This includes, but is not limited to, Inventions, confidential knowledge, copyrights, product ideas, techniques, processes, formulas, object codes, biological materials, mask works and/or any other information of any type relating to documentation, laboratory notebooks, data, schematics, algorithms, flow charts, mechanisms, research, manufacture, improvements, assembly, installation, marketing, forecasts, sales, pricing, customers, the salaries, duties, qualifications, performance levels and terms of compensation of other employees, and/or cost or other financial data concerning any of the foregoing of the Company and its operations. Proprietary Information may be contained in material such as drawings, samples, procedures, specifications, reports, studies, customer or supplier lists, budgets, cost or price lists, compilations or computer programs, or may be in the nature of unwritten knowledge or know-how.

8. Solicitation of Employees, Consultants, and Other Parties . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company, and for a period of one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with the Company, or attempt any of the foregoing, either for myself or any other person or entity. Further, at any time following termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I shall not use any Proprietary Information of the Company to attempt to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients or customers from purchasing any of the Company’s products or services, or solicit any licensor to or customer of the Company or licensee of the Company’s products, that are known to me, with respect to any business, products or services that are competitive to the products or services offered by the

 

-12-


Company or under development as of the date of termination of my relationship with the Company.

9. Noncompetition . During the term of my employment or consulting relationship with the Company and for one year following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, I will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly work on any products or services that are competitive with products or services (a) being commercially developed or exploited by the Company during my employment or consultancy and (b) on which I worked or about which I learned Proprietary Information during my employment or consultancy with the Company.

10. No Conflicts . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of or consultant to the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge of data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my becoming an employee or consultant of the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others. I agree not to enter into any written or oral agreement that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

11. No Interference . I certify that, to the best of my information and belief, I am not a party to any other agreement which will interfere with my full compliance with this Agreement.

12. Effects of Agreement . This Agreement (a) shall survive for a period of five years beyond the termination of my employment by or consulting relationship with the Company, (b) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of the Company and (c) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

13. At-Will Relationship . I understand and acknowledge that my employment or consulting relationship with the Company is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, meaning that either I or the Company may terminate the relationship at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability.

14. Injunctive Relief . I acknowledge that violation of this Agreement by me may cause irreparable injury to the Company, and I agree that the Company will be entitled to seek extraordinary relief in court, including, but not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond or other security and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

15. Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes any oral, written or other communications or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may be amended or waived only by a written instrument signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer

 

-13-


of the Company. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within the State of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement only to the extent unenforceable, and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

16. Acknowledgment . I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

The undersigned have executed this Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

COMPANY:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:   /s/ Wayne Burns
Print Name: Wayne Burns
Title: CFO

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Bruce Seeley
Bruce Seeley

 

-14-


Exhibit A

Nanostring Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Ave N. Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. The following is a complete list of all Inventions relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others or which has become known to me prior to my employment by the Company. I represent that such list is complete.

2. I propose to bring to my employment or consultancy the following materials and documents of a former employer:

 

  x No materials or documents.

 

  ¨ See below:

 

By:   /s/ Bruce Seeley
  Bruce Seeley

 

-15-


NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Bruce Seeley (“ Executive ”) and NanoString Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company ,” and together with Executive, the “ Parties ”) on the dates set forth below.

WHEREAS , the Parties entered into an employment agreement effective May 18, 2012 (the “ Employment Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement in order to clarify the timing of the severance payment, as set forth below, in accordance with Section VI.B.3 of Internal Revenue Service Notice 2010-6, as amended by Internal Revenue Service Notice 2010-80.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Executive and the Company agree that the Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows.

1. Section 409A . Section 13 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to insert the following paragraph immediately following the first paragraph thereof:

“Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation From Service, of, if later, such time is required by the final paragraph of this Section 13. Except as required by the final paragraph of this Section 13, any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the 60 day period immediately following Executive’s Separation From Service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.”

2. Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, on the dates set forth below.

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC .     Bruce Seeley
/s/ Wayne Burns    

/s/ Bruce Seeley

Wayne D. Burns      
By:   Sr. VP, Operations & Administration      
Date:   12/26/12     Date:   12/26/12

Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTION VERSION

LEASE

by and between

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

and

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation


LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of this 19th day of October, 2007 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “ Property ”) located at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington, and intends to construct a building located thereon (the “ Building ”) in which the Premises (as defined below) shall be located; and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “ Premises ”) consisting of (a) the entire second floor of the Building and (b) storage rooms 107 and 109 of the Building (the “ Storage Rooms ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises . Effective on the Term Commencement Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Premises comprise the entire second (2nd) floor of the Building. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including, without limitation, the Building, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Project .” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Building, including, without limitation, driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies, are hereinafter referred to as “ Common Area .”

Tenant and Cell Therapeutics, Inc. (“ CTI ”) are parties to that certain Sublease dated October 6, 2004, as amended, under which Tenant subleases from CTI certain premises located at 201 Elliott Avenue West, Seattle, Washington (“ Sublease Premises ”). CTI leases the Sublease Premises from BMR-201 Elliot Avenue LLC (“ Master Landlord ”). This Lease is contingent upon the simultaneous full execution by Tenant and Master Landlord of an agreement in the form of the attached Exhibit J .


2. Basic Lease Provisions . For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

2.1 This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2 In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in rentable square footage. Rentable Area and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share are both subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

   Means the Following (As of the Term
Commencement Date)
 

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises (without the Expansion Premises)

     16,852 square feet   

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

     95,849 square feet   

Approximate Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building (without the Expansion Premises)

     17.60

2.3 Basic Annual Rent for the Premises (“ Basic Annual Rent ”) shall be $51.00 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises, subject to adjustment under this Lease. Initial monthly and annual installments of Basic Annual Rent as of the Rent Commencement Date, subject to adjustment under this Lease:

 

     Rentable Area    Per S.F. of
Rentable Area
   Approximate
Total Annual
     Approximate
Total Monthly
 

Premises (without the Expansion Premises)

   Approximately
16,852 square feet
   $51.00 annually    $ 859,452       $ 71,621.00   

2.4 Estimated Delivery Date: June 1, 2008

2.5 Term Commencement Date: The later to occur of (i) Substantial Completion (as defined below) of the Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) July 1, 2008

2.6 Term Expiration Date: Five (5) years after the Rent Commencement Date; provided, however, Tenant shall have the option to extend this Lease as provided in Article 42

2.7 Rent Commencement Date: One hundred eighty (180) days after the Term Commencement Date

 

-2-


2.8 Security Deposit: An amount equal to Basic Annual Rent for the first full month after the Rent Commencement Date ($67,681.25), subject to increase in accordance with the terms hereof

2.9 Permitted Use:

(a) Second Floor Portion of Premises: General office and laboratory use in conformity with Applicable Laws (as defined below)

(b) Storage Rooms Portion of Premises: General storage use

 

  2.10 Address for Rent Payment:   BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC
    17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222
    San Diego, California 92128

 

  2.11 Address for Notices to Landlord:  

BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC

17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222

San Diego, California 92128

Attn: General Counsel/Real Estate

2.12 Address for Notices to Tenant:

 

Prior to the Term Commencement Date:    Nanostring Technologies, Inc.
   201 Elliot Avenue West
   Seattle, Washington
   Attn: CFO
With a copy to:    Heller Ehrman
   701 Fifth Avenue
   Suite 6100
   Seattle, Washington
   Attn: Sonya Erikson
After the Term Commencement Date    Nanostring Technologies, Inc.
   Suite 2000
   530 Fairview Avenue
   Seattle, WA
   Attn: CFO
With a copy to:    Heller Ehrman
   701 Fifth Avenue
   Suite 6100
   Seattle, Washington
   Attn: Sonya Erikson

 

-3-


2.13 The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit A    Premises
Exhibit B    Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date
Exhibit C    [Intentionally Deleted]
Exhibit D    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E    Form of Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit F    [Intentionally Deleted]
Exhibit G    Work Letter
Exhibit H    Form of Letter of Credit
Exhibit I    Form of Additional TI Allowance Acceptance Letter
Exhibit J    Form of Holdover Side Letter
Exhibit K    [Intentionally Deleted]
Exhibit L    Warm Shell Costs

3. Term .

3.1 The actual term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall be that period from the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.5 above) through the Term Expiration Date, subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein.

4. Core and Shell Work and Tenant Improvements .

4.1 Shell and Core Construction of Building .

4.1.1 Commencement of Core and Shell Work . Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except that Tenant shall pay (as a deduction against the TI Allowance) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the costs incurred by Landlord in performing, or causing to be performed, the work described on, or necessary to cause the Building to comply with the requirements set forth on, or the depiction of the warm shell which is attached hereto as Exhibit L , including the costs of design, permitting and construction in connection therewith (such costs, the “ Warm Shell Costs ”)), cause Landlord’s contractor, M.A. Mortenson or such replacement thereof as Landlord may make from time to time (“ Core and Shell Contractor ”), to diligently prosecute the construction of the core and shell of the Building to completion pursuant to the Approved Core and Shell Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), subject only to Core and Shell Permitted Changes (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit G ), (all such construction, collectively, “ Core and Shell Work ”). Core and Shell Work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner, and shall confoun with Applicable Laws. The commencement and completion of Core and Shell Work shall be subject to delays resulting from acts of Tenant or Force Majeure. “ Force Majeure ” shall mean acts of God; acts of terrorism; adverse weather conditions; war; invasion; insurrection; acts of a public enemy; terrorism; riot; mob violence; civil commotion; sabotage; strikes, lockouts or other labor disputes; inability to procure or general shortage of labor, materials, facilities, equipment or supplies on the open market; delay in transportation; laws, rules, regulations or orders of any

 

-4-


Governmental Authority; moratorium or other governmental action; inability to obtain permits or approvals, including, without limitation, city and public utility approvals; the acts or inaction of the contractor and subcontractors, if any; or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, financial ability excepted, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing.

4.1.2 Completion of Construction . Core and Shell Work shall be deemed “ Substantially Complete ” or there shall be “ Substantial Completion ” if Landlord has (a) completed all of the Core and Shell Work identified on the Approved Core and Shell Plans (subject only to such incomplete or defective work as will not materially or adversely impact Tenant’s use of the Premises (collectively, the “ Punchlist Items ”)) and (b) received a temporary or other certificate of occupancy from the applicable municipal authority(ies) or a certificate of substantial completion from the architect. Landlord and Tenant shall work together in the thirty (30) days following Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work to develop the list of Punchlist Items, which Landlord shall use good faith, diligent efforts to complete diligently. Landlord shall endeavor in good faith to cause the Contractor to fix any defects in the Core and Shell Work.

4.2 Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall cause the Core and Shell Contractor or another Contractor designated by Landlord and approved by Tenant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (“ TI Contractor ”, and together with Core and Shell Contractor, “ Contractor ”) to commence and thereafter diligently prosecute the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter (the “ Tenant Improvements ”); provided , however , that before performing the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall prepare in good faith an estimated budget for the construction of the Tenant Improvements and deliver such budget to Tenant for Tenant’s written approval prior the start of construction (the “ Budget ”). Landlord and Tenant shall work together cooperatively and in good faith to achieve a mutually acceptable Budget. Landlord shall update the Budget for Tenant’s review and approval at reasonable intervals and shall notify Tenant in writing if the Budget is likely to be exceeded. If there is an indication that the Budget is likely to be exceeded, Landlord and Tenant shall work together cooperatively, if required by Tenant, to modify the scope of the Tenant Improvements to bring the same in line with a budget reasonably acceptable to Tenant. The Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a workmanlike manner and shall substantially conform with Applicable Laws and the Approved TI Plans (as defined in the Work Letter). Tenant shall pay all TI Costs, except that Landlord shall pay for TI Costs that do not exceed the TI Allowance. The “ TI Allowance ” shall mean (a) One Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($125.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “ Initial TI Allowance ”), together with (b) the Additional Allowance. The “ TI Costs ” shall mean all Tenant Core and Shell Costs (as defined in the Work Letter) and all costs and expenses of performing the TI Work, including without limitation the hard and soft costs of (i) construction, (ii) the Construction Management Fee (as such term is defined in the Work Letter) and any Project or construction management fees paid by Tenant to an unaffiliated third party (such fees not to exceed three percent (3%) of the TI Allowance), (iii) space planning, design, architect, engineering, data and phone cabling and other related services, (iv) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment, data and phone cabling and fixtures (including, without limitation, any of the Attached Property (as defined in Section 18.5), (v) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (vi) the

 

-5-


Warm Shell Costs. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for: (w) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (x) costs resulting from a Tenant Delay, (y) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, or (z) costs that are recoverable or reasonably recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). In the event the estimated total TI Costs (as set forth in the Budget) exceed the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord such overage (the “ TI Allowance Excess ”), within five (5) business days of receiving the Budget (the “ TI Deposit ”). In the event Landlord determines the estimate of the TI Costs set forth in the Budget underestimates the amount of TI Costs so that the TI Deposit will not be sufficient to cover the TI Allowance Excess, then Landlord shall communicate the same to Tenant and, if required by Tenant, the parties shall discuss revisions to the Budget and Tenant may make a TI Tenant Change Order Request to reduce TI Costs, and unless the TI Costs are reduced to be within the Budget and previously paid TI Deposit, Tenant shall promptly pay the additional amount to Landlord, and such additional amount shall be added to the TI Deposit. If the sum of the TI Allowance plus the TI Deposit is not sufficient to cover the TI Costs, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the difference between (a) the TI Costs and (b) the sum of the TI Allowance and the TI Deposit. However, Landlord shall be solely responsible for any costs related to the Tenant Improvements to the extent the same result from Landlord’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall work together cooperatively at no cost or risk to Landlord to maximize Tenant’s ability, to the extent reasonably possible, to obtain the benefit of any applicable research and development tax credits with respect to the Tenant Improvements.

4.2.1 Architects, Contractors and Consultants . The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord and approved by Tenant, which approval Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Landlord shall supervise all such entities and endeavor in good faith to ensure that the same design and construct the Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements in compliance with this Lease.

4.2.2 Completion of Tenant Improvements . The Tenant Improvements for the Premises shall be deemed “ Substantially Complete ” or there shall be “ Substantial Completion ” if Landlord has completed all of the respective Tenant Improvements identified on the Approved TI Plans (subject only to the Punchlist Items) for such Phase. Landlord and Tenant shall work together in the thirty (30) days following Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements to develop the list of Punchlist Items, which Landlord shall use diligent, good faith efforts to complete diligently. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost, to promptly correct any defects or violations of law with respect to the Tenant Improvements throughout the Term.

4.2.3 Additional Allowance . Landlord shall, at Tenant’s request, provide an additional tenant improvement allowance not to exceed Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “ Additional Allowance ”), which amount may be used by Tenant to increase the scope of Core and Shell Work or the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Work Letter. In the event Tenant elects to use the Additional Allowance, Tenant

 

-6-


shall pay to Landlord, as Rent, an amount equal to the drawn portion of the Additional Allowance, amortized over the initial Term at an interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Tenant shall make payments in respect of the Additional Allowance plus interest thereon in equal monthly installments so that the full amount shall be paid on or before the expiration of the initial Term. Tenant shall pay such amounts with the payment of Basic Annual Rent for each month. If Tenant has not paid the full amount of the Additional Allowance plus interest thereon at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (unless such termination is due to an event of casualty or condemnation for which Landlord receives sufficient insurance or condemnation proceeds with respect to the Tenant Improvements to fully compensate Landlord for the amortized value thereof as determined by Landlord in good faith), then upon the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall immediately pay the unpaid portion of such amount to Landlord. The payments Tenant is required to make in respect of the Additional Allowance shall constitute “ Additional Rent ” in accordance with Section 6.2 hereof. Tenant shall be entitled to prepay the Additional Allowance at any time, without penalty.

4.3 Warranties . Landlord shall diligently endeavor to cause Contractor to complete with reasonable promptness the Punchlist Items and repair with reasonable promptness all defects in the construction of (x) Core and Shell Work in accordance with the Approved Core and Shell Plans, and (y) the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Approved TI Plans, each as to which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing (which notice Tenant shall give within nine (9) months after the Term Commencement Date). Except for such items, and except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in the condition delivered to it “As Is,” and Landlord shall have no liability to correct other claimed defects; provided, however, except as to those items that Landlord is required to correct pursuant to this section, Landlord shall partially assign to Tenant (but without prejudice to any of Landlord’s rights of enforcement) all warranties that it has received under the architect contracts, construction contracts or any subcontract, or from any material supplier. Landlord agrees to administer any claims in connection with such warranties in a reasonable manner.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord further warrants that as of the Term Commencement Date the Premises shall (a) substantially comply with all Applicable Laws (defined below); (b) be constructed substantially in conformance with the Approved TI Plans and Approved Core and Shell Plans; and (c) be watertight. To the extent any of the warranties set forth in the preceding sentence are violated, Landlord shall promptly correct the same at its sole cost.

4.4 Expiration of TI Allowance Obligations . So long as no uncured Default by Tenant exists, Tenant shall have until June 30, 2009 to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund the TI Allowance shall expire. Tenant’s right to use the unused portion of the TI Allowance will terminate if Tenant Defaults and fails to cure such Default prior to the expiration of any applicable cure period.

5. Possession and Rent Commencement Date .

5.1 Tenant’s Access . From and after the day that is thirty (30) days before the day when Landlord then expects the Term Commencement Date to occur, Landlord shall permit Tenant

 

-7-


to enter the Premises in order to inspect the same, move equipment and personal property into the Premises and perform installation or improvement work, so long as Tenant does not interfere with Landlord’s installation and completion of the Core and Shell Work or Tenant Improvements; provided , however , Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 22 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the payment of Basic Annual Rent and Operating Expenses.

5.2 Premises . Landlord shall endeavor to tender possession of the Premises (with the Tenant Improvements and the Core and Shell Work Substantially Complete) to Tenant on or before the Estimated Delivery Date. If Core and Shell Work or the Tenant Improvements as required pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter are not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Delivery Date for any reason whatsoever, then this Lease shall not be void or voidable, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom and the Term Commencement Date shall not occur until Substantial Completion of Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements occurs; provided, however, if the satisfaction of the requirements for Substantial Completion of Core and Shell Work or the Tenant Improvements have been delayed by any Tenant Delay, Substantial Completion of Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to occur when (as reasonably determined by Landlord) Substantial Completion of Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements would have occurred if such Tenant Delay had not occurred. Within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of Core and Shell Work and the Tenant Improvements, Landlord’s architect shall calculate and certify in writing to Landlord and Tenant the Rentable Area of the Premises in accordance with Article 9 , which calculation must be approved by Landlord and Tenant (both hereby agreeing to act reasonably with respect to granting such approval). “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean any delay in the commencement or completion of the Core and Shell Work or the TI Work that results from or arises out of any of the following: (1) delays or failure of Tenant to deliver items in accordance with the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit G ; (2) Tenant’s failure to fulfill its obligations as set forth in this Lease or the Work Letter (including any failure to review or approve or disapprove any items in accordance with the Work Letter); (3) delays caused by Tenant Change Order Requests (as defined in the Work Letter) or TI Tenant Change Order Requests (as defined in the Work Letter); (4) unavailability of materials, components or finishes for Core and Shell Work or the Tenant Improvements that differ from Landlord’s standard work or that have an unusually long lead-time for delivery; (5) a willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents that interferes with the progress of the work; (6) failure of Landlord and Tenant to agree (for any reason, provided Landlord acts in good faith and diligently to work with Tenant with respect to the Budget) on a mutually agreeable Budget within ten (10) calendar days after Landlord delivers a draft Budget to Tenant or any request by Tenant that the scope of the Tenant Improvements be modified in connection with the Budget; or (7) delays caused by any revision to the Budget or TI Tenant Change Order Request. Landlord shall endeavor in good faith to provide Tenant with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date when Landlord believes the Term Commencement Date will occur.

5.3 Acknowledgement . Landlord and Tenant shall each execute and deliver to the other written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration

 

-8-


Date when such is established, and shall attach it to this Lease as Exhibit B . Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgement, however, shall not affect the Rent Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

6. Rent .

6.1 Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Basic Annual Rent for the Premises the sums set forth in Section 2.3 , subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 7 hereof. Basic Annual Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3 , subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 7 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

6.2 In addition to Basic Annual Rent, from and after the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s pro rata share, as set forth in Section 2.2 (“ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”), of Operating Expenses as provided in Article 8 and (b) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

6.3 Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “Rent.” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset (except as otherwise set forth in this Lease), in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.10 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

7. Rent Adjustments . The Basic Annual Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3%) of the then-current Basic Annual Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing with that monthly rental installment that is due on or after the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

8. Operating Expenses .

8.1 As used herein, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall include:

(a) Government impositions including, without limitation, property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project, including the parcel or parcels of real

 

-9-


property upon which the Building and areas serving such Building are located or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”) are levied); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Building; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws (as defined below) or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the parking facilities serving the Building; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof. Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; and

(b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project including, by way of example and not of limitation, costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder, including costs of funding such reasonable reserves as Landlord, consistent with good business practice, may establish to provide for future repairs and replacements; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the root security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project or Building systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas or in the Building office; Building office rent or rental value for a commercially reasonable amount of space, to the extent an office used for Building operations is maintained at the Building; capital expenditures; costs of complying with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities, committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Property, the Project, the Building, the Premises, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazard waste rules and regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”); reasonable insurance premiums, including premiums for public liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of any commercially reasonable deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring

 

-10-


duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including, without limitation, janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers and handymen.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including, but not limited to, initial costs of tools and equipment provided for the initial commencement of operations, grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; interest upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof ( provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 8.1(a) ); salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes ( provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 8.1(b) and otherwise allowable under this Lease); and taxes of the types that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 8.1(a) ; fees and costs, advertising and promotional expenses and other costs incurred in procuring tenants or in selling the Building or Project; legal fees incurred in connection with approvals from and contract disputes with suppliers; costs of renovating or otherwise improving or decorating space for any tenant or other occupant of the Building or Project, including Tenant, or relocating any tenant; financing costs including interest and principal amortization of debts and the costs of providing the same; rental on ground leases or other underlying leases and the costs of providing the same; wages, bonuses and other compensation of employees above the grade of Building Manager; any liabilities, costs or expenses associated with or incurred in connection with the removal, enclosure, encapsulation of, and the cost of defending against claims in regard to the existence or release of, Hazardous Substances or materials at the Building or Project which result from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (except with respect to those costs for which Tenant is otherwise responsible pursuant to the express terms of this Lease); costs of any items for which, and to the extent, Landlord is paid or reimbursed by insurance; increased insurance or Real Estate Taxes which are paid by any tenant of the Building or Project or for which Landlord is reimbursed from any other tenant; charges for electricity, water, or other utilities, services or goods and applicable taxes for which Tenant or any other tenant, occupant, person or other party reimburses Landlord or pays to third parties; any violation of Applicable Laws to the extent that such violation exists as of the Term Commencement Date; cost of any HVAC, janitorial or other services provided to tenants on an extra cost basis after regular business hours and for which such tenants reimburse Landlord; cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facilities, child or daycare, luncheon club or athletic or recreation club; any costs, expenses or fees associated with the initial construction of the Building or Project; cost of any work or service performed on an extra cost basis for any tenant in the Building or Project to a materially greater extent or in a materially more favorable manner than furnished generally to the tenants and other occupants; cost of any work or services performed for any facility other than the Building or Project; any cost representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord that is in excess of the

 

-11-


amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; any cost of painting or decorating any interior parts of the Building or Project other than Common Areas; any cost associated with operating an on-or off-site management office for the Building or Development; Landlord’s general overhead and any other expense not directly attributable to operation and management of the Building and Project (e.g., the activities of Landlord’s officers and executives or professional development expenditures); cost of initial cleaning and rubbish removal from the Building or Project to be performed before final completion of the base building or tenant space; cost of initial landscaping of the Building or Project; attorneys’ fees, accounting fees and other expenditures incurred in connection with negotiations, disputes and claims of other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project; late fees or charges incurred by Landlord due to late payment of expenses resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; cost of acquiring, securing, cleaning or maintaining sculptures, paintings and other works of art; taxes on Landlord’s business (such as income, excess profits, franchise, capital stock, estate, inheritance, etc.); charitable or political contributions; costs and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with or the contesting or settlement of any claimed violation of law or requirements of law; costs incurred because of any failure of the Project to comply with Applicable Laws, which failure exists as of the Term Commencment Date; direct costs or allocable costs associated with parking operations if there is a separate charge to Tenant, other tenants or the public for parking; and all other items for which another party compensates or pays so that Landlord shall not recover any item of cost more than once.

Furthermore, Operating Costs shall not include the cost of capital improvements (but shall include costs of capital repairs and replacements), except for (A) the annual amortization (amortized over the lesser of ten (10) years or the useful life as reasonably determined by Landlord) of costs incurred by Landlord after the Commencement Date for any capital improvements installed or paid for by Landlord and required by any laws, rules or regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority due to a violation that does not exist on the Term Commencement Date of any such law, rule or regulation; (B) the annual amortization (amortized over the lesser of ten (10) years or the useful life as reasonably determined by Landlord) of costs of any equipment, device or capital improvement purchased or incurred as a labor-saving measure or to effect other economics in the operation or maintenance of the Building; or (C) minor capital improvements, tools or expenditures to the extent each such improvement or acquisition costs less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

Landlord shall at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to endeavor to operate the Building and Project in an economically reasonable manner at costs not disproportionately higher than those experienced by other comparable buildings in the Seattle area.

8.2 Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building for such month.

 

-12-


(x) The “ Property Management Fee ” shall equal three percent (3%) of the Basic Annual Rent due from Tenant.

(y) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 8.2 exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany said statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

(z) Any amount due under this Section 8.2 for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated (based on a thirty (30)-day month) for such fractional month.

8.3 Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reasons therefor. If, during such ninety (90)-day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable access to review Landlord’s books and records to the extent relevant to determination of Operating Expenses, and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s written inquiries regarding the same. In the event that, after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant (both acting in good faith) cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm hired by Tenant on an hourly basis and not on a contingent-fee basis (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense except as provided below), subject to a reasonable confidentiality agreement and approved by Landlord (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay) audit and review such of Landlord’s books and records for the year in question as directly relate to the determination of Operating Expenses for such year (the “ Independent Review ”). Landlord shall make such books and records available at the location where Landlord maintains them in the ordinary course of its business. Landlord need not provide copies of any books or records. Tenant shall commence the Independent Review within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord has given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Tenant shall complete the Independent Review and notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s specific objections to Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses (including a written statement of the basis, nature and amount of each proposed adjustment) no later than ninety (90) days after Landlord has first given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Landlord shall review the results of any such Independent Review. The parties shall endeavor in good faith to agree promptly and reasonably upon Operating Expenses taking into account the results of such Independent Review. If, as of sixty (60) days after Tenant has submitted the Independent Review to Landlord, the parties have not agreed on the appropriate adjustments to Operating Expenses, then the parties shall engage a mutually agreeable independent

 

-13-


third party accountant with at least ten (10) years’ experience in commercial real estate accounting in the Seattle, Washington area (the “ Accountant ”). If the parties cannot agree on the Accountant, each shall within ten (10) days after such impasse appoint an Accountant (different from the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review) and, within ten (10) days after the appointment of both such Accountants, those two Accountants shall select a third (which cannot be the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review). If either party fails to timely appoint an Accountant, then the Accountant the other party appoints shall be the sole Accountant. Within ten (10) days after appointment of the Accountant(s), Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously give the Accountants (with a copy to the other party) its determination of Operating Expenses, with such supporting data or information as each submitting party determines appropriate. Within ten (10) days after such submissions, the Accountants shall by majority vote select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Operating Expenses. The Accountants may not select or designate any other determination of Operating Expenses. The determination of the Accountant(s) shall bind the parties. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses actually paid for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, either (a) credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If it is finally agreed or determined that Landlord’s annual statement for any year overcharges Tenant by 5% or more, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant all reasonable costs of such review (including without limitation the cost of third party auditors) within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice therefor.

8.4 Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided , however , that if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Operating Expenses from such earlier date of possession. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises or (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

8.5 Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

8.6 Within seven (7) business days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties)

 

-14-


during the prior month and (b) for which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that Tenant reasonably believes is the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to this Lease or the Work Letter.

9. Rentable Area .

9.1 The term “ Rentable Area ” as set forth in Article 2 and as referenced within the Work Letter, and as may otherwise be referenced within this Lease, shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect.

9.2 The “ Rentable Area ” of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls. Rentable Area throughout the Building shall be determined by Landlord via a consistent methodology.

9.3 Except as set forth in Section 9.6 , the term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including, but not limited to, that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom. In making such allocations, consideration shall be given to tenants benefited by space allocated such that the area that primarily serves tenants of only one floor, such as corridors and restrooms upon such floor, shall be allocated to usable area of the Building, as a whole. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a detailed summary of its calculation of the Premises Rentable Area.

9.4 Review of allocations of Rentable Areas as between tenants of the Building and the Project shall be made as frequently as Landlord deems appropriate in order to facilitate an equitable apportionment of Operating Expenses.

9.5 Final measurement of the Rentable Area of the Premises and the Building shall be determined by Landlord or Landlord’s architect and confirmed by Tenant with respect to this Lease. To the extent that the actual Premises as finally measured are larger or smaller than the approximate Rentable Area set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease, the Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building, the amount of the Security Deposit, the TI Allowance and Additional Allowance of the Premises (and such other variables in this Lease as are a function of Rentable Area) shall all be adjusted accordingly. If Tenant notifies Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receiving the final determination of the Rentable Area and supporting documentation for the same that Tenant disagrees with the determination of the Rentable Area as calculated by Landlord or Landlord’s architect, the matter shall be arbitrated by a single arbitrator in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator’s decision shall be limited to determining the square footage of the Rentable Area. The arbitrator shall have no

 

-15-


authority to make any other rulings or fashion any remedy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final. The party losing the arbitration shall reimburse the prevailing party for all of the prevailing party’s fees, costs and expenses of the arbitration, including attorneys’ fees and the arbitrator’s fees.

9.6 Landlord and Tenant intend to include the Storage Rooms within the Premises, but intend that Tenant will occupy the Storage Rooms without paying Basic Annual Rent for, or a share of Operating Expenses allocated to, the Storage Rooms, and that the TI Allowance will be calculated without regard to the Storage Rooms. As such, the Storage Rooms shall be excluded from the Rentable Area of the Premises for purposes of determining the Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building and the amount of the TI Allowance, and the amounts set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 have been calculated on that basis.

10. Security Deposit .

10.1 Tenant shall deposit with Landlord within five (5) days of the Execution Date a security deposit in the amount set forth in Section 2.8 (the “ Security Deposit ”), which Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following demand therefor, increase the amount of the L/C Security or deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its required amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

10.2 In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

10.3 Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

10.4 If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-16-


10.5 The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except during Default, deliver a letter of credit (the “ L/C Security ”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows.

(a) If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit H issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then: (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations; and (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires (not to exceed 30 days). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s reasonable legal costs (as reasonably estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

(b) If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

(c) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if: (i) an uncured Default exists; (ii) as of the date 45 days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security; (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord requests that the issuer confirm the current L/C Security expiry date (with a copy of such request to Tenant), and the issuer fails to do so within fifteen (15) business days after Tenant and the issuer each receives such request; (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security; or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security. This paragraph does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances. If Landlord draws on the Security L/C, any amount that is not applied in accordance with Section 10.1 hereof shall be held as a cash Security Deposit.

(d) Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

(e) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within fifteen (15) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

 

-17-


11. Use .

11.1 Tenant shall use the Premises for the purpose set forth in Section 2.9 , and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

11.2 Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof.

11.3 Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase (unless Tenant pays the increase for the duration of the increase (even if after the end of the Term)) the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building and the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

11.4 Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

11.5 No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

11.6 No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

-18-


11.7 No sign, advertisement or notice (“ Signage ”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Directory and suite entry identification for Tenant shall be provided for Tenant by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall have Signage rights for the Premises substantially consistent with the Signage permitted for other comparable Tenants in the Project, as Landlord reasonably determines, including without limitation space on any monument sign should one be constructed. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any such Signage, and Tenant shall pay all actual costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor.

11.8 Tenant shall use reasonable efforts consistent with a laboratory user to minimize the sounds or vibrations from equipment or machinery installed by Tenant in the Premises that extend into the Common Areas or other offices in the Building. Further, Tenant shall only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the structural design of the Building (unless Tenant otherwise obtains Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and such equipment shall be placed in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

11.9 Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way unreasonably obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or objectionable purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner materially adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment.

11.10 Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, but subject to Landlord’s obligations and warranties under this Lease (including without limitation Section 4.3 ) Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ ADA ”), and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. The provisions of this Section 11.10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-19-


12. Brokers .

12.1 Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than The Staubach Company (“ Tenant’s Broker ”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease (other than Landlord’s Broker, as set forth in Section 12.2 hereof). Landlord shall compensate Tenant’s Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

12.2 Landlord represents and warrants that it has had no dealing with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than EDG Commercial Real Estate (“ Landlord’s Broker ”) and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease (other than Tenant’s Broker, as set forth in Section 12.1 hereof). Landlord shall compensate Landlord’s Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker.

12.3 Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

12.4 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 12.1 and 12.3 .

12.5 Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any other broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any other broker or agent, other than Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Landlord.

13. Holding Over .

13.1 If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) the Basic Annual Rent in accordance with Article 6 , as adjusted in accordance with Article 7 , and (b) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

13.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term.

 

-20-


13.3 Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

13.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 13 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

14. Taxes on Tenant’s Property .

14.1 Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

14.2 If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building or the Property is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed valued of the Building or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

14.3 If any improvements in or Alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “ Building Standard ”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 14.2 above. Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Building leased by other tenants of Landlord shall not be included in the Operating Expenses defined in Article 8 , but shall be treated, as to such other tenants, as provided in this Section 14.3 . If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for deteunining whether said Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

15. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that subject to Landlord’s representations, warranties and obligations set forth in this Lease (a) it agrees to take the Premises in their condition “as is” as of the Temi Commencement Date, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease.

 

-21-


16. Common Areas and Parking Facilities .

16.1 Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas, subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit D , together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in writing in its reasonable discretion (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations.

16.2 Tenant shall be entitled to rent from Landlord on a monthly basis from time to time throughout the Term an amount of parking spaces not to exceed one (1) parking space (located in the Building garage) per One Thousand rentable square feet of the Premises (“ Tenant’s Parking Space Allowance ”) on an unreserved basis at a rate of One Hundred Seventy Five Dollars ($175.00) per parking space per month, which rate shall be subject to annual market-based increases not greater than three percent (3%) per calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Tenant’s Parking Space Allowance for the first twelve (12) months following the Rent Commencement Date at no cost to Tenant.

16.3 Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, including the right to add or remove exterior and interior landscaping and to subdivide real property, so long as such modifications do not materially adversely interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided , however , that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

17. Utilities and Services .

17.1 Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay a reasonable proportion (to be determined by Landlord) of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as part of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

17.2 Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repair, Force Majeure or Tenant’s negligence or gross negligence. Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord of any interruption of a utility or service, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any such interruption within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice. In the event that such failure continues for such five (5) business day period after Landlord’s receipt of such written notice from Tenant, Tenant shall be entitled to a full

 

-22-


abatement of Rent during the period beginning at the end of such five (5) business day period for the duration of any such interruption to the extent that the same materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises and to the extent that the same is due to Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct.

17.3 Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term.

17.4 Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use any device in the Premises (including, without limitation, data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Building as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as usually furnished or supplied for the use set forth in Section 2.9 or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s capacity to provide such utilities or services, unless Tenant installs additional equipment or installations with respect to such device that prevent any adverse effect on the Building.

17.5 Tenant shall have the right to use the Building loading dock and freight elevator in common with other tenants in the Building in a manner and with frequency proportionate to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share.

17.6 If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may reasonably condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

17.7 Utilities and services provided by Landlord to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utility or service if the same is practical; otherwise the same shall be paid to Landlord.

17.8 Landlord shall provide water in Common Areas for lavatory and water fountain purposes only. Tenant shall be entitled to use water in its Premises consistent with a laboratory user, and Landlord shall install a water meter to measure Tenant’s water consumption for such purposes. Throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant fails to so maintain such meter and equipment, Landlord may repair or replace the same and shall collect the costs therefor from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove stated, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payment by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

 

-23-


17.9 Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or electric service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel; provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide at least one (1) business day advance written notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency) of any stop in service, repair, alteration or improvement that Landlord in good faith anticipates will materially and adversely impact Tenant, and Landlord further agrees to use reasonable efforts to perform such work in a manner that keeps any disruption to Tenant to a reasonable level. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure.

18. Alterations .

18.1 Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation, or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at, or serving the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; provided , however , that in the event any proposed Alteration adversely affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval with respect thereto in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any such Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to seek Landlord’s prior consent to cosmetic Alterations in the Premises that cost less than $50,000 in any one instance; provided , however , that in the event any proposed Alteration adversely affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Tenant must obtain Landlord’s approval, and Landlord may withhold such approval in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

-24-


18.2 Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities, without first obtaining Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

18.3 Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any fire sprinkler system and fire water supply lines to remain fully operable at all times.

18.4 Any work performed on the Premises or the Building by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, if applicable, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as-built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises. Within sixty (60) days of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with complete “as-built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) for the Building, and agrees to provide Tenant with updates to the same to the extent necessary for Tenant to efficiently provide Landlord with the deliverables required by the prior sentence.

18.5 All Tenant Improvements, Alterations, attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, trade fixtures, additions and improvements, subject to Sections 18.8 and 20.3 , attached to or built into the Premises, made by either of the Parties, including, without limitation, all floor and wall coverings, built-in cabinet work and paneling, sinks and related plumbing fixtures, built-in laboratory benches, exterior venting fume hoods and walk-in freezers and refrigerators, ductwork, conduits, electrical panels and circuits (collectively, “ Attached Property ”), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. The Premises shall at all times remain the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove any equipment, laboratory/research equipment, decorations, trade fixtures and personal property from the Premises that was paid for entirely by Tenant and that is not affixed to the Building or the Property in a manner that removal of the same would require substantial alteration (for example, trade fixtures that are merely bolted to the Building would not require substantial alteration to remove; but an item such as an installed walk-in freezer would require substantial alterations to remove) (“ Tenant’s Personal Property ”); provided, however, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises associated with such removal.

18.6 Before commencing any work, Tenant shall give Landlord at least fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for said work.

 

-25-


18.7 Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

18.8 If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises prior to termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store said effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of said personal property.

18.9 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 18 to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including, without limitation, the Tenant Improvements made pursuant to the Work Letter without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

18.10 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

18.11 Within sixty (60) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements (or any other Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the cost to Tenant of all Alterations installed by Tenant or its contractors or agents to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof (the “ Alteration Fee ”); provided , however , that no Alteration Fee shall be payable for any Alterations which do not require any plan review, coordination, scheduling or supervision; and provided , further , that the parties agree that the Alteration Fee shall not apply to the Tenant Improvements since Landlord will receive the Construction Management Fee as described in the Work Letter. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

 

-26-


18.12 Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and lenders (so long as Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of the identity of the same) as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

19. Repairs and Maintenance .

19.1 Landlord shall repair and maintain in good working condition the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Building and the Project and all Building systems and utilities, including, without limitation, roofing and covering materials, foundations, exterior walls, plumbing, fire sprinkler systems (if any), heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevators, and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord. Any costs related to the repair or maintenance activities specified in this Section 19.1 shall be included as a part of Operating Expenses to the extent allowable under Article 8, unless such repairs or maintenance is required in whole or in part because of any act, neglect, fault or omissions of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such repairs and maintenance.

19.2 Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 19.1 , Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense maintain and keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good of a condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Work Letter or this Lease.

19.3 Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

19.4 Repairs under this Article 19 that are obligations of Landlord are subject to allocation among Tenant and other tenants as Operating Expenses, except as otherwise provided in this Article 19 .

19.5 This Article 19 relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project and any related facilities. In the event of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, terrorism, natural disaster or similar cause of damage or destruction, Article 23 shall apply in lieu of this Article 19 .

20. Liens .

20.1 Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

-27-


20.2 Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 20.1 , Landlord may, at Landlord’s election but following five (5) day’s prior written notice, pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent.

20.3 In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, laboratory/research equipment, trade fixtures or other personal property utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business (collectively, “ Equipment ”), Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement executed by Tenant shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to Equipment of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Building be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to Equipment located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement authorized by Tenant record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord in the real property or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains (subject to confidentiality requirements in such agreement or other documents) to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, all Tenant’s Personal Property and which may be moved without material damage to the Premises that is situated in or installed by Tenant in the Premises shall at all times remain Tenant’s property and Tenant may remove and replace any Equipment at any time during the Term, provided that Tenant promptly repair any damage caused by the same. In no event shall Landlord have any common law or statutory lien or other security interest in any of Tenant’s Equipment, and Landlord hereby expressly waives and releases any lien or security interest however created or arising.

21. Indemnification and Exculpation .

21.1 Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising from injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building or the Property arising directly or indirectly out of Tenant’s or Tenant’s employees’, agents’ or guests’ use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder except to the extent

 

-28-


caused by Landlord’s breach of Lease, willful misconduct or gross negligence. Subject to Section 21.2 , Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and save Tenant harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building or the Property to the extent that the same arise directly or indirectly out of the breach of Lease, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or guests, except to the extent caused by Tenant’s breach of Lease, willful misconduct or negligence.

21.2 Notwithstanding any provision of Section 21.1 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to personal property or scientific research, including, without limitation, loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises and damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including, without limitation, broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), except to the extent that any such loss is due to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to its business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section 21.2 .

21.3 Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party.

21.4 Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

21.5 The provisions of this Article 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

21.6 The indemnity from Tenant in this Article 21 is intended to specifically cover actions brought by Tenant’s own employees, with respect to acts or omissions during the term of this Lease. In that regard, with respect to Landlord, Tenant waives any immunity it may have under Washington’s Industrial Insurance Act, RCW Title 51, to the extent necessary to provide Landlord with a full and complete indemnity from claims made by Tenant and its employees, to the extent of their negligence. If losses, liabilities, damages, liens, costs and expenses covered by Tenant’s indemnity are caused by the sole negligence Landlord or by the concurrent negligence of both Landlord and Tenant, or their respective employees, agents, invitees and licensees, then Tenant shall indemnify Landlord only to the extent of Tenant’s own negligence or that of its officers, agents, employees, guests or invitees. LANDLORD AND TENANT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE 21 WERE SPECIFICALLY NEGOTIATED AND AGREED UPON BY THEM.

 

-29-


22. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation .

22.1 Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project, including the Tenant Improvements, in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that the deductibles for such insurance coverage shall be commercially reasonable; and provided further that the limits of such coverage shall not be less than ninety percent (90%) of such full replacement cost or the amount of such insurance Landlord’s lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “ Lender ”), if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within Special Form property insurance. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, workmen’s compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the Tenant Improvements, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section 22.1 shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

22.2 In addition, Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with a single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for death or bodily injury, or property damage with respect to the Project. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section 22.2 shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

22.3 Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect, beginning on the Term Commencement Date or the date of occupancy, whichever occurs first, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,0000) general aggregate for death or bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises (including $100,000 fire legal liability (each loss)).

22.4 The liability insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., Landlord’s constituent partners and the Building Lenders (if disclosed by Landlord to Tenant in writing) (“ Landlord Parties ”) as additional insureds. All insurance carried by either Landlord or Tenant as required under this Lease shall be with companies having a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A- and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies or cause the insurance companies to furnish certificates of coverage to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary

 

-30-


policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” that specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

22.5 Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

22.6 In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner, and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

22.7 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of the other on account of loss or damage occasioned by such waiving party or its property or the property of others under such waiving party’s control, in each case to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any Special Form insurance policy that either Landlord or Tenant may have in force at the time of such loss or damage or are required to carry by this Lease, whichever is greater. Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 22.7 , shall contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

22.8 Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with reasonable requirements of Landlord’s Lender or, following the initial Term, to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

23. Damage or Destruction .

23.1 In the event of a partial destruction of the Building or the Project by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (a) the damage thereto is such that the Building or the Project may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the happening of such casualty and (b) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient

 

-31-


to cover the cost of such repairs (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense), Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Building or the Project, as applicable, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

23.2 In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 23.1 , Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction.

23.3 Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election whether to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, and in such notice, Landlord shall indicate Landlord’s good faith estimate of the time to complete such repairs. If the expected time to complete repairs exceeds twelve (12) months, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice given to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice.

23.4 Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article 23 , the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. All property insurance proceeds (except with respect to Tenant’s personal property and removable equipment that Tenant purchased without any contribution from Landlord) shall be paid to Landlord.

23.5 In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article 23 , all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord at its sole cost provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided , however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the proceeds of business interruption insurance actually received by Tenant with respect to the Premises.

23.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23 , should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs shall be extended on a day-for-day basis.

23.7 If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to those portions of the Premises, the Building or the Property that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense. The repair, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the

 

-32-


event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard (except with respect to improvements paid for out of the TI Allowance), unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

23.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23 , Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article 23 occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension hereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor (provided Landlord carried insurance required under this Lease). Furthermore, if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article 23 occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension hereof, Tenant shall be entitled to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord.

23.9 Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the Property and the Building; provided that Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If the Property or the Building is to be repaired in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, provided Tenant is not then in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease.

24. Eminent Domain .

24.1 In the event the whole of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority.

24.2 In the event of a partial taking of the Building or the Project, or of drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

24.3 Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed solely at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

 

-33-


24.4 If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article 24 , this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, the Building and the Project, as applicable, to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking to the extent such restoration is feasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. The Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

25. Defaults and Remedies .

25.1 Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord regarding such overdue amount (provided that Tenant shall only be entitled to one (1) such written notice in a consecutive twelve (12) month period), Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.

25.2 No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

25.3 If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder, or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant continues for three (3) days after Landlord delivers notice to Tenant demanding performance by Tenant; or provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 25.1 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or

 

-34-


incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum or the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws, whichever is less.

25.4 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) The vacation of the Premises by Tenant without the intention to continue to perform obligations;

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord;

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Subsection 25.4(a) ) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion;

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

(f) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”);

(g) Any involuntary petition if filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

(h) The failure by Tenant to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 30 where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord;

(i) The failure by Tenant to subordinate its interest under this Lease in accordance with Section 35.3 hereof where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord; and

(j) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

 

-35-


Notices given under this Section 25.4 shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice. The foregoing notice and cure provisions shall be inclusive of and not in addition to the notices and cure periods provided for in RCW 59.12, as now or hereafter amended, or any legislation in lieu or substitution thereof.

25.5 In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord shall be entitled to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby, except to the extent of Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease; plus

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws.

As used in Subsections 25.5(a) and 25.5(b) , “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate specified in Section 25.1 . As used in Subsection 25.5(c) above, the

 

-36-


“worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point.

25.6 In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section 25.6 , the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

(a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 25.5 , then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease.

25.7 In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including, without limitation, storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

-37-


25.8 All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver.

25.9 Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (i) the date of Lease termination or (ii) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

25.10 To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

25.11 Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided , however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

25.12 In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

26. Assignment or Subletting .

26.1 Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Tenant shall have the right to Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent the Lease or any portion thereof or the Premises or any part thereof to any person or entity that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, to any entity resulting from the

 

-38-


merger, consolidation, acquisition or restructuring of Tenant, or to the purchaser in connection with the sale of substantially all of the assets used in connection with the business operated by Tenant at the Building (“ Tenant’s Affiliate ”), provided Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer to Tenant’s Affiliate (an “ Exempt Transfer ”) and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer. For purposes of Exempt Transfers, “control” requires both (a) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (b) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the following Sections 26.2 , 26.3 and 26.9 of the Lease shall not be applicable to any Exempt Transfer.

26.2 In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least forty-five (45) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “ Transfer Notice ”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require. Tenant shall also tender to Landlord reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs or overhead expenses incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s request for such Transfer (not to exceed $3,000).

26.3 Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 26.9 to cancel this Lease.

26.4 In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Revenue Code ”); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement

 

-39-


for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code.

26.5 As conditions precedent to Tenant subleasing the Premises or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises, Landlord may require any or all of the following:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term;

(b) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Transfer. Such evidence shall include, without limitation, evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

(c) If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, provided that Tenant may first recover transaction costs incurred by Tenant, including marketing expenses, tenant improvement allowances actually provided by Tenant, construction costs, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent. If said consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(d) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(e) Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms;

(f) Tenant shall not then be in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods hereunder in any respect;

 

-40-


(g) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

(h) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(i) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

(j) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent to any later Transfer;

(k) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

(l) A list of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 40.8 below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 40.2 .

26.6 Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 26 shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

26.7 The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.

26.8 Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

26.9 If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to assign the Lease or otherwise Transfer this Lease or all or substantially all of the Premises to a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee for all or substantially all of the Term (other than an Exempt Transfer), then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “substantially all of the Term” shall mean that the proposed transfer would

 

-41-


expire during the last one (1) year of the Term. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section 26.8 , this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

26.10 If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

27. Attorneys’ Fees . If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit.

28. Bankruptcy . In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

28.1 Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

28.2 A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

28.3 A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

28.4 The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

29. Definition of Landlord . With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “ Landlord ,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as

 

-42-


applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord (except for return of the Security if Landlord’s assignee does not assume the obligation to repay the Security Deposit to Landlord) and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

30. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit E , or on any other form reasonably requested by a proposed Lender or purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further reasonable information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part such that Tenant shall be stopped from arguing facts contrary to the express assertions of the estoppel. If Tenant fails to deliver such statement within such prescribed time, then such estoppel shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

31. Joint and Several Obligations . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

31.1 Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant; and

31.2 The term “ Tenant ” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including, without limitation, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

32. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

32.1 If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the

 

-43-


proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project of which the Premises are a part, (b) rent, insurance proceeds or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project of which the Premises are a part.

32.2 Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord. If Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee or agent of Landlord.

32.3 Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article 32 shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

33. Project Control by Landlord .

33.1 Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes, without limitation, Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project, convert the Building to condominium units, grant easements and licenses to third parties, and maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property.

33.2 Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further reasonable documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant, that materially adversely affects Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided by this Lease.

33.3 Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours if Tenant so requests), and upon one (1) business day prior written or facsimile notice ( provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an

 

-44-


emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the final year of the Term, (d) post notices of nonresponsibility, (e) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (f) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary. For any such access to the Premises, Landlord shall, except in an emergency, permit a representative of Tenant to accompany Landlord, and at all times agrees to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security and safety rules that are orally communicated to Landlord’s representative accessing the Premises at the time or access and/or provided to Landlord in writing. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 33.3(f) above, Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section 33.3 ; provided , however , that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

34. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease, Landlord or anyone acting through or under Landlord shall not disturb Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, except as permitted by this Lease.

35. Subordination and Attornment .

35.1 This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project (each an “Encumbrance”) and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination, according to the following terms and conditions.

35.2 Landlord shall endeavor, no later than twenty (20) days after the date of full execution of this Lease, to provide Tenant, without cost or charge, with commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements (“ SNDA ”) in favor of Tenant from any ground lessors, mortgage holders or lien holders (each, a “ Superior Mortgagee ”) then in existence. Without limitation, the SNDA shall provide that the Superior Mortgagee shall recognize this Lease, and in the event of any default under such Encumbrance or any foreclosure action, forced sale, or other proceeding in connection therewith, the rights of Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant’s possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed, Tenant shall not be named as defendant in any such proceedings, and that in the event such Superior Mortgagee becomes owner of the Premises, Building, Project or any part thereof, such holder shall accept Tenant as Tenant under this Lease, and, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such SNDA shall include customary limitations on such

 

-45-


holder’s obligations to Tenant. Said SNDA shall be in recordable form and may be recorded at Tenant’s election and expense. In the event Landlord fails to provide such commercially reasonable SNDA within the time frame set forth in this Section, Tenant shall have the right, as its sole and exclusive remedy, exercisable no later than thirty (30) days after the date of full execution of this Lease, to terminate this Lease upon ten (10) business days written notice to Landlord. In the event Tenant elects to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not provide Tenant with the applicable SNDA within such ten (10) day period, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant all of Tenant’s pre-paid rent. This provision shall survive the termination of this Lease.

35.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s subordination as provided above with respect to any Encumbrances arising after the date of this Lease shall be conditioned upon Landlord providing Tenant with a commercially reasonable SNDA that without limitation complies with the preceding paragraph. Said SNDA shall be in recordable form and may be recorded at Tenant’s expense.

35.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further reasonable instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord so long as the same are consistent with this Article 35 . However, if any such mortgagee, beneficiary or Landlord under lease wherein Landlord is tenant so elects, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request.

35.5 Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering real property of which the Premises constitute a part incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part. Any change materially affecting or changing Tenant’s use of the Premises, materially increasing Tenant’s costs or liabilities, affecting the amount or timing of the consideration to be paid by Tenant or modifying the Term of this Lease shall be deemed as materially altering the terms hereof.

35.6 In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed and Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

36. Surrender .

36.1 At lease ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (a) a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“ Exit Survey ”), and (b) written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including, without

 

-46-


limitation, laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and compliance with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 36.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

36.2 No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

36.3 The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

36.4 The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

37. Waiver and Modification . No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach by the other of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

38. Waiver of Jury Trial and Counterclaims . The parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Project; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises, the Building or the Project.

39. Intentionally deleted.

40. Hazardous Materials .

40.1 Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. If Tenant breaches such obligation, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, or if contamination of the Premises by Hazardous Materials otherwise occurs during the Term of this Lease or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord, its agents and contractors harmless from and against any and all

 

-47-


claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any portion thereof; damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or Project; damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Premises, the Building or the Project; and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and experts’ fees) that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project and any adjacent property to their respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided , further , that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project.

40.2 Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article 40 to prohibit Tenant from operating its business as described in Section 2.9 above. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Term Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present on the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material on the Premises (the “ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List promptly after any material changes to the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials used by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (hereinafter referred to as the “ Documents ”) relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Term Commencement Date or, if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to any Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; notices of violations of Applicable Laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Premises, the Building or the Project ( provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Premises, the Building or the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall not be required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion of the Documents containing information of a proprietary nature that, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s written request,

 

-48-


Tenant agrees that it shall enter into a reasonable written agreement with other tenants of the Building and the Project concerning the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “ UBC ”)) within the Building and the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. In the event that Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials is such that it utilizes fire control areas in the Building or the Project in excess of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, as set forth in Section 2.2 , Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable.

40.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 40.1 above, if Tenant (a) has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question, or (b) is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant) at any time within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Landlord actually becomes aware of such requirement or order, as applicable; provided , however , that unless such property is the Property, this Section 40.3 shall not apply to any assignee of Tenant that (x) purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (y) has a net worth of at least $100,000,000.

40.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 40.1 above, if any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant (a) has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question, or (b) is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee); provided , however , that this Section 40.4 shall not apply in the case of any assignment of this Lease by Tenant to any assignee that (x) purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (y) has a net worth of at least $100,000,000.

40.5 At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, if Landlord has a reasonable basis to believe that Tenant has violated this Article 40 , Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises, the Building and the Project to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests of the Premises if a violation by Tenant is found to have occurred.

 

-49-


40.6 If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials are located on the Premises or are hereafter placed on the Premises by any party, Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws.

40.7 Tenant’s obligations under this Article 40 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent in accordance with this Lease, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

40.8 As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by any Governmental Authority.

41. Miscellaneous .

41.1 Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

41.2 Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

41.3 Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

41.4 Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant or Landlord shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

41.5 Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

41.6 The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement.

41.7 Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

 

-50-


41.8 Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof if approved by Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Neither party shall record this Lease. Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of recording any memorandum of this Lease, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with said recordation.

41.9 The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

41.10 Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 41.10 shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

41.11 Any notice, consent, demand, bill, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, overnight delivery with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service, or certified mail (return receipt requested), and if given by personal delivery, shall be deemed delivered upon receipt; if given by overnight delivery, shall be deemed delivered one (1) day after deposit with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service; and, if given by certified mail (return receipt requested), shall be deemed delivered three (3) business days after the time the notifying party deposits the notice with the United States Postal Service. Any notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.11 and 2.12 , respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

41.12 This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises are located, without regard to such State’s conflict of law principles.

41.13 Each of Landlord and Tenant warrant to the other that the respective individual or individuals signing this Lease on its behalf has the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

41.14 Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent audited year-end financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition or, to the extent audited financial statements are not available, year-end financial statements certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as prepared in conformance with GAAP as it is related to accrued liabilities and fairly representing Tenant’s current financial condition. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

-51-


41.15 This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

41.16 Landlord warrants that there are no recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property (the “ CC&Rs ”) that materially interfere with Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use.

42. Option to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the option (“ Option ”) to extend the Term of this Lease by five (5) years (the “ Extension Term ”) as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows:

42.1 Basic Annual Rent shall be adjusted on the first (1st) day of the Extension Term and each anniversary date thereof in accordance with Article 7 . The Basic Annual Rent during the Extension Term shall equal the greater of: (a) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Fair Market Value for the Extension Term; and (b) 103% of the then-current Basic Annual Rent at the end of the then-current Term, and shall be adjusted in accordance with Article 7 hereof. “ Fair Market Value ” means the then-prevailing average annual rate that comparable landlords have accepted in current transactions from new, non-equity (i.e., not being offered equity in the Building), nonrenewal, nonexpansion and nonaffiliated tenants of similar financial strength for comparable space in comparable laboratory buildings comparably located, with comparable size, quality and floor height in a first class office building, or as appropriate, a laboratory building, taking into consideration all relevant factors, including, without limitation, the proposed lease term, the tenant inducements, free rent, brokerage commissions, allowances or concessions, if any, and excluding specialized tenant improvements or tenant paid improvements for a comparable term, with the determination of Fair Market Value to take into account all relevant factors, including tenant inducements, allowances or concessions, if any, the extent of the services provided or to be provided to the Premises, and contraction and expansion options. In the event the tenant inducements, allowances or concessions granted differ from the terms contained in this Lease, an adjustment to the Fair Market Value shall be made on a basis consistent with the adjustments commonly made in the market for comparable differences and concession packages. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the Fair Market Value for purposes of the Extension Term then they shall engage a mutually agreeable independent third party appraiser with at least ten (10) years’ experience in appraising the rental value of leased commercial premises (for research and development and laboratory uses) in the Seattle, Washington area (the “ Appraiser ”). If the parties cannot agree on the Appraiser, each shall within ten (10) days after such impasse appoint an Appraiser and, within ten (10) days after the appointment of both such Appraisers, those two Appraisers shall select a third. If either party fails to timely appoint an Appraiser, then the Appraiser the other party appoints shall be the sole Appraiser. Within ten (10) days after appointment of all Appraiser(s), Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously give the Appraisers (with a copy to the other party) its determination of Fair Market Value, with such supporting data or information as each submitting party determines appropriate. Within ten (10) days after such submissions, the Appraisers shall by majority vote select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s Fair Market Value. The Appraisers may not select or designate any other Fair Market Value. The determination of the Appraiser(s) shall bind the parties.

 

-52-


42.2 The Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease except that it shall be exercisable by a Tenant’s Affiliate to which this Lease has been assigned in accordance herewith.

42.3 The Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Option at least nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant’s exercise of the Option. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise the Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of the Option after the date provided for in this paragraph.

42.4 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 42 , Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Option:

(a) During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is actually in default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

(b) At any time after any Default as described in Article 25 of the Lease and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or

(c) In the event that Tenant has defaulted (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) in the performance of its obligations under this Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge has become payable under Section 25.1 for each of such defaults during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

42.5 The period of time within which Tenant may exercise the Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 42.4 .

42.6 All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or (c) Tenant has defaulted (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) under this Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge under Section 25.1 has become payable for any such default, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

43. Right of First Refusal . Tenant shall have a continuing right of first refusal (“ ROFR ”) as to any premises on the first and third floors of the Building for which Landlord is seeking a tenant (“ Available Premises ”) from time to time during the Term and extensions thereof. To the extent that Landlord renews or extends a then-existing lease with any then-existing tenant of any space, or

 

-53-


enters into a new lease with such then-existing tenant for the same premises, the affected space shall not be deemed to be Available Premises. In addition, space that has not been rented since the completion of the Building shall be Available Premises. In the event Landlord makes to a third party, or receives from a third party, a offer to lease Available Premises that Landlord is willing to accept, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ Notice of Offer ”), specifying the terms and conditions of a proposed lease to Tenant of the Available Premises.

43.1 Within ten (10) days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in such Notice of Offer. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within said ten (10) day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Available Premises.

43.2 If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, then Landlord shall lease the Available Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer.

43.3 If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, or if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the ten (10)-day period described above, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the Available Premises on the same terms as are in the Notice of Offer, or on terms that, in Landlord’s reasonable, good faith judgment, are more favorable to Landlord or on other terms than are set forth in the Notice of Offer (provided that each of (a) the size of any prospective subject space to be let, (b) the aggregate economic value based on the discounted present value (to be calculated with an eight percent (8%) annual interest factor) of the net rent and other amounts to be paid by the tenant and the Landlord over the term of the lease of such space and the amount of the tenant improvement allowance, and (c) the length of the term of such prospective lease does not vary by more than seven and one-half percent (7.5%) from those set forth in the Notice of Offer), within one hundred twenty (120) days following Tenant’s election (or deemed election) not to lease the Available Premises. If Landlord does not lease the Available Premises within said one hundred twenty (120)-day period, then Tenant’s ROFR shall be fully reinstated with respect to the specific Available Premises, and Landlord shall not thereafter lease the Available Premises without first complying with the procedures set forth in this Article 43 .

43.4 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 43 to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFR during such period of time that Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the ROFR during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFR if Tenant has been in default (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) two (2) or more times during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFR.

43.5 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFR, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion; provided that this ROFR shall be exercisable by Tenant’s Affiliate to which this Lease has been assigned in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

-54-


43.6 If Tenant exercises the ROFR, Landlord does not guarantee that the Available Premises will be available on the anticipated commencement date for the lease thereof if the then-existing occupants of the Additional Space shall hold over, or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

43.7 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if the Available Premises consists of all or any portion of the first (1St) floor, Tenant at its sole discretion may elect to exercise this ROFR with respect to all of such space on the first (1st) floor or with respect to only such portion thereof as Tenant may elect (so long as the portion of the first (1st) floor that Tenant does not elect to lease is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, reasonably marketable).

44. Expansion Option .

44.1 Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article 44 , Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “ Expansion Option ”) to include space in the basement or on the first floor of the Building (the “ Potential Expansion Area ”). The portion of the Potential Expansion Area added to the Premises by exercise of the Expansion Option shall herein be referred to as the “ Expansion Premises ”.

44.2 Tenant may exercise its Expansion Option under this Article 44 for any portion of the Potential Expansion Area that remains Available Space by providing Landlord with written notice (the “ Expansion Option Exercise Notice ”) that Tenant has elected to exercise its Expansion Option for such space. A portion of the space in the Building shall be deemed “Available Space” if such portion is vacant and Tenant has not received a Notice of Offer in accordance with Article 43 with respect to such portion.

44.3 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right at any time in its sole and absolute discretion to make improvements in addition to the Core and Shell Work to any portion of the Potential Expansion Area for which Tenant has not exercised its Expansion Option such that such portion of the Potential Expansion Area will be ready for tenant occupancy (even if such portion of the Potential Expansion Area will not be suitable for Tenant’s use) (such improvements, “ Spec Improvements ”). If Landlord intends to make Spec Improvements to any portion of the Potential Expansion Area, then Landlord shall endeavor to provide written notice to Tenant when Landlord applies for a building permit for the Spec Improvements, which notice shall state Landlord’s intent to complete such Spec Improvements in such portion of the Potential Expansion Area (such portion of the Potential Expansion Area that is described in a Spec Space Notice (as defined below) as the portion that will be so improved, a “ Spec Space Area ”), and specify the general nature of the Spec Improvements and the Spec Space Area (such notice, a “ Spec Space Notice ”). If Tenant desires to lease less than all of the Spec Space Area, then the Expansion Premises shall be determined in accordance with Section 44.4 , and such Spec Space Area shall be the Expansion Premises hereunder. If Tenant delivers an Expansion Option Exercise Notice with respect to any Spec Space Area before Landlord commences the Spec Improvements in such Spec

 

-55-


Space Area, then, in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, Tenant may clearly and explicitly notify Landlord that Tenant does not desire Landlord to complete the Spec Improvements (a “ Non-Spec Election ”), and if Tenant timely provides such notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall not perform the Spec Improvements in such Spec Space Area, and instead the improvement of such Spec Space shall be governed by Section 44.5 . If Tenant does not make a Non-Spec Election in Tenant’s Expansion Option Exercise Notice, then Landlord shall perform the Spec Improvements in such Spec Space Area (a “ Leased Spec Area ”), and shall not be required to perform any improvements in addition to the Core and Shell Work and the Spec Improvements, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any TI Allowance for the Leased Spec Area.

44.4 If Tenant exercises its Expansion Option in accordance with Section 44.2 hereof with respect to:

(a) any Spec Space Area, then Tenant shall, in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, specify the number of square feet of Rentable Area of Spec Space Area that Tenant requires. It Tenant requests less than the entire Rentable Area of Spec Space Area in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, then Landlord shall subsequently designate as the Expansion Premises a portion of such Spec Space Area, reasonably suitable for leasing and comprised of a number of square feet of Rentable Area that is approximately the same as the number of square feet of Rentable Area that is specified by Tenant in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, but only if there is Spec Space Area that meets each of the following requirements:

(i) The Rentable Area of such space is approximately the same as the Rentable Area designated by Tenant in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice; and

(ii) Landlord can separately demise such space in a reasonable manner so that (i) such space and (ii) the remaining space located on such floor of the Building (if any) are of a commercially reasonable and marketable configuration and are suitable for leasing, including having access to the common areas on the applicable floor (in the case of (ii) above, without reducing the rent per square foot that such remaining space would be expected to attain on the open market).

(b) any portion of the Potential Expansion Area for which Landlord has not delivered a Spec Space Notice and which is Available Space (“ Available Non-Spec Space ”), then Tenant shall, in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, specify the number of square feet of Rentable Area of Available Non-Spec Space that Tenant requires. Landlord shall subsequently designate as the Expansion Premises a portion of the Potential Expansion Area that is Available Non-Spec Space, reasonably suitable for leasing and comprised of a number of square feet of Rentable Area that is approximately the same as the number of square feet of Rentable Area that is specified by Tenant in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice, but only if there is Potential Expansion Area that meets each of the following requirements:

(i) The Rentable Area of such space is approximately the same as the Rentable Area designated by Tenant in its Expansion Option Exercise Notice;

 

-56-


(ii) Landlord can separately demise such space in a reasonable manner so that (i) such space and (ii) the remaining space located on such floor of the Building (if any) are of a commercially reasonable and marketable configuration and are suitable for leasing, including having access to the common areas on the applicable floor (in the case of (ii) above, without reducing the rent per square foot that such remaining space would be expected to attain on the open market);

(iii) Such space is Available Non-Spec Space; and

(iv) Landlord has not delivered a Spec Space Notice with respect to such space.

Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses of separately demising the Expansion Premises.

44.5 In the event Tenant exercises its Expansion Option in accordance with the terms of this Article 44 with respect to Available Non-Spec Space or any Spec Space Area for which Tenant has made a Non-Spec Election, Tenant may, by providing written notice to Landlord at any time during the twelve (12) month period (the “ Expansion Tenant Improvement Election Period ”) immediately following the later of the date of the Expansion Option Exercise Notice provided by Tenant to Landlord for such space or Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work, request in writing (the “ Expansion Premises TI Notice ”) that Landlord construct tenant improvements to such Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of Article 4 of this Lease and the Work Letter (with such modifications thereto as may reasonably be necessary to reflect that the Tenant Improvements for such Expansion Premises will be governed by this Article 44 to the extent inconsistent with Article 44 ); provided , however , Tenant shall deliver its Draft Plans for the Expansion Premises Tenant Improvements to Landlord within sixty (60) days after Tenant provides its Expansion Premises TI Notice for such Expansion Premises to Landlord; provided , further , that the TI Allowance for such Expansion Premises shall be treated separately for such Expansion Premises and determined based on the rentable square footage of the Expansion Premises; provided , further , that Tenant shall have until the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Default after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods (which shall be the notice and cure periods specified in Article 25 and not additional notice or cure periods) or (b) the expiration of the Expansion Tenant Improvement Election Period, to expend the unused portion of any TI Allowance with respect to such Expansion Premises, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund the TI Allowance for such Expansion Premises shall expire, and any Tenant Improvements made by Landlord to the applicable Expansion Premises after such date shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant and Landlord shall amend the Work Letter to incorporate any additional tenant improvements requested by Tenant in accordance with this Section 44.5 within ten (10) days following Tenant’s provision of such notice to Landlord.

44.6 Within ten (10) days after exercising the Expansion Option, Tenant and Landlord shall enter into a written amendment to this Lease (the “ Amendment ”), which Amendment shall provide, unless otherwise agreed in writing:

(a) that the term commencement date for the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Space Term Commencement Date ”) shall be the later of (i) the date of Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work and Tenant Improvements (or Spec Improvements in lieu of Tenant Improvements for any Leased Spec Area) for the Expansion Premises or (ii) the Term Commencement Date for the initial Premises;

 

-57-


(b) that the Premises under this Lease shall be increased to include the Expansion Premises as of the Expansion Space Term Commencement Date;

(c) that the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be increased to reflect the inclusion of the Rentable Area of the Expansion Premises as of the Expansion Space Term Commencement Date;

(d) the new Basic Annual Rent, with the Expansion Premises increasing the Basic Annual Rent as set forth in Section 44.8 hereof, provided , however , that if a Fair Market Rental Value determination is required in connection with such increase and the new Basic Annual Rent is therefore not known at the time of execution of the Amendment, the Amendment shall indicate that the new Basic Annual Rent shall be determined in accordance with Section 44.8 of this Lease;

(e) unless such Expansion Premises are Leased Spec Area, that Tenant shall commence paying Basic Annual Rent, and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, for any Expansion Premises commencing upon the later of (i) ten (10) days following the date of the Expansion Option Exercise Notice provided by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the Expansion Premises, or (ii) eight (8) months following the the later of (A) the date of the Expansion Option Exercise Notice provided by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the Expansion Premises, or (B)the Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work for such Expansion Premises, or (iii) the Rent Commencement Date;

(f) if such Expansion Premises are Leased Spec Area, that Tenant shall commence paying Basic Annual Rent, and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, for any Expansion Premises commencing upon the later of (i) ten (10) days following the date of the Expansion Option Exercise Notice provided by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the Expansion Premises, or (ii) Substantial Completion of the Spec Improvements for the Leased Spec Area, or (iii) the Rent Commencement Date;

(g) Tenant’s new Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses based upon the addition of the Rentable Area of the Expansion Premises to the Premises;

(h) the proportionate increase to the Security Deposit (which increase shall be payable to Landlord upon execution of the Amendment); and

(i) the amount of the Initial TI Allowance and Additional TI Allowance (which amount shall exclude any TI Allowance for Leased Spec Space).

 

-58-


44.7 Landlord shall endeavor to tender possession of the Expansion Premises (with the Tenant Improvements thereto (or Spec Improvements in lieu of Tenant Improvements for any Leased Spec Area) Substantially Complete) to Tenant on or before the estimated delivery date for the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Estimated Delivery Date ”). If the Tenant Improvements (or Spec Improvements in lieu of Tenant Improvements for any Leased Spec Area) are not Substantially Complete on or before the Expansion Estimated Delivery Date for any reason whatsoever, then this Lease shall not be void or voidable, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and the Expansion Space Term Commencement Date shall not occur until Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements for the Expansion Premises occurs. Substantial Completion of Tenant Improvements for the Expansion Premises shall be determined separately from Substantial Completion for the remainder of the Premises.

44.8 The initial Basic Annual Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be calculated as follows:

(a) Unless the Expansion Premises is Leased Spec Area:

(i) if the Expansion Option is exercised from and after the Execution Date until the Term Commencement Date, then the initial Basic Annual Rent for such Expansion Premises shall be the rental rate per square foot of Rentable Area of the Expansion Premises set forth in Section 2.3 hereof;

(ii) if the Expansion Option is exercised from and after the Teen Commencement Date until the first anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, then the initial Basic Annual Rent for such Expansion Premises shall be the Fair Market Rental Value of the Expansion Premises (not to exceed 110% of the initial Basic Annual Rent per square foot of Rentable Area set forth in Section 2.3 hereof);

(iii) if the Expansion Option is exercised after the first anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, then the initial Basic Annual Rent for such Expansion Premises shall be the Fair Market Rental Value of the Expansion Premises; and

(b) If the Expansion Premises is Leased Spec Space, then the initial Basic Annual Rent for such Expansion Premises shall be the Fair Market Rental Value for such space and improvements thereto with respect to such space, in which case Tenant shall not be entitled to any TI Allowance in connection with such Expansion Premises.

Basic Annual Rent for the Expansion Premises shall escalate in accordance with Article 7 of this Lease.

For purposes of this Article 44 , the term “Fair Market Rental Value” of the Expansion Premises is the greater of (a) the rental rate per square foot of Rentable Area of the Expansion Premises set forth in Section 2.3 hereof, or (b) the rental rate, determined in accordance with this Article 44 , at which tenants are leasing Comparable Space on the Expansion Space Term Commencement Date. For this purpose, “ Comparable Space ” shall mean office and laboratory

 

-59-


space that is (v) not subleased, (w) not subject to another tenant’s expansion rights, (x) comparable in size, location and quality to the Expansion Premises, (y) leased for a term comparable to Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises and (z) located in the Building and in other comparable office and laboratory projects located in the Seattle, Washington area. In determining the rental rate of Comparable Space, the parties shall exclude brokerage commissions and shall include all escalations and take into consideration the following concessions: (i) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted to tenants in connection with the Comparable Space and (ii) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for the Comparable Space, taking into account the TI Allowance for, or value of the Spec Improvements in, the Expansion Premises, as the case may be.

For any portion of the Expansion Premises for which Tenant has exercised its Expansion Option Exercise Notice and for which Basic Annual Rent will be determined based on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Value (“ LL FMV Notice ”) within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such Expansion Option Exercise Notice from Tenant. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Value of the portion of the Expansion Premises as set forth in the LL FMV Notice, then Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of the LL FMV Notice notifying Landlord thereof (“ Tenant FMV Objection Notice ”).

If Tenant does not deliver its Tenant FMV Objection Notice to Landlord by the end of such ten (10) day period, then the Fair Market Rental Value of the Expansion Premises shall conclusively be determined to be the Fair Market Rental Value set forth in the LL FMV Notice.

If Tenant does deliver its Tenant FMV Objection Notice to Landlord by the end of such ten (10) day period, then Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Value for such portion of the Expansion Premises on or before the fifth (5th) business day after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant FMV Objection Notice. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on or before such date, the matter shall be arbitrated by a single arbitrator in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator’s decision shall be limited to determining the Fair Market Rental Value of such portion of the Expansion Premises. The arbitrator shall have no authority to make any other rulings or fashion any other remedy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final. The party losing the arbitration shall reimburse the prevailing party for all of the prevailing party’s reasonable fees, costs and expenses of the arbitration, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the arbitrator’s fees.

44.9 Landlord shall use good faith efforts to cause Contractor to repair any defects in the Expansion Premises identified by Tenant to Landlord within nine (9) months of Tenant’s occupation of the Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord warrants that as of the Expansion Space Tenn Commencement Date (a) the Expansion Premises shall substantially comply with all Applicable Laws; (b) any portion of the Expansion Premises consisting of Spec Space Area shall be constructed substantially in conformance with Landlord’s plans for such Spec Space Area, (c) any portion of the Expansion Premises consisting of Available Non-Spec Space or for which Tenant makes a Non-Spec Election shall be constructed substantially in accordance with

 

-60-


the Approved TI Plans and the Approved Core and Shell Plans for such space; and (d) the Expansion Premises shall be watertight. To the extent any of the warranties set forth in the preceding sentence are violated, Landlord shall promptly correct the same at its sole cost.

44.10 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 44 to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the Expansion Option during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods. Any attempted exercise of the Expansion Option during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the Expansion Option if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default under this Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Option.

45. Tenant Option to Terminate . Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease (the “ Termination Option ”) with no further rights or obligations hereunder in the event that Tenant (a) enters into a new lease for space in another building which is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by BioMed Realty Trust, Inc. (each, a “ BioMed Entity ”) and (b) notifies Landlord and such BioMed Entity at least five (5) business days before Tenant executes such new Lease that Tenant is exercising such Termination Option and that Tenant intends to terminate this Lease. Tenant shall exercise the Termination Option, if at all, within three (3) business days after Tenant enters into such a new lease. If Tenant enters into such a new lease and exercises the Termination Option in such a manner, then this Lease shall be deemed to expire fifteen (15) days after Tenant commences to pay rent under such other lease, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease with respect to the obligations of Landlord and Tenant upon expiration of this Lease. Nothing in this Lease is intended to provide Tenant with any rights in any other such building, including any right to lease space in such a building, and neither Landlord nor any affiliate of Landlord (including any BioMed Entity) shall have any obligation to negotiate with or otherwise entertain offers from Tenant with respect to any such space. The Termination Option shall not entitle Tenant to terminate the Lease with respect to less than all of the Premises.

46. Authority . Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

47. Confidentiality . Tenant shall not disclose any terms or conditions of this Lease (including Rent) or give a copy of this Lease to any third party, and Landlord shall not release to any third party any nonpublic financial information or nonpublic information about Tenant’s ownership structure, business or research (“ Tenant Information ”), except (a) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding, provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (b) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers and other bona fide consultants or advisers, provided such third parties agree to be bound by this paragraph or (c) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease. Landlord shall not use any nonpublic Tenant Information in connection with any trading by Landlord of the capital stock of Tenant.

 

-61-


48. Odors and Exhaust . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to reasonably offensive odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is a laboratory user, and that as such there may be odors and exhaust generated that differ from those generated by an office user. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

48.1 Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any reasonably offensive odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

48.2 The Building has a ventilation system that in Landlord’s judgment (and taking Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises into account) is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, and Tenant agrees to vent the Premises through such system. The placement and configuration of any further ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in a reasonably odor-free manner (taking into account that the Building is a laboratory building), and Landlord may reasonably require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

48.3 If Tenant’s activities in the Premises generate odors that are not vented by the Building’s ventilation system (as described in the prior paragraph), and if such odors are reasonably offensive to other tenants, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s reasonable judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to reasonably abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this paragraph shall constitute Alterations.

48.4 Tenant’s responsibility to abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord reasonably requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

48.5 If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within twenty (20) business days after Landlord’s demand (as set forth above) made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any

 

-62-


operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within twenty (20) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

49. HVAC . For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) maintain and operate the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems used for typical laboratory use (“ HVAC ”), and (b) subject to clause (a) above, furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides or as to any special requirements that arise from Tenant’s particular use of the Premises for other than typical laboratory use) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, 365 or 366 days a year. If Tenant will require HVAC outside normal business hours of business days (as reasonably designated by Landlord) in the Premises (“ Overtime HVAC ”), then Landlord shall be obligated to provide Overtime HVAC only if Tenant requests it by 4 p.m. on the immediately preceding business day. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, and provided that Landlord diligently endeavors to cure any such interruption or impairment.

50. Excavation . If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, reasonable license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as said person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease so long as Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises is not materially interfered with.

51. Names . Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Project or the Building in its sole discretion.

52. Good Faith . As used herein, the term “good faith” shall be subjective in nature (based on the perspective of the person or entity that is acting). A decision shall be deemed to be made in “good faith” if the person who makes the decision believes (without regard to whether such belief is reasonable) that it is appropriate and is made without dishonesty or fraud; and “good faith efforts” shall mean such efforts as the person or entity that takes such actions believes (without regard to whether such belief is reasonable) are appropriate under the circumstances or likely to achieve the desired result.

53. Substantially Conform or Comply . References in this Lease to “substantially conform” or “substantially comply” shall mean that the item in question complies but for issues that do not result in material additional incremental costs to Tenant or materially interfere with Tenant’s ability to use or enjoy the Premises in accordance with the Lease.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-63-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kent Griffin

Name:  

Kent Griffin

Title:  

CFO

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE]


NOTARIZATION (required in the State of Washington)

STATE OF CALIFORNIA)

                             : ss.

COUNTY OF San Diego )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Kent Griffin is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of BMR-530 Fairview LLC , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this 25 day of October , 200 7 .

 

/s/ Christy D. Bartlett

[Signature of Notary]

Christy D. Bartlett

[Print Name of Notary]

STATE OF WASHINGTON)

                            : ss.

COUNTY OF King )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Wayne Burns is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of NanoString Technologies , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this 19 day of October , 200 7 .

 

/s/ Susan R. Van Den Ameele

[Signature of Notary]

Susan R. Van Den Ameele

[Print Name of Notary]
Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at Seattle .
My commission expires: 09.21.11 .

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE]


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

SECOND FLOOR

 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            ], 20[    ], with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of October 19, 2007, by NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-350 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Premises on [            ], 20[    ].

2. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the Tenant Improvements required to be constructed by Landlord under the Lease have been substantially completed.

4. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that the Term Commencement Date shall not be delayed as a result of any issues discovered by Tenant during such investigation.

5. Notwithstanding the failure of any conditions to the occurrence of the Term Commencement Date, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [            ], 20[    ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [            ], 20[    ].

6. Tenant commenced occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[    ].

7. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [            ]].

8. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

 

B-1


9. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [            ], 20[    ].

10. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of [            ], 20[    ].

 

TENANT:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“ RULES AND REGULATIONS ”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1. Except as specifically provided in the Lease to which these Rules and Regulations are attached, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, which window, door or windowsill is (a) visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove said curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks or entrances to the Building, or any halls, passages, exits, entrances or stairways within the Premises, in any case that are required to be kept clear for health and safety reasons.

4. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) that is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and other tenants of the Building.

6. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that shown in the Tenant Improvement plans.

7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antenna, cell or other communications equipment, or any other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except to the extent shown on approved Tenant Improvements plans. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other communications from or in the Premises or elsewhere.

 

D-1


8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activities.

9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials within its Premises or in designated receptacles outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal.

10. The Premises shall not be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises; provided , however , that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on Tenant Improvement plans approved by Landlord; provided , further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from therafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant.

15. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease.

16. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided , however , that Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of such rules and regulations prior to them taking effect. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any additional reasonable rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord.

 

D-2


17. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:    BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC
   17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222
   San Diego, CA 92128
   Attention: General Counsel/Real Estate
   BioMed Realty, L.P.
   c/o BioMed Realty Trust, Inc.
   17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222
   San Diego, CA 92128
Re:    Fairview Research Center (the “ Premises ”) at 530 Fairview Avenue, Seattle, Washington (the “ Property ”)

The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “ Lease ”) for the Premises dated as of October 19, 2007. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [            ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [            ], 20[    ].

2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [            ] square feet, on [            ], 20[    ], and commenced to pay rent on [            ], 20[    ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [            ]].

3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [            ], 20[    ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[            ][, and the amount of security deposit is $[            ][in cash] [in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.

4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[            ] per month.

5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[            ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [            ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.

 

E-1


7. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after due investigation, the Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [            ]].

8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [            ]. [Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

9. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [    ] day of [            ], 20[    ].

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]


EXHIBIT G

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (the “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into as of the 19th day of October, 2007, by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

1.1 Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Wayne Burns (“ Tenant’s Authorized Representative ”) as the person authorized to initial all plans, drawings, changes orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed by Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

1.2 Core and Shell Work Schedule . The schedule for the design and development of Core and Shell Work (as defined in the Lease), including, without limitation, the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with that certain schedule prepared by Landlord and Tenant attached as Exhibit A-1 to this Work Letter (the “ Core and Shell Work Schedule ”). The Core and Shell Work Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

1.3 Tenant Improvements Schedule . The schedule for the design and development of Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Lease), including, without limitation, the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with that certain schedule prepared by Landlord and Tenant attached as Exhibit A-2 to this Work Letter (the “ Tenant Improvements Schedule ”). The Tenant Improvements Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

1.4 Architects and Consultants . The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of Landlord’s Work shall be selected by Landlord and approved by Tenant, which approval Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Tenant hereby approves of Mithun Incorporated as Landlord’s architect and M.A. Mortenson Company as Landlord’s general contractor for the Core and Shell Work.

1.5 Construction Management Fee . Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction management fee in exchange for Landlord’s performance of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to Section 3 hereof equal to the lesser of (a) three percent (3%) of the TI Costs, and (b) Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) (the “ Construction Management Fee ”).

 

G-1


2. Core and Shell Work .

2.1 Core and Shell Work . Core and Shell Work shall be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the Approved Core and Shell Plans (as defined below) and the Core and Shell Work Schedule, subject only to changes approved in accordance with Section 2.3 .

2.2 Approved Core and Shell Plans . Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for Core and Shell Work that are: (a) consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Design Development Drawings attached as Exhibit B which have been approved by the parties, (b) incorporate Core and Shell Permitted Changes, and (c) incorporate any other Landlord-requested Core and Shell Changes that do not materially adversely impact Tenant ( provided that if any such change increases Tenant’s costs, the same shall be borne by Landlord). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“ Final Core and Shell Plans ”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval may be withheld only if: (i) the Final Core and Shell Plans are not consistent with or logical evolutions of the approved Design Development Drawings, (ii) Tenant requests changes to the Final Core and Shell Plans in accordance with Section 2.3(a)(i) , or (iii) Tenant objects to any Landlord requested Core and Shell Change (other than Core and Shell Permitted Changes). Such Final Core and Shell Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Final Core and Shell Plans. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of disapproval within this ten (10) day period, then the Final Core and Shell Plans shall be deemed approved. If the Final Core and Shell Plans are disapproved by Tenant, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its objections to such Final Core and Shell Plans and shall submit any requested Core and Shell Changes through a Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request (as defined below), and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Final Core and Shell Plans. Promptly after the Final Core and Shell Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Final Core and Shell Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant as soon as approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall promptly submit such Final Core and Shell Plans to all appropriate governmental agencies for approval. The Final Core and Shell Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Agreement, are referred to herein as the “Approved Core and Shell Plans” and shall become part of this Lease as though set forth in full.

 

G-2


2.3 Changes to Core and Shell Work . Any changes to the Final Core and Shell Plans or the Approved Core and Shell Plans (each, a “Core and Shell Change”) requested by Landlord or Tenant (other than Core and Shell Permitted Changes made by Landlord) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the other party in accordance with this Work Letter.

(a) Core and Shell Changes Requested by Tenant .

(i) Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request . Tenant may request Core and Shell Changes to the Final Core and Shell Plans or the Approved Core and Shell Plans by notifying Landlord thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request ”), which Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Core and Shell Changes, including, without limitation, (a) the Core and Shell Change, (b) the party required to perform the Core and Shell Change, and (c) any modification of the Final Core and Shell Plans or the Approved Core and Shell Plans, as applicable, and the Core and Shell Work Schedule necessitated by the Core and Shell Change. If the nature of a Core and Shell Change required by Tenant requires revisions to the Final Core and Shell Plans or the Approved Core and Shell Plans, as applicable, or the Core and Shell Work Schedule, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and all additional costs or expenses incurred by Landlord to complete the Core and Shell Work (collectively, the “ Tenant Core and Shell Costs ”), which Tenant may elect to pay out of the TI Allowance. If the estimated increase in TI Costs that results from such Core and Shell Change causes the estimated TI Costs to exceed the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount of such excess, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, within ten (10) days of receiving Landlord’s approval of such Core and Shell Change.

(ii) Landlord’s Approval of Core and Shell Changes . If Landlord does not notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to approve or disapprove any Tenant requested Core and Shell Change within ten (10) days after receipt of a Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request, then such Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request shall be deemed approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall be permitted to alter Core and Shell Work as contemplated by such Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request. Landlord may withhold in it sole and absolute discretion its approval of any Core and Shell Tenant Change Order Request; provided , however , Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to any Core and Shell Change requested by Tenant that is a Core and Shell Permitted Change.

(b) Changes Requested by Landlord .

(i) Core and Shell Landlord Change Order Request . Tenant’s consent shall not be required in connection with Core and Shell Permitted Changes to Core and Shell Work. Other than Core and Shell Permitted Changes, Landlord may request Core and Shell Changes to Core and Shell Work by notifying Tenant thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order font! (a “ Core and Shell Landlord Change Order Request ”), which Core and Shell Landlord Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Core and Shell Changes, including, without limitation, (a) the Core and Shell Change, (b) the party required to perform the Core and Shell Change, and (c) any modification of the Approved Core and Shell Plans and the Core and Shell Work Schedule necessitated by the Core and Shell Change.

(ii) Tenant’s Approval of Core and Shell Change . Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of a Core and Shell Landlord Change Order Request to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s approval or rejection of the Landlord-requested Core and Shell Change, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant’s failure to respond within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.

 

G-3


(c) Core and Shell Permitted Changes . For purposes of this Work Letter, a “ Core and Shell Permitted Change ” shall mean: (a) minor field changes; (b) changes required by Governmental Authority; (c) any other changes that: (1) do not materially and adversely affect the building structure, roof, or building service equipment to be constructed as part of Core and Shell Work, and (2) do not materially change the size, cost, configuration, or overall appearance of the Building or Landlord’s ability to construct Core and Shell Work or Tenant’s ability to operate its business in the Building, or materially and adversely affect the Tenant Improvements or materially increase Tenant’s costs (unless such increase in cost is consented to by Tenant or Landlord elects to pay such increased costs); and (d) ordinary development of the Approved Core and Shell Plans in a manner not inconsistent with the Approved Core and Shell Plans.

3. Tenant Improvements .

3.1 Work Plans . The Tenant Improvements, shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without cost to Landlord (except for the TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved TI Plans (as defined below). The design drawings, plans and specifications listed on Exhibit C to this Work Letter (the “ Tenant Work Plans ”) are the initial list of plans that Tenant shall develop and submit to Landlord for approval. Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) schematics covering the Tenant Improvements prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “ Draft Plans ”). The Draft Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Landlord and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Tenant Work Plans and the Draft Plans satisfy Tenant’s obligations for the Tenant Improvements.

3.2 Landlord Approval of Plans . Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Draft Plans whether Landlord approves or objects to the Draft Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Plans are unacceptable. If Landlord reasonably objects to the Draft Plans, then Tenant shall revise the Draft Plans and cause Landlord’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Plans. Tenant shall then resubmit the revised Draft Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Plans and Tenant’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section 3.2 , until Landlord has approved the Draft Plans in writing. The iteration of the Draft Plans that is approved by Landlord without objection shall be referred to herein as the “ Approved Draft Plans .”

3.3 Design Development Plans . Landlord shall prepare design development plans for the Tenant Improvements that: (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Draft Plans, (b) incorporate TI Permitted Changes, and (c) incorporate any other Landlord-requested TI Changes that are consented to by Tenant. As soon as such design development plans (the “Design Development Plans ”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval may be reasonably withheld only if the Design Development Plans are not consistent with or logical evolutions of the Approved Draft Plans. Such Design Development Plans

 

G-4


shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of disapproval within this ten (10) day period, the Design Development Plans shall be deemed approved. If the Design Development Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its objections to such Design Development Plans and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Design Development Plans.

3.4 Approved TI Plans . Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that: (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Design Development Plans, (b) incorporate TI Permitted Changes, and (c) incorporate any other Landlord-requested TI Changes to which Tenant consents. As soon as such final plans and specifications (“ Final TI Plans ”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval may be reasonably withheld only if: (i) the Final TI Plans are not consistent with or logical evolutions of the Design Development Plans, or (ii) Tenant objects to any Landlord requested TI Change (other than TI Permitted Changes). Such Final TI Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of disapproval within this ten (10) day period, the Final TI Plans shall be deemed approved. If the Final TI Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its objections to such Final TI Plans and shall submit any requested TI Changes through a TI Tenant Change Order Request (as defined below), and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Final TI Plans. Promptly after the Final TI Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Final TI Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant as soon as approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall promptly submit such Final TI Plans to all appropriate governmental agencies for approval. The Final TI Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Agreement, are referred to herein as the “ Approved TI Plans ” and shall become part of this Lease as though set forth in full

3.5 Changes to Tenant Improvements . Any changes to the Final TI Plans or the Approved TI Plans (each, a “ TI Change ”) requested by Landlord or Tenant (other than TI Permitted Changes made by Landlord) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 3 and shall be subject to the written approval of the other party in accordance with this Work Letter and the provisions of Article 44 of the Lease.

(a) TI Changes Requested by Tenant .

(i) TI Tenant Change Order Request . Tenant may request TI Changes after Tenant approves the Final TI Plans or the Approved TI Plans, as applicable, by notifying Landlord thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ TI Tenant Change Order Request ”), which TI Tenant Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested TI Changes, including, without limitation, (a) the TI Change, (b) the party required to perform the TI Change, and (c) any modification of the Final TI Plans or the Approved TI Plans, as applicable, or the respective Schedule necessitated by the TI Change. If the nature of a TI Change requires revisions to the Final TI Plans or the Approved TI Plans, as applicable, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions but

 

G-5


may apply the TI Allowance to the same. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the additional cost and expense payable by Landlord, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, to complete the Tenant Improvements due to a Tenant-requested TI Change within ten (10) days of receiving Landlord’s approval of such TI Change (the “ TI Deposit ”) if the TI Allowance is exhausted. In the event such deposit is not sufficient to cover the approved TI Change, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the difference between the actual cost of such TI Change and the TI Deposit. Tenant shall have the right to apply the Additional Allowance towards the TI Deposit. TI Tenant Change Order Requests shall be signed by Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

(ii) Landlord’s Approval of TI Changes . All Tenant-requested TI Changes shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have ten (10) days after receipt of a TI Tenant Change Order Request to notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of any such Tenant-requested TI Change. If Landlord does not disapprove in writing a TI Tenant Change Order Request, then such TI Tenant Change Order Request shall be deemed approved.

(b) TI Changes Requested by Landlord .

(i) TI Landlord Change Order Request . Tenant’s consent shall not be required in connection with Landlord-requested TI Permitted Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Other than TI Permitted Changes, Landlord may request TI Changes after Tenant approves the Approved TI Plans by notifying Tenant thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ TI Landlord Change Order Request ”), which TI Landlord Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested TI Changes, including, without limitation, (a) the TI Change, (b) the party required to perform the TI Change, and (c) any modification of the Approved TI Plans or the respective Schedule necessitated by the TI Change. If the nature of a TI Change requires revisions to the Approved TI Plans, then Landlord shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions.

(ii) Tenant’s Approval of TI Change . Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of a TI Landlord Change Order Request to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s approval or rejection of the Landlord-requested TI Change, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s failure to respond within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.

(c) TI Permitted Changes . For purposes of this Work Letter, a “ TI Permitted Change ” shall mean: (a) minor field changes; (b) changes required by Governmental Authority; (c) any other changes that: (1) do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements or the building structure, roof, or building service equipment to be constructed as part of the Tenant Improvements, and (2) do not materially change the size, cost, configuration, or overall appearance of the Tenant Improvements or Tenant’s ability to operate its business in the Building or use the Premises for the Permitted Use; and (d) ordinary development of the Approved TI Plans in a manner not inconsistent with the Approved TI Plans. In no event may Landlord make any change whatsoever to the TI Plans if the same increases Tenant’s costs, unless consented to by Tenant.

 

G-6


4. Requests for Consent . Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Headings, Etc . Where applicable in this Work Letter, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Work Letter are not a part of this Work Letter and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

5.2 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Work Letter in which time of performance is a factor.

5.3 Covenants . Each provision of this Work Letter performable by Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

5.4 Consent . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

5.5 Entire Agreement . The terms of this Work Letter are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement, other than the Lease.

5.6 Invalid Provisions . Any provision of this Work Letter that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Work Letter shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

5.7 Construction . The language in all parts of this Work Letter shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

5.8 Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 5.8 shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

5.9 Authority . Each of Tenant and Landlord warrant that the individual or individuals signing this Work Letter on its behalf have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

 

G-7


5.10 Counterparts . This Work Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

G-8


EXHIBIT A-1

CORE AND SHELL WORK SCHEDULE

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS SCHEDULE

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The Contract Documents include the following:

Geotechnical Report :

Geotechnical Report by Terra Associates dated November 7, 2005

Specifications :

Fairview Research Center Project Manual dated 9/22/06

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

TENANT WORK PLANS

Tenant shall provide a full set of design drawings, plans and specifications as reasonably required by Landlord.


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer.]

LETTER OF CREDIT

Date:             , 200    

 

 

   (the “ Beneficiary ”)

 

  

 

  
Attention:  

 

  
L/C. No.:  

 

  
Loan No. :  

 

  

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “ L/C ”) for an aggregate amount of $        , expiring at     :00 p.m. on          or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “ Expiry Date ”). “ Banking Day ” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in              are authorized or required to close.

We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “ Issuer ”) for the account of              (the “ Account Party ”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.

Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “ Drawing Documentation ”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Exhibit A , with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.

Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at                      on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.

We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.

 

H-1


We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the “ Payment Deadline ”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.

Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation.

The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond              the “ Outside Date ”) unless, on or before the date sixty (60) days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “ Nonrenewal Notice ”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.

Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “ Transferee ”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B , purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.

Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to:              (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).

No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.

 

H-2


This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 (the “ UCP ”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with the UCP, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
[Issuer Signature]

 

H-3


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

[BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer]

SIGHT DRAFT

AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of                     , the sum of                      United States Dollars ($        ). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No.          dated                     .

[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account:                             -]

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

 

Date:  

 

 

H-4


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

[BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD]

TO :

[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “ Issuer ”)

TRANSFER NOTICE

By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No.          dated                      (the “ L/C ”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “ Transferee ”):

[Transferee Name and Address]

The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

 

Date:  

 

 

H-5


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ADDITIONAL TI ALLOWANCE ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[TENANT LETTERHEAD]

BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC

17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222

San Diego, California 92128

Attn: General Counsel/Real Estate

[Date]

Re: Additional Allowance

To Whom It May Concern:

This letter concerns that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Lease ”), between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC (“ Landlord ”) and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby notifies Landlord that it wishes to exercise its right to utilize $         of the Additional Allowance pursuant to Section 4.2.3 of the Lease.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call [            ] at ([            ]) [            ]-[            ]

 

Sincerely,
[Name]
[Title of Authorized Signatory]

 

Cc:   Greg Lubushkin
  John Wilson
  Kevin Simonsen

 

I-1


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF HOLDOVER SIDE LETTER

 

J-1


BMR-201 Elliott Avenue LLC

17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222

San Diego, California 92128

Phone: (858) 485-9840

Facsimile: (858) 485-9843

October 19, 2007

Nanostring Technologies, Inc.

201 Elliott Ave, W. Suite 300

Seattle, Washington 98119

Attn: Wayne Burns

Re: Leases for Fairview Research Center and 201 Elliott Avenue

Dear Mr. Burns:

This letter agreement is written in connection with (a) that certain lease dated as of the date hereof for the building to be constructed at 530 Fairview Avenue, Seattle, Washington (the “New Building Lease”) by and between BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, as landlord (“Landlord”), and Nanostring Technologies, Inc., as tenant (“Tenant”), (b) that certain Lease Agreement (the “Existing Master Lease”) dated August 20, 2002 by and between BMR¬201 Elliott Avenue LLC (successor-in-interest to Elliott Park LLC), as landlord (“Master Landlord”) and Cell Therapeutics, Inc., as tenant (“Cell Therapeutics”), and (c) that certain Sublease (the “Existing Sublease”) dated as of October 6, 2004, as amended, and Service Agreement (“Service Agreement) with an effective date of October 15, 2004, both by and between Cell Therapeutics, as sublessor, and Tenant, as sublessee.

Master Landlord currently leases certain space on the first, third, fourth and fifth floors of the building (the “Building”) located at 201 Elliott Avenue, W. Suite 300, Seattle, Washington (the “Master Leased Premises”) to Cell Therapeutics pursuant to the Master Lease, and Cell Therapeutics currently subleases a certain portion of the Master Leased Premises located on the third floor of such building (the “Existing Premises”) to Nanostring Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the Existing Sublease. Pursuant to the Existing Master Lease and the Existing Sublease, the Existing Master Lease and the Existing Sublease will expire on January 31, 2008 (the “Existing Lease Expiration Date”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in consideration of Tenant’s entering into the New Building Lease (Master Landlord acknowledges that it will receive a direct or indirect benefit from Tenant’s entering into the New Building Lease), Master Landlord shall permit Tenant to continue to occupy and use the Existing Premises for the time period (such time period being referred to herein as the “Gap Period”) beginning on the Existing Lease Expiration Date and ending on the “Term Commencement Date” (as such term is defined in, and may be adjusted under, the New Building Lease) on the same terms and conditions as the Existing Sublease (as if the Existing Sublease were a direct lease between Tenant and Master Landlord); provided, however, that Tenant shall not be


obligated to pay any Base Rent (as such term is defined in the Existing Sublease) for the Gap Period; provided, further, if the New Building Lease terminates before the Term Commencement Date, then Tenant’s right to occupy the Existing Premises shall terminate effective on the later of (a) fifteen days after the New Building Lease terminates or (b) the Existing Lease Expiration Date; provided that if such termination is primarily due to Landlord’s default or breach of the New Building Lease, then such right of Tenant to occupy the Existing Premises shall terminate on the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the New Building Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that Tenant shall remain obligated during the Gap Period to perform the following obligations, among other obligations, as set forth in the Sublease (except that such obligations shall be performed for the benefit of Master Landlord rather than Cell Therapeutics): (i) to pay Tenant’s pro rata share of all Taxes and Operating Costs (as such terms are defined in the Existing Sublease) for the Existing Premises (with the exception of any Taxes or Operating Costs for the Existing Premises directly or indirectly and primarily attributable to Master Landlord’s planned improvements to the Existing Premises) as required by Section 2.3 of the Existing Sublease during the Gap Period (except that Tenant should pay such amounts to Landlord rather than Cell Therapeutics), (ii) to maintain the insurance required by Section 5.4 of the Existing Sublease and (iii) to satisfy any other obligations under the Existing Sublease related to Tenant’s occupancy of the Existing Premises during the Gap Period. Similarly, during the Gap Period, Master Landlord shall continue to provide for the benefit of Tenant rather than Cell Therapeutics all services that Master Landlord is required to provide to Cell Therapeutics under the Existing Master Lease with respect to the Existing Premises (as if the time of the Master Lease were extended for the Gap Period), and Tenant shall enjoy and be entitled to all of the benefits and rights to which Cell Therapeutics is entitled under the Existing Master Lease (as if the term of the Master Lease were extended for the Gap Period), including without limitation (i) all rights and protections benefiting the tenant under Section 6 of the Existing Master Lease; (ii) all services and utilities as required by Section 7 of the Existing Master Lease (including without limitation the provision of electrical, water, HVAC, janitorial and security services), (iii) the audit right set forth in Section 8.4 of the Existing Master Lease, (iv) the waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 12 of the Existing Master Lease, (v) the indemnification provisions of Section 13 of the Existing Master Lease, (vi) the default and remedy provisions of Section 19.10 of the Existing Master Lease, and (vii) parking spaces as required by Section 29 of the Existing Master Lease.

The parties further understand, agree and acknowledge that Master Landlord may make certain improvements to the Building (other than the Existing Premises) during the Gap Period (the “Improvements”), and that the nature of the Improvements may interfere with Tenant’s use of the Existing Premises as permitted by the terms of the Existing Sublease, including through the introduction of noise, vibration and dirt into the Existing Premises; provided , however , Master Landlord shall not unnecessarily disturb Tenant’s access to the Existing Premises. Tenant knowingly and voluntarily assumes the risk of, and agrees that Master Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, any consequential or other damages arising in connection with the Improvements, and Tenant further waives any claim for injury, loss of income or other damages relating to the Improvements. Landlord will endeavor to keep Tenant informed of the progress of the Improvements to the extent they may interfere with Landlord’s operations and to reasonably cooperate with Tenant to avoid unnecessary disruption to Tenant’s operations.


So long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under the Existing Sublease, Tenant’s peaceable and quiet enjoyment of the Existing Premises shall not be disturbed by Master Landlord or anyone claiming by or through Master Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, upon the expiration of the Gap Period, Tenant shall surrender the Existing Premises to Landlord in its as-is condition, without any obligation to remove or restore any improvements or alterations to the Existing Premises. Tenant shall be entitled to remove any equipment, fixtures or trade fixtures from the Existing Premises at Tenant’s election. At least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of the Existing Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning report for the Existing Premises (“Exit Survey”) in order to verify that Tenant has left the Existing Premises free of environmental conditions in violation of applicable laws. Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Existing Premises for the remediation of any environmental conditions in the Existing Premises in violation of law that are set forth in the Exit Survey as well as compliance with any reasonable recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be responsible for environmental conditions in the Existing Premises that were not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the New Building Lease or this letter agreement.

If legal proceedings are initiated to enforce any term of this letter agreement or for the breach of any covenant or condition of this letter agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit to be fixed by the court.

Please cause an authorized representative of Tenant to execute this Letter Agreement in the place provided below to indicate Tenant’s agreement with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,

BMR-201 ELLIOTT AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability, company

By:  

/s/ Kent Griffin

Name:  

Kent Griffin

Title:  

CFO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

 

cc:   Steven Levine, Esq.
  Kevin Simonsen
  Chris Elmendorf


EXHIBIT K

[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]


EXHIBIT L

WARM SHELL WORK

 

Roofing

Miscellaneous roofing as needed
Walkway pads to base building mechanical equipment

Common Areas

Finished first floor lobby
Parking level 1 restroom/shower and janitor closet
Finished exit stairways

Tenant Areas

Rated shafts per plans

Plumbing

Sanitary waste system and risers tee’d and capped at each floor
Domestic water distribution - a domestic water riser will be provided with a T connection that will be valved and capped to each floor
Lab water distribution - Lab hot and cold water systems will be provided with a T connection that will be valved and capped to each floor.

Gas

Gas riser to penthouse

H.V.A.C

Central HVAC system providing 100% outside air for tenant use. A base design of 1 CFM/sf to support lab or office use is available to each floor.
Exhaust capacity for common areas & toilets per code
Exhaust capacity for office and lab
Supply and exhaust duct risers provided
Hydronic systems - Hot and cold hydronic connections will be provided with a T connection that will be valved and capped to each floor.
Automatic temperature control system - Building Management System is installed for the base building systems
Network communication riser provided for tenant access to Building Management System

Electrical

400 amp 480/277 Volt panel is provided on each floor.
Electrical closets on tenant floors
A central fire alarm system is provided with a connection J-box at each floor for tenant use
Empty telephone/data conduits from telecom room distributed to each floor

Security

Card access at bldg entries and w/in elevators, and stairwells
Security system for base bldg area

Many of the warm shell improvements identified above are illustrated in the sets of plans from Mithun Architects, entitled Warm Shell Revision dated August 6, 2007. Tenant shall have access to said plans upon request.

Landlord may include other improvements (“Warm Shell Additions”), not described above, in the Warm Shell Work, so long as the Warm Shell Additions are (i) of common service to all floors in the building and (ii) do not exceed, in the aggregate, a cost of $5.00 per rentable square foot of the building.

Exhibit 10.12

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 21 st day of May, 2009, by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007 (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”); and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Sales Tax .

a. Retail sales tax otherwise applicable to portions of construction of the Building and Tenant Improvements and other improvements made or requested by Tenant may be eligible for deferral pursuant to RCW 82.63 (the “ Sales Tax Deferral ”) as a result of the uses of the Premises intended by Tenant. Landlord shall make application with the Washington State Department of Revenue (the “ State ”) for the Sales Tax Deferral with respect to work to be performed and paid for by Landlord pursuant to the Amended Lease. When the State has determined the final amount of the sales tax which Landlord may defer pursuant to the Sales Tax Deferral Program, Landlord will provide Tenant with written notice of such amount.

b. Tenant agrees if a subsequent audit by the State determines that (a) because Tenant’s use of the Premises has changed or (b) for any other reason, any of the sales tax previously deferred pursuant to the Sales Tax Deferral is now due and owing to the State, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days following the date Landlord notifies Tenant of any such determination by the State, an amount equal to the amount required to be paid to the State, including any penalties and interest due to the State; provided that Tenant may conduct a good faith contest of any such determination by the State in accordance with appropriate administrative procedures so long as payment of the amount claimed by the State is stayed during the conduct of the contest. If Tenant desires to dispute the amount claimed by the


State to be due but payment of such amount is not stayed during the conduct of the proceedings, Tenant shall pay the amount due but at Tenant’s request, Landlord shall pay the amount claimed by the State under protest.

c. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with and assist Tenant in any challenges or audits to the Sales Tax Deferral benefit. Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of any such action of which Landlord becomes aware, and shall promptly forward any correspondence regarding any such challenge or audit. Tenant shall have the right to contest or review on its own behalf (but not on Landlord’s behalf) any proceedings regarding the Sales Tax Deferral benefit that may be instituted, either before, during or after the Term of the Amended Lease. Landlord shall, on a timely basis, execute all necessary instruments in connection with any such protest, appeal or other proceedings, at no cost to Landlord. If any proceeding may only be instituted and maintained by Landlord, then Landlord shall do so at Tenant’s cost upon the request of Tenant, unless Landlord reasonably objects.

3. Back-Up Generator . Landlord will install a back-up generator in the basement of the Building and connect the Generator to the Premises’ existing emergency electrical panel (the “ Generator ”). Tenant shall be entitled to use up to twenty kilowatts of power from the Generator on a non-exclusive basis with other Tenants in the Building. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall constitute Operating Expenses. Landlord shall remove the generator installed by Tenant on the roof of the Building within thirty (30) days after the Generator becomes operational and deliver the same to the Building loading dock. Tenant shall promptly remove the Generator from the loading dock and the Project. Tenant shall have no right to place additional generators at the Project, unless agreed to in advance in writing by Landlord. Landlord expressly disclaims any warranties with regard to the Generator or the installation thereof, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Landlord shall maintain the Generator in good working condition, but shall not shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. The provisions of Section 17.2 of the Lease shall apply to the Generator.

4. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker, and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any other broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

 

2


6. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

VP, Real Estate Counsel

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:   Wayne Burns
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF  CA    §
   §
COUNTY OF  San Diego    §

On May 30 , 200 9 , before me, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared Kevin Simonsen , personally know to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, in that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Christy Bartlett

                , Notary Public

See attached notary certificate—CdB

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF WA    §
   §
COUNTY OF  King    §

On May 21 , 200 9 , before me, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared Wayne Burns , personally know to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, in that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Susan Van Den Ameele

Susan Van Den Ameele, Notary Public


LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.13

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 16 day of June, 2010, by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 21, 2009 (collectively, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises from Landlord at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant received from Landlord a Notice of Offer pursuant to Article 43 of the Lease and elected to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to the Available Premises (as defined in the Lease) on the first floor of the Building, subject to the modification of such Notice of Offer pursuant to the terms and conditions provided herein; and

C. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant the 1st Floor Premises (as defined below); and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Second Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Original Premises . Pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Lease, Landlord has made a reconciliation measurement of the Original Premises and the parties acknowledge and agree that the Original Premises contain seventeen thousand seven hundred fifty-six (17,756) square feet of Rentable Area. The foregoing total rentable area of the Original Premises includes a nine hundred four (904) square foot increase to the Rentable Area of the Original Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord’s obligation to expend the TI Allowance has expired and therefore shall not be adjusted in accordance with the reconciliation measurement of the Premises.

3. 1st Floor Premises . Effective as of the 1st Floor Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord approximately five thousand six hundred seventy-seven (5,677) square feet of Rentable Area, located on the first floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ 1 st Floor Premises ”), but during the Interim Term, Tenant shall pay Basic Annual Rent and Tenant’s Pro

 

BMR form dated 8/21/09


Rata Share of Operating Expenses calculated using only four thousand five hundred two (4,502) square feet of Rentable Area of the 1 st Floor Premises. The total square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises (including the 1 st Floor Premises) shall be twenty-three thousand four hundred thirty-three (23,433).

4. First Floor Common Area . The break room, ice maker room and telecom room located on the first floor of the Building and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ First Floor Common Area .” During the Interim Term (as defined below), the First Floor Common Area shall be considered part of the Common Area (as defined in the Lease) except that Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with tenants of the first floor of the Building only, to use the First Floor Common Area, and Tenant shall pay its Pro Rata Share of the Operating Expenses attributable to the First Floor Common Area as set forth in Section 5 below.

5. Tenant’s Pro Rata Shares : Effective as of the 1st Floor Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building shall equal 24.36% and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the first floor of the Building shall equal 58.9%; however, for calculation of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses during the Interim Term, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building shall equal 23.14% and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the first floor of the Building shall equal 46.71%.

6. Interim Term : The term of the Lease for the 1 st Floor Premises shall commence upon the latter to occur of: (a) July 1, 2010, or (b) upon Substantial Completion of the 1 st Floor Work (as defined below) (such date the “ 1st Floor Premises Commencement Date ”), and provided that the parties reach an agreement on terms for leasing the 3 rd Floor Premises, shall expire five (5) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant that the tenant improvements for the 3 rd Floor Premises have been substantially completed (the “ Interim Term ”). In the event that the parties do not reach an agreement on terms for leasing of the 3 rd Floor Premises within the Exclusive Negotiation Period (as defined below), the Interim Term shall expire and (y) Tenant shall commence paying Basic Annual Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses at the then-current rate on the entire 1 st Floor Premises (i.e., 5,677 square feet of Rentable Area) effective immediately after the expiration of the Exclusive Negotiation Period, and (z) the term for the 1st Floor Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date for the Original Premises, subject to Tenant’s option to extend the Term of the Lease for the entire Premises (including the 1 st Floor Premises), as provided in Article 42 of the Lease.

7. 3 rd Floor Option : Landlord has engaged SABA architects to assist in the design and programming related to Tenant’s requirements for the third floor of the Building (such space, the “ 3 rd Floor Premises ”). Landlord will continue to engage SABA for such services; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to expend any amount over Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500) for those costs directly related to Tenant’s requirements for the 3 rd Floor Premises. Tenant shall have the option to lease the 3 rd Floor Premises on the following terms. Within 90 days after the date of this Second Amendment (the “ Exclusive Negotiation Period ”), Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith an additional amendment to the Lease setting forth the mutually acceptable terms for leasing the 3 rd Floor Premises. During the Exclusive Negotiation Period, Landlord shall not negotiate with any other third parties for the 3 rd Floor Premises, nor shall such 3 rd Floor Premises be generally marketed


to the public. In the event that Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on mutually acceptable terms within the Exclusive Negotiation Period, then (a) Landlord shall be free to market the 3 rd Floor Premises; subject, however, to Tenant’s Right of First Refusal, as set forth in the Lease, and (b) the term for the First Floor Premises shall continue until the Term Expiration Date, as set forth in Section 6 above.

8. Basic Annual Rent : Commencing two (2) months after the 1 st Floor Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord Basic Annual Rent (“ 1 st Floor Premises Basic Annual Rent ”) for the 1 st Floor Premises, in accordance with the provisions in the Lease, in an amount equal to Thirty-Five Dollars ($35.00) per square foot of Rentable Area per annum (i.e., initially 4,502 square feet).

9. Condition of Premises : Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is familiar with the condition of the 1 st Floor Premises and, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Interim Term and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the 1 st Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the 1 st Floor Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Section entitled “ 1 st Floor Work ” below.

10. 1 st Floor Work : Landlord and Tenant shall perform the work summarized in Exhibit B attached hereto. Landlord shall be responsible for Key Notes #1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (electrical only), 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, General Note #2, and installation of 3 card readers (one at the entrance to lab support, one at the corridor into the lab and one at the corridor into the carpeted areas). Tenant shall be responsible for Key Notes #6 (all items other than electrical), 7, 8, 12 and General Note #1.

11. Security Deposit . No later than the 1st Floor Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), which amount shall become part of the Security Deposit and in the event that the parties reach mutually acceptable terms for leasing the 3 rd Floor Premises, the balance of which shall be applied to any security deposit required for the 3 rd Floor Premises.

12. Addresses of Landlord . Sections 2.10 and 2.11 of the Lease are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

2.10 Address for Rent Payment:   

BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC

P.O. Box 511287

Los Angeles, CA 90051-7842

2.11 Address for Notices to Landlord:   

BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Attn: Vice President, Real Estate Counsel

13. Appointment of Agent : Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Second


Amendment other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“ Broker ”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Second Amendment. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to the Second Amendment pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker if Landlord and Tenant execute and deliver the Second Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

14. No Default . To Tenant’s actual knowledge as of the date hereof, Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

15. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Second Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Second Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Second Amendment, and the term “Premises” as used in the Lease, shall mean the Original Premises plus the 1 st Floor Premises

16. Miscellaneous . This Second Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Second Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof, All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

17. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Second Amendment to Lease.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

VP, Real Estate Counsel

[ NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT ATTACHED HERETO ]

 

TENANT :
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO and Acting CEO

[NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT ATTACHED HERETO]


EXHIBIT A

1ST FLOOR PREMISES AND FIRST FLOOR COMMON AREA


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

1ST FLOOR WORK


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS


NOTARIZATION  (required in the State of Washington)
STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
  : ss.
COUNTY OF King )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Wayne Burns is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the CFO and Acting CEO of NanoString Technologies , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this 16 day June , 201 0 .

 

/s/ Susan R. Van Den Ameele

[Signature of Notary]

Susan R Van Den Ameele

[Print Name of Notary]
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires: 21 September 2011 .

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )
  : ss.
COUNTY OF              )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                              is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                              of                             , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this      day             , 201    .

 

 

[Signature of Notary]

 

[Print Name of Notary]
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at                     .
My commission expires:                     .


CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE

CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of San Diego

On Feb. 8, 2011 before me, Christy Bartlett, Notary Public

(Here insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared Kevin Simonsen

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.    

LOGO

/s/ Christy D. Bartlett    
Signature of Notary Public     (Notary Seal)

 

 

ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT

 

(Title or description of attached document)

 

(Title or description of attached document continued)

 

Number of Pages      Document Date                                 

 

(Additional information)

 

 

CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER

 

  ¨ Individual (s)

 

  ¨ Corporate Officer

_________________

                         (Title)

 

  ¨ Partner(s)

 

  ¨ Attorney-in-Fact

 

  ¨ Trustee(s)

 

  ¨ Other                                              

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM

Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required.

 

   

State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment.

   

Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed.

   

The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public).

   

Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization.

   

Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they, is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording.

   

The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form.

   

Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk.

  v Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document.
  v Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date.
  v Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary).
   

Securely attach this document to the signed document

 

Exhibit 10.14

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 4 th day of February, 2011 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 21, 2009 (the “ First Amendment ”), and that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 16, 2010 (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) from Landlord at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord desires to lease additional premises to Tenant;

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term;

D. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to surrender the 1 st Floor Premises; and

E. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as modified by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. 3 rd Floor Premises . Effective as of the dates specified in Section 5 below (the “ Commencement Dates ”), Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord eighteen thousand five hundred twelve (18,512) square feet of Rentable Area, consisting of the entire 3 rd floor of the Building, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises ”). From and after each Commencement Date, the term “ Premises ,” as used in the Amended Lease, shall mean the Original Premises (subject to deletion of the 1 st Floor Premises pursuant to Section 8 below) plus the applicable portion(s) of the 3 rd Floor Premises. For the sake of clarity, (a) Tenant shall be entitled to lease from Landlord on a monthly basis from time to time throughout the Term (as extended hereby) up to one (1) parking space (located in the Building garage) per one thousand (1,000) square feet of Rentable Area of the 3 rd Floor Premises, in accordance with Section 16.2 of the Original Lease, and (b) the Option shall apply to all Premises then leased pursuant to the Amended Lease.

 

BMR form dated 12/21/10


3. Term . The Term with respect to the 3 rd Floor Premises (as the same may be shortened or extended pursuant to the terms of the Amended Lease, the “ 3 rd Floor Term ”) shall commence on the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date (as defined below). The Term Expiration Date with respect to the entire Premises shall be the date that is five (5) years after the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall deliver exclusive possession of the 3 rd Floor Premises to Tenant (subject to the terms of the Amended Lease) within one (1) business day after the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment. Subject to Section 4 hereof and the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Work Letter ”), Tenant shall then be entitled to commence construction of the TIs (as defined below) without any obligation to pay Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses or Property Management Fee until the dates specified in Section 5 below.

4. 3 rd Floor Premises Commencement Date .

4.1 The “ 3 rd Floor Commencement Date ” shall be the later of (a) the day on which the TIs (as defined below) for Phase 1 (as defined below) are Substantially Complete and (b) July 1, 2011; provided , however , that the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date shall be no later than October 1, 2011 (the “ Outside Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Outside Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day of delay in Tenant’s ability to perform the TIs to the extent such delay is caused by (y) Landlord’s negligence, intentional misconduct or breach of the Amended Lease or (z) an event of Force Majeure (any such delay pursuant to this sentence, a “ Landlord Delay ”). For purposes of the prior sentence, “Force Majeure” shall have the definition given in Section 4.1.1 of the Original Lease, except that the words “of Landlord” shall be replaced with the words “of Tenant” in the final sentence. Tenant shall provide prompt written notice to Landlord upon Tenant’s becoming aware of a Landlord Delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual 3 rd Floor Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of Phase 1, in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend any Commencement Date, except to the extent such failure is caused by a Landlord Delay.

4.2 Tenant shall cause to be constructed the tenant improvements (with respect to the 3 rd Floor Premises, the “ 3 rd Floor TIs ;” and in the aggregate, the “ TIs ”) in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed (a) Two Million Thirty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($2,036,320) (equal to One Hundred Ten Dollars ($110) per square foot of Rentable Area of the 3 rd Floor Premises) (the “ 3 rd Floor TI Allowance ”) plus (b) One Hundred Seventy-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Sixty Dollars ($177,560) (equal to Ten Dollars ($10) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Original Premises (the “2” Floor TI Allowance ” and, together with the 3 rd Floor TI Allowance, the “ Base TI Allowance ”) plus (c) if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to this Section, Four Hundred Sixty-Two Thousand Eight

 

-2-


Hundred Dollars ($462,800) (equal to Twenty-Five Dollars ($25) per square foot of Rentable Area of the 3 rd Floor Premises) (the “ Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance ”), for a total of Two Million Six Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand Six Hundred Eighty Dollars ($2,676,680). The Base TI Allowance, together with Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance (if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to this Section), shall be referred to herein as the “ TI Allowance .”

4.3 The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (a) construction, (b) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities for permits or for inspections of the 3 rd Floor TIs, (c) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures, (d) project review, plan review, evaluation of compatibility of TIs with base building conditions, assistance (if necessary) with permitting, travel, and attendance at meetings (as deemed necessary by Landlord) by Landlord (which fee shall equal Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000)), (e) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant (f) data and phone cabling and (g) up to ten percent (10%) of the TI Allowance to the installation of fixtures and equipment, project management fees, architectural and engineering costs and space planning. Subject to Section 6.1 of the Work Letter, the TI Allowance may be used by Tenant at any time following the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, and may be applied towards any portion of the Premises (other than the 1 st Floor Premises) or 3 rd Floor Premises. Landlord shall not charge Tenant any plan or construction review, oversight or management fees in relation to the TIs other than the Forty Thousand Dollar ($40,000) fee set forth above.

4.4 In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (a) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Amended Lease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (b) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (c) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Amended Lease, (d) furniture (other than as expressly permitted pursuant to Subsection 4.3(g) ) or (e) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors).

4.5 Provided that Tenant is not then in monetary default of its obligations under the Amended Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to apply up to Seventy-Five Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Four and 63/100 Dollars ($75,344.63) of the 2 nd Floor TI Allowance toward Basic Annual Rent due for May 2014.

4.6 In the event Tenant elects to use the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Rent, an amount equal to the drawn portion of such allowance, amortized over the Term with respect to Phase 1 (as defined below) at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, with such amount increasing by three percent (3%) on each annual anniversary of the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date (i.e., from ten percent (10%) to ten and three tenths percent (10.3%) on the first (1 st ) such anniversary). Tenant shall make payments with respect to the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance (plus interest thereon) in equal monthly installments so that the full amount shall be paid as of the expiration of the Term. Tenant shall pay such amounts with the payment of Basic Annual Rent for each month. The payments Tenant is required to make with respect to the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance shall constitute “Additional Rent” in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Original Lease.

 

-3-


4.7 Prior to entering the 3 rd Floor Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under Article 22 of the Original Lease are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Amended Lease other than the payment of Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses or the Property Management Fee.

4.8 The architect, engineer, general contractor and major subcontractors shall be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Landlord may refuse to use any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony.

4.9 Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and subject to Sections 18.8 , 18.9 and 25.5 of the Original Lease, Tenant may or shall (as applicable) remove any Tenant’s Personal Property in accordance with Sections 18.5 and 20.3 of the Original Lease.

5. Sales Tax .

5.1 Retail sales tax otherwise applicable to portions of construction of the TIs may be eligible for deferral pursuant to RCW 82.63 (the “ Sales Tax Deferral ”) as a result of the uses of the Premises intended by Tenant. Tenant may make application with the Washington State Department of Revenue (the “ State ”) for the Sales Tax Deferral with respect to work to be performed and paid for by Tenant pursuant to this Amendment. When the State has determined the final amount of the sales tax that Tenant may defer pursuant to the Sales Tax Deferral Program, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of such amount.

5.2 Tenant agrees if a subsequent audit by the State determines that (a) because Tenant’s use of the Premises has changed or (b) for any other reason, any of the sales tax previously deferred pursuant to the Sales Tax Deferral is now due and owing to the State, then Tenant shall pay to the State, by the date such amount is due, the amount required to be paid to the State, including any penalties and interest due to the State; provided that Tenant may conduct a good faith contest of any such determination by the State in accordance with appropriate administrative procedures so long as payment of the amount claimed by the State is stayed during the conduct of the contest. If Tenant desires to dispute the amount claimed by the State to be due but payment of such amount is not stayed during the conduct of the proceedings, Tenant shall pay the amount due but, at Tenant’s option, may pay the amount claimed by the State under protest.

5.3 Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with and assist Tenant in any challenges or audits to the Sales Tax Deferral benefit. Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of any such action of which Landlord becomes aware, and shall promptly forward any correspondence regarding any such challenge or audit. Tenant shall have the right to contest or review on its own behalf (but not on Landlord’s behalf) any proceedings regarding the Sales Tax Deferral benefit that may be instituted before, during or after the Term. Landlord shall, on a timely basis, execute all necessary instruments in connection with any such protest, appeal or other proceedings, at no cost to Landlord. If any proceeding may only be instituted and maintained by Landlord, then Landlord shall do so at Tenant’s cost upon the request of Tenant, unless Landlord reasonably objects.

 

-4-


6. 3 rd Floor Occupancy Schedule and Basic Annual Rent .

6.1 Phase 1 . Commencing on the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date, Tenant shall lease ten thousand eight hundred eleven square feet (10,811) of the 3 rd Floor Premises, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Phase 1 ”). Initial Basic Annual Rent for Phase 1 shall equal Forty-Eight Dollars ($48) per square foot of Rentable Area. Tenant shall commence paying (i) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and the Property Management Fee for Phase 1 on the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date and (ii) Basic Annual Rent for Phase 1 three (3) months after the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date.

6.2 Phase 2 . Commencing on the date that is twelve (12) months after the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date (the “ Phase 2 Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease an additional four thousand twenty-eight (4,028) square feet of the 3 rd Floor Premises, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Phase 2 ”), which shall increase the Tenant’s 3 rd Floor Premises Rentable Area to fourteen thousand eight hundred thirty-nine (14,839) square feet. As of the Phase 2 Commencement Date, the Basic Annual Rent for Phase 1 and Phase 2 shall equal Forty-Nine and 44/100 Dollars ($49.44) per square foot of Rentable Area. Tenant shall commence paying Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and the Property Management Fee for Phase 2 on the Phase 2 Commencement Date.

6.3 Phase 3 . Commencing on the date that is six (6) months after the Phase 2 Commencement Date (the “ Phase 3 Commencement Date ”), Tenant shall lease an additional three thousand six hundred seventy-three (3,673) square feet of the 3 rd Floor Premises, as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Phase 3 ”), which shall increase Tenant’s 3 rd Floor Premises Rentable Area to eighteen thousand five hundred twelve (18,512) square feet. As of the Phase 3 Commencement Date, Basic Annual Rent for Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 shall equal Forty-Nine and 44/100 Dollars ($49.44) per square foot of Rentable Area. Tenant shall commence paying Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and the Property Management Fee for Phase 3 on the Phase 3 Commencement Date.

7. 3 rd Floor Basic Annual Rent . The initial annual Basic Annual Rent per square foot of Rentable Area for the 3 rd Floor Premises shall be Forty-Eight and 00/100 ($48.00) as of the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date and shall increase by three percent (3%) on each annual anniversary of the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date following the Phase 3 Commencement Date.

8. Original Premises Basic Annual Rent . On April 1, 2014, Basic Annual Rent for the Original Premises shall be adjusted to reflect the rate of Basic Annual Rent per square foot of Rentable Area then in effect for the 3 rd Floor Premises, and shall increase by three percent (3%) on each subsequent annual anniversary of the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date commencing on the first annual anniversary of the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date following April 1, 2014. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Basic Annual Rent for the Original Premises for the month of April, 2014.

9. 1 st Floor Premises Surrender Date . Within ten (10) business days after the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date (the “ 1 st Floor Premises Surrender Date ”), Tenant shall surrender to Landlord the 1 st Floor Premises in the condition required by Section 19.2 of the Original Lease. Tenant shall not be required to pay Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses or Property Management Fee with respect to the 1 st Floor Premises for the ten (10) business day period following the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date.

 

-5-


10. 1 st Floor Premises Basic Annual Rent . Notwithstanding anything in the Amended Lease to the contrary, until the 1 st Floor Premises Surrender Date, Tenant shall pay Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and Property Management Fee for the 1 st Floor Premises calculated as if Tenant were leasing only four thousand five hundred two (4,502) square feet of Rentable Area of the 1 st floor of the Building. Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Amendment, refund all amounts charged by Landlord and paid by Tenant for Basic Annual Rent, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses and Property Management Fee for any 1 st Floor Premises in excess of four thousand five hundred two (4,502) square feet of Rentable Area collected by Landlord for the period commencing on September 15, 2010.

11. Generator . Section 3 of the First Amendment is hereby amended by replacing the words “twenty kilowatts of power” with “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of power.” The following sentence shall be added after the second (2 nd ) sentence of Section 3 of the First Amendment: “Any other emergency power required by Tenant shall be provided at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall comply with the requirements of the Lease and Applicable Laws.”

12. Termination of Right of First Refusal . Article 43 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force or effect.

13. Termination of Expansion Option . Article 44 of the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is of no further force or effect.

14. Right of First Offer . Tenant shall have a continuing right of first offer (“ ROFO ”) as to any rentable premises within the first, fourth and fifth floors of the Building for which Landlord is seeking a tenant (“ Available ROFO Premises ”); provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to lease any Available ROFO Premises to Tenant for any period past the date on which the Amended Lease expires or is terminated pursuant to its terms. To the extent that Landlord renews or extends a then-existing lease with any then-existing tenant of any space or expands such tenant’s premises thereunder, or enters into a new lease with such then-existing tenant for its then-leased premises, the affected space shall not be deemed to be Available ROFO Premises. In the event Landlord intends to market Available ROFO Premises, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ Notice of Marketing ”).

14.1 Within ten (10) days following its receipt of a Notice of Marketing, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease all (not just a portion) of the Available ROFO Premises and on what terms and conditions. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within said ten (10) day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Available ROFO Premises.

14.2 If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease all of the Available ROFO Premises and of the terms and conditions therefore (“ Tenant’s Offer ”) ( provided that Tenant shall be required to lease the Available ROFO Premises for at least the remainder of the then-current Term), then Landlord shall have ten (10) days after receipt of Tenant’s Offer to respond to Tenant in writing whether Landlord elects to lease the Available ROFO Premises to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s Offer.

 

-6-


14.3 If (a) Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Available ROFO Premises, (b) Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the ten (10)-day period described above or (c) Landlord declines to lease the Available ROFO Premises to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in Tenant’s Offer, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate a lease of the Available ROFO Premises at base rent and concessions (including, without limitation, free rent, tenant allowance and brokerage commissions) not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of that stated in Tenant’s Offer, if applicable. If Landlord fails to so consummate a lease of the Available ROFO Premises within six (6) months after the date of Tenant’s Offer, then Landlord must again offer the Available ROFO Premises to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Article prior to leasing the Available ROFO Premises to a third party.

14.4 Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFO during such period of time after Landlord has notified Tenant that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Amended Lease and Tenant has not cured such default. Any attempted exercise of the ROFO during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect.

14.5 Notwithstanding anything in the Amended Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFO separately from an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Amended Lease.

14.6 If Tenant exercises the ROFO, Landlord does not guarantee that the Available ROFO Premises will be available on the anticipated commencement date for the lease as to such Available ROFO Premises due to a holdover by the then-existing occupants of the Available ROFO Premises or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

15. Shared Conference Room . Tenant agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to make that certain conference room located on the l st floor of the Building, as depicted on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Shared Conference Room ”), available for commercial office use by Presage Biosciences, Inc. (“ Presage ”), so long as it remains a conference room, subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) Presage shall have the right to use the Shared Conference Room up to two (2) times per week for up to one and one-half (1  1 / 2 ) hours per use; (b) Presage’s use shall be limited to the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., unless otherwise agreed by Tenant and Presage; (c) Presage shall notify Tenant via email at least two (2) business days prior to the desired time of use, which request shall include the requested time of use, duration of use, and estimated number of participants; (d) Presage and its participants using the Shared Conference Room shall be escorted by a representative of Tenant at all times; and (e) if Tenant has already scheduled a meeting in the Shared Conference Room prior to receiving Presage’s request, Tenant shall provide Presage with access to another of Tenant’s conference rooms of similar size and quality to the Shared Conference Room to the extent available. If, at any time prior to the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date, Tenant no longer uses the Shared Conference Room as a conference room, Landlord, Tenant and Presage shall work together in good faith to provide Presage with another conference room within the Premises on substantially the same terms and

 

-7-


conditions imposed pursuant to this Section. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any Claims resulting from Presage’s use of the Shared Conference Room, except to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence or intentional misconduct.

16. Security Deposit . Within five (5) business days after execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) (the “ Additional Security Deposit ”) with Landlord, which shall become part of the Security Deposit. The Additional Security Deposit shall (a) be in cash or (b) satisfy the requirements for L/C Security and be from an issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

17. Condition of Original Premises and 3 rd Floor Premises .

17.1 Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of the Original Premises and is fully familiar with the condition of the Original Premises, (b) it agrees to accept the Original Premises in their condition “as is” as of applicable Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s representations, warranties and obligations under the Amended Lease, and (c) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Amended Lease.

17.2 Tenant acknowledges that (a) subject to Landlord’s obligations under Article 19 of the Original Lease, Tenant agrees to accept the 3 rd Floor Premises in their condition “as is” as of the applicable Commencement Date; provided that Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant (i) with the Core and Shell Work and the Warm Shell Work Substantially Complete, (ii) in substantial compliance with Applicable Laws and (iii) free and clear of other occupants or personal property and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the 3 rd Floor Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Amended Lease (including, without limitation, Exhibit C attached hereto).

18. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“ Tenant’s Broker ”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Tenant’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Landlord represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than CB Richard Ellis (“ Landlord’s Broker ” and, together with Tenant’s Broker, the “ Brokers ”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, including Landlord’s Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Brokers are entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Brokers pursuant to separate agreements between Landlord and Brokers.

19. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and

 

-8-


conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the Execution Date, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

20. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

21. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ K EVIN  M. S IMONSEN

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

VP, Real Estate Counsel

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ W AYNE B URNS

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO


NOTARIZATION (required in the State of Washington)

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON   )   
  : ss.   
COUNTY OF King            )     

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Wayne Burns is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of NanoString Technologies , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this 4 day of February , 201 1 .

 

/ S / S USAN  R V AN D EN A MEELE

[Signature of Notary]

Susan R Van Den Ameele

[Print Name of Notary]

See attached document-cdb

Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires: 21 September 2011 .

 

STATE OF   )   
  : ss.   
COUNTY OF   )   

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                              is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                              of                             , a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this      day of             , 201  .

 

 

[Signature of Notary]

 

[Print Name of Notary]
Notary Public in and for the State of
Washington, residing at                     .
My commission expires:                     .


LOGO


EXHIBIT A

3 rd FLOOR PREMISES

 

A-1


EXHIBIT A

3 rd FLOOR PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

* Location for Phase 1 and Phase 2 shall be determined at a later date while Phase 3 shall comprise the entire floor.


EXHIBIT B

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF 3 RD FLOOR COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF 3 RD FLOOR COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            ], 20[    ], with reference to that certain Third Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated as of January [    ], 2011, by [            ], a [            ] (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of Phase 1 on [            ], 20[    ].

2. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the 3 rd Floor Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the 3 rd Floor TIs are Substantially Complete.

4. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, all conditions of the Amended Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Amended Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the 3 rd Floor Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of the Amendment, the 3 rd Floor Commencement Date is [            ], 20[    ], and, unless the Amended Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [            ], 20[    ].

6. Tenant commenced occupancy of Phase 1 for the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[    ].

7. The Amended Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the 3 rd Floor Premises[, except [            ]].

8. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Amended Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

 

B-1


9. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Amended Lease commenced to accrue on [            ], 20[    ], with Basic Annual Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

   Approximate
Square Feet

of Rentable
Area
    Basic Annual Rent
per Square Foot of
Rentable Area
  Monthly
Basic
Annual Rent
    Basic
Annual Rent
    Tenant’s
Pro Rata
Share
 

[    ]/[    ]/[    ]- [    ]/[    ]/[    ]

     [       $[            ]

[monthly] [OR] [annually]

    [         [         [     ]% 

10. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Amended Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of 3 rd Floor Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT :
                                                                                  ,
a  
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into as of the 4 th day of February, 2011, by and between BMR-FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 4, 2011 (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Amendment ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Amendment.

1. General Requirements .

1.1 Authorized Representatives .

(a) Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“ Landlord’s Authorized Representative ”), (a) Rahn Verhaeghe as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings and approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (b) Anne Hoffman as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Amended Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.

(b) Tenant designates Wayne Burns (“ Tenant’s Authorized Representative ”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord.

1.2 Schedule . The schedule for design and development of the TIs, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule to be prepared by Tenant (the “ Schedule ”). Tenant shall prepare the Schedule so that it is a reasonable schedule for the completion of the TIs. As soon as the Schedule is completed, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Schedule shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within five (5) business days after delivery to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If Landlord disapproves the Schedule, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections to such Schedule, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Schedule. The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

1.3 Tenant’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants . The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction

 

C-1


of the TIs shall be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Landlord may refuse to use any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony or that do not provide a commercial standard of service appropriate for an institutional-quality asset. Landlord acknowledges that it does not have any required vendors, contractors or subcontractors that Tenant shall be required to use during construction of the TIs.

2. TIs . All TIs shall be performed by Tenant’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Amendment, the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Amended Lease and this Work Letter. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Amended Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Tenant or its contractors as the TIs shall be new or “like new;” and the TIs shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner. Tenant shall take, and shall its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any TIs, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage. Landlord agrees that the TIs may include specialized improvements and equipment necessary for the Permitted Use, including glass washes, cold rooms, warm rooms and freezers, all subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

2.1 Work Plans . Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) schematics covering the TIs prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “ Draft Schematic Plans ”). The Draft Schematic Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Landlord and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within five (5) business days after receipt of the Draft Schematic Plans whether Landlord approves or objects to the Draft Schematic Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Schematic Plans are unacceptable. Landlord’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If Landlord reasonably objects to the Draft Schematic Plans, then Tenant shall revise the Draft Schematic Plans and cause Landlord’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Schematic Plans. Tenant shall then resubmit the revised Draft Schematic Plans to Landlord for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Schematic Plans and Tenant’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section until Landlord has approved the Draft Schematic Plans in writing or been deemed to have approved them. The iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans that is approved or deemed approved by Landlord without objection shall be referred to herein as the “ Approved Schematic Plans .”

2.2 Construction Plans . Tenant shall prepare final plans and specifications for the TIs that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined

 

C-2


below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“ Construction Plans ”) are completed, Tenant shall deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within ten (10) business days after delivery to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to respond within such ten (10) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Landlord, then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “ Approved Plans .”

2.3 Changes to the TIs . Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “ Change ”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.

(a) Change Request . Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change, (c) the party responsible for payment for the cost of the Change in accordance with the next sentence and (d) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the TIs as a result of such Change. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.

(b) Approval of Changes . All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.

2.4 Preparation of Estimates . Tenant shall, before proceeding with any Change, using commercially reasonable efforts, prepare as soon as is reasonably practicable an estimate of the increased costs or savings that would result from such Change, as well as an estimate on such Change’s effects on the Schedule. Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such information from Tenant to (a) in the case of a Tenant-initiated Change Request, approve or reject such Change Request in writing (with approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), or (b) in the case of a Landlord-initiated Change Request, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to proceed with or abandon the Landlord-initiated Change Request.

 

C-3


3. Completion of TIs . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Amendment, the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance), shall perform and complete the TIs in all respects (a) in substantial conformance with the Approved Plans, (b) otherwise in compliance with provisions of the Amended Lease and this Work Letter and (c) in accordance with Applicable Laws, the requirements of Tenant’s insurance carriers, the requirements of Landlord’s insurance carriers (to the extent Landlord provides its insurance carriers’ requirements to Tenant in writing prior to the signing of a contract with the general contractor) and the board of fire underwriters having jurisdiction over the Premises. The TIs shall be deemed completed at such time as Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (v) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that (i) all TIs have been completed and paid for in full (which shall be evidenced by the architect’s certificate of completion and final unconditional waivers and releases of liens, each in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws, from the general contractor and from each subcontractor and material supplier ( provided that Tenant shall not be required to provide waivers and releases of liens from subcontractors and material suppliers for with respect to up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) of TI labor or materials in the aggregate)), (ii) any and all liens related to the TIs (and not caused by Landlord’s failure to timely pay amounts owed by Landlord hereunder) have either been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived by the party filing such lien and (iii) no security interests relating to the TIs are outstanding, (w) all certifications and approvals with respect to the TIs that may be required from any Governmental Authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Premises, (x) certificates of insurance required by the Amended Lease to be purchased and maintained by Tenant, (y) an affidavit from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work performed in, on or about the Premises is in accordance with the Approved Plans and (z) complete drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc of all contract documents for work performed by their architect and engineers in relation to the TIs.

4. Insurance .

4.1 Property Insurance . At all times during the period beginning with commencement of construction of the TIs and ending with final completion of the TIs, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained (in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to the Amended Lease), property insurance insuring Landlord and the Landlord Parties, as their interests may appear. Such policy shall, on a completed values basis for the full insurable value at all times, insure against loss or damage by fire, vandalism and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all TIs and the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment, all while each forms a part of, or is contained in, the TIs or any temporary structures on the Premises, or is adjacent thereto; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, insurance coverage with respect to the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment shall be carried on a primary basis by such general contractor or the applicable subcontractor(s). Tenant agrees to pay any deductible, and Landlord is not responsible for any deductible, for a claim under such insurance, except to the extent such claim is caused by Landlord’s negligence or intentional misconduct. Said property insurance shall contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurer against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, and shall name Landlord and its affiliates as loss payees as their interests may appear.

 

C-4


4.2 Workers’ Compensation Insurance . At all times during the period of construction of the TIs, Tenant shall, or shall cause its contractors or subcontractors to, maintain statutory workers’ compensation insurance as required by Applicable Laws.

5. Liability . Tenant assumes sole responsibility and liability for any and all injuries or the death of any persons, including Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors and their respective employees, agents and invitees, and for any and all damages to property caused by, resulting from or arising out of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or their respective employees, agents and invitees in the prosecution of the TIs, except to the extent covered by the property insurance carried (or required to be carried) by Landlord pursuant to the Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against all Claims due to, because of or arising out of any and all such injuries, death or damage, whether real or alleged, and Tenant and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall assume and defend at their sole cost and expense all such Claims; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Work Letter shall be deemed to indemnify or otherwise hold Landlord or the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from or against liability caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Any deficiency in design or construction of the TIs shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have approved of the same in writing.

6. TI Allowance .

6.1 Application of TI Allowance . Landlord shall contribute, in the following order, the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Amendment, the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the TIs, in accordance with Section 4 of the Amendment. If the entire 2 nd Floor TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the TIs, then Tenant may use the remainder for the 3 rd Floor TIs. Tenant shall apply for the 3 rd Floor TI Allowance and Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance using an Advance Request (as defined below) no later than March 31, 2012. Tenant shall not be required to use or exhaust the 2 nd Floor TI Allowance prior to the 3 rd Floor TI Allowance or Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance. Tenant may apply the Base TI Allowance and, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Amendment, the Additional 3 rd Floor TI Allowance for the payment of construction and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Amended Lease.

6.2 Approval of Budget for the TIs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Amended Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to expend any portion of the TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the TIs (the “ Approved Budget ”). Prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the TIs as they become due. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for costs or expenses relating to the TIs that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of any budget for TIs that is proposed by Tenant.

 

C-5


6.3 Advance Requests . Upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of (a) a statement (an “ Advance Request ”) setting forth the total amount of the TI Allowance requested, (b) a summary of the TIs performed using AIA standard form Application for Payment (G 702) executed by the general contractor and by the architect, (c) invoices from the general contractor, the architect, and any subcontractors, material suppliers and other parties requesting payment with respect to the amount of the TI Allowance then being requested, (d) unconditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to previous payments made by either Landlord or Tenant for the TIs in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws and (e) conditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to the TIs performed that correspond to the Advance Request each in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws, then Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days following receipt by Landlord of an Advance Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section, pay to the applicable contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers or to Tenant (for reimbursement for payments made by Tenant prior to Landlord’s approval of the Approved Budget to such contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers), as elected by Tenant, the amount of TI costs set forth in such Advance Request; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payments under this Section until the budget for the TIs is approved in accordance with Section 6.2 above, and any Advance Request under this Section shall be subject to the payment limits set forth in Section 6.2 above and Section 4 of the Amendment.

7. Miscellaneous .

7.1 Number; Headings . Where applicable in this Work Letter, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Work Letter are not a part of this Work Letter and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof

7.2 Attorneys’ Fees . If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Work Letter, then the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit.

7.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Work Letter in which time of performance is a factor.

7.4 Covenant and Condition . Each provision of this Work Letter performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

7.5 Withholding of Consent . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

7.6 Invalidity . Any provision of this Work Letter that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Work Letter shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

 

C-6


7.7 Interpretation . The language in all parts of this Work Letter shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

7.8 Successors . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Amended Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

7.9 Governing Law . This Work Letter shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

7.10 Power and Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Work Letter have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

7.11 Counterparts . This Work Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

7.12 Amendments; Waiver . No provision of this Work Letter may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

7.13 Waiver of Jury Trial . To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Work Letter; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Work Letter or the Premises.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ K EVIN  M. S IMONSEN

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

VP, Real Estate Counsel

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ W AYNE B URNS

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

 

C-8


EXHIBIT D

SHARED CONFERENCE ROOM

 

D-1


 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.15

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 28 th day of May, 2012, by and between BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 21, 2009 (the “ First Amendment ”), that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 16, 2010 (the “ Second Amendment ”) and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 4, 2011 (the “ Third Amendment ,” and together with the Original Lease, First Amendment and Second Amendment, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 530 Fairview Avenue in Seattle, Washington (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, the “Premises” currently consist of approximately twenty-eight thousand five hundred sixty-seven (28,567) square feet of Rentable Area, comprised of the following spaces: (i) approximately seventeen thousand seven hundred fifty-six (17,756) square feet of Rentable Area, which is the entire second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (the “ Original Premises ”), (ii) storage rooms 107 and 109 which are located on the first (1 st ) floor of the building (the “ Storage Rooms ”), but the square footage of such Storage Rooms is not included in the Rentable Area of the Premises, and (iii) approximately ten thousand eight hundred eleven (10,811) square feet of Rentable Area located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises Phase 1 ”);

C. WHEREAS, Tenant has leased additional space from Landlord which shall be included as part of the “Premises” but the term of which has not yet commenced: (i) approximately four thousand twenty-eight (4,028) square feet of Rentable Area located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “ 3 rd Floor Premises Phase 2 ”), the term of which shall commence on August 12, 2012 and (ii) approximately three thousand six hundred seventy-three (3,673) square feet of Rentable Area located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the 443rd Floor Premises Phase 3 ”), the term of which shall commence on February 12, 2013. The 3 rd Floor Premises Phase 1, the 3 rd Floor Premises Phase 2 and the 3 rd Floor Premises Phase 3 are collectively referred to as the “ 3 rd Floor Premises ”;

D. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant approximately six hundred seventeen (617) square feet of space located in the basement of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Basement Storage Premises ”); and

E. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

 

BMR form dated 10/12/11


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Fourth Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Lease of Basement Storage Premises . Effective on Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date (defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Basement Storage Premises for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use for the Storage Rooms portion of the Premises (defined in the Original Lease) and other terms and conditions of the Amended Lease. From and after the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date, the “ Premises ” as defined in the Amended Lease, shall include the Basement Storage Premises.

3. Possession and Term .

(a) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Basement Storage Premises to Tenant on August 1, 2012 (the “ Estimated Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date ”), with the work required of Landlord described on Exhibit B (the “ Landlord Work ”) Substantially Complete (as defined in the Original Lease). Tenant agrees that in the event such work is not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date for any reason, then (a) the Amended Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom and (c) Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any Basic Annual Rent until the actual Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date as described in Section 3(b) occurs. Notwithstanding anything in the Amended Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure (as defined in the Original Lease).

(b) The “ Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date ” shall be the later of (i) the Estimated Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date and (ii) the day Landlord tenders possession of the Basement Storage Premises to Tenant with the Landlord Work Substantially Complete. If possession is delayed by action of Tenant, then the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date shall be the date that the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Basement Storage Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Base Storage Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant (if applicable) shall not serve to extend the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date.

 

2


(c) The Term with respect to the Basement Storage Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date, i.e. August 11, 2016, subject to Tenant’s option to extend granted pursuant to Article 42 of the Original Lease.

(d) Landlord and Tenant intend to include the Basement Storage Premises within the definition of “Premises,” but intend that Tenant will occupy the Basement Storage Premises without paying a share of Operating Expenses allocated to the Basement Storage Premises. As such, the Basement Storage Premises shall be excluded from the Rentable Area (as defined in the Lease) of the Premises for purposes of determining Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (as defined in the Lease) of the Building, and the numbers and percentages set forth in the chart in Section 4 below have been calculated on that basis.

4. Pro Rata Share . The parties hereby acknowledge that when Landlord made a reconciliation measurement of the Original Premises pursuant to the Second Amendment, Landlord also made a reconciliation measurement of the Building. Accordingly, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Building contains ninety-six thousand one hundred eighty-eight (96,188) square feet of Rentable Area. In addition, the chart set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease is hereby modified as follows on the dates set forth below:

 

As of the Following Dates

  

Definition or Provision

  

Means the Following

August 12, 2011    Approximate Rentable Area of Premises    28,567 square feet
   Approximate Rentable Area of the Building    96,188 square feet
   Approximate Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building    29.70%
August 12, 2012    Approximate Rentable Area of Premises    32,595 square feet
   Approximate Rentable Area of the Building    96,188 square feet
   Approximate Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building    33.89%
February 12, 2013    Approximate Rentable Area of Premises    36,268 square feet
   Approximate Rentable Area of the Building    96,188 square feet
   Approximate Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building    37.71%

5. Basement Storage Premises Basic Annual Rent . Commencing on the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date, the initial annual Basic Annual Rent per square foot of Rentable Area for the Basement Storage Premises shall be Eighteen and 00/100 Dollars ($18.00). Basic Annual Rent for the Basement Storage Premises shall increase by three percent (3%) on each annual anniversary of the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date during the Term.

 

3


6. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Basement Storage Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Amended Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Basement Storage Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Basement Storage Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Amended Lease or as part of the Landlord Work.

7. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Fourth Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

8. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

9. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Fourth Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Fourth Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Fourth Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Fourth Amendment.

10. Miscellaneous . This Fourth Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Fourth Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

11. Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Fourth Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

VP, Real Estate Counsel

TENANT :

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO


NOTARIZATION (required in the State of Washington)

STATE OF WASHINGTON         )

          : SS.

COUNTY OF King         )

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that Wayne Burns is the person who appeared before me, and s/he acknowledged that s/he signed this instrument, on oath stated that s/he was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the Chief Financial Officer of NanoString Technologies, a corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated this 28 day of May, 2012

 

/s/ Susan R Van Den Ameele

[Signature of Notary]

Susan R Van Den Ameele

[Print Name of Notary]
Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Seattle.
My commission expires: 21 September 2015 .


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of San Diego)

 

On May 31, 2012 before me,   Kristen M. White, Notary Public
  (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared Kevin M. Simonsen, Vice President, Real Estate Counsel, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

   LOGO
Signature /s/ Kristen M. White                                             (Seal)

 


EXHIBIT A

BASEMENT STORAGE PREMISES

See attached.


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD WORK

 

 

Build out of storage room

 

 

Provide and install one (1) door/frame/hardware package

 

 

Provide and install drywall, taping and paint for walls in the storage room

 

 

Provide and install lights and motion sensor for the room area.

 

 

Two (2) electrical outlets

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF BASEMENT STORAGE PREMISES

COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF BASE STORAGE PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            , 20[    ], with reference to that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of May     , 2012 (the “ Fourth Amendment ”), which Fourth Amendment amends that certain Lease dated as of October 19, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 21, 2009, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 16, 2010 and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of February 4, 2011 (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Amended Lease ”), by NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-530 FAIRVIEW AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Basement Storage Premises on [

2. The Basement Storage Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Landlord Work is Substantially Complete.

4. All conditions of the Amended Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Amended Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Basement Storage Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Fourth Amendment, the Term Commencement Date for the Basement Storage Premises is [            ], 20[    ], and, unless the Amended Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be August 11, 2016.

6. Tenant commenced occupancy of the Basement Storage Premises for the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[    ].

7. The Amended Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Basement Storage Premises[, except [            ]].

8. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Amended Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

 

C-1


9. The obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Basement Storage Premises is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Amended Lease with respect to the Basement Storage Premises commenced to accrue on [            ], 20[    ], with Basic Annual Rent for the Basement Storage Premises payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

   Approximate
Square Feet
     Base Rent per
Square Foot
     Monthly Base
Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
 
[    ]/E    ]/[    ]-
[    ]/E    ]/[    ]
     617       $ 18.00 annually       $ 925.50       $ 11,106.00   

10. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Amended Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Basement Storage Premises Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

C-3

Exhibit 10.16

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 30, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1 Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “Dollars” or “$” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lenders shall make Advances, severally and not jointly according to each Lender’s Revolving Line Commitment, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Term Loans .

(a) Availability . (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount up to Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000) according to each Lender’s Term A Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term A Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term A Loans ”). After repayment, no Term A Loan may be re-borrowed.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Term B Loan Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”; each Term A Loan or Term B Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “Term Loan” and the Term A Loans and the Term B Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Term Loans”). After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.

 

1


(b) Repayment . (i) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term A Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Effective Date, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term A Loan and the first Payment Date. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term A Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term A Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term A Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

(ii) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term B Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term B Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term B Loan and the first Payment Date related thereto. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term B Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued interest with respect to the Term B Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term B Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

(c) Mandatory Prepayments . If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loan(s).

(d) Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least fifteen (15) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to the Lenders in cash such excess.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rates .

(i) Term Loans. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the applicable Term Loan) equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the applicable Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(b) and 2.3(e). Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Term Loan through and including the day on which such Term Loan is paid in full.

 

2


(ii) Advances. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (A) three and seven tenths of one percentage points (3.70%) above the Prime Rate or (B) six and ninety five one hundredths of one percent (6.95%), which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.1.1(b) and 2.3(e).

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due. Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

2.4 Secured Promissory Notes . The Term Loans and Advances shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “Secured Promissory Note”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Term Loan or Advance or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan or Advance (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of each Term Loan and each Advance set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

(a) Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) to be shared between the Lenders with Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) for Oxford and Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) for SVB (receipt of which the Lenders hereby acknowledge);

 

3


(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Term Loans;

(c) Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Term Loans;

(d) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . A fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”), to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Line Commitments, payable monthly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to nine tenths of one percent (0.9%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line. The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (x) the Revolving Line amount (as it may be reduced from time to time) and (y) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee previously earned by the Lenders pursuant to this Section notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement or the suspension or termination of the Lenders’ obligation to make loans and advances hereunder; and

(e) Lenders’ Expenses . All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.6 Withholding . Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Each Lender’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) original Loan Documents, duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

(b) duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower;

(c) duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term A Loan Commitment Percentage;

(d) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

4


(e) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

(f) the Annual Projections, for the current fiscal year ending December 31, 2012;

(g) duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower that is a party to the Loan Documents, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

(h) certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ leased locations;

(j) a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000);

(k) the Post Closing Letter;

(l) a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

(m) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

(n) a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(o) a payoff letter from Comerica Bank in respect of the Existing Indebtedness;

(p) evidence that (i) the Liens securing the Existing Indebtedness will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated; and

(q) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) receipt by Collateral Agent of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto;

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

 

5


(c) in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

(d) to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, (i) duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date and (ii) duly executed original Warrants in favor of each Lender exercisable into the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $0.2640 per share (or a sufficient number of shares of Next Round Stock (as defined in the Warrant) based on the Warrant Coverage), with respect to such Credit Extension to be made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and

(e) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.3 Conditions Precedent to the Term B Loan . The obligation of each Lender to make the Term B Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (i) a Note in respect of such Term B Loan and (ii) a Warrant exercisable into the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $0.2640 per share (or a sufficient number of shares of Next Round Stock (as defined in the Warrant) based on the Warrant Coverage), with respect to such Term B Loan to be made by such Lender; and

(b) satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3.4 below.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing .

(a) Term Loan . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time three (3) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made. Together with any such facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of such requested Term Loan.

(b) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to Lenders by facsimile a completed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and a Borrowing Base Certificate, each executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Lenders believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. The Lenders shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Lenders may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

6


4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred percent (100%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred five percent (105%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

4.3 Pledge of Collateral . Borrower hereby pledges, collaterally assigns and grants to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, or, to the extent not certificated as of the Effective Date, within ten (10) days of the certification of any Shares, the certificate or certificates for the Shares will be delivered to Collateral Agent, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Collateral Agent may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Collateral Agent and cause new (as applicable) certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Collateral Agent or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Collateral Agent may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with

 

7


respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows at all times:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority . Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”). Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction except as indicated in the Perfection Certificate; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Collateral .

(a) Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein if required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

8


(b) On the Effective Date, the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted by Section 7.2, and, as of the Effective Date, no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000). None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

(c) All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

(d) Except (i) as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise disclosed to the Collateral Agent in writing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) for Permitted Licenses, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates or as otherwise disclosed to Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within thirty (30) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, take such commercially reasonable steps as Collateral Agent and any Lender reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) all such licenses or agreements with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee to be deemed “Collateral” and for Collateral Agent and each Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Collateral Agent’s and such Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations of the Account Debtors. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the Account Debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the Account Debtor. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account.

5.3 Accounts Receivable . For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent or any Lender may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account; provided, however, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent or any Lender will consult with Borrower prior to making any contact with any such Account Debtor. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation . Except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or pursuant to Section 6.9, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

9


5.5 No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Borrower’s Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods presented (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and for the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

5.6 Solvency . Borrower is Solvent. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

5.8 Investments . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance

 

10


with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements or for other general corporate purposes in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes. A portion of the proceeds of the initial Credit Extensions shall be used by Borrower to repay the Existing Indebtedness in full on the Effective Date.

5.11 Shares . Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. To Borrower’s knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

5.12 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.13 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Except as permitted by Section 7.3, maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .

(a) Deliver to each Lender: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a

 

11


form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (except a qualification with respect to going-concern for the opinion delivered for Borrower’s 2011, 2012 and 2013 fiscal years) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion; (iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a month-by-month format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “ Annual Projections ”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than seven (7) days after such approval, and, unless Collateral Agent notifies Borrower to the contrary in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, the term “Annual Projections” shall include such revisions); (iv) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt; (v) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (vi) quarterly notice of (A) any material change in the composition of the Intellectual Property, (B) the registration of any copyright, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any copyright, patent or trademark, and (C) Borrower’s knowledge of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property; (vii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each deposit account or securities account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s), and (viii) other financial information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(c) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and contemporaneously with the request for any Advance hereunder, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, together with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date);

(d) Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than twice every year unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date or as are approved in writing by Collateral Agent from time to time. Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

 

12


6.5 Insurance . Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable endorsement and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Collateral Agent at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling, except in the case of non-payment where the notice will be twenty (20) days, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy (and in the case of any general liability insurance policy, any proceeds in excess of any amounts paid on claims made in respect of such policy) shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (other than NanoString UK), primary domestic Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, except as provided below. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Borrower may maintain (i) the Existing Comerica Accounts so long as (A) Borrower delivers a Control Agreement over such account in favor of, and in form and substance satisfactory to, Collateral Agent; and (B) such accounts are closed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the Effective Date, and (ii) the Comerica Letter of Credit Account.

(b) Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Bank or its Affiliates. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates; (ii) foreign deposit accounts maintained by NanoString UK; provided that the aggregate amount in such accounts shall not exceed the lower of (x) ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Cash and Cash Equivalents, or (y) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), in each case, at any time and (iii) the Comerica Letter of Credit Account.

(c) Lockbox; Account Collection Services.

(i) From and after the date that is thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit

 

13


payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (collectively, the “ Lockbox ”). It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Lockbox is not set-up and operational as of the date set forth in the preceding sentence; provided that Borrower shall have up to ninety (90) days after the Effective Date to transition all customer payments to the Lockbox.

(ii) From and after the date that is thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, upon receipt by a Borrower of proceeds of Accounts not directed to the Lockbox, if any, Borrower shall immediately transfer and deliver same to Bank, along with a detailed cash receipts journal. Provided no Event of Default exists, within three (3) Business Days of receipt of such amounts by Bank, Bank will turn over to Borrower the proceeds of the Accounts, less any amounts due to Bank, other fees and expenses, or otherwise. This Section does not impose any affirmative duty on Bank to perform any act other than as specifically set forth herein. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral and if an Event of Default exists and is continuing, Bank may apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lockbox (and the amounts in the Lockbox) shall be subject to a “lock box control” agreement which will provide for, among other things the establishment of “control” within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall have immediate and full access to any funds held in the Lockbox account and such funds shall not be subject to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever other than those of the Bank and as provided in this Agreement and related documents; provided, however, that nothing herein shall (i) affect or reduce Borrower’s obligations to pay in full all amounts due to Lenders under this Agreement, or (ii) in any manner limit the recourse of Lender or the Collateral Agent to the Collateral to satisfy the Borrower’s Obligations.

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights . Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation . Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Notices of Litigation and Default . Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

6.10 Intentionally Omitted .

6.11 Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers . In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first receive the written consent of Collateral Agent and such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

6.12 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries . In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation

 

14


or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the Shares of each such Subsidiary; provided, however, that solely in the circumstance in which Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof (a “ Foreign Subsidiary ”) in an acquisition permitted by Section 7.7 hereof or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders, (i) such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (ii) Borrower shall not be required to grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a perfected security interest in more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Collateral Agent that such Foreign Subsidiary providing such guarantee or pledge and security interest or Borrower providing a perfected security interest in more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Shares would create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

6.13 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) Business Days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Change.

6.14 Right to Invest . Borrower shall grant to each Lender a right to invest in Borrower’s future private equity rounds on the terms and conditions as more fully set forth in the Investment Letters.

 

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, dispose of or otherwise make cash payments consisting of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) consisting of cash payments made in the ordinary course of business to the extent such payments are reflected in the Annual Projections; (b) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (c) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (d) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments or transactions permitted by Section 7.3; (e) consisting of Permitted Licenses; or (f) in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) above what is contemplated in the Annual Projections in any fiscal year. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower may not make Transfers in addition to those specifically enumerated above, unless and only to the extent the same are specifically reflected in the Annual Projections.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless a replacement for such Key Person is approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and engaged by Borrower within one hundred eighty (180) days of such change, or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than (i) by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital or private equity investors prior to the closing of the transaction or (ii) if contemporaneously with the consummation of such transaction the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash).

 

15


Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person, except that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder in accordance with Section 6.12) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except (i) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein and (ii) customary covenants contained in purchase agreements and/or acquisition agreements restricting the granting of security interests on Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ property pending the closing of such transactions, provided that (i) such covenants do not at any time prohibit the Borrower or such Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ property in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Lenders or in any way impair the Liens in favor of Collateral Agent made in connection with this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to, nor would occur as a result of, entry into such purchase agreements and/or acquisition agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, in no way shall the preceding sentence be deemed to constitute a waiver of, or otherwise limit, Borrower’s obligations under Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this Agreement.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than (i) repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate per fiscal year, or (ii) conversions of Borrower’s convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefor and the making of cash payments for any fractional shares upon such conversion or in connection with the exercise of warrants or similar securities), provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a result of such conversion or payment, or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries or bridge financing transactions constituting Subordinated Debt, (c) transactions permitted under clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments (d) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the board of directors of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (e) compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers of Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into or maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

16


7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

7.11 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws . Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nobo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

7.12 Subsidiary Assets . Permit the aggregate value of assets held by all Subsidiaries of Borrower to exceed ten percent (10%) of the aggregate value of assets held by Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

17


8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), or 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

8.7 Judgments . One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

18


8.9 Subordinated Debt . A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10 Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

8.11 Lien Priority . Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of any Lender shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

(b) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

(ii) apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

(iii) commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(ii) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates. Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

19


(iii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

(iv) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(v) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(vi) appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vii) subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

(viii) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred percent (100%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred five percent (105%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(ix) terminate any FX Contracts.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “Exigent Circumstance” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits. Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent

 

20


as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims. To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis. If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

9.5 Liability for Collateral . So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices and Section 9-207 of the Code regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

21


9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity. The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

 

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number, indicated below. Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attn: Wayne Burns, Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (206)-299-3300

Phone: (206) 378-6284

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: John Mao

Fax: (650)-493-6811

Phone: (650) 565-3913

If to Collateral Agent:   

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

133 North Fairfax Street

Alexandria, Virginia 22314

Attention: Legal Department

Fax: (703) 519-5225

Phone: (703) 518-2662

 

22


with a copy to   

SILICON VALLEY BANK

901 5th Avenue, Suite 3900

Seattle, WA 98164

Attn: Nick Christian

Fax: (206) 225-8365

Phone: (206) 342-7605

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

DLA Piper LLP (US)

4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100

San Diego, California 92121-2133

Attn: Troy Zander

Fax: (858) 638-5086

Phone: (858) 677-1486

 

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Collateral Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private

 

23


judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6). The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation, or grant of a participation, a “ Lender Transfer ”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”). Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

24


12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration . (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that

(i) no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

(ii) no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

(iii) no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10. It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

(iv) the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

(b) Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

(c) This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

25


12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent through no fault of any Lender or the Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis, so long as Collateral Agent or the Lenders do not disclose Borrower’s identity or the identity of any person associated with Borrower unless otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

12.10 Right of Set Off . Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Silicon Valley Bank as Agent . Collateral Agent hereby appoints Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) as its agent (and SVB hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control, including without limitation, all deposit accounts maintained at SVB.

 

26


12.12 Cooperation of Borrower . If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting stock of or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Amortization Date” is, with respect to the Term Loans, June 1, 2013.

“Annual Projections” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

“Anti-Terrorism Laws” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

“Approved Fund” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

“Approved Lender” is defined in Section 12.1.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of

 

27


payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement” ).

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Basic Rate” is, with respect to a Term Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) eight and eighty nine one hundredths of one percent (8.89%) and (ii) the sum of (a) the three (3) month U.S. LIBOR rate reported in The Wall Street Journal three (3) Business Days prior to the Funding Date of such Term Loan, plus (b) eight and thirty nine one hundredths of one percent (8.39%).

“Blocked Person” is any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Lenders with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

“Capital Event” is the receipt by Borrower on or after the Effective Date of unrestricted, non-contingent, immediately available net cash proceeds of not less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) from (i) the issuance and sale by Borrower of unsecured subordinated convertible Indebtedness and/or its equity securities or (ii) payments in connection with a joint venture, collaboration or other partnering transaction.

“Cash Equivalents” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent; and (d) money market funds (i) which provide daily liquidity and (ii) at least ninety-five percent (95%) of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition. For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction involving, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, consisting of any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security.

 

28


“CE Mark Event” means the receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders of Borrower’s receipt of a CE Mark with respect to PAM50.

“Claims” are defined in Section 12.2.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A . “Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Collateral Agent” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

“Comerica Letters of Credit” means collectively, (i) that certain Letter of Credit (no. 632070-44) established by Comerica Bank, at the request of Borrower, and with BMR-530 Fairview Avenue LLC, as beneficiary, in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Forty Two Thousand Six Hundred Eighty One and 25/100 Dollars ($142,681.25) (the “ BMR Letter of Credit ”) and (ii) that certain Letter of Credit (no. 650943-44) established by Comerica Bank, at the request of Borrower, and with UniCredit SPA, as beneficiary, in an amount not to exceed Twenty Six Thousand and Ten Euros (26,010 Euros) (the “ UniCredit Letter of Credit ”).

“Comerica Letter of Credit Account” means that certain account (no. 1894060746) maintained by Borrower at Comerica Bank as collateral for and containing funds not to exceed an amount equal to the aggregate of (i) one hundred five percent (105%) of the face amount of the UniCredit Letter of Credit and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the face amount of the BMR Letter of Credit.

“Commitment Percentage” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Communication” is defined in Section 10.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

29


“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Term Loan or any other extension of credit hereunder by Collateral Agent or any Lender for Borrower’s benefit.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300865420, maintained with Bank.

“Disbursement Letter” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Dollars , ” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Collateral Agent and Lenders reserve the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Collateral Agent and Lenders otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

30


(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Lenders and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Lenders, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Lenders in their sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond ninety (90) days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Intentionally Omitted;

 

31


(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage; and

(w) Accounts for which Collateral Agent or a Lender in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

“Eligible Assignee” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

“Existing Comerica Accounts” means those certain accounts (nos. 1894060738 and 1894593134) maintained by Borrower at Comerica Bank as of the Effective Date.

“Existing Indebtedness” is the indebtedness of Borrower to Comerica Bank in the aggregate principal outstanding amount as of the Effective Date of approximately One Million Three Hundred Thirty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Four Dollars ($1,334,534) pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, entered into by and between Comerica Bank and Borrower.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Sections 2.1.2(c) or 2.1.2(d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Term Loans.

“Final Payment Percentage” is five percent (5.00%).

 

32


“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States. “Foreign Subsidiary” is defined in Section 6.12.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantor” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent.

“Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Insolvent” means not Solvent.

 

33


“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source, object or programming code and software code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

(e) any and all published and unpublished works of authorship (including, without limitation, databases and compilation of information);

(f) any and all internet domain names (including any right related to the registration thereof), trade names, brand names, d/b/a’s, logos, symbols and trade dress;

(g) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(h) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Letters” are, collectively, those certain letter agreements, dated as of the Effective Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to which Borrower grants to Lenders or their Affiliates a right (but not an obligation) to invest up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate, in any of Borrower’s future rounds of private equity financing on the terms, conditions and pricing set forth therein.

“Key Person” is each of Borrower’s (i) President and Chief Executive Officer, who is Robert Bradley Gray as of the Effective Date, (ii) Chief Financial Officer, who is Wayne Burns as of the Effective Date and (iii) Chief Medical Officer, who is J. Wayne Cowens, M.D. as of the Effective Date.

“Lender” is any one of the Lenders.

“Lenders” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

“Lenders’ Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

 

34


“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, the Post Closing Letter; each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, the Investment Letters, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person in connection with this Agreement, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Loan Payment/Advance Request Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 .

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

“Maturity Date” is, for all Advances and each Term Loan, the date which is twenty nine (29) months after the Amortization Date.

“NanoString UK” is NanoString Technologies Europe Limited, an entity organized under the laws of England and Wales, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary Borrower.

“Obligations” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” does not include Borrower’s obligations under the Warrants or any other equity securities issued to any Lender.

“OFAC” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“OFAC Lists” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Payment Date” is the first (1st) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing with May 1, 2012.

“Perfection Certificate” and “Perfection Certificates” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

35


“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Contingent Obligations in respect of Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made);

(g) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(h) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect Borrower or its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;

(i) unsecured Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment under clause (f) of such definition;

(j) other Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate at any time;

(k) Reimbursement obligations arising under the Comerica Letters of Credit; and

(l) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (k) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest, unless such perfected security interest is not required by Section 6.6;

 

36


(e) Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries including the aggregate amount of any margins achieved through “transfer pricing”, “cost sharing” and “cost plus” arrangements between Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (ii) by Subsidiaries in Borrower;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

“Permitted Licenses” are non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided, that, with respect to each such license, (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such entry; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or collaterally assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, (y) any such license is made in connection with a bona fide corporate collaboration or partnership, and is approved by Borrower’s (or the applicable Subsidiary’s) board of directors, and (z) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement or is otherwise subject to the Collateral Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC).

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within thirty (30) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the

 

37


aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

(h) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6(b) hereof;

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

(j) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s Business and as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(l) Liens in favor of Comerica Bank in respect of the Comerica Letter of Credit Account; and

(m) Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Post Closing Letter” is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between Collateral Agent and Borrower.

“Prepayment Fee” is, with respect to any Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

(i) for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, three percent (3.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid;

(ii) for a prepayment made after the date which is after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid; and

 

38


(iii) for a prepayment made after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan and prior to the Maturity Date, one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.

“Prime Rate” is the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal , provided however, if such rate becomes unavailable, thereafter the “Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

“Pro Rata Share” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

“Required Lenders” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “Original Lender” ) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their respective Term Loans, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loans, Lenders holding, sixty-six percent (66%) or more of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, plus, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its respective Term Loan, (B) each assignee of an Original Lender provided such assignee was assigned or transferred and continues to hold one hundred percent (100%) of the assigning Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loans and (C) any Person or party providing financing to an Original Lender or formed to undertake a securitization transaction with respect to an Original Lender and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction (in each case in respect of clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (ii), whether or not such Lender is included within the Lenders holding sixty-six percent (66%) of the Terms Loans). For purposes of this definition only, a Lender shall be deemed to include itself, and any Lender that is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Lender.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower acting alone.

“Revolving Line” means an Advance or Advances of up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).

“Revolving Line Commitment” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make an Advance under the Revolving Line, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 . “Revolving Line Commitments” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

“Sales Event” is Borrower’s achievement of cumulative sales of “Life Sciences Tools” for the eleven (11) months ending on November 30, 2012 of at least, Eighteen Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($18,700,000), based on a one-time test and measured after receipt of the company’s monthly financial statements for the November 2012 period delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 6.2 hereof.

“Secured Promissory Note” is defined in Section 2.4.

“Secured Promissory Note Record” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

39


“Shares” is one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower, in any Subsidiary; provided that, in the event Borrower, demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of a Foreign Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, “Shares” shall mean sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Foreign Subsidiary.

“Solvent” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

“Subsidiary” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of Affiliates of such Person.

“Term Loan” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) hereof.

“Term A Loan” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(i) hereof.

“Term B Loan” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) hereof.

“Term Loan Commitment” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 . “Term Loan Commitments” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

“Term B Loan Draw Period” is the period commencing upon the later of (i) October 1, 2012 and (ii) the occurrence of the Term B Loan Milestone, and ending on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2012 and (ii) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Term B Loan Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Term B Loan Milestone an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

“Term B Loan Milestone” means the earliest to occur of: (i) the CE Mark Event; (ii) the Capital Event or (iii) the Sales Event.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Warrant Coverage” means the product obtained by multiplying (i) five percent (5.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term B Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

“Warrants” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

40


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:  

Wayne Burns

Title:  

CFO

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

Title:  

Vice President – Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Nick Christian

Name:  

Nick Christian

Title:  

Relationship Manager

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

Term A Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 5,384,615.38         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 2,115,384.62         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 7,500,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term B Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 3,948,717.95         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,551,282.05         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 5,500,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 9,333,333.33         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 3,666,666.67         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 13,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revolving Line

 

Lender

   Revolving Line
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 666,666.67         33.33

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,333,333.33         66.67
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of a Foreign Subsidiary, if Debtor demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Foreign Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code; (iii) any equipment or other personal property subject to a Lien described in clauses (a) or (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment or other personal property is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-407(a) (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code), provided that upon the termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral related to the financing of such equipment or personal property, or (iv) the Comerica Letter of Credit Account.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[See attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[INSERT DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 ( “Borrower” ), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC, ( “Oxford” and “Lender” ), as collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent” ) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Loan Agreement” ; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement applicable to the making of the Credit Extension to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. [(i)] No Material Adverse Change has occurred[and (ii) the Term B Loan Milestone has occurred.]

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


7. The proceeds of the Term [A][B] Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

  

Loan Amount

   $     

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $     

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($             

[— Existing Indebtedness Payoff to be remitted to Comerica Bank per the Payoff Letter dated March 26, 2012

   ($   )] 

[—Interim Interest

   ($   )] 

—Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($              )* 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

   $     

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

   $     

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $     

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($  

[—Interim Interest

   ($   )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

   $     

TOTAL TERM [A][B] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

   $     

8. The Term [A][B] Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:`

 

Account Name:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Bank Name:    SILICON VALLEY BANK
Bank Address:    3003 Tasman Drive
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Account Number:    3300865420
ABA Number:    121140399

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B] Loan)

[to be provided]


EXHIBIT B-2

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
   SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender
FROM:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending              with all required covenants except as noted below;

(ii) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(iii) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (i), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(iv) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(v) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

    

Reporting Covenant

  

Requirement

  

 

    

Complies

1)   

Financial statements

  

Monthly within 30 days

                          Yes    No    N/A
2)   

Annual (CPA Audited) statements

  

Within 150 days after Fiscal Year End

      Yes    No    N/A
3)   

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)

  

Annually (w/n 30 days of FYE). and when revised

      Yes    No    N/A
4)   

A/R & A/P agings

  

If applicable

      Yes    No    N/A


5)   

8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings

  

If applicable, within 5 days of filing

      Yes    No    N/A
6)   

Compliance Certificate

  

Monthly within 30 days

      Yes    No    N/A
7)   

IP Report

  

Quarterly

      Yes    No    N/A
8)   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

      $                         
9)   

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

      $              

 

Deposits and Securities Accounts    (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

    

Bank

  

Account Number

  

New Account?

  

Acct Control
Agmt in place?

1)          Yes    No    Yes    No
2)          Yes    No    Yes    No
3)          Yes    No    Yes    No
4)          Yes    No    Yes    No
5)          Yes    No    Yes    No
6)          Yes    No    Yes    No

 

Other Matters      
Has any Key Person ceased to be actively engaged in Borrower’s management since the last Compliance Certificate?    Yes    No
Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?    Yes    No
Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than $100,000?    Yes    No

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


Exceptions   

 

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NANOSTRING     

 

    LOGO
TECHNOLOGIES, INC.    DATE    

 

By:

 

 

 

        

 

Name:

 

 

 

        
Title:  

 

        
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          


EXHIBIT D

Secured Promissory Note

[See attached]


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

([Revolving Line][Term [A][B]Loan])

 

$                Dated:                  

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [            ] MILLION DOLLARS ($        ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B] Loan] made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such [Advances][Term [A][B] Loan], at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated March 30, 2012 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B] Loan], are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of [Advances under the Revolving Line][a secured Term [A][B] Loan] by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in [Section 2.1.1(b)][Section 2.1.2 (c) and Section 2.1.2(d)] of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of [Advances outstanding under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B] Loan], interest on [such Advances][the Term [A][B] Loan] and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Oxford Finance LLC][Silicon Valley Bank]

Secured Promissory Note ([Revolving Line][Term [A][B] Loan])


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Principal Amount    Interest Rate    Scheduled Payment
Amount
   Notation By
           
           
           


EXHIBIT E

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

 

Borrower: NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Collateral Agent and Lender: OXFORD FINANCE LLC

Lender: SILICON VALLEY BANK

Commitment Amount:    $2,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1.      Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                       

   $                

2.      Additions (please explain on next page)

   $                

3.      Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts

   $                

4.      NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $                

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5.      90 Days Past Invoice Date

   $                

6.      Credit Balances over 90 Days

   $                

7.      Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (Cross-Age or Current Affected)

   $                

8.      Foreign Account Debtor Accounts

   $                

9.      Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts

   $                

10.    Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

   $                

11.    U.S. Governmental Accounts

   $                

12.    Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

   $                

13.    Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings

   $                

14.    Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings

   $                

15.    Accounts for Retainage Billings

   $                

16.    Trust / Bonded Accounts

   $                

17.    Bill and Hold Accounts

   $                

18.    Unbilled Accounts

   $                

19.    Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)

   $                

20.    Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)

   $                

21.    Chargeback Accounts / Debit Memos

   $                

22.    Product Returns/Exchanges

   $                

23.    Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts

   $                

24.    Other (please explain on next page)

   $                

25.    Concentration Limits (25%)

   $                

26.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

   $                

27.    Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)

   $                

28.    ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (      % of #27)

   $                

BALANCES

  

29.    Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 2,000,000.00   

30.    Total Funds Available [Lesser of #29 or #28]

   $                

31.    Present balance owing on Line of Credit

   $                

32.    RESERVE POSITION (#30 minus #31)

   $                

[Continued on following page.]


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:    LOGO

 

By:

 

 

 

     
  Authorized Signer      
Date:  

 

     
       
       
       
       


DEBTOR:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, AS COLLATERAL AGENT

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Debtor that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of a Foreign Subsidiary, if Debtor demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Foreign Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Debtor under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code; (iii) any equipment or other personal property subject to a Lien described in clauses (a) or (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment or other personal property is prohibited by or would constitute a default under any agreement (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-407(a) (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code), provided that upon the termination or lapsing of any such prohibition, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral related to the financing of such equipment or personal property, or (iv) the Comerica Letter of Credit Account.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Secured Party and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

Exhibit 10.17

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 31, 2012, by and among OXFORD FINANCE LLC , a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”).

R ECITALS

A. Lenders and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the Loan Agreement ).

B. Lenders have extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Lenders amend the Loan Agreement to extend additional credit and make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Lenders have agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans). Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Term B Loan Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”). After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.”

2.2 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans). Section 2.1.2(a)(iii) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(iii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Term C Loan Draw Period, to make term loans to

 

1


Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term C Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term C Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term C Loans ”; each Term A Loan, Term B Loan, or Term C Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the Term A Loans, the Term B Loans, and the Term C Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”). After repayment, no Term C Loan may be re-borrowed.”

2.3 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans). Section 2.1.2(b)(iii) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(iii) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term C Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term C Loans, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term C Loan and the first Payment Date. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term C Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term C Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term C Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).”

2.4 Section 3.3 (Conditions Precedent to the Term B Loan). Section 3.3 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.3 Conditions Precedent to the Term B Loan and Term C Loan. The obligation of each Lender to make the Term B Loan or Term C Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) for a Term B Loan, Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (i) a Note in respect of such Term B Loan and (ii) a Warrant exercisable into the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $0.2640 per share (or a sufficient number of shares of Next Round Stock (as defined in the Warrant) based on the Warrant Coverage), with respect to such Term B Loan to be made by such Lender;

(b) for a Term C Loan,

(i) the Certificate of Amendment shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(ii) Borrower shall deliver a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower on the Funding Date of the Term C Loan, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders; and

(iii) to the extent not delivered on the First Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (1) a Note in respect of such Term C Loan and (2) a Warrant exercisable into shares of Series E Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $.4499 per share, with respect to such Term C Loan to be made by such Lender; and

(c) satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3.4 below.”

 

2


2.5 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts).

(a) The first sentence of Section 6.6(a) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Maintain Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (other than NanoString UK and NanoString France) primary domestic Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, except as provided below.”

(b) Section 6.6(b)(ii) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii) foreign deposit accounts maintained by NanoString UK and NanoString France; provided that the aggregate amount in such accounts shall not exceed the lower of (x) ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Cash and Cash Equivalents, or (y) Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), in each case, at any time and”

2.6 Section 6.10 (Intentionally Omitted). Section 6.10 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

6.10 Financial Covenant. Borrower shall achieve the following, to be tested as of the last day of the applicable month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) From and after the Funding Date of the Term C Loan, “Life Sciences Tools” revenues to be at least eighty percent (80%) of budgeted plan, as set forth in Borrower’s Annual Projections required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iii) hereof, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis.”

2.7 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement hereby are added, or amended and restated in their entireties, as follows:

Amortization Date ” is, with respect to the Term Loans, June 1, 2013, but if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before May 31, 2013, then it shall be February 1, 2014.

Certificate of Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in a form reasonably acceptable to Lenders and Borrower to, among other things, allow for the issuance of the Warrants required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(iii).

Final Payment Percentage ” is five and one half percent (5.50%).

First Amendment Effective Date ” means December 31, 2012.

NanoString France ” is NanoString Technologies SAS, an entity organized under the laws of France, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary Borrower.

Qualified Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Borrower’s common stock yielding aggregate gross proceeds to the Borrower of not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000).

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “Original Lender”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loan, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding

 

3


principal balance of the Term Loan, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loan, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loan, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loan, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(iii) hereof.

Term C Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(iii) hereof.

Term C Loan Draw Period ” is the period commencing upon the occurrence of the Term C Loan Milestone and ending on the earlier of (i) April 30, 2013 or (ii) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Term C Loan Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Term C Loan Milestone an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Term C Loan Milestone ” is Borrower’s achievement of “Life Sciences Tools” revenue of at least 80% of the board approved plan attached hereto as Annex I as updated with Collateral Agent’s written approval from time to time for the trailing twelve (12) months ending on the last day of the month immediately prior to the month in which the Term C Loan Funding Date occurs based upon (i) the monthly financial statements and Compliance Certificates required to be delivered for such prior months pursuant to the terms of Section 6.2 hereof, and (ii) interim financial statements and such other information reasonably requested by Collateral Agent certified to by a Responsible Officer.

Warrant Coverage ” means, (A) with respect to Warrants delivered in connection with the Term B Loans, the product obtained by multiplying (i) five percent (5.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term B Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage and (B) with respect to Warrants delivered in connection with the Term C Loans, the product obtained by multiplying (i) three percent (3.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term C Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

2.8 Schedule 1.1 to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

2.9 Exhibit B-1 to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.

2.10 Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

2.11 Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

2.12 Annex I hereby is added to the Loan Agreement.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Lenders may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

4


3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce each Lender to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to each Lender on the Effective Date or thereafter remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6 . Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Lenders of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to each Lender of a warrant exercisable into Series E Preferred Stock of Borrower, (c) Borrower’s payment of the facility fee equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to be shared between the Lenders with Thirty Five Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety Five Dollars ($35,895) for Oxford and Fourteen Thousand One Hundred Five Dollars ($14,105) for SVB, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Lenders, (d) the due execution and delivery to Lenders of updated Corporate Borrowing Certificates, and (e) Borrower’s payment of all Lenders’ Expenses, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Lenders.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Wayne Burns

Name:   Wayne D. Burns
Title:   Sr. VP, Operations & Administration
COLLATERAL AGENT:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Timothy A. Lex

Name:   Timothy A. Lex
Title:   COO
LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Mihn Le

Name:   Minh Le
Title:   Deal Team Leader
LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Timothy A. Lex

Name:   Timothy A. Lex
Title:   COO

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

LENDER:

Oxford Finance Funding I, LLC

By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer

By:

 

/s/ Timothy A. Lex

Name:

  Timothy A. Lex

Title:

  COO
LENDER:
Oxford Finance Funding Trust 2012-1

By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer

By:

 

/s/ Timothy A. Lex

Name:

  Timothy A. Lex

Title:

  COO
LENDER:
Oxford Finance Funding III, LLC

By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer

By:

 

/s/ Timothy A. Lex

Name:

  Timothy A. Lex

Title:

  COO

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

Term A Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING TRUST 2012-1

   $ 5,384,615.38         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 2,115,384.62         28.21

TOTAL

   $ 7,500,000.00         100.00

Term B Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING I LLC

   $ 3,948,717.95         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,551,282.05         28.21

TOTAL

   $ 5,500,000.00         100.00

Term C Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 7,179,000.00         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 2,821,000.00         28.21

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000.00         100.00

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING I LLC

   $ 3,948,717.95         17.17

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING TRUST 2012-1

   $ 5,384,615.38         23.41

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 7,179,000.00         31.21

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 6,487,666.67         28.21

TOTAL

   $ 23,000,000.00         100.00

Revolving Line

 

Lender

   Revolving Line
Commitment
     Commitment
Percentage
 

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING III LLC

   $ 666,666.67         33.33

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,333,333.33         66.67

TOTAL

   $ 2,000,000.00         100.00


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[See attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[INSERT DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC , (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement applicable to the making of the Credit Extension to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. [(i)] No Material Adverse Change has occurred[and (ii) the Term B Loan Milestone has occurred.][and (ii) the Term C Loan Milestone has occurred.]

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


7. The proceeds of the Term [A][B][C] Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

  

Loan Amount

   $                

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $                

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($             

[— Existing Indebtedness Payoff to be remitted to Comerica Bank per the Payoff Letter dated
March 26, 2012

   ($              )] 

[—Interim Interest

   ($              )] 

—Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($              )* 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

   $                

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

   $                

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $                

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($             

[—Interim Interest

   ($              )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

   $                

TOTAL TERM [A][B][C] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

   $                

8. The Term [A][B][C] Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Bank Name:    SILICON VALLEY BANK
Bank Address:    3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Account Number:    3300865420
ABA Number:    121140399

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

*  

Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B][C] Loan)

[ to be provided ]


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:

   OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
   SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender

FROM:

   NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below;

(ii) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(iii) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (i), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(iv) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(v) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under Complies column.

 

    

Reporting Covenant

  

Requirement

  

Complies

1)    Financial statements    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No    N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements    Within 150 days after Fiscal Year End    Yes    No    N/A

 


3)    Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)    Annually (w/n 30 days of FYE), and when revised       Yes    No    N/A
4)    A/R & A/P agings    If applicable       Yes    No    N/A
5)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings    If applicable, within 5 days of filing       Yes    No    N/A
6)    Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No    N/A
7)    IP Report    Quarterly       Yes    No    N/A
8)    Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period       $                         
9)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period       $                         
   Deposit and Securities Accounts    (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)
    

Bank

  

Account Number

   New Account?   

Acct Control

Agmt in place?

1)            Yes       No    Yes    No
2)            Yes       No    Yes    No
3)            Yes       No    Yes    No
4)            Yes       No    Yes    No
5)            Yes       No    Yes    No
6)            Yes       No    Yes    No

 

   Financial Covenants (only after Term Loan C Funding)   
     Covenant    Requirement    Actual   Complies  
1)    “Life Sciences Tools” Revenues    At least 80% of budgeted plan for the trailing 3 months            %     Yes         No   

 


   Other Matters      
1)    Has any Key Person ceased to be actively engaged in Borrower’s management since the last Compliance Certificate?    Yes    No
2)    Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?    Yes    No
3)    Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrowers that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000)?    Yes    No

 

   Exceptions   
  

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

  

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

 

     

 

    LENDERS USE ONLY       

NANOSTRING

TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

      DATE                 
   
By:  

 

        Received by:   

 

   Verified by:     

 

   
Name:  

 

        Date:       Date:       
Title:  

 

          

 

       

 

   
          Compliance Status    Yes          No


EXHIBIT D

Secured Promissory Note

[See attached]


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

([Revolving Line][Term [A][B][C] Loan])

 

$             

Dated:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [            ] MILLION DOLLARS ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C] Loan] made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such [Advances][Term [A][B][C] Loan], at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated March 30, 2012 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C] Loan], are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of [Advances under the Revolving Line][a secured Term [A][B][C] Loan] by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in [Section 2.1.1(b)][Section 2.1.2 (c) and Section 2.1.2(d)] of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of [Advances outstanding under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C] Loan], interest on [such Advances][the Term [A][B][C] Loan] and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Oxford Finance LLC][Silicon Valley Bank]

Secured Promissory Note ([Revolving Line][Term [A][B][C] Loan])


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Principal

Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Scheduled

Payment Amount

 

Notation By


CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.   D ATE : December     , 2012
L ENDERS :    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender  

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws. Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

        

Title

         

Signature

  

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

 

    

 

     

 

   ¨

 

    

 

     

 

   ¨

 

    

 

     

 

   ¨

 

    

 

     

 

   ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from the Lenders.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents any Lender requires.

Grant Security . Grant Collateral Agent a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 


5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                              of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

                    [print title]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 30, 2013, by and among OXFORD FINANCE LLC , a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”).

R ECITALS

A. Lenders and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, including but without limitation by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2012, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Lenders have extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower is in default of the Loan Agreement due to Borrower’s failure to close certain Comerica accounts pursuant to Section 6.6(a)(i)(B) of the Loan Agreement as in effect prior to the date hereof (the “ Existing Event of Default ”).

D. Borrower has requested that Lenders (i) amend the Loan Agreement and (ii) waive the Existing Event of Default as more fully set forth herein.

E. Lenders have agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans) . Section 2.1.2(a)(iii) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, on the Second Amendment Effective Date, to make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term C Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loan is hereinafter referred to as the “ Term C Loan ”). After repayment, the Term C Loan may not be re-borrowed.”

 

1


2.2 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans) . Section 2.1.2(a)(iv) hereby is added to the Loan Agreement to read as follows:

“(iv) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Term D Loan Draw Period, to make a term loan to Borrower in an aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term D Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loan is hereinafter referred to as the “ Term D Loan ”; each Term A Loan, Term B Loan, Term C Loan, or Term D Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the Term A Loans, the Term B Loans, the Term C Loan, and the Term D Loan are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”). After repayment, no Term D Loan may be re-borrowed.”

2.3 Section 2.1.2 (Term Loans) . Section 2.1.2(b) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) Repayment . (i) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term A Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Effective Date, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term A Loan and the first Payment Date. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term A Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to twenty nine (29) months; provided, however, if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, such repayment schedule shall be equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term A Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term A Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

(ii) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term B Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term B Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term B Loan and the first Payment Date related thereto. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term B Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to twenty nine (29) months; provided, however, if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, such repayment schedule shall be equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued interest with respect to the Term B Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term B Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

(iii) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term C Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term C Loans, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term C Loan and the first Payment Date. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term C Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to twenty nine (29) months;

 

2


provided, however, if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, such repayment schedule shall be equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term C Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term C Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

(iv) Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term D Loans, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term D Loans, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term D Loan and the first Payment Date. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term D Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to twenty nine (29) months; provided, however, if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, such repayment schedule shall be equal to thirty (30) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term C Loans is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term D Loans may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).”

2.4 Section 2.5 (Fees) . Section 2.5(a) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Facility Fee . (i) A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) to be shared between the Lenders with Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) for Oxford and Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) for SVB (receipt of which the Lenders hereby acknowledge); (ii) contemporaneously with the funding of the Term C Loan, a fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), to be shared between the Lenders with Thirty Five Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety Five Dollars ($35,895) for Oxford and Fourteen Thousand One Hundred Five Dollars ($14,105) for SVB; and (iii) if the Term D Loan is not funded on or prior to May 31, 2013, then on June 1, 2013 a fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) to be shared between the Lenders with Seventeen Thousand Nine Hundred forty Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($17,947.50) for Oxford and Seven Thousand Fifty Two 50/100 Dollars ($7,052.50) for SVB.”

2.5 Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions) . Section 3.2(d) hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(d) Intentionally Omitted.”

2.6 Section 3.3 (Conditions Precedent to the Term B Loan and Term C Loan) . Section 3.3 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.3 Conditions Precedent to the Term B Loan, Term C Loan and Term D Loan . The obligation of each Lender to make the Term B Loan, Term C Loan or Term D Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) for a Term B Loan, Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (i) a Note in respect of such Term B Loan and (ii) a Warrant exercisable into the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $0.2640 per share (or a sufficient number of shares of Next Round Stock (as defined in the Warrant) based on the Warrant Coverage), with respect to such Term B Loan to be made by such Lender;

(b) for a Term C Loan,

(i) the Certificate of Amendment shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

 

3


(ii) Borrower shall deliver a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower on the Funding Date of the Term C Loan, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders; and

(iii) Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (1) a Note in respect of such Term C Loan and (2) in addition to the Warrants delivered to each Lender on or about the First Amendment Effective Date, a Warrant exercisable into shares of Series E Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $.4499 per share, with respect to such Term C Loan to be made by such Lender; and

(c) for a Term D Loan, to the extent not delivered on the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall have delivered to each Lender (1) a Note in respect of such Term D Loan and (2) a Warrant exercisable into shares of Series E Preferred Stock of Borrower equal to the Warrant Coverage divided by $.4499 per share, with respect to such Term D Loan to be made by such Lender; and

(d) satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3.4 below.”

2.7 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates) . Section 6.2(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“(i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, along with a consolidating cash report detailing (i) the aggregate amount of cash assets held at each Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Investments made into each Subsidiary, for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;”

2.8 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts) . Section 6.6(a) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“(a) Maintain Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) primary domestic Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, except as provided below in Section 6.6(b). Notwithstanding the forgoing, Borrower may maintain the Comerica Letter of Credit Account.”

2.9 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts) . Section 6.6(b)(ii) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“(ii) foreign deposit accounts maintained by Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount in such accounts shall not exceed the lower of (x) ten percent (10%) of the aggregate amount of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Cash and Cash Equivalents, or (y) Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000), in each case, at any time;”

2.10 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts) . Section 6.6(b)(iii) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“(iii) the Comerica Letter of Credit Account and SVB Letter of Credit Account.”

 

4


2.11 Section 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) . Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

6.12 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries . In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days after the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary, which such notice shall contain a detailed reporting of the cash and non-cash assets of such new Subsidiary and attach a completed Perfection Certificate with respect to such new Subsidiary, and Borrower shall take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); Borrower shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the Shares of each such Subsidiary; provided, however, that solely in the circumstance in which Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof (a “ Foreign Subsidiary ”) and provides written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days after the creation or acquisition of such Foreign Subsidiary, (i) such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (ii) Borrower shall not be required to grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a perfected security interest in more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Collateral Agent that such Foreign Subsidiary providing such guarantee or pledge and security interest or Borrower providing a perfected security interest in more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Shares would create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.”

2.12 Section 7.12 (Subsidiary Assets) . Section 7.12 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

7.12 Subsidiary Assets . Permit the aggregate value of assets held by all Subsidiaries of Borrower to exceed ten percent (10%) of the aggregate value of assets held by Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided, however, that such aggregate value of assets held by Subsidiaries shall not include up to twenty (20) nCounter units owned and leased or loaned by NanoString UK in the ordinary course of NanoString UK’s business, and the aggregate value of such nCounter units shall not exceed Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000).”

2.13 Section 8.2 (Covenant Default) . Section 8.2(a) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.10 (Financial Covenant), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), or 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or”

2.14 Section 11 (Choice of Law, Venue and Jury Trial Waiver) . The first sentence of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“California law governs the Loan Documents (other than the UK Share Charge Documents) without regard to principles of conflicts of law.”

2.15 Section 13 (Definitions) . The following defined terms in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby added or amended and restated as follows:

Amortization Date ” is, with respect to the Term Loans, July 1, 2013, but if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, then it shall be February 1, 2014.

 

5


Comerica Letter of Credit Account ” means that certain account (no. 1894060746) maintained by Borrower at Comerica Bank as collateral for and containing funds not to exceed an amount equal to the aggregate of one hundred five percent (105%) of the face amount of the UniCredit Letter of Credit.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the UK Share Charge Documents, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, the Post Closing Letter; each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, the Investment Letters, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person in connection with this Agreement, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Maturity Date ” is, for all Advances and each Term Loan, the date which is twenty eight (28) months after the Amortization Date, but if the Qualified Public Offering occurs before June 30, 2013, then it shall be twenty nine (29) months after the Amortization Date.

Second Amendment Effective Date ” means April 30, 2013.

SVB Letter of Credit Account ” means that certain account (no. 3300945507) maintained by Borrower at Comerica Bank as collateral for and containing funds not to exceed an amount equal to the aggregate of one hundred percent (100%) of the face amount of the BMR Letter of Credit.

Term D Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(iv) hereof.

Term D Loan Draw Period ” is the period commencing upon the occurrence of the Term D Loan Milestone and ending on the earlier of (i) June 30, 2013 or (ii) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Term D Loan Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Term D Loan Milestone an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Term D Loan Milestone ” is Borrower’s achievement of “Life Sciences Tools” revenue of at least 80% of the board approved plan attached hereto as Annex I as updated (any such updates to be delivered in accordance with Section 6.2(a)(iii)) with Collateral Agent’s written approval from time to time for the trailing twelve (12) months ending on the last day of the month immediately prior to the month in which the Term D Loan Funding Date occurs based upon (i) the monthly financial statements and Compliance Certificates required to be delivered for such prior months pursuant to the terms of Section 6.2 hereof, and (ii) interim financial statements and such other information reasonably requested by Collateral Agent certified to by a Responsible Officer.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(iv) hereof.

UK Share Charge Documents ” means that certain Charge Over Shares, by Borrower in favor of Collateral Agent, over the Shares of NanoString UK, and such other and further documents and instruments as Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary; all in form and content reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent.

Warrant Coverage ” means, (A) with respect to Warrants delivered in connection with the Term B Loans, the product obtained by multiplying (i) five percent (5.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term B Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage; (B) with respect to Warrants delivered in connection with the Term C Loans, the product obtained by multiplying (i) three percent (3.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term C Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with

 

 

6


such Lender’s Commitment Percentage; and (C) with respect to Warrants delivered in connection with the Term D Loans, the product obtained by multiplying (i) three percent (3.00%) by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Term D Loans advanced by a Lender hereunder in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

2.16 Section 13.1 (Definitions) . The following terms and their respective definitions hereby are deleted from the Loan Agreement:

Term C Loan Draw Period ”; and “ Term C Loan Milestone ”.

2.17 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (l) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(l) Liens in favor of Comerica Bank in respect of the Comerica Letter of Credit Account and Liens in favor of Bank in respect of the SVB Letter of Credit Account; and”

2.18 Section 13 (Definitions) . Subsection (f) of the defined term “Permitted Investments” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(f) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries including the aggregate amount of any margins achieved through “transfer pricing”, “cost sharing” and “cost plus” arrangements between Borrower and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) in the aggregate in any month or Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year per Subsidiary, except for NanoString UK, for which such amount shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and by Subsidiaries in Borrower;”

2.19 Waiver . Lenders hereby waive the Existing Event of Default as of the date hereof.

2.20 Schedule 1.1 to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

2.21 Exhibit B-1 to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.

2.22 Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

2.23 Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

2.24 Annex I to the Loan Agreement hereby is replaced with Annex I attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendments .

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Lenders may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

7


4. Representations and Warranties . To induce each Lender to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to each Lender on the Effective Date or thereafter remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Lenders of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Lenders of the (i) Notes in respect of the Term C Loan; (ii) Warrants in respect of the Term C Loan; (iii) Disbursement Letter in connection with the Term C Loan; (iv) a Legal Opinion; and (v) the UK Share Charge Documents; in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders, (c) the due execution and delivery to Lenders of updated Corporate Borrowing Certificates, (d) Borrower’s payment of the fees due pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Lenders and (e) Borrower’s payment of all Lenders’ Expenses incurred through the date hereof, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Lenders.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ James A. Johnson

Name:  

James A. Johnson

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

Title:  

Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Nathan Sackett

Name:  

Nathan Sackett

Title:  

VP

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

LENDER:
Oxford Finance Funding I, LLC
By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

Title:  

Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

LENDER:
Oxford Finance Funding Trust 2012-1
By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

Title:  

Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

LENDER:
Oxford Finance Funding III, LLC
By: Oxford Finance LLC, as Servicer
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

Title:  

Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

Term A Loans

 

Lender

   Term Loan Commitment      Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING TRUST 2012-1

   $ 5,384,615.38         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 2,115,384.62         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 7,500,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

       Term B Loans

 

  

Lender

   Term Loan Commitment      Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING I, LLC

   $ 3,948,717.95         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,551,282.05         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 5,500,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

       Term C Loans

 

  

Lender

      Term Loan Commitment      Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 3,589,500.00         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,410,500.00         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 5,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

       Term D Loans

 

  

Lender

      Term Loan Commitment         Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 3,589,500.00         71.79

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,410,500.00         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 5,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

       Aggregate (all Term Loans)

 

  

Lender

      Term Loan Commitment         Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING I, LLC

   $ 3,948,717.95         17.17

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING TRUST 2012-1

   $ 5,384,615.38         23.41

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 7,179,000.00         31.21

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 6,487,666.67         28.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 23,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

       Revolving Line

 

  

Lender

   Revolving Line Commitment      Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE FUNDING III, LLC

   $ 666,666.67         33.33

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 1,333,333.33         66.67
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 2,000,000.00         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[See attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[INSERT DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                      of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC , (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement applicable to the making of the Credit Extension to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. [(i)] No Material Adverse Change has occurred[and (ii) the Term B Loan Milestone has occurred.][and (ii) the Term D Loan Milestone has occurred.]

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


7. The proceeds of the Term [A][B][C][D] Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

  

Loan Amount

   $            
  

 

 

 

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $            

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($         

[— Existing Indebtedness Payoff to be remitted to Comerica Bank per the Payoff Letter dated March 26, 2012

   ($          )] 

[—Interim Interest

   ($          )] 

—Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($          )* 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

   $            
  

 

 

 

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

   $            
  

 

 

 

Plus:

  

—Deposit Received

   $            

Less:

  

—Facility Fee

   ($         

[—Interim Interest

   ($          )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

   $            
  

 

 

 

TOTAL TERM [A][B][C][D] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

   $            
  

 

 

 

8. The Term [A][B][C][D] Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:   NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Bank Name:   SILICON VALLEY BANK
Bank Address:   3003 Tasman Drive
  Santa Clara, CA 95054
Account Number:   3300865420
ABA Number:   121140399

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

BORROWER:

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Disbursement Letter]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B][C][D] Loan)

[to be provided]


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:   OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
  SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender
FROM:   NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below;

(ii) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(iii) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (i), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(iv) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(v) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

     Reporting Covenant   Requirement        Complies
1)        Financial statements with Consolidating Cash Report   Monthly within 30 days      Yes   No   N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements   Within 150 days after Fiscal Year End      Yes   No   N/A


3)        Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)   Annually (w/n 30 days of FYE), and when revised      Yes   No   N/A
4)    A/R & A/P agings   If applicable      Yes   No   N/A
5)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings   If applicable, within 5 days of filing      Yes   No   N/A
6)    Compliance Certificate   Monthly within 30 days      Yes   No   N/A
7)    IP Report   Quarterly      Yes   No   N/A
8)    Total aggregate amount of (i) cash assets held at each Subsidiary and (ii) Investments made by Borrower into each Subsidiary during the measurement period        [Attached]         
9)    Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period      $                  
10)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period      $                  
11)    Total amount of assets held by Borrower’s Subsidiaries*   Not more than 10% of total amount of assets held by Borrower                 Yes   No  

 

* shall not include up to twenty (20) nCounter units owned and leased or loaned by NanoString UK in the ordinary course of NanoString UK’s business, and the aggregate value of such nCounter units shall not exceed Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,400,000)

 

    

Deposit and Securities Accounts

   (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)
     Bank    Account Number   New Account?   Acct Control
Agmt in place?
1)             Yes   No   Yes   No
2)         Yes   No   Yes   No
3)         Yes   No   Yes   No
4)         Yes   No   Yes   No
5)         Yes   No   Yes   No
6)         Yes   No   Yes   No


    

Financial Covenants (only after Term Loan C Funding)

 
     Covenant    Requirement    Actual    Complies  
1)        “Life Sciences Tools” Revenues    At least 80% of budgeted plan for the trailing 3 months            %      Yes         No   
    

Other Matters

 
1)    Has any Key Person ceased to be actively engaged in Borrower’s management since the last Compliance Certificate?      Yes         No   
2)    Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?      Yes         No   
3)    Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrowers that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000)?      Yes         No   

 

Exceptions

      

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

                              
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.   DATE              
By:  

 

 
Name:  

 

 
Title:  

 

 
LENDERS USE ONLY
             
         
Received by:  

 

    Verified by:  

 

   
Date:       Date:
   

 

     

 

   

Compliance Status

 

      Yes                 No
 


EXHIBIT D

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

([Revolving Line][Term [A][B][C][D] Loan])

 

$           Dated:                           

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 530 Fairview Avenue N, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [            ] MILLION DOLLARS ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C][D] Loan] made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such [Advances][Term [A][B][C][D] Loan], at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated March 30, 2012 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to [Advances made under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C][D] Loan], are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of [Advances under the Revolving Line][a secured Term [A][B][C][D] Loan] by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in [Section 2.1.1(b)][Section 2.1.2(c) and Section 2.1.2(d)] of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of [Advances outstanding under the Revolving Line][the Term [A][B][C][D] Loan], interest on [such Advances][the Term [A][B][C][D] Loan] and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Oxford Finance LLC] [Silicon Valley Bank]

Secured Promissory Note ([Revolving Line] [Term [A] [B] [C] [D] Loan])


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date    Principal
Amount
   Interest Rate    Scheduled
Payment Amount
   Notation By
           
           
           
           

Exhibit 10.19

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

Between

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

(Licensee)

And

The Institute for Systems Biology

(INSTITUTE)

This Exclusive License Agreement (hereinafter called “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of February 4, 2004 by and between The Institute for Systems Biology (the “ Institute ”), a Washington nonprofit corporation, having its principal place of business at 1441 No. 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103, and NanoString Technologies, Inc, (“ Licensee ”), and shall be effective upon satisfaction of Licensee’s obligations pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 6.2 of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Institute is the owner of the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Institute is willing to grant an exclusive license under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How to Licensee on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth herein; and

WHEREAS. Licensee desires to obtain an exclusive license under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How from the Institute.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby expressly agree as follows:

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 2 of 25

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. DEFINITIONS AS USED HEREIN

 

1.1 Licensed Patents ” means the patent applications listed on Appendix A and any patent applications filed by Institute or Licensee claiming Licensed Know-How, the inventions described and claimed therein and any divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, but only to the extent that such continuation-in-part applications are directed to subject matter specifically described in and can claim benefit of the priority of a patent application(s) listed on Appendix A, extensions (including supplemental protection certificates), substitutions, registrations, confirmations, re-examinations, renewals and patents issuing thereon or reissues thereof: and any and all foreign patents and patent applications corresponding thereto, which are owned by or under the control of the Institute, and which will be automatically added to Appendix A

 

1.2 End User ” means any user who exploits the utility of a Licensed Product.

 

1.3 Field ” means all diagnostic and therapeutic uses.

 

1.4 Licensed Product(s) ” means any method, composition, or device the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of which, but for the license granted in this Agreement, would infringe or contribute to the infringement of a Valid Claim.

 

1.5 Licensed Know-How ” shall mean any and all technical information, processes, compositions, formulae, data, engineering, materials, reports, analyses, know-how, trade secrets and other subject matter (i) owned by, or subject to an obligation to assign to, the Institute; and (ii) necessary or useful for the development, manufacture, use and/or commercialization of the Licensed Products in the Field; and (iii) documented in the laboratory notebooks identified on Appendix B.

 

1.6 Net Sales ” shall mean LICENSEE’s and its sublicensees’ billings for LICENSED PRODUCTS produced hereunder less the sum of the following:

 

  (a) discounts allowed in amounts customary in the trade;

 

  (b) sales, tariff duties and/or use taxes directly imposed and with reference to particular sales;

 

  (c) outbound transportation prepaid or allowed; and

 

  (d) amounts allowed or credited on returns.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-2-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 3 of 25

 

No deductions shall be made for commissions paid to individuals whether they be with independent sales agencies or regularly employed by LICENSEE and on its payroll, or for cost of collections. LICENSED PRODUCTS shall be considered “sold” when billed out or invoiced.

 

1.7 Affiliates ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the common stock or other equity ownership thereof is owned by Licensee or which owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the common stock or other equity ownership of Licensee.

 

1.8 Effective Date ” is as defined in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

1.9 Parties ” means Licensee and the Institute.

 

1.10 First Commercial Sale ” means the first sale to an End User of a Licensed Product; provided, however, that a sale to an Affiliate will not constitute a First Commercial Sale unless the Affiliate is an End User.

 

1.11 Valid Claim ” means a claim of (a) a pending patent application included within the Licensed Patents, which claim, together with any amended versions thereof , has not been pending for longer than five years after the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product; or (b) an issued patent included within the Licensed Patents, which claim has not lapsed, been canceled or became abandoned and has not been declared invalid or unenforceable by an unreversed and unappealable decision or judgment of a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise.

 

1.12 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means the efforts that a reputable pharmaceutical or biotechnology company would use to develop and commercialize in a commercially and scientifically reasonable and diligent manner, one of such company’s principal technologies or products, giving full consideration to all relevant matters, such as science, costs, regulatory approvals and market conditions.

 

2. GRANT OF LICENSE

 

2.1

License Grant . The Institute grants to Licensee an exclusive, worldwide license under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How, and within the Field to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale or import Licensed Products, including the

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-3-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 4 of 25

 

  right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2. This Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent applications or patents of the Institute other than Licensed Patents regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to Licensed Patents.

 

2.2 Sublicensing .

 

  (a) For so long as Licensee is in compliance with its obligations under this Agreement, Licensee may grant sublicenses under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How to the extent of the rights granted to Licensee in Section 2.1.

 

  (b) Licensee will not grant any rights that are inconsistent with the rights granted to and obligations imposed on Licensee hereunder. No such sublicense agreement will contain any provision that would cause it to extend the term of this Agreement or increase in any way any Institute’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (c) Licensee will be responsible for its sublicensees’ compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Any act or omission of a sublicensee which would be a breach of this Agreement if performed by the Licensee will deemed to be a breach by Licensee of this Agreement.

 

  (d) Licensee agrees to provide the Institute with a copy of each sublicense within thirty days of its full execution provided that Licensee shall have the right to redact any information that is not relevant to the Licensed Patents or Licensee’s obligations hereunder. Each sublicense shall comply with the requirements of this Section 2.2.

 

  (e) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, any sublicense not then in default shall continue in full force and effect except that the Institute shall be substituted in place of Licensee; provided that, within sixty (60) days of such termination, each sublicensee agrees in writing to be bound by all the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement. Licensee shall notify the sublicensees of any such termination within thirty (30) days of such termination.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-4-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 5 of 25

 

2.3 Reserved Rights . The license grant set forth in Section 2.1 will be further subject to, restricted by and non-exclusive with respect to:

 

  (a) the use of Inventions described or claimed in the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How by the Institute solely for non-commercial research, teaching and other educational purposes;

 

  (b) subject to the prior written consent of Licensee and appropriate confidentiality and limited use restrictions, the use of inventions described or claimed in the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How by the Institute’s collaborators at academic or research institutions solely for non-commercial research purposes;

 

  (c) any non-exclusive license of inventions described or claimed in the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How that the Institute is required by law or regulation to grant to the United States of America or to a foreign state pursuant to an existing or future treaty with the United States of America; and

 

  (d) any rights not included within the Field .

 

2.4 Licensee agrees that, where required by government law or regulation, products used or sold in the United States embodying Licensed Products shall be manufactured substantially in the United States, unless a written waiver is obtained in advance from the United States Government.

 

3. LICENSED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT EFFORTS

 

3.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . Licensee will at all times use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to:

Realize Net Sales to End Users of at least $[†] for one or more Licensed Products on or before the [†] ([†]) anniversary of this Agreement or pay a minimum annual royalty payment of $[†] per year, with the first such payment due on the [†] anniversary of the Effective Date (“Milestone Event”).

Upon the First Commercial Sale, thereafter and until the expiration of this Agreement, Licensee shall use Its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to keep Licensed Products reasonably accessible to the public.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-5-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 6 of 25

 

3.2 Institute’s Remedy . If Licensee is not using Commercially Reasonable Efforts to achieve a particular Milestone Event, by the time specified in Section 3.1, then Institute may, subject to Licensee’s right to contest under Section 3.3, terminate this Agreement.

 

3.3 Licensee’s Remedies . If the Institute elects to terminate this Agreement as specified in Section 3.2 and Licensee contests such election, then prior to the Institute taking such remedy:

 

  (a) The Institute shall provide written notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.2. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice and in any event no later than ten (10) business days thereafter, the President of Licensee and a designated officer with appropriate settlement authority from the Institute shall meet at a mutually agreed upon time and location for the purpose of discussing the basis of the Institute’s decision to terminate. They shall engage in good faith discussions and/or negotiations for a period of up to ten (10) days to resolve the disagreement or negotiate an interpretation or revision of the applicable portion of this Agreement which is mutually agreeable to both parties, without the necessity of formal procedures relating thereto. During the course of such discussion and/or negotiation, the parties shall reasonably cooperate and provide information that is not materially confidential in order so that each of the parties may be fully informed with respect to the issues in dispute.

 

  (b) In the event the parties do not reach agreement pursuant to Section 3.3(a), Licensee may request, and Institute will agree to submit to binding arbitration, the question of whether or not Licensee has used Commercially Reasonable Efforts to satisfy a particular Milestone Event. Such dispute will be submitted to final and binding arbitration under the then current commercial rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) relating to voluntary arbitrations. The arbitration proceedings will be held in Seattle, Washington. The arbitration will be conducted by one arbitrator, who is knowledgeable in the subject matter at issue in the dispute and who will be selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or failing such agreement, will be selected in accordance with the AAA rules. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and binding on the Parties.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-6-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 7 of 25

 

  (c) If the arbitrator in said arbitration finds that Licensee has used Commercially Reasonable Efforts or satisfied the Milestone Event at issue, the Agreement will not be terminated.

 

  (d) If the arbitrator in said arbitration finds that Licensee has not used Commercially Reasonable Efforts or has failed to satisfy the Milestone Event at issue, the Institute may terminate this Agreement as specified in Section 3.2 above.

 

  (e) If Licensee (or its sublicensees) achieves any Milestone Event set forth in Section 3.1, then that constitutes conclusive evidence that Licensee has used Commercially Reasonable Efforts with respect to such Milestone Event. If Institute attempts to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 3.2 (which is contested by Licensee pursuant to Section 3.3) because Institute believes that Licensee is not using Commercially Reasonable Efforts to meet a Milestone Event, but the time period specified for the applicable Milestone Event has not yet elapsed, then the burden of proof will be on Institute to prove that Licensee has not used Commercially Reasonable Efforts. Alternatively, if Institute attempts to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 3.2 (which is contested by Licensee pursuant to Section 3.3) because Licensee has failed to meet a Milestone Event within the time period specified, and the time period for such Milestone Event has already elapsed, then the burden of proof will be on Licensee to prove that Licensee has used Commercially Reasonable Efforts to achieve such Milestone Event but despite such Commercially Reasonable Efforts, Licensee was unable to do so.

 

4. PAYMENTS AND REPORTS

 

4.1 License Fee . As partial consideration for the license granted herein, Licensee shall issue to Institute shares of Common Stock of Licensee representing [†] percent ([†]%) of the outstanding capital stock issued to all founders, including the Institute, prior to the first closing of Licensee’s Series A Preferred Stock financing (the “ Initial Closing ”).

 

4.2 Royalties . Licensee will pay Institute a royalty equal to [†]% of Net Sales Licensed Products made by Licensee and/or its Sublicensees.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-7-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 8 of 25

 

4.3 Combination Products . If a Licensed Product is sold in conjunction with or includes other components that contribute value to said Licensed Product (“ Combination Licensed Product ”), then in lieu of the royalty rate specified in Section 4.2 of the Agreement, the applicable royalty rate on the Net Sales of such Combination Licensed Product will be calculated as the product obtained by multiplying the royally specified in Section 4.2 by the fraction A/(A+B), in which A is the value of the technology licensed under this Agreement and B is the value of the other components; provided, however, that in no event will the royalty rate payable to the Institute be less than [†] percent ([†]%) of the royalty specified in Section 4.2. For purposes of this Section the “value” of each component contributing value to the Licensed Product shall mean that component’s contribution to the combined value of the Combination Licensed Product. The value of A and B will be determined in good faith by Institute and Licensee. As of the Effective Date A/(A+B)=1.

 

4.5 Sales to Affiliates . In order to assure Institute the full royalty payments on Net Sales contemplated in this Agreement, Licensee agrees that in the event any Licensed Product is sold for purposes of resale to an Affiliate, then the royalties to be paid in respect to such Licensed Product will be computed on the net selling price at which the Affiliate sells such Licensed Products, rather than on the net selling price of Licensee. The calculation of the net selling price on which the royalties under this paragraph will be paid will be determined in the some manner as Net Sales.

 

4.6 One Royalty . For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that no more than one royalty payment shall be due with respect to the sale of a particular Licensed Product. The obligation to pay royalties to Institute is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Licensed Product regardless of the number of Valid Claims pertaining thereto.

 

4.7

Payments . Licensee will make payments to the Institute specified in Sections 4.2 within [†] ([†]) days after March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year during the term of this Agreement covering the quantity of Licensed Products sold by Licensee during the preceding calendar quarter. After termination or expiration of this Agreement, Licensee will make a final payment covering the final whole or partial calendar quarter. A written statement of Net Sales of Licensed Products by Licensee, Affiliates or sublicensees during such calendar quarter will accompany each quarterly payment. Such written statements will be duly signed and certified by an authorized signatory of Licensee on behalf of Licensee and will

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-8-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 9 of 25

 

  show the Net Sales of Licensed Products by Licensee, Affiliates or sublicensees during such calendar quarter and the amount of royalties payable under this Agreement based thereon.

 

4.8 Form of Payment . All payments due hereunder are expressed in and will be paid by wire transfer or check payable in U.S. dollars , without deduction of exchange, collection or other charges, to the Institute, or to the account of the Institute at such other bank as the Institute may from time to time designate by written notice to Licensee.

 

4.9 Interest . In the event that any payment due hereunder is not made when due, the payment will accrue interest beginning on the tenth day following the due date thereof, calculated at the annual rate of the sum of (a) two percent (2%) plus (b) the prime interest rate quoted by The Wall Street Journal on the date said payment is due, the interest being compounded on the last day of each calendar quarter; provided, however, that in no event will said annual interest rate exceed the maximum legal interest rate for corporations. Each such royalty payment when made will be accompanied by all interest so accrued. Said interest and the payment and acceptance thereof will not negate or waive the right of the Institute to seek any other remedy, legal or equitable, to which it may be entitled because of the delinquency of any payment.

 

4.10 Exchange Rate . Whenever conversion of payments from any foreign currency to U.S. dollars is required, such conversion will be made at the rate of exchange reported in the Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the applicable reporting period.

 

5. RECORDS AND INSPECTION

Licensee will maintain or cause to be maintained a true and correct set of records pertaining to the activities contemplated under this Agreement for a period of [†] ([†]) years following a given reporting period, including Net Sales of Licensed Products by Licensee, Affiliates and sublicensees under this Agreement. Licensee agrees to permit an independent certified public accountant selected and paid by the Institute and reasonably acceptable to Licensee to have access during ordinary business hours to such records, including, but not limited to, complete copies of sublicense agreements, as are maintained by Licensee and as may be necessary, in the opinion of such accountant, to determine the correctness of any report and/or

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-9-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 10 of 25

 

payment made under this Agreement. Such audits may be exercised no more than once in any [†] ([†]) month period upon at least [†] ([†]) days prior written notice to Licensee. The Institute will bear the full cost of such audit unless the audit reveals an underpayment of royalty by more than [†] percent ([†]%). In such case, Licensee will pay the cost of the audit. Such accountant will maintain in confidence, and will not disclose to the Institute, any information concerning Licensee or its operations or properties other than information directly relating to the correctness of such reports and payments.

 

6. PATENTS

 

6.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance . From and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 6 will control the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents. Licensee will direct and manage (i) the preparation, filing and prosecution of the United States and foreign patent applications arising from or relating to the Licensed Patents (including any interferences and foreign oppositions) and (ii) the maintenance of the Licensed Patents. The Institute will select the patent attorney, subject to Licensee’s prior written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld and the Institute will be said attorney’s client. The Institute and Licensee will consult from time to time on patent matters, at which time patent counsel may be changed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

6.2 Patent Costs . Licensee will reimburse Institute for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket patent expenses incurred by Institute prior to the Effective Date incident to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents. After the Effective Date Licensee will be responsible to pay all costs incurred incident to filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents directly to the patent attorney within thirty (30) days after Licensee receives an invoice therefore.

 

6.3

Effect of Licensee’s Abandonment . In the event that Licensee decides not to continue to the prosecution of a patent application or patent within the Licensed Patents in a particular country, Licensee will give Institute at least [†] ([†]) days prior written notice of such election. No such decision will have any effect on Licensee’s obligations to pay expenses incurred up to the effective date of such election. From and after the effective date of such election, Institute will have the right, but not the obligation, to assume, at its own expense, the prosecution and/or maintenance of the patent application or patent which Licensee is discontinuing in the applicable

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-10-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 11 of 25

 

  country. From and after the effective date of such election, solely with respect to the applicable country, any such patent application or patent as to which Licensee will have elected to discontinue will thereafter be excluded from Licensed Patents and from the scope of the license granted under this Agreement. All rights relating to such patent application or patent in such country will revert to Institute and may be freely licensed by Institute to any other person or entity.

 

6.4 Information to Institute . Licensee will use good faith efforts to first consult with the Institute as to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of all the Licensed Patents. Licensee shall furnish to the Institute copies of all material documents relevant to any such preparation, prosecution and maintenance of any patent covering Licensed Patents. Without limiting the foregoing, Licensee will submit to Institute copies of all patent applications, official actions and responses thereto.

 

6.5 Cooperation . Institute and Licensee will cooperate fully in the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How, executing all papers and instruments or requiring members of Institute to execute such papers and instruments so as to enable Institute to apply for, to prosecute and to maintain patent applications and patents in Institute’s name in any country. Each Party shall provide to the other prompt notice as to all matters which come to its attention and which may affect the preparation, filing, prosecution or maintenance of any such patent applications or patents.

 

6.6 Infringement . While and as long as its license under this Agreement remains exclusive, Licensee is empowered to take the following actions, provided that Licensee gives at least [†] ([†]) [†] days prior written notice to the Institute of its intent to take any such actions and considers the Institute’s views and public interest with respect to the consequences of such actions:

 

  (a) Bring suit in its own name, or if required by law, jointly with Institute, for infringement of the Licensed Patents, provided, however, that Licensee uses counsel experienced in prosecuting such suits. If License brings suit and Institute is required to be added by law, the cost of Institute’s participation will be paid by Licensee. ;

 

  (b) In any such suit to enjoin infringement and to collect for its use, damages, profits, and awards of whatever nature recoverable for such infringement; and

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-11-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 12 of 25

 

  (c) To settle any claim or suit for infringement or violation of the Licensed Patents by granting the infringing party a sublicense pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 of this Agreement.

If Institute brings to the attention of Licensee in writing any unlicensed infringement of the Licensed Patents within the Field , and Licensee does not, within [†] ([†]) months after Licensee’s receipt of such notice;

 

  (x) Secure cessation of the infringement;

 

  (y) File suit against the infringer; or

 

  (z) Provide Institute with evidence of the pendency of a bona fide negotiation for the acceptance by the infringer of a sublicense pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 of this Agreement;

then the Institute shall thereafter have the right to sue for the infringement at Institute’s own expense, and to collect for its own use all damages, profits, and awards of whatever nature recoverable for such infringement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Institute shall have the option, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, to voluntarily participate in any suit, including any declaratory judgment action, brought by or against Licensee concerning the Licensed Patents, and in such case, any recovery obtained shall be split in proportion to the amount of litigation fees incurred by each Party. Licensee shall keep the Institute fully informed of any action or proceeding brought by or against Licensee concerning the Licensed Patents. The Parties agree to render each other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other and to cooperate in good faith with each other to ensure the proper and adequate defense or prosecution of any action or proceeding brought by or against any third party relating to the Licensed Patents.

 

6.7 Settlement of Infringement Actions . Neither Party may settle any infringement action covered by Section 6.6 in a manner that diminishes the rights or interests of the other Party without first obtaining the prior written consent of such other Party.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-12-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 13 of 25

 

6.8 Liability for Loss . The Institute will not be liable for any losses incurred as the result of an action for infringement brought against Licensee as the result of Licensee’s exercise of any right granted under this Agreement.

 

7. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

7.1 Termination . Unless earlier terminated as hereinafter provided, this Agreement will extend for the life of the last to expire patent issued on the Licensed Patents and will then expire automatically, or if no patent issues on the Licensed Patents, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect for a period of five (5) years from the First Commercial Sale of Licensed Products. After such five year period, Licensee will have a license on the same terms as set forth in Section 2.1, except that the license will be a royally-free license and Licensee shall not be obligated to make any payments with respect to Net Sales until such time as one or more patents issues on the Licensed Patents. Upon issuance of any such patent payments related to that patent will once again be payable by Licensee from the date of that patent’s issuance in accordance with the rates and the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

7.2 Default remedies .

 

  (a) If Licensee at any time defaults in the payment of any sum due after the Effective Date when due hereunder and fails to make such payment within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice thereof by Institute, Institute may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and all licenses granted herein by notice in writing to such effect.

 

  (b) If either Party at any time materially defaults in the making of any report hereunder, or commits any material breach of any of the terms, covenants or provisions of this Agreement, or makes any materially false report and fails to remedy any such default, breach or report within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof by the non-breaching Party, the non-breaching Party may, at its option, terminate this Agreement after an additional 30 day cure period to remedy the breach or default by notice in writing to such effect but only if the non-breaching Party first complies with the terms of Section 7.2(c) below. Termination will be effective within five (5) business days of the date of receipt by breaching Party of the notice of termination.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-13-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 14 of 25

 

  (c) Any dispute under this Agreement other than a dispute arising from a breach of confidentiality, infringement of intellectual property rights or the failure to pay any amount that is readily determinable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be resolved in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (i) Either Party may at any time provide the other Party written notice specifying the terms of such disagreement in reasonable detail. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, the President of Licensee and a designated officer with appropriate settlement authority from the Institute shall meet at a mutually agreed upon time and location for the purpose of resolving the dispute. They shall engage in good faith discussions and/or negotiations for a period of up to ten (10) days to resolve the disagreement or negotiate an interpretation or revision of the applicable portion of this Agreement which is mutually agreeable to both Parties, without the necessity of formal procedures relating thereto. During the course of such discussion and/or negotiation, the parties shall reasonable cooperate and provide information that is not materially confidential in order so that each of the Parties may be fully informed with respect to the issues in dispute.

 

  (ii) In the event the Parties do not reach agreement pursuant to Section 7.2(c)(i), the aggrieved Party shall request and the other Party will agree to submit to binding arbitration, the question of whether or not this Agreement has been breached. Such dispute will be submitted to final and binding arbitration under the then current commercial rules and regulations of the AAA relating to voluntary arbitrations. The arbitration proceedings will be held in Seattle, Washington. One arbitrator, who is knowledgeable in the subject matter at issue in the dispute and who will be selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or failing such agreement, will be selected in accordance with the AAA rules and will conduct the arbitration. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  (iii) If the arbitrator in said arbitration finds that a Party has materially breached this Agreement, then, and only then, the other Party may terminate this Agreement as specified in Section 7.2(b) above.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-14-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 15 of 25

 

7.3 Default for bankruptcy . Each Party will have the right, at its option, to cancel and terminate this Agreement in the event that the other Party (i) becomes involved in insolvency, dissolution, bankruptcy or receivership proceedings affecting the operation of its business (other than dissolution or winding up for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation) or (ii) makes an assignment of all or substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or in the event that (iii) a receiver or trustee is appointed for the other Party and such Party will, after the expiration of thirty (30) days following any of the events enumerated above, be unable to secure a dismissal, stay or other suspension of such proceedings. In the event of termination of this Agreement under this Section 7.3, all rights to the Licensed Patents will revert to the Institute.

 

7.4 Rights after termination . At the date of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof for material breach by Licensee, or pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof In the event of bankruptcy by Licensee, as of the receipt by Licensee of notice of such termination, Licensee will immediately cease using any of the Licensed Patents and return all copies of the same to the Institute; provided, however, that Licensee may for six (6) months dispose of any Licensed Products actually in the possession of Licensee or as to which it has made irrevocable commitments to sell or have made prior to the date of termination, subject to Licensee’s paying to the Institute running royalties in accordance with Section 4.2 with respect thereto and otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement.

 

7.5 No waiver . No termination of this Agreement will constitute a termination or a waiver of any rights of either Party against the other Party accruing at or prior to the time of such termination. The obligations and rights of the Parties under Section 5 will survive termination of this Agreement.

 

8. ASSIGNABILITY

The rights and licenses granted by Institute in this Agreement are personal to Licensee and may not be assigned or otherwise transferred without the written consent of Institute (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided however that Licensee may, without such consent but with notification, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates, or in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business or its merger, acquisition or other consolidation with or into another party other than a transfer or sale in connection with Licensee’s insolvency, dissolution, bankruptcy or

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-15-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 16 of 25

 

receivership proceedings. Any permitted assignee shall assume all rights and obligations of its assignor under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or transfer without consent under circumstances requiring the Institute’s consent shall be void and shall automatically terminate all rights of Licensee under this Agreement.

 

9. GOVERNMENTAL COMPLIANCE

Licensee will, at all times during the term of this Agreement and for so long as it sells Licensed Products, comply and require its sublicensees to comply with all laws that control the import, export, manufacture, use, sale, marketing, distribution and other commercial exploitation of Licensed Products or any other activity undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

10. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement will be governed by, and will be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington. This Agreement is expressly acknowledged to be subject to all federal laws, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Act of the United States of America. No conflict-of-laws rule or law that might refer such construction and interpretation to the laws of another state, republic or country will be considered.

 

11. ADDRESSES

Any payment, notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement will be mailed by first class, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by overnight delivery service addressed as follows or to such other address designated by written notice given to the other Party:

In the case of the Institute:

Vice President - COO

The Institute for Systems Biology

1441 No. 34th Street

Seattle, WA 98103

In the case of Licensee:

President

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

c/o Heller Ehrman Venture Law Group

701 Fifth Ave., Suite 6100

Seattle, WA 98104

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-16-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 17 of 25

 

Any such payment, notice or other communication will be effective upon receipt.

 

12. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1 Use of the Institute’s Name . Licensee agrees that it will not use in any way the name “The Institute for Systems Biology” or any logotypes or symbols associated with the Institute or the names of any of the Institute’s faculty members , scientists, researchers, employees, officers, trustees, directors, or agents without the prior written consent of the Institute except as necessary to comply with law, as a result of judicial process, or as is customary in financing, licensing, corporate partnering and strategic alliance transactions.

 

12.2 Confidentiality . Each Party agrees to maintain the Confidential Information (defined below) of the other Party in confidence, and to use the same only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means any information that is disclosed by either Party to the other in connection with this Agreement and which is specifically designated as confidential in writing, or if disclosed orally is confirmed in writing as being confidential within thirty (30) days of disclosure, except that the receiving Party will have no obligation of confidentiality with respect to any information designated as confidential by the disclosing Party that is:

 

  (a) Known to the receiving Party at the time of disclosure thereof, as demonstrated by documentary evidence; or

 

  (b) At the time of disclosure, or thereafter, generally publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party; or

 

  (c) Subsequently disclosed to the receiving Party, its employees, or other duly designated representatives, by any third party not under a secrecy obligation to the disclosing Party;

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-17-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 18 of 25

 

  (d) Independently developed by the receiving Party without reference to Confidential Information of the disclosing Party, as demonstrated by documentary evidence;

 

  (e) Required, by law, regulation or action of any governmental agency or authority, to be disclosed, provided that the receiving Party shall provide reasonable advance notice to enable the disclosing Party to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent such disclosure; or

 

  (f) Disclosed by the receiving Party with the prior written consent of the disclosing Party.

Each Party (a) shall treat as confidential all Confidential Information provided by the other Party, (b) shall not use such Confidential Information except as expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise authorized in writing by the disclosing Party, (c) shall implement reasonable procedures to prohibit the disclosure, unauthorized duplication, misuse or removal of such Confidential Information by its employees, agents, representatives, contractors or consultants, and (d) shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any Third Party except as may be expressly allowed under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Parties shall use at least the same procedures and the highest degree of care to prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information as it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance, and shall in any event use no less than reasonable procedures and a reasonable degree of care. The foregoing obligation of confidentiality will survive for a period of five (5) years following the termination of this Agreement. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party upon discovery of any unauthorized use of disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information.

The Parties agree that due to the unique nature of the Confidential Information, there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach of the receiving Party’s obligations under this Agreement, thereby resulting in irreparable harm to the disclosing party. Therefore, notwithstanding Section 7.2(c) hereof, upon any such breach of this Section 12.2 or any threat thereof, the disclosing Party shall be entitled to seek appropriate mandatory or negative injunctive relief.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any other written or oral understanding or agreement to which the Parties hereto are parties or by which they

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-18-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 19 of 25

 

are bound, each Party (and its representatives, agents and employees) may consult any tax advisor regarding the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and may at any time disclose to any person, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of such transaction and all materials (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such treatment or structure. The preceding sentence is intended to satisfy the requirements for the transaction contemplated herein to avoid classification as a “confidential transaction” in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) and shall be interpreted consistent with such intent.

 

12.3 Indemnity. Licensee will defend, indemnify and hold Institute harmless against all liabilities, demands, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) , or losses in connection with any claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments arising out of any theory of liability (including, without limitation, actions in the form of tort, warranty, or product liability, and regardless of whether such action has any factual basis) concerning (1) any product, process or service that is made, used, sold, offered for sale, imported, performed or otherwise disposed pursuant to any right or license granted under this Agreement, and (2) the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Licensee, sublicensees, or customers, employees or agents of the foregoing .

 

12.4 Insurance . Licensee will for so long as Licensee manufactures, uses or sells any Licensed Product(s), maintain in full force and effect policies of (i) worker’s compensation and/or employers’ liability insurance within statutory limits, (ii) general liability insurance (with broad form general liability endorsement) with limits of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and a $2,000,000 annual aggregate and (iii) occurrence basis, products liability insurance, with limits of not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and a $5,000,000 annual aggregate, provided that such policy shall be obtained no later than thirty (30) days prior to delivery of a Licensed Product to a third-party customer. Such coverage(s) will be purchased from a carrier or carriers deemed reasonably acceptable to the Institute with no annual aggregate and will name the Institute as an additional insured. Upon request by the Institute, Licensee will provide to the Institute copies of said policies of insurance.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-19-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 20 of 25

 

12.5 The Institute’s Disclaimers . Neither the Institute, nor any of its faculty members, researchers, trustees, officers, employees, directors, or agents assumes any responsibility for the manufacture, sale or use of the Licensed Products.

 

12.6 Independent Contractors . The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that each is an independent contractor and that neither Party wit be considered to be the agent, representative, master or servant of the other Party for any purpose whatsoever, and that neither Party has any authority to enter into a contract, to assume any obligation or to give warranties or representations on behalf of the other Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Nothing in this relationship will be construed to create a joint venture, agency, partnership, fiduciary or other similar relationship between the Parties.

 

12.7 Corporate Power . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that such Party is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation and has full corporate authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions hereof.

 

12.8 Due Authorization/Ownership/No Suit/Validity . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that such Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Except for the rights, if any, of the Government of the United States, the Institute represents that, to the best of its current knowledge (without investigation outside of the Institute as to such representations), (a) it is the sole owner of the Licensed Patents, (b) and that all applicable assignments have been recorded, and (c) no action, suit or claim has been initiated or threatened with respect to the Licensed Patents.

 

12.9 Binding Obligation . Each Party hereby represents and warrants that this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation binding upon it and is enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not conflict with any license, agreement, instrument, or understanding, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, nor violate any law or regulation or any court, government body or administrative or other agency having authority over it.

 

12.10

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INSTITUTE MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-20-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 21 of 25

 

  WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OR MERCHANTABILITY. IN ADDITION TO AND NOT TO LIMIT THE FOREGOING, INSTITUTE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR, AND INSTITUTE MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND REGARDING THE PATENTABILITY, VALIDITY AND/OR SCOPE OF THE LICENSED PATENTS (IN WHOLE OR IN PART) OR OF THE ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY PATENTS ISSUING THEREUPON, IF ANY, OR THAT THE LICENSED PATENTS OR LICENSED PRODUCTS ARE OR WILL BE FREE FROM INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF INSTITUTE OR OF THIRD PARTIES.

 

12.11 Limitation of Liability . Neither Party will be entitled to recover from the other Party any special, incidental, exemplary, consequential or punitive damages in connection with this Agreement or any license granted hereunder.

 

12.12 Non-Waiver . The Parties covenant and agree that if a Party fails or neglects for any reason to take advantage of any of the terms provided for the termination of this Agreement or if a Party, having the right to declare this Agreement terminated, will fail to do so, any such failure or neglect by such Party will not be a waiver or be deemed or be construed to be a waiver of any cause for the termination of this Agreement subsequently arising, or as a waiver of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or of the performance thereof. None of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement may be waived by a Party except by its written consent.

 

12.13 Reformation . The Parties hereby agree that neither Party will violate any public policy, statutory or common law, rule, regulation, treaty or decision of any government agency or executive body thereof of any country or community or association of countries applicable to this Agreement; that if any word, sentence, paragraph or clause or combination thereof of this Agreement is found, by a court or executive body with judicial powers having jurisdiction over this Agreement or any of its Parties hereto, in a final unappealed order to be in violation of any such provision in any country or community or association of countries, such words, sentences, paragraphs or clauses or combination will be inoperative in such country or community or association of countries, and the remainder of this Agreement will remain binding upon the Parties hereto.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-21-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 22 of 25

 

12.14 Force Majeure . No liability hereunder will result to a Party by reason of delay in performance caused by force majeure that is circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Party, including, without limitation, acts of God, fire, flood, war, civil unrest, labor unrest, or shortage of or inability to obtain material as equipment.

 

12.15 Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions herein constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and will supersede all previous agreements, either oral or written, between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. No agreement or understanding bearing on this Agreement will be binding upon either Party hereto unless it is in writing and signed by the duly authorized officer or representative of each of the Parties and it expressly refers to this Agreement.

 

12.16 Paragraph headings . The headings for each Section in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to limit or expand on the meaning of the language contained in the particular Section.

 

12.17 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of a dispute between the parties hereto or in the event of any default hereunder, the Party prevailing in the resolution of any such dispute or default will be entitled to recover its actual attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and other costs incurred in connection with resolving such dispute or default whether in an original action of an appeal.

 

12.18 Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts each of which will be deemed an original, and both of which together will constitute on and the same instrument. Signatures may be transmitted by facsimile, thereby constituting the valid signature and delivery of this Agreement.

 

12.19 Product Marking . Licensee agrees to mark the Licensed Products or their packaging sold in the United States with all applicable U.S. patent numbers and similarly to indicate “Patent Pending” status. All Licensed Products manufactured in, shipped to, or sold in other countries shall be marked in such a manner as to preserve Institute patent rights in such countries.

 

12.20 Survival . The rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 5, 7.4, 9, 10, 11 and 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.21

No Endorsement. By entering into this Agreement, Institute does not directly or indirectly endorse any product or service provided, or to be provided, by Licensee

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-22-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 23 of 25

 

  whether directly or indirectly related to this Agreement. Licensee shall not state or imply that this Agreement is an endorsement by Institute, its faculty members, scientists, researchers, employees, officers, trustees, directors, and agents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement by their duly authorized officers and representatives effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Institute for Systems Biology     NanoString Technologies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Louis R. Coffman

    By:  

/s/ Krassen Dimitrov

Name:  

Louis R. Coffman

    Name:  

Krassen Dimitrov

Title:  

VP - COO

    Title:  

CEO, President

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-23-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 24 of 25

 

APPENDIX A

LICENSED PATENTS

 

1. US. Patent Application No. 09/898,743, “Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures”, filed July 3, 2001.

 

2. PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US02/21278, “Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures”, filed July 3, 2002.

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-24-


Nanostring Exclusive License Agreement

Page 25 of 25

 

APPENDIX B

LABORATORY NOTEBOOKS

Notebook No.

184

273

347

378

481

508

 

 

DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

-25-

Exhibit 10.20

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Exclusive License Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into on February 5, 2007, by and between the Institute for Systems Biology (the “Institute”), a Washington nonprofit corporation, having its principal place of business at 1441 No. 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103 and NanoString Technologies, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 201 Elliott Ave. W., Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98119.

BACKGROUND

The Institute and Licensee are parties to that certain Exclusive License Agreement dated February 4, 2004 (“Agreement”). The Parties desire to amend their Agreement as set forth in detail below. In consideration for the payment set forth in Paragraph 11 below and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties expressly agree as follows.

AMENDMENT

 

1. Amend the Preamble to read as follows:

This Exclusive License Agreement (hereinafter called “Agreement”), is entered into as of February 4, 2004 (“Effective Date”) by and between the Institute for Systems Biology (the “Institute”), a Washington nonprofit corporation, having its principal place of business at 1441 No. 34th Street, Seattle, WA 98103 and NanoString Technologies, Inc. (“Licensee”).

2.     In Article 1, amend Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 1.10 and 1.11 to read as follows and add new Sections 1.13 and 1.14:

 

  1.1

“Licensed Patents” means (a) the patent applications listed on Appendix A as of the Effective Date, (b) any other patent applications filed by or on behalf of Institute claiming the inventions described and claimed therein, (c) any other patent applications filed by or on behalf of Institute claiming Licensed Know-How, (d) any divisional, continuation, or continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing applications, but only to the extent that such continuation-in-part applications are directed to subject matter specifically described in and can claim benefit of the priority of a patent application(s) listed on Appendix A, (e) any patent application owned or controlled by the Institute filed anywhere outside the United States that is directed to the same invention(s) as any and

 

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  all of the foregoing applications or that, at any time, claimed or can effectively claim priority to any of the foregoing applications, (f) PCT application entitled “Nanoreporters and Methods of Manufacturing the Use Thereof”, filed December 22, 2006 naming Geiss, G., Ferree, S., Webster, P. and Dimitrov, K. as inventors (Jones Day docket no. 11616-033-228) and its national stage applications, and all patent applications owned or co-owned by the Institute that claim the benefit of, or priority to, such application; (g) any patent issuing from any of the foregoing applications, and (h) all substitutions, registrations, confirmations, re-examinations, renewals reissues, extensions, or supplemental protection certificates, of any such patents. All Licensed Patents will be automatically added to Appendix A.

 

  1.2 “End User” means a person or entity that acquires a Licensed Product from Licensee or one of its Sublicensees for re-sale or for use.

 

  1.3 “Field” means any and all fields and uses, without limitation.

 

  1.4 “Licensed Product(s)” means any method, composition, or device the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of which, but for the license granted in this Agreement, would infringe, including contributorily infringe, a Valid Claim.

 

  1.6 “Net Sales” means Licensee’s and its sublicensees’ billings for gross amounts invoiced, or if no amount is invoiced, then the amount actually received for, Licensed Products produced and sold or otherwise disposed of hereunder excluding the sum of the following:

 

  (a) discounts allowed in amounts customary in the trade;

 

  (b) sales, tariff duties and/or use taxes directly imposed and with reference to particular sales;

 

  (c) outbound transportation prepaid or allowed; and

 

  (d) amounts allowed or credited on returns.

No deductions shall be made for commissions paid to individuals whether they be with independent sales agencies or regularly employed by Licensee and on its payroll, or for cost of collections. Licensed Products shall be considered “sold” when billed out or invoiced.

 

  1.10 “First Commercial Sale” means the first sale to an End User of a Licensed Product after all necessary regulatory approvals have been obtained in the country of sale, provided, however, that a sale to an Affiliate will not constitute a First Commercial Sale unless the Affiliate is an End User.

 

-2-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  1.11 “Valid Claim” means a claim of (a) a pending patent application included within the Licensed Patents, which claim, together with any amended versions thereof, has not been pending for longer than six (6) years; or (b) an issued patent included within the Licensed Patents, which claim has not lapsed, been canceled or become abandoned and has not been declared invalid or unenforceable by an unreversed and unappealable decision or judgment of a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise.

 

  1 13 “Research Product” means any Licensed Product offered for sale or sold for use in research, specifically, a Licensed Product will be a Research Product only if (a) pursuant to applicable regulatory approvals or rules it can only be sold for research purposes, (b) as offered for sale or sold, it is identified or labeled for research use only, or (c) it is offered for sale or sold to an entity, such as a university, that primarily conducts research. A Research Product is not a Commercial Product

 

  1.14 “Commercial Product” means any Licensed Product that is not a Research Product. For example, a Licensed Product will be a Commercial Product if (a) pursuant to applicable regulatory approvals or rules it may be sold for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes, (b) as offered for sale or sold, it is identified or labeled for use for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes, (c) it is offered for sale or sold to an entity, such as a commercial laboratory or hospital, that primarily performs diagnostic or therapeutic services, or (d) it is the provision of services.

 

3. In Article 2, amend Section 2.1 to read as follows:

 

  2.1 License Grant. The Institute grants to Licensee the exclusive, worldwide license, including the right to grant sublicenses pursuant to Section 2.2, under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How, and within the Field to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Licensed Products and to otherwise practice Licensed Patents and use Licensed Know-How in connection with Licensed Products. This Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent applications or patents of the Institute other than Licensed Patents regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to Licensed Patents.

 

4. In Article 4, amend Sections 4.2 and 4.7 to read as follows:

 

-3-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  4.2 Royalties. (a) Licensee will pay Institute a royalty equal to [†]% of Licensee’s and/or its Sublicensee’s Net Sales of Commercial Products covered by a Valid Claim at the time of and in the country of sale, and (b) Licensee will pay Institute a royalty equal to [†]% of Licensee’s and/or its Sublicensee’s Net Sales of Research Products covered by a Valid Claim at the time of and in the country of sale on aggregated gross sales of such Research Products up to [†] dollars and [†]% of Licensee’s and/or its Sublicensee’s Net Sales of Research Products covered by a Valid Claim at the time of and in the country of sale from and in excess of aggregated gross sales of [†] dollars.

 

  4.7 After “Licensed Products” in line 8, insert “(allocated between Research Products and Commercial Products)”.

 

5. In Article 6, amend Section 6.1 to read as follows:

 

  6.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance. From and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 6 will control the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents. Licensee will direct and manage (i) the preparation, filing and prosecution of the United States and foreign patent applications arising from or relating to the Licensed Patents (including any interferences and foreign oppositions) and (ii) the maintenance of the Licensed Patents. The Institute will select the patent attorney, subject to Licensee’s prior written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld and the Institute will be said attorney’s client. The Institute and Licensee will consult from time to time on patent matters, at which time patent counsel may be changed by mutual agreement of the parties. Effective as of the date of Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, Institute selects, and Licensee approves the attorneys of Jones Day (subject to appropriate waivers satisfactory to Institute, Licensee and Jones Day) for handling Licensed Patents.

 

  6.7 Settlement of Infringement Actions. Neither Party may settle any infringement action covered by Section 6.6 in a manner that diminishes the rights or interests of the other Party without first obtaining the prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) of such other Party. In any such settlement, Licensee only shall have the right to grant a sublicense in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

 

6. In Article 7, amend Sections 7.2 and 7.4 to read as follows and add new Section 7.6:

7.2(c)(i) line 9, amend “reasonable” to read —reasonably—.

 

-4-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  7.4 Rights after Termination. At the effective date of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof for material breach by Licensee, pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof in the event of bankruptcy by Licensee, or pursuant to Section 7.6 by Licensee, Licensee will immediately cease using Inventions covered by any Valid Claim of an issued patent within Licensed Patents; provided, however, that Licensee may for six (6) months dispose of any Licensed Products actually in the possession of Licensee or as to which it has made irrevocable commitments to sell or have made prior to the date of termination, subject to Licensee’s paying to the Institute running royalties in accordance with Section 4.2 with respect thereto and otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement.”

 

  7.6 Termination At Will. Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part (with respect to any country or Licensed Patent) upon thirty (30) days written notice to Institute. Section 7.4 will not apply to partial termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.6.

 

7. Amend Article 8 to read as follows:

 

  8. Assignability. The rights and licenses granted by Institute in this Agreement are personal to Licensee and may not be assigned or otherwise transferred without the written consent of Institute (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided, however, that Licensee may, without such consent but with notification, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates, or in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business relating to Licensed Products or its merger, acquisition or other consolidation with or into another party other than a transfer or sale in connection with Licensee’s insolvency, dissolution, bankruptcy or receivership proceedings. Any permitted assignee shall assume all rights and obligations of its assignor under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or transfer without consent under circumstances requiring the Institute’s consent shall be void and shall automatically terminate all rights of Licensee under this Agreement.

 

8. Amend Article 9 to read as follows:

 

  9. Governmental Compliance. Licensee will, at all times during the term of this Agreement and for so long as it sells Licensed Products for which royalties are due Institute pursuant to this Agreement, comply and require its sublicensees to comply with all laws that control the import, export, manufacture, use, sale, marketing, distribution and other commercial exploitation of Licensed Products or any other activity undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

-5-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


9. In Article 11, amend Licensee’s address as follows:

In the case of Licensee:

President

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

201 Elliott Avenue W., Suite 300

Seattle, WA 98119

 

10. In Article 12, amend Sections 12.3, 12.14, 12.17 and 12.20 to read as follows:

 

  12.3 Indemnity. Licensee will defend, indemnify and hold Institute harmless against all liabilities, demands, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs), or losses in connection with any claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments arising out of any theory of liability (including, without limitation, actions in the form of tort, warranty, or product liability, and regardless of whether such action has any factual basis) (“Claims”) concerning (1) any product, process or service that is made, used, sold, offered for sale, imported, performed or otherwise disposed pursuant to any right or license granted under this Agreement, and (2) the negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Licensee, sublicensees, or customers, employees or agents of the foregoing in connection with the exercise of its/their respective rights under this Agreement, except to the extent any such Claim results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any indemnitee hereunder or the breach by Institute of any warranty, representation or agreement made by Institute hereunder.

 

  12.14 Force Majeure. No breach hereunder will result by reason of delay in performance of a Party caused by force majeure, that is, circumstances beyond the reasonable control of such Party, including, without limitation, acts of God, fire, flood, war, civil unrest, labor unrest, or shortage of or inability to obtain material as equipment. The Party suffering force majeure shall provide prompt written notice thereof to the other Party. If as a result of force majeure, performance by Licensee under this Agreement is excused for a continuous period of 180 days, Institute may terminate this Agreement on written notice to Licensee.

 

  12.17 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of a dispute between the parties hereto or in the event of any default hereunder, the Party prevailing in the resolution of any such dispute or default will be entitled to recover its actual attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and other costs incurred in connection with resolving such dispute or default whether in an original action or an appeal.

 

-6-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  12.20 Survival. The rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 5, 7.1, 7.4, 9, 10, 11 and 12.1 to 12.6, 12.10, 12.11, 12.16, 12.17 and 12.20 (in accordance with their provisions) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

11. Appendix A. Replace original Appendix A with the Updated Appendix A attached hereto.

 

12. NO OTHER CHANGES. Except for the agreed upon amendments set forth herein, in all other respects the remaining terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written. If there is a conflict between any provision of the Agreement and a provision of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

13. In consideration for this Amendment, Licensee agrees to pay Institute a one time fee of $[†] to cover costs incurred by the Institute for its own efforts and its outside legal counsel’s fees in connection with this Amendment. This fee shall be due and payable within 30 days of the effective date of this Amendment No. 1 as first written above.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment by their duly authorized officers and representatives effective as of the date first written above.

 

Institute for Systems Biology     NanoString Technologies, Inc.
By:   /s/ Leroy Hood     By:   /s/ H. Perry Fell
Name: Leroy Hood       Name: H. Perry Fell
Title: President       Title: C.E.O.

 

-7-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


NanoString Exclusive License Agreement

Page 13 of 14

UPDATED APPENDIX A

Licensed Patents

 

Inventor

  

Country

  

Application No.

  

Filed

  

Title

Dimitrov, K.    U.S.    09/898,743    7/3/01    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   U.S.    10/542,458    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   Canada    2,452,712    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   Australia    2002327202    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   Japan    2003-509840    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   EP    02763230.6    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Dimitrov, K.

Dunaway, D.

   PCT    PCT/US02/21278    7/3/02    Methods for Detection and Quantification of Analytes in Complex Mixtures

Geiss, G.

Ferree, S.

Webster, P.

Dimitrov, K..

   PCT   

To Be Assigned

JD Docket No. 11616-033-228

   12/22/2006   

Nanoreporters and Methods of Manufacturing and Use Thereof

(Co-owned by NanoString and Institute)

 

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 to Exclusive License Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into on May 17, 2007, by and between the Institute for Systems Biology (the “Institute”), a Washington nonprofit corporation, having its principal place of business at 1441 No. 34 th Street, Seattle, WA 98103 and NanoString Technologies, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 201 Elliott Ave. W., Suite 300, Seattle, WA 98119.

BACKGROUND

The Institute and Licensee are parties to that certain Exclusive License Agreement dated February 4, 2004, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated January 5, 2007 (“Agreement”). The Parties desire to further amend their Agreement as set forth in detail below. For other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties expressly agree as follows.

AMENDMENT

In Article 6, amend Section 6.1 to read as follows:

6.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance. From and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 6 will control the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents. Licensee will direct and manage (i) the preparation, filing and prosecution of the United States and foreign patent applications arising from or relating to the Licensed Patents (including any interferences and foreign oppositions) and (ii) the maintenance of the Licensed Patents. The Institute and Licensee will select a patent attorney by mutual agreement. Patent counsel may be changed only by mutual agreement of the parties. Effective as of the date of Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, Institute and Licensee selected the attorneys of Jones Day for handling Licensed Patents. Licensee and Institute shall adopt a prosecution strategy by mutual agreement. Thereafter, Licensee shall use all reasonable efforts to implement such strategy or one consistent with Licensee’s commercial goals and interests, including amending any patent application to include claims deemed reasonably necessary by Licensee to protect products and/or processes contemplated to be used or sold under this Agreement. Institute shall be provided with copies of all documents relating to the filing, prosecution, and maintenance of Licensed Patents in sufficient time to review such documents and comment thereon prior to filing, provided, however, that if Institute has not commented on such documents prior to the deadline for filing a response with the relevant government patent office, Licensee shall be free to respond without consideration of Institute’s comments. If, in Institute’s opinion, Licensee’s proposed activities are unreasonable or unnecessary in view of the likelihood of success or the value of the claims that might be issued as a result of such activities,


Institute may provide written notice to Licensee to protest such activities, whereupon the parties shall confer in a good faith effort to agree upon a course of conduct. If the parties are unable to agree, the matter shall be referred to an independent patent attorney for resolution. Costs of such independent review and resolution shall be borne equally by the parties. Both parties agree to use best efforts to resolve such disputes in a timely fashion but if time does not permit such independent review and resolution, Licensee shall have sole and final discretion with respect to the activities provided for in this Section 6.1.

Except for the agreed upon amendments set forth herein, in all other respects the remaining terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as written. If there is a conflict between any provision of the Agreement and a provision of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment by their duly authorized officers and representatives effective as of the date first written above.

 

Institute for Systems Biology     NanoString Technologies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Leroy Hood

    By:  

/s/ H. Perry Fell

Name:   Leroy Hood     Name:   H. Perry Fell
Title:   President     Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.22

C ONFIDENTIAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

dated July 7, 2010

by and between

BIOCLASSIFIER, LLC

and

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement

This Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the 7th day of July, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between BIOCLASSIFIER, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company having an address at 226 Spencer Road, Saint Louis, MO, 63119 (“ Licensor ”) and NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 530 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 2000, Seattle, WA 98109, (“ Licensee ”). Licensor and Licensee are sometimes referred to herein each individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Licensor and Licensee hereby agree as follows:

Licensor and Licensee have previously entered into an exclusive license agreement on July 7, 2010 (the “Original Agreement”) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and now wish to clarify, amend, replace and supersede the Original Agreement in its entirety with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Academic License ” means that certain Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement dated February 3, 2010 by and between Licensor and the University of Utah Research Foundation (“ UURF ”).

 

1.2 Affiliate ” means any person or Entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Party or a Patent Assignee (as applicable), directly or indirectly. For purposes of this definition, “control” and its various inflected forms means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or Entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.3 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means, with respect to a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method, the diligent exercise, dedication and expenditure of efforts, money, personnel, and resources as would reasonably be utilized by companies of similar size, type and stage of development to develop products and services similar to the Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method. At a minimum, Commercially Reasonable Efforts shall be based upon the commercialization plan submitted to Licensor by Licensee as required by Section 6.2 below.

 

-2-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1.4 ...Covered By... ” means a product or method that, when made, used, practiced, or sold, would constitute, but for the license granted to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement, an infringement of any Valid Claim included within the Patent Rights.

 

1.5 Enhancement ” means any correction, modification, update, enhancement, extension, improvement, translation, alteration or other change, including without limitation a derivative work, to the NanoString Platform, but shall not include the PAM50 Product or the Gene Set, or otherwise mean to include the Licensed Materials or the Patent Rights.

 

1.6 Entity ” means a corporation, an association, a joint venture, a partnership, a trust, a business, an institution, an individual, a government or political subdivision thereof, including an agency, or any other organization that can exercise independent legal standing.

 

1.7 Exclusive License ” means an exclusive, fully transferable, fully sublicensable license to make, have made, use, have used, sell, have sold, import and export, exploit, license, sublicense, distribute, sub-distribute, make derivative works of, enhance, update, extend, incorporate, market, advertise or promote, modify, correct, improve, alter, translate, or edit.

 

1.8 Fair Market Value ” means the cash consideration which Licensee or its Sublicensee would realize from an unaffiliated, unrelated buyer in an arm’s length sale of an identical item sold in the same quantity, under the same terms, and at the same time and place.

 

1.9 Field of Use ” means research products and prognostic and/or diagnostic tests for cancer. For all purposes under this Agreement, a prognostic and/or diagnostic test includes, but is not limited to, a test intended to predict drug response or stratify or otherwise categorize a tumor or patient.

 

1.10 Gene Set ” means the set of genes that includes the PAM50 gene expression profile listed on Exhibit A , and any refinements, improvements or derivatives of such gene set which are owned by or licensed to Licensor but shall not in any case mean any New Signatures.

 

1.11 Improvement ” means any and all discoveries (excluding Enhancements) conceived or reduced to practice (a) within [†] ([†]) years after the effective date of the Academic License by the Licensor, whether or not patentable, which is a refinement, improvement or derivative of the PAM50 Product and/or the Gene Set and/or any Improvement, and which is not a New Signature; (b) which Licensor otherwise agrees in writing to include as part of the Licensed IP subject to the Exclusive License under this Agreement; (c) jointly by Licensor and Licensee and which relate to the PAM50 Product and/or the Gene Set; or (d) that are “Improvements” within the meaning of that term under the Academic License and are licensed to Licensor thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all discoveries jointly conceived or reduced to practice by the Parties shall remain the intellectual property of each Party.

 

-3-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1.12 Insolvent ” means being unable to meet one’s debt obligations to another Entity as such debt obligations become due and not being able to provide reasonable financial assurances of becoming able to meet such obligations.

 

1.13 Licensed IP ” means the Patent Rights, the Licensed Materials and the Improvements that exist as of the Effective Date or are licensed to or owned by Licensor at any time during the term of this Agreement.

 

1.14 Licensed Materials ” means, as of the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement, any unpublished research and development information, know-how, technical data, samples and prototypes licensed to or owned by Licensor which relate to the PAM50 Product, the Gene Set, and/or any Improvement and are necessary or useful for the practice of the Licensed IP and which Licensor has the right to provide to Licensee. Licensed Materials also includes all of the foregoing which are disclosed in the Patent Rights but are not Covered By a Valid Claim. Licensor represents and warrants that as of the Effective Date it has (a) obtained and disclosed in writing to Licensee any and all Licensed Materials (as defined as of the Effective Date) and (b) disclosed, to the extent permitted, to Licensee on Exhibit B any and all unpublished research and development information, know-how, technical data, samples and prototypes known to Licensor which relate to the PAM50 Product, the Gene Set, and/or any Improvement, are necessary or useful for the practice of the Licensed IP, and are not Licensed Materials hereunder. Licensor further covenants that during the term of this Agreement it shall (x) disclose promptly in writing to Licensee any Licensed Materials (as defined at such time) not previously disclosed in writing to Licensee and (y) disclose promptly in writing to Licensee, to the extent permitted, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a license to or ownership of, and to provide to Licensee hereunder, any unpublished research and development information, know-how, technical data, samples and prototypes which (1) become known to Licensor, (2) relate to the PAM50 Product, the Gene Set, and/or any Improvement and (3) are necessary or useful for the practice of the Licensed IP.

 

1.15 Licensed Product ” means any product, apparatus, kit or component part thereof, or any other subject matter, the manufacture, design, creation, use, importation, distribution, or sale of which is (a) Covered By any Valid Claim included within the Patent Rights, (b) includes, uses, or is the Licensed Materials, or (c) includes, uses, or is any Improvement.

 

1.16 Licensed Method ” means any method, procedure, process or other subject matter, the practice, manufacture, use, reproduction, distribution, or sale of which is (a) Covered By any Valid Claim included within the Patent Rights, (b) includes, uses, or is the Licensed Materials, or (c) includes, uses, or is any Improvement.

 

-4-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1.17 Licensee Platform ” means Licensee’s nCounter Analysis System, including any Enhancements thereto, comprised of a fully-automated Prep Station, a Digital Analyzer, the CodeSet (molecular barcodes) and all of the reagents and consumables needed to perform the analysis, and includes without limitation algorithms, analyses, assays, chemistry, computer software, reagents, consumables, designs, hardware, instrumentation, processes, and sample preparations.

 

1.18 Net Sales ” means the gross revenue invoiced and paid or given to Licensee or its Affiliates for Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods, which are sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of by or for Licensee or any of its Affiliates, less (to the extent appropriately documented) the following deductions, directly attributable to the sale of such Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method:

 

  a) normal or customary rebates and trade, cash and/or quantity discounts actually granted to purchases of a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method;

 

  b) bad debt expenses actually incurred;

 

  c) allowances or credits to third parties for price adjustments, rejections or returns;

 

  d) taxes, sales taxes, excise taxes, tariffs and duties applicable to sales of Licensed Product that the Licensee has to pay on such sales, but not franchise or income taxes of any kind whatsoever;

 

  e) outbound transportation, handling, and insurance charges invoiced, prepaid or allowed; and

 

  f) for any sale in which the United States government, on the basis of its royalty-free license to any Licensed IP, requires that the gross sales price of any Licensed Product or Licensed Method be reduced by the amount of such royalty owed Licensor or a Third Party, the amount of such royalty.

Sales or other transfers of Licensed Products and/or practice of Licensed Methods between Licensee and its Affiliates shall be excluded from the computation of Net Sales, and no payments will be payable to Licensor on such sales or transfers except where such Affiliates of Licensee are end users or consumers.

A Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method shall be considered sold when it is invoiced. No deductions shall be made from Net Sales for commission paid to individuals whether they are with independent sales agencies or are regularly employed by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees and are on its or their payroll, or for the cost of collections. In the event Licensee transfers a Licensed Product to and/or transfers or performs a Licensed Method for

 

-5-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  a third party in a bona fide arm’s length transaction, for consideration, in whole or in part, other than cash, then the Net Sales price for such Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method shall be deemed to be the standard invoice price then being invoiced by Licensee in an arm’s length transaction with similar companies and in the absence of such standard invoice price, then the reasonable Fair Market Value of the Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method. Components of Net Sales shall be determined in the ordinary course of business using the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices.

 

1.19 New Signature ” means any gene expression profile (a) which is not, and is not Covered By, claimed in, or disclosed in, the Licensed IP and (b) which is not related to, derived from, or associated with, and may not act as an alternative to or compete with, the PAM50 Product or the Licensed IP.

 

1.20 PAM50 Product ” means the PAM50 gene expression profile as described in the Patent Rights, including without limitation the algorithms and analysis software necessary or useful to interpret the gene expression profile, and any refinements, improvements or derivatives of such gene expression profile. The PAM50 Product includes without limitation the gene expression profile called PAM50 that was first published in Parker JS, et al., Journal of Clinical Oncology 27:1160- 1167(2009).

 

1.21 Patent Assignees ” means University of Utah, University of North Carolina (“ UNC ”), Washington University (“ WU ”), and British Columbia Cancer Agency Branch (“ BCCA ”).

 

1.22 Patent Rights ” means all patents and patent applications (and all divisionals, continuations, continuations in part, and foreign equivalents therefrom) claiming the Gene Set, the PAM50 Product and/or any Improvement, including all methods of assessing or practicing the PAM50 Product and/or any Improvement, which are owned by or licensed to Licensor and includes without limitation all of the following intellectual property: The United States patents and/or patent applications listed in Exhibit A , United States patents issued from the applications listed in Exhibit A , and United States patents and/or patent applications claiming Improvements (the “ Improvement Patents ”); and any divisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part of these applications and any reissues, reexaminations or extensions of such United States patents; and all foreign counterparts of the foregoing.

 

1.23 Royalty Floor ” equals [†] percent ([†]%) of the Valid Claim Royalty or the Technology Royalty, as applicable.

 

1.24 RUO Product ” means Licensed Products or Licensed Methods used for non-clinical purposes or analysis of clinical trial material.

 

-6-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


1.25 Sublicense Income ” shall include all payments received by Licensor or its Affiliates from a Sublicensee as consideration for the sublicense to such Sublicensee of the right to make, have made, use, sell, offer or import Licensed Products under the Licensed IP and/or Licensed Materials. Sublicense Income shall include royalties on net sales made by a Sublicensee, fixed fees, sublicense fees, milestone payments, or other payments in consideration for any rights granted under the Licensed IP and/or Licensed Materials granted by Licensee to such Sublicensee, excluding only funds or materials paid to Licensee exclusively for research, development, manufacturing, or patent filing, prosecution, maintenance or enforcement related to the Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) (so long as the funding does not reflect a premium of more than [†] percent ([†]%) over Licensee’s actual costs to perform said work) and any other property, consideration or thing of value given or exchanged for a sublicense regardless of how the Licensee and Sublicensee characterize such payments or consideration. All such consideration received by Licensor shall be fully auditable by Licensor. Sublicense Income also shall exclude amounts paid by a third party in consideration of the issuance of equity or other security by Licensor or its Affiliates.

 

1.26 Sublicensee ” means any party other than an Affiliate of Licensee which enters into an agreement or arrangement with Licensee or receives a sublicense grant from Licensee under the Licensed IP and/or Licensed Materials, to manufacture, have manufactured, offer for sale, sell, lease, use, practice, export and/or import the Licensed Product or Licensed Method, subject to the then-current applicable article, item, service, technology, and technical data-specific requirements of the U.S. export laws and regulations.

 

1.27 Territory ” means worldwide.

 

1.28 Valid Claim ” means a claim(s) in an issued and unexpired patent within the Patent Rights which (i) has not been declared unpatentable, invalid or unenforceable by a court or other appropriate body of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal is taken, (ii) has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or otherwise, and (iii) has not been lost through an interference reissue, or reexamination proceeding.

ARTICLE 2. LICENSE GRANT

 

2.1 Exclusive Grant

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a royalty-bearing Exclusive License to the Licensed IP, Licensed Products and Licensed Methods in the Field of Use throughout the Territory. This grant is subject to (a) the payment by Licensee to Licensor of all consideration required under this Agreement, (b) a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license granted to the U.S. Government in the general form attached hereto as Exhibit C and (c) the rights retained by UURF and the

 

-7-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Patent Assignees and their Affiliates in Section 2.1 of the Academic License as may be amended from time to time in compliance with the terms of Section 3.2 below, a copy of which as of the Effective Date is attached hereto as Exhibit D for reference only.

 

2.2 Affiliates

Licensee may extend the license granted herein to any Affiliate of Licensee if the Affiliate consents in writing to be bound by this Agreement to the same extent as Licensee, including any fee or royalty provisions hereof. Other agreements or arrangements with Affiliates relating to Patent Rights which result in the sale of Licensed Product(s)/and or Licensed Method(s) will be subject to the royalty payment and other applicable payment provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.3 Sublicensing

Licensor hereby grants to Licensee the right to enter into sublicensing agreements with third parties (hereinafter referred to as “ Sublicensee(s) ”), provided that any sublicense granted by Licensee to a Sublicensee shall contain terms consistent with the first sentence of Section 5.1 and the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), 7.2, 7.3, 11.2, 11.3, and 11.4, and Articles 6, 9, 13, 14, and 16 of this Agreement. Licensee shall collect and guarantee all payments due Licensor as a result of any payments made by Sublicensee(s) to Licensee.

 

2.4 Consulting Services

Licensee and Licensor agree to enter into a consulting agreement, the term of which shall be [†] ([†]) calendar quarters, for the performance of consulting services of Licensor at a rate of [†] U.S. Dollars (US$[†]) per calendar quarter. All intellectual property developed by Licensor pursuant to the performance of such services shall be exclusively owned by Licensor and deemed Licensed IP, which is subject to the Exclusive License granted to Licensee pursuant to Section 2.1 herein.

ARTICLE 3. TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

3.1 This Agreement shall be in full force and effect from the Effective Date until the expiration of all royalty obligations set forth in Article 4, unless otherwise terminated by operation of law or by acts of the Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of all royalty obligations set forth in Article 4, the licenses granted herein shall become perpetual, fully paid and royalty free.

 

-8-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


3.2 The Exclusive License granted under Section 2 above will survive termination of this Agreement for any reason other than breach by Licensee pursuant to Section 10.1 or bankruptcy pursuant to Section 10.2, will remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and will be assigned to and assumed by UURF upon any such termination. Bioclassifier will not enter into any agreement, understanding or other arrangement with UURF or any other party that alters, amends, changes, impedes the effect of, or waives compliance with any term of the Academic License without the prior written consent of Licensee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the rights and obligations of Licensee hereunder and pursuant to Article 2.5(e) of the Academic License would be unaffected by such alteration, amendment , change, impediment or waiver.

ARTICLE 4. FEES & ROYALTIES

 

4.1 Royalty

 

  a.

As consideration for the license under this Agreement, Licensee shall pay to Licensor: (i) an earned royalty of [†] percent ([†]%) of Net Sales made by Licensee or its Affiliates if such Net Sales includes a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method which is Covered By a Valid Claim (“ Valid Claim Royalty ”), provided however that if a clinical laboratory Affiliated with any of the Patent Assignees is, at the time of such Net Sales, offering or at any time during the previous four calendar quarters has offered for sale or sold a prognostic and/or diagnostic test which is Covered By a Valid Claim, then the Valid Claim Royalty shall be reduced by [†] percent ([†]%) on all Net Sales of Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods that are not RUO Product; or (ii) an earned royalty of [†] percent ([†]%) of Net Sales made by Licensee or its Affiliates if such Net Sales includes a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method which is not Covered By a Valid Claim (“ Technology Royalty ”), provided however that if a clinical laboratory Affiliated with any of the Patent Assignees is, at the time of such Net Sales, offering or at any time during the previous four calendar quarters has offered for sale or sold a prognostic and/or diagnostic test directly relating to or derived from the Licensed IP which is not Covered By a Valid Claim, then the Technology Royalty shall be reduced by [†] percent ([†]%) on all Net Sales of Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods that are not RUO Product. Net Sales based on reagents purchased from Sublicensees, where payments defined under Section 4.2 have been paid to Licensor, are not subject to earned royalty defined under Section 4.1. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1(a) to the contrary, if the clinical laboratory Affiliates of the Patent Assignees have agreed in writing to cease permanently offering for sale and/or selling prognostic and/or diagnostic test(s) that is(are) Covered By a Valid Claim or that is(are) directly relating to or derived from the Licensed IP and not Covered By a Valid Claim (x) at such time as Licensee secures (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensee(s)) its first FDA 510(k) clearance or Premarket Approval or other applicable FDA approval for a Licensed Product and (y) without any further conditions on such cessation, and such clinical laboratory Affiliates

 

-9-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  have ceased such offering for sale and/or sale of such prognostic and/or diagnostic tests upon such first FDA 510(k) clearance or Premarket Approval or other applicable FDA approval for a Licensed Product, then the [†] percent ([†]%) reduction set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be of no further force or effect. Further notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1(a) to the contrary and for clarity, to the extent that the clinical laboratory Affiliates of the Patent Assignees have the right to perform CLIA regulated and other regulatory approved prognostic and/or diagnostic tests solely for purposes of internal comparisons and proficiency testing, the results of which in both cases are not reported to patients, providers or other third parties, then such internal comparison and proficiency testing shall not result in the [†] percent ([†]%) reduction set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

  b. If any issued patent or any claim thereof included within Patent Rights shall be found invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction and last resort, from which decision no appeal may be taken or from which decision no appeal is taken on a timely basis, Licensee’s obligation to pay Licensor royalties based on such patent or claim or any claim patentably indistinct therefrom shall be reduced by [†] percent ([†]%) of the applicable rate set forth in Section 4.1(a) above, as of the date of such decision. Licensee shall not, however, be relieved from paying Licensor any royalties, fees, expenses, or other liabilities that accrued prior to the date of such decision or that are based on any of Licensor’s Patent Rights not the subject of such decision.

 

  c. In the event that a Licensed Product(s) and/or a Licensed Method(s) is sold in combination with another product, products, or method which themselves are not Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) (“Combination Products”), the royalty rate payable on such Combination Products will be the royalty rate set forth in Section 4.1 applied to a pro rata portion (i.e., “X”) of Net Sales of Combination Products according to the following formula:

 

       X = A/B

 

       where X = the pro rata portion of Net Sales attributable to the Licensed Products (expressed as a percentage), A = the list sales price of the component in the Combination Product utilizing the Licensed Products, and B = the list sales price of the Combination Product.

 

  d.

If, after the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement, (i) Licensee obtains an incremental license from any third party(ies) in order to (A) avoid infringing such third party’s patent(s) by use of the Licensed IP in the development, manufacture, sublicensing, lease, sale or other disposition of Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed

 

-10-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  Method(s) in a particular country(ies) or (B) using a commercially reasonable standard specifically and exclusively expand or augment the scope of the Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Methods or the usefulness of the Licensed IP in a particular country(ies) (“ Third Party License(s) ”), and (ii) the total payments that would be payable by Licensee on such Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) under this Agreement and all Third Party License(s) prior to any adjustments herein and therein (the “ Cumulative Royalties ”) exceeds the Valid Claim Royalty or the Technology Royalty, as applicable, then the royalties otherwise payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by [†] percent ([†]%) of the dollar amount of the payments actually paid under the Third Party License(s) based on the sales of Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) in such country(ies); provided, however, that in no event shall the royalties paid by Licensee to Licensor on the Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) be less than the applicable Royalty Floor. For avoidance of doubt, no royalty reduction pursuant to this Section 4.1(d) shall apply in the event that the Third Party License(s) described in Section 4.1(d)(i)(B) above include any third party license to technology that Licensee (x) applies generically to its Licensee Platform or (y) incorporates into products which are not Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s).

 

  e. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that no more than one royalty payment shall be due with respect to the sale of a particular Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method. The obligation to pay royalties to Licensor is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method regardless of the number of Valid Claims pertaining thereto.

 

  f. Following the first commercial sale (following regulatory approval, and not including sales for research use or humanitarian use) of a Licensed Product, on each [†] of each calendar year after the year of such first commercial sale as set forth below, but only during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall pay to Licensor the difference between the amounts previously paid to Licensor as royalties on Net Sales during the prior calendar year and the amount listed below if the amount previously paid is less than the amount listed in (i) to (v) below for the respective year

 

  (i) for year 1 after the year of such first commercial sale, [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]);

 

  (ii) for year 2 after the year of such first commercial sale, [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]);

 

  (iii) for year 3 after the year of such first commercial sale, [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]);

 

  (iv) for year 4 after the year of such first commercial sale, [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]); and

 

  (v) for year 5 after the year of such first commercial sale, [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]),

 

-11-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  g. The royalty obligations for the Valid Claim Royalty shall expire on a country-by-country basis upon the last to expire Valid Claim in such country. The royalty obligations for the Technology Royalty shall expire on a country-by-country basis [†] ([†]) years after the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product and/or a Licensed Method in such country.

 

4.2 Sublicense Income

For sublicenses to Sublicensees of the right to make, have made, use, sell, offer or import Licensed Products and/or Licensed methods that run on, relate to, or otherwise involve the Licensee Platform, Licensee shall pay Licensor [†] percent ([†]%) of all Sublicense Income received by Licensee from such Sublicensees.

For sublicenses to Sublicensees of the right to make, have made, use, sell, offer or import Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods that do not run on, relate to, or otherwise involve the Licensee Platform, Licensee shall pay Licensor (i) [†] percent ([†]%) of all Sublicense Income received from such Sublicensees if such sublicense agreement is executed on or before the [†] anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) [†] percent ([†]%) of all Sublicense Income received from such third parties if such sublicense agreement is executed after the [†] anniversary and on or before the [†] anniversary of the Effective Date, or (iii) [†] percent ([†]%) of all Sublicense Income received from such third parties if such sublicense agreement is executed after the [†] anniversary of the Effective Date.

For clarity, if Licensee or an Affiliate of Licensee sells Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods directly to third parties, then such income will be considered Net Sales under Section 4.1 hereof.

 

4.3 Past Patent Expenses and Start-Up Expenses

 

  a. Upon execution of this Agreement, Licensee shall (i) pay Licensor [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]) as reimbursement for Licensor’s initial organization expenses and (ii) pay Licensor up to [†] U.S. Dollars ($[†]) as reimbursement for Past Patent Expenses. “ Past Patent Expenses ” are all reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in filing, prosecution, and maintaining the Patents Right(s) before the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

  b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee shall have no obligation to make payment for reimbursement under Section 4.3(a)(ii) until such time as Licensee has received from Licensor a written invoice documenting all such Past Patent Expenses for which Licensor seeks reimbursement.

 

-12-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  c. In addition, within [†] ([†]) days after each anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Licensee shall pay Licensor [†] U.S. Dollars (US$[†]) per year as reimbursement for Licensor’s maintenance as an entity.

 

  d. The Option Fee (as defined in the Option Agreement between the Parties dated as of April __, 2010) shall reduce the amount available for reimbursement of Past Patent Expenses under Section 4.3(a)(ii). In addition, the Option Fee and the Past Patent Expenses related to Item No. 1 on Exhibit A shall be credited against and reduce any royalties (other than Minimum Annual Royalties) due hereunder.

 

  e. For purposes of clarification, the amounts due pursuant to Section 4.3(c) shall not be credited or reduce the payment of any royalties due hereunder.

ARTICLE 5. COMMERCIAL DILIGENCE & MILESTONES

 

5.1 Commercial Diligence and Milestones

Upon execution of this Agreement, Licensee shall proceed with Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop, manufacture, practice, sell and use the Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods in order to make them readily available to the general public as soon as practicable on commercially reasonable terms. Licensee shall continue Commercially Reasonable Efforts for one or more Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) throughout the term of this Agreement (“ Actively Commercializing ”). In addition, Licensee shall perform at least the following obligations as part of its due diligence activities hereunder:

 

  a. Licensee shall achieve the following milestones during the course of its operations:

 

  1. [†] – The PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method [†] by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees. For purposes of this Section 5.1(a)(1), the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method [†] by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees if Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method.

 

  2. [†] – Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensee [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method. For purposes of this milestone, [†]. Licensee, itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees, may satisfy the requirement that it [†].

 

  3.

[†] – Either (A) Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensee [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method or (B) [†] the

 

-13-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method [†] by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees. For purposes of the foregoing clause (B), it shall only be necessary that such [†]. By way of illustration and not limitation, the milestone set forth in the foregoing clause (B), shall be satisfied if [†], Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method.

 

  4. [†] – Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensee will make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method. The [†] the PAM50 Product or another Licensed Product or Licensed Method also shall constitute achievement of all milestones set forth in Sections 5.1(a)(1), 5.1(a)(2) and 5.1(a)(3).

 

  b. Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor that as of the Effective Date, Licensee has the capability of offering a Licensed Product or Licensed Method at multiple sites and/or in countries outside of the United States.

 

  c. In the event that Licensee reasonably foresees that it will not timely achieve any of the foregoing milestones (a “ Delayed Milestone ”), Licensee must so notify Licensor as soon as reasonably practicable. Upon receipt by Licensor of such notice, the Parties agree to meet within fourteen (14) days to negotiate in good faith to revise the date by which a Delayed Milestone must be achieved and/or the obligations set forth in such Delayed Milestone. Licensor shall not unreasonably refuse to extend the date for achieving any milestone set forth above.

 

  d. In the event Licensee is unable to timely achieve the milestones set forth above, Licensee hereby agrees to pay the fees set forth in Section 5.1 of the Academic License to extend the date(s) of such applicable milestone(s), and the milestones set forth above shall be likewise extended. Licensor shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to extend the date(s) of such applicable milestone(s) in accordance with the terms of the Academic License.

 

  e. In the event Licensee is unable to timely achieve the milestone set forth in Section 5.1(a)(1) above, as such milestone may have been revised by the Parties in accordance with Section 5.1(c) above, Licensee shall pay Licensor [†] U.S. Dollars (US$[†]) on the last day of each month until such time as Licensee has achieved such milestone, and the failure to timely achieve such milestone shall not be deemed a failure by Licensee to perform any material covenant, condition, or undertaking of this Agreement nor grounds for termination of this Agreement by Licensor.

 

-14-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  f. In the event Licensee has not achieved the milestone event set forth in clause (B) of Section 5.1(a)(3) above on or before [†], Licensee shall pay Licensor [†] U.S. Dollars (US$[†]) on the last day of each month until such time as Licensee has achieved either the milestone event set forth in clause (B) of Section 5.1(a)(3) above or the milestone set forth in Section 5.1(a)(4) above, and the failure to timely achieve such milestone shall not be deemed a failure by Licensee to perform any material covenant, condition, or undertaking of this Agreement nor grounds for termination of this Agreement by Licensor.

 

  g. In no event shall Licensee’s failure to meet the performance milestones set forth above constitute a breach of this Agreement if such failure is attribute to occurrences beyond the reasonable control of the Licensee, including but not limited to war, fire, natural disaster, lack of energy or raw material, strike, and act of government, provided that Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events and the unmet milestone(s) shall be delayed only for the period that such event continues.

ARTICLE 6. QUARTERLY & ANNUAL REPORTS

 

6.1 Annual and Quarterly Royalty Report

Within [†] ([†]) days after the calendar year in which Net Sales first occur, and, thereafter, within [†] ([†]) days after each non-year-end calendar quarter and within [†] ([†]) days after each year-end calendar quarter, Licensee shall provide Licensor with a written report detailing all sales and uses, if any, made of Licensed Products and/or Licensed Methods during the preceding calendar quarter, and detailing the amount of Net Sales made during such quarter and calculating the royalties due to Licensor pursuant to Article 4 hereof. Each report shall include at least the following:

 

  a. number or volume of Licensed Products sold, leased or disposed of by and/or for Licensee, Affiliates and all Sublicensees;

 

  b. accounting for all Licensed Methods sold (or otherwise generating revenue) by and/or for Licensee, Affiliates and all Sublicensees;

 

  c. accounting for Net Sales, noting the deductions applicable as provided in Section 1.18;

 

  d. royalties, earned royalties, and amounts due on other payments from Sublicensees, Affiliates, and assignees under Article 4;

 

  e. total royalties due to Licensor;

 

-15-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  f. names and addresses of all Sublicensees;

Each report shall be in substantially similar form as Exhibit E attached hereto. Each such report shall be signed by an officer of Licensee (or the officer’s designee). With each such report submitted, Licensee shall pay to Licensor the royalties and fees due and payable under this Agreement. If no royalties shall be due, Licensee shall so report. Licensee will continue to deliver royalty reports to Licensor after the termination or expiration of this Agreement until such time as all Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) permitted to be sold after termination have been sold or destroyed.

 

6.2 Progress Report and Commercialization Plan

Commencing on [†], and on each [†] and [†] thereafter, Licensee shall submit to Licensor a written report covering Licensee’s (and any Sublicensee’s) progress in (a) [†] Licensed Products and Licensed Methods; (b) achieving the due diligence milestones specified herein; (c) [†] the Licensed Products and Licensed Methods; and (d) plans for the upcoming year in commercializing the Licensed Product(s) and Licensed Method(s). Each report shall be in substantially similar form and contain at least the information required by Exhibit F attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

6.3 In addition to the regular reports required by Section 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, Licensee shall provide a written report to Licensor of the date of first occurrence of Net Sales in each country within [†] ([†]) days of the occurrence thereof.

ARTICLE 7. PAYMENTS, RECORDS and AUDITS

 

7.1 Payments

Licensee shall pay all royalties accruing to Licensor in U.S. Dollars, without deduction of exchange, collection, wiring fees, bank fees, or any other charges, within [†] ([†]) days following the calendar quarter in which Net Sales occur.

For converting any Net Sales made in a currency other than United States Dollars, the Parties will use the conversion rate at the point of transfer from the foreign currency to the United States Dollars.

 

7.2 Records

Licensee shall keep, and use diligent efforts to cause its Sublicensees and Affiliates to keep, complete, true and accurate records and books containing all particulars that may be necessary for the purpose of showing the amounts payable to Licensor hereunder. Licensee’s records and books shall be kept at Licensee’s principal place of business or the principal place of business of the appropriate division of Licensee to which this Agreement relates.

 

-16-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


7.3 Audit

Licensor shall have the right, solely through an independent certified public accounting firm that has not been retained on a “contingency fee” basis and which has been mutually agreed by Licensor and Licensee (the “ Accounting Firm ”), to inspect Licensee’s books and the supporting data, upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, during a term of [†] ([†]) years following the end of the calendar year to which they pertain, for the purpose of verifying Licensee’s royalty statements or compliance in other respects with this Agreement. Access to such books and supporting data will be made available to the Accounting Firm upon not less than [†] ([†]) days prior written notice to Licensee, not more than [†] each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, during normal business hours at the offices of Licensee, and [†] a year for [†] ([†]) years after the expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided however that Licensor may not audit any particular period more than [†]. Should such inspection lead to the discovery of a greater than [†] percent ([†]%), discrepancy in reporting to Licensor’s detriment, Licensee agrees to pay the full reasonable cost of such inspection.

ARTICLE 8. PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

 

8.1

Licensee shall direct, control, and pay the costs of the filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense of the Licensed IP in such major-market countries as may be reasonably agreed between Licensor and Licensee. In the absence of further agreement, Licensee and Licensor agree that the term “ major-market countries ” means the United States, Canada, Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy and Spain. In the event that Licensee refuses to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or defend a patent in one or more countries as reasonably requested by Licensor (an “ Excluded Country(ies) ”), (i) Licensee shall provide Licensor with written notice of such refusal (the “ Exclusion Notice ”) at least [†] ([†]) days if possible, but in no event less than [†] ([†]) days, in advance of any filing or response deadline or fee due date for such patent, provided that if Licensor provides Licensor with the Exclusion Notice less than [†] days in advance, Licensor shall also provide UURF a copy of such Exclusion Notice at the same time (ii) Licensee shall pay any and all filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and/or defense costs incurred in such Excluded Country up to the date of such Exclusion Notice, and (iii) Licensor may pay the costs of such filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement or defense in such Excluded Country after the date of such Exclusion Notice and, upon written notice by Licensor to Licensee, the Valid Claim(s) of such patent in such Excluded Country(ies) (an “ Excluded Valid Claim(s) ”) shall no longer be included within the scope of the Exclusive License granted under Section 2.1 of

 

-17-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  this Agreement and further, for purposes of the Exclusive License granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, know-how directly related to such Excluded Valid Claim(s) shall, in such Excluded Country(ies), be deemed to be licensed to Licensee by Licensor on a nonexclusive basis. Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.1 to the contrary, upon Licensee refusing to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or defend a patent in an Excluded Country(ies), Licensor may grant to a third party(ies) a contingent right to license such Excluded Valid Claim(s) in such Excluded Country(ies) when, if and as such Excluded Valid Claim(s) are issued.

 

8.2 Licensee will coordinate with UURF to develop a strategy for the prosecution and maintenance of all Patent Rights consistent with Section 8.1. Licensee’s patent counsel will agree to keep both Licensee and UURF as co-clients and informed as to all information and communications provided by governmental patent offices related to the Patent Rights. Decisions for prosecuting the patent applications will be made so as to obtain as broad of patent protection as is commercially reasonable and practical and as advised by patent counsel. Copies of all documents prepared by patent counsel will be provided by such counsel to UURF for review and comment prior to filing, to the extent practicable under the circumstances. Licensee will instruct patent counsel to incorporate all reasonable comments of UURF in any filing or other element of patent prosecution. Licensee will promptly notify UURF of its plans to file, revise or drop any patent application or claim which may materially adversely affect the Patent Rights or the rights or royalties due under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 9. PATENT MARKING

 

9.1 Licensee shall permanently and legibly mark all Licensed Products made, used or sold under the terms of this Agreement, or their containers, in accordance with all applicable patent-marking and notice provisions under Title 35, United States Code.

ARTICLE 10. TERMINATION

 

10.1 If either Party should violate or fail to perform any material covenant, condition, or undertaking of this Agreement to be performed by it hereunder, then the other Party (the “ Non-Defaulting Party ”) may give written notice of default to such Party (the “ Defaulting Party ”). The Non-Defaulting Party may terminate this Agreement if the Defaulting Party does not cure its material default under this Agreement within sixty (60) days of receiving such written notice. Termination in accordance with this Section 10.1 will take effect when the Defaulting Party receives written notice of termination from the Non-Defaulting Party, which notice must not be delivered until the Defaulting Party has failed to cure its material default during the sixty-day cure period.

 

-18-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


10.2 If Licensee should file a bankruptcy action, or have a bankruptcy action filed against it, or become Insolvent, or enter into a composition with creditors, or have a receiver appointed for it, then Licensor may give written notice of default to Licensee. If Licensee should fail to cure such default within sixty (60) days of such notice, this Agreement, and the rights, privileges, and licenses granted hereunder, shall automatically terminate.

 

10.3 No termination of this Agreement by Licensor shall relieve Licensee of its obligation to pay any monetary obligation due or owing at the time of such termination.

 

10.4 Following the second anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Licensee may terminate this Agreement with or without cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Licensor.

 

10.5 Without limiting any other remedies available to a Party under law or equity, any termination pursuant to this Section 10 hereof shall not relieve any Party of any obligation or liability accrued hereunder prior to such termination, or rescind or give rise to any right to rescind any payments made or other consideration given to the other Party hereunder prior to the time such termination becomes effective. Such termination shall not affect in any manner any rights of either Party arising under this Agreement prior to the date of such termination.

 

10.6 Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement by either Party, Licensee shall provide Licensor with a written inventory of all Licensed Products in process of manufacture, in use or in stock. Licensee may dispose of any such Licensed Products within the one hundred eighty (180) day period following such expiration or termination, provided, however, that Licensee shall pay royalties and render reports to Licensor thereon in the manner specified herein.

 

10.7 Those provisions of this Agreement that by their very nature are intended to survive shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 11. WARRANTY BY LICENSOR

 

11.1 Licensor warrants that it has the lawful right to grant the license set forth in this Agreement.

 

11.2 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT LICENSOR HAS MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL LICENSOR BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF PATENT RIGHTS, EVEN IF LICENSOR IS ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

-19-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


11.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

  a. a warranty or representation by Licensor as to the validity or scope of any Patent Rights.

 

  b. a warranty or representation by Licensor that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to any license granted under this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

  c. an obligation by Licensor to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for patent infringement, except as expressly provided in Article 12 hereof.

 

  d. conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise any license or rights under any patents of Licensor other than Patent Rights.

 

11.4 As the sole remedy for any breach or violation of any provisions, including the representations or warranties, contained in this Agreement by Licensor, Licensee shall have, at its sole option, (a) the right to a refund of all payments made to Licensor by Licensee as consideration for the rights granted under this Agreement or (b) the right to cure such breach or violation at the sole expense of Licensor, provided that in no event shall Licensor be required to pay or expend any amounts in excess of the aggregate payments received by Licensor from Licensee under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12. INFRINGEMENT

 

12.1 If either Party discovers the infringement of any of Licensor’s Patent Rights licensed under this Agreement, that Party shall give written notice of such claim to the other Party. Licensee shall then use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to terminate such infringement. In the event Licensee fails to abate the infringing activity within [†] after such written notice or to bring legal action against the third party, Licensor may bring suit for patent infringement. Licensor agrees to join any such legal action, as necessary to pursue the enforcement of the Patent Rights. No settlement, consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of the suit may be entered into without the consent of Licensor, which consent shall not be unreasonably or untimely withheld.

 

12.2

Any such legal action shall be at the expense of the Party by whom suit is filed, hereinafter referred to as the “ Litigating Party ”. After reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by Licensee and Licensor in such action or proceeding, Licensee shall be entitled to any damages or settlements attributable to lost sales (as shall be allocated

 

-20-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  by the court or reasonable allocation by mutual agreement of Licensee and Licensor) and shall be subject to Section 4.1 hereof. Any other damages or costs recovered by the Litigating Party in connection with a legal action filed by it hereunder, shall be divided as follows: (i) first to reimburse reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by Licensee and Licensor in such action or proceeding, as provided above, and then (ii) (a) [†] percent ([†]%) of the remainder shall go to the Litigating Party and (b) [†] percent ([†]%) of the remainder shall go to the other Party.

 

12.3 Licensee and Licensor shall cooperate with each other in litigation proceedings instituted hereunder, provided that such cooperation shall be at the expense of the Litigating Party, and such litigation shall be controlled by the Litigating Party.

ARTICLE 13. INSURANCE

 

13.1 Insurance Requirements

Beginning at the time any Licensed Product and/or Licensed Method is being commercially distributed or sold for clinical diagnostic purposes, including use in prospective clinical trial stratification or eligibility by Licensee or its Affiliate, or a Sublicensee, Licensee will, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance issued by an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better in amounts not less than Two Million U.S. Dollars ($2,000,000) per incident and Two Million U.S. Dollars ($2,000,000) annual aggregate. Licensee will use reasonable efforts to have Licensor, UURF, the University of Utah, and their respective officers, employees and agents, named as additional insured. Licensee shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to obtain from its insurer(s) a waiver of all rights of subrogation against Licensor and its insurers. Such commercial general liability insurance will provide (i) product liability coverage; (ii) broad form contractual liability coverage for Licensee’s indemnification under this Agreement; and (iii) coverage for litigation costs. The specified minimum insurance amounts will not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s obligation to indemnify Licensor, UURF, the University of Utah, and their respective officers, employees and agents, under this Agreement.

 

13.2 Evidence of Insurance and Notice of Changes

Licensee will provide Licensor with written evidence of such insurance upon request by Licensor. Licensee will provide Licensor with written notice (i) to the extent practicable, of at least thirty (30) days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal, or material change in such insurance or (ii) as soon as practicable, upon cancellation, non-renewal, or material change in such insurance.

 

13.3 Continuing Insurance Obligations

 

-21-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Licensee will maintain such commercial general liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during (i) the period that any Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Service(s) developed pursuant to this Agreement is being commercially distributed or sold by Licensee, any Affiliate of Licensee, or any Sublicensee or agent of Licensee; and (ii) for four (4) years after such period.

ARTICLE 14. INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1 Licensee shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Licensor, UURF, the University of Utah, UNC, WU, and BCCA and their respective officers, employees and agents, against any and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, liabilities, fees and expenses (including reasonable fees of attorneys) resulting from or arising out of exercise of: (a) all personal injury (including death) and property damage caused or contributed to, in whole or in part, by manufacture, testing, design, use, sale, or labeling of any Licensed Products or Licensed Methods by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees; or (b) any act, error, or omission of Licensee, or its agents, employees, Affiliates, or Sublicensees, except to the extent such claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, fees, or expenses result from the negligent acts or omissions, or willful misconduct of the Licensor, UURF, the University of Utah, UNC, WU, or BCCA, or its or their respective affiliates, officers, employees or agents, or Licensor’s breach of its representations and warranties or obligations under this Agreement. Licensor shall give Licensee timely notice of any claim or suit instituted which may give rise to a claim by Licensor for indemnification by Licensee, and Licensor shall have the right at its own expense to participate in the defense of the same

ARTICLE 15. NOTICES

 

15.1 Any payment, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given to either Party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given and effective: (a) on the date of delivery if delivered in person during recipient’s normal business hours; or (b) on the date of attempted delivery if delivered by courier, express mail service or first-class mail, registered or certified. Such notice shall be sent or delivered to the respective addresses given below or to such other address as either Party shall designate by written notice given to the other Party as follows:

In the case of Licensee:

NanoString Technologies, Inc.

530 Fairview Avenue North, Suite 2000

Seattle, WA 98109

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

-22-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


With a copy to such of Licensee’s Sublicensees as Licensee may have requested in writing be provided with notices hereunder.

In the case of Licensor:

Bioclassifier LLC

226 Spencer Road

St. Louis, MO 63119

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

ARTICLE 16. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

 

16.1 Licensee shall comply with all applicable U.S. laws dealing with the export and/or management of technology or information. Licensee understands that the Arms Export Control Act (AECA), including its implementing International Traffic In Arms Regulations (ITAR,) and the Export Administration Act (EAA), including its Export Administration Regulations (EAR), are some (but not all) of the laws and regulations that comprise the U.S. export laws and regulations. Licensee further understands that the U.S. export laws and regulations include (but are not limited to): (i) ITAR and EAR product/service/data-specific requirements; (ii) ITAR and EAR ultimate destination-specific requirements; (iii) ITAR and EAR end user-specific requirements; (iv) ITAR and EAR end use-specific requirements; (v) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and (vi) anti-boycott laws and regulations. Licensee will comply with all then-current applicable export laws and regulations of the U.S. Government (and other applicable U.S. laws and regulations) pertaining to the Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) (including any associated products, items, articles, computer software, media, services, technical data, and other information). Licensee certifies that it will not, directly or indirectly, export (including any deemed export), nor re-export (including any deemed re-export) the Licensed Product(s) and/or Licensed Method(s) (including any associated products, items, articles, computer software, media, services, technical data, and other information) in violation of U.S. export laws and regulations or other applicable U.S. laws and regulations. Licensee will include an appropriate provision in its agreements with its authorized Sublicensees to assure that these parties comply with all then-current applicable U.S. export laws and regulations and other applicable U.S. laws and regulations

ARTICLE 17. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

17.1 General

Any and all information disclosed or submitted in writing or in other tangible form to one Party by the other Party, whether before or after the Effective Date of this Agreement, and identified in writing as confidential information at the time of disclosure shall hereinafter be

 

-23-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


referred to as the “ Confidential Information ” of the disclosing Party. Neither Party shall disclose any Confidential Information of the other Party to any third party. Neither Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other Party for any purpose other than as required to perform or exercise its rights hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information to the receiving Party’s Affiliates requiring access thereto for the purposes of this Agreement, provided, however, that prior to making any such disclosures, each such Affiliate shall be informed of the obligation and agree to maintain Confidential Information in confidence and not to use such information for any purpose other than in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Party agrees to take all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that the other Party’s Confidential Information shall be maintained in confidence. Each Party agrees that this Agreement shall be binding upon its Affiliates and each Party shall take all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that its Affiliates shall comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality and non-use shall survive, and remain in effect for a period of five (5) years from the termination or expiration of this Agreement. The Parties agree that due to the unique nature of the Confidential Information, there can be no adequate remedy at law for any breach by the receiving Party’s obligations under this Article 17, thereby resulting in irreparable harm to the disclosing Party. Therefore, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, upon any such breach of this Section 17.1, or any threat thereof, the disclosing Party shall be entitled to seek appropriate injunctive relief in addition to any and all other available remedies.

 

17.2 Exclusions from Nondisclosure Obligation

The nondisclosure and nonuse obligations in Section 17.1 shall not apply to any Confidential Information to the extent that the receiving Party can establish by competent written proof that it:

 

  a. at the time of disclosure is in the public domain;

 

  b. after disclosure, becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party;

 

  c. was in such Party’s possession or was known by the Party at the time of disclosure;

 

  d. is received by such Party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who has the lawful right to disclose the Confidential Information;

 

  e. was disclosed with the prior written approval of the disclosing Party;

 

-24-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  f. is independently developed or discovered by or on behalf of the receiving Party without any aid, application or use of or access to the Confidential Information of the other Party; or

 

  g. was or is disclosed generally to third parties by the disclosing Party without restrictions similar to those contained in this Agreement.

 

17.3 Required Disclosures

Nothing herein shall prevent a Party from disclosing any Confidential Information of the other Party that is required to be disclosed pursuant to an applicable law or regulation or the valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the Party obligated to make such disclosure (a) shall give advance written notice to the other Party, (b) at the other Party’s expense, shall reasonably cooperate in the other Party’s effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the Confidential Information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the law, regulation, or order required and (c) shall use and disclose the Confidential Information solely to the extent required by the law, regulation, or order.

 

17.4 Return of Confidential Information

Promptly after the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason, each Party shall return to the other Party all tangible manifestations of such other Party’s Confidential Information at that time in the possession of the receiving Party, except that one copy may be retained for archival purposes only. Nothing in this Section 17.4 shall require a Party to remove from electronic files existing manifestations of the other Party’s Confidential Information that cannot be practicably recovered, however obligations of non-disclosure and non-use shall be and remain in effect, surviving termination of this Agreement

 

17.5 Publication Rights

Licensee shall have the right to publish any and all research results generated by Licensee over the course of this Agreement, including observations, data developed, protocols, and conclusions reached (a “ Publication ”); provided, however, that Licensee shall provide such Publication to Licensor at least thirty (30) days prior to such Publication being published for Licensor’s review and comment, which comments shall be considered by Licensee in good faith. Moreover, Licensee agrees to delay such Publication for an additional period of time, not to exceed thirty (30) days after initial delivery of the Publication to Licensor, during which period Licensor may file patent protections for any patentable material identified in such Publication that is owned or controlled by Licensor.

 

17.6 Press Releases

 

-25-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


The Parties agree that Licensee may issue press releases from time to time and that Licensor will not issue any press release prior to one being issued by Licensee. Neither Party shall issue any press release or other public announcement regarding this Agreement without the prior review and consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

ARTICLE 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

18.1 If a dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the Parties agree that, within thirty (30) days after one Party delivers to the other Party a notice requesting dispute resolution, senior executives of both Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute before resorting to litigation or another dispute resolution procedure. Nothing in the immediately preceding sentence shall prevent either Party from seeking temporary, interim, interlocutory or preliminary injunctive relief. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without application of any principles of choice of laws.

 

18.2 In assuming and performing the respective obligations under this Agreement, Licensee and Licensor are each acting as independent parties and neither shall be considered or represent itself as a joint venture, partner, agent or employee of the other.

 

18.3 The headings of the several sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

18.4 This Agreement is not assignable or otherwise transferable by Licensee without the prior written consent of Licensor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, by written notice to Licensor, to a successor or transferee (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the assets of Licensor to which this Agreement relates.

 

18.5 This Agreement shall not be binding upon the Parties until it has been signed below by or on behalf of each Party.

 

18.6 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

18.7 No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the Parties unless made in writing and signed by both Parties hereto.

 

-26-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


18.8 No waiver by either Party hereto of any breach or default of any of the covenants or agreements herein set forth shall be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

 

18.9 This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the Parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations or understandings, either oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter thereof.

 

18.10 The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable under any controlling body of the law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the Agreement to preserve (to the extent possible) their original intent.

 

18.11 This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which when taken together shall constitute one fully executed document. Each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of a legal Entity does hereby represent and warrant to each other person so signing that he or she has been duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of such Entity.

 

18.12 In the event of any litigation, arbitration, judicial reference or other legal proceeding involving the Parties to this Agreement to enforce any provision of this Agreement, to enforce any remedy available upon default under this Agreement, or seeking a declaration of the rights of either Party under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover from the other Party such attorneys’ fees and costs as may be reasonably incurred, including the costs of reasonable investigation, preparation and professional or expert consultation incurred by reason of such litigation, arbitration, judicial reference, or other legal proceeding.

 

18.13 Except as required by law, neither Party may disclose the financial terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Licensee may disclose the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation the financial terms, to its Sublicensees, Affiliates, attorneys, advisors, investors, prospective investors, development partners, and prospective development partners, subject to obligations of confidentiality consistent with the terms hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-27-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Licensor and Licensee have executed this Agreement by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, on the day and year hereinafter written.

 

“Licensee”

 

NANOSTRING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

   

“Licensor”

 

BIOCLASSIFER LLC

By:   /s/ Brad Gray     By:   /s/ Matthew James Ellis
Name:  

Brad Gray

    Name:  

Matthew James Ellis

Title:  

President & CEO

    Title:  

Director

Date:  

23 Feb 2012

    Date:  

15 th Feb. 2012

 

-28-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT A

PATENT RIGHTS and GENE EXPRESSION PROFILE

 

Item

No.

   U No.    Matter   

Application No(s).

Date(s) of Filing

   Title    Inventor(s)

1.

   U-3956   

Deriving and

Applying Minimal Intrinsic Gene Sets for Biological and Prognostic Classifications

  

US provisional 60/739,155; filed 11/23/2005.

 

PCT/US2006/044737, filed 11/17/2006.

 

and the following nationalized applications:

 

US 12/094,898

CA 2,630,974

EU 06844413.2

   Methods and Compositions Involving Intrinsic Genes    ELLIS, Matthew; PEROU, Charles, M.; BERNARD, Philip, S.; PALAIS, Robert, A.

2.

   U-3956    Deriving and Applying Minimal Intrinsic Gene Sets for Biological and Prognostic Classifications   

US provisional 61/057,508; filed 5/30/2008

 

PCT/US2009/045820, Filed 6/1/2009.

 

and the following nationalized applications:

 

US 12/995,450

CA 2,725,760

EU 09770678.2

JP 2011-511893

AU 2009262894

   Gene Expression Profiles to Predict Breast Cancer Outcomes   

PEROU, Charles, M.;

PARKER, Joel, S.;

MARRON, James, Stephen

NOBEL, Andrew;

BERNARD, Philip, S.;

ELLIS, Matthew;

MARDIS, Elaine;

NIELSEN, Torsten, O.;

CHEANG, Maggie

3.

   U-3956    Deriving and Applying Minimal Intrinsic Gene Sets for Biological and Prognostic Classifications    US provisional 61/453,035; filed 3/15/2011    Methods Of Treating Breast Cancer With Anthracycline Therapy   

PEROU, Charles, M.;

ELLIS, Matthew;

BERNARD, Philip, S.;

NIELSEN, Torsten, O.

 

-29-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


4.

   U-3956    Deriving and Applying Minimal Intrinsic Gene Sets for Biological and Prognostic Classifications    US provisional 61,565,133; filed 11/30/2011    Methods Of Treating Breast Cancer With Taxane Therapy    PEROU, Charles, M.; BERNARD, Philip, S.; NIELSEN, Torsten, O.; ELLIS, Matthew; PARKER, Joel, S.; MARTIN, Miguel; CARRASCO, Eva; CABALLERO, Rosalia

 

-30-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT B

NON-LICENSED MATERIAL

 

-31-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT C

LICENSE TO THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

This instrument confers to the United States Government, as represented by the Department of Health and Human Services, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced on its behalf throughout the world the following subject invention. This license will extend to all divisions or continuations of the patent application and all patents or reissues, which may be granted thereon:

Patent Title: Methods and Compositions Involving Intrinsic Genes

Inventor(s): Matthew Ellis, Charles Perou, Philip Bernard, Robert Palais.

Patent Application Serial No(s) and Filing Date(s): US provisional 60/739,155; filed 11/23/2005; PCT/US2006/044737, filed 11/17/2006; and the corresponding nationalized applications US 12/094,898; CA 2,630,974; and EU 06844413.2.

Patent Title: Gene Expression Profiles to Predict Breast Cancer Outcomes

Inventor(s): Charles Perou, Joel Parker, James Marron, Andrew Nobel, Philip Bernard, Matthew Ellis, Elaine Mardis, Torsten Nielsen, Maggie Cheang.

Patent Application Serial No(s) and Filing Date(s): US provisional 61/057,508; filed 5/30/2008; and PCT/US2009/045820, filed 6/1/2009.

Patent Title: Methods of Treating Breast Cancer with Anthracyline Therapy

Inventor(s): Charles Perou, Matthew Ellis, Philip Bernard, Torsten Nielsen

Patent Application Serial No(s) and Filing Date(s): US provisional 61/453,035; filed 3/15/2011.

Patent Title: Methods of Treating Breast Cancer with Taxane Therapy

Inventor(s): Charles Perou, Philip Bernard, Torsten Nielsen, Matthew Ellis, Joel Parker, Miguel Martin, Eva Carrasco, Rosalia Caballero

Patent Application Serial No(s) and Filing Date(s) : US provisional 61/565,133; filed 11/30/2011.

 

-32-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


This subject invention was conceived and/or first actually reduced to practice in performance of a government-funded project, Grant No.: R33 CA097769.

Principal rights to this subject invention have been left with the Patent Assignees, subject to the provisions of 37 CFR 401 and 45 CFR 8.

 

Signed:         Date:    
Name:   Thomas Parks       Title:  President

 

-33-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT D

SECTION 2.1 OF THE ACADEMIC LICENSE AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE

(attached hereto)

 

2.1. Exclusive/Non-Exclusive Grant

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a royalty-bearing exclusive license, with the right to sublicense, to develop, make, have made, use, have used, sell and have sold, import, export and otherwise distribute Licensed Products and to practice Licensed Methods in the Field of Use under the Patent Rights throughout the Territory. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a nonexclusive license, with the right to sublicense to Sublicensee(s) who concurrently take a license to the Patent Right(s), to use the Technology in the Field of Use in the Territory. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee a non-exclusive license, with the right to sublicense, to use the Improvements not covered by a claim of a patent or patent application included with the Patent Rights in the Field of Use in the Territory. This grant is subject to the payment by Licensee to Licensor of all consideration required under this Agreement, to any rights of the Government of the United States as set forth in Section 2.2 and is further subject to rights retained by Licensor and the Patent Assignees and their Affiliates:

 

  a. To publish the general scientific findings from research conducted in whole or in part at University of Utah, UNC, WU, or BCCA related to Patent Rights subject to the terms of Section 2.1 and subject to such reasonable delay in publication as may be appropriate for Licensor and Licensee to review such proposed publication for and file patent applications on any inventions to be disclosed therein that would constitute an Improvement or otherwise fall within the scope of the Patent Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor shall have no obligation to delay publication longer than sixty (60) days following delivery of any proposed publication to Licensee; and

 

  b. To manufacture, have manufactured, use, or practice the subject matter described and claimed in the Patent Rights for research, teaching and other educationally-related purposes; and to practice for non-commercial clinical use, clinical research and other non-clinical research purposes.

 

  c.

The clinical laboratories at a University hospital Affiliate of a Patent Assignee will have access on commercially reasonable terms, for purposes of such clinical laboratories’ providing a diagnostic or prognostic test to patients being treated at such hospital, to any regulatory authority approved assay developed from the technology transferred in this

 

-34-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  agreement to Bioclassifier. In the event that Licensee has failed to meet the diligence requirements of Article 5 and a diagnostic or prognostic product or service, or reagents necessary to perform such service, that is or incorporates Licensed Products or Licensed Methods is not otherwise available commercially, Licensor and the Patent Assignees and their University hospital Affiliates shall have the right to manufacture, have manufactured, use or practice Patent Rights in any clinical research laboratory of a University hospital Affiliate of such Licensor or Patent Assignee for purposes of such clinical research laboratory’s providing a diagnostic or prognostic test to patients seeking treatment or being treated at such hospital until such time as a diagnostic or prognostic product or service, or reagents necessary to perform such service, that is or incorporates Licensed Products or Licensed Methods is available commercially.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, [†], a [†] Affiliate of Licensor, shall have the right, for so long as it is a [†] Affiliate of Licensor, to [†], whether or not covered by the Patent Rights, until such time as (A) [†], Licensee achieves (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensee(s)) [†], and (B) [†], (1) Licensee secures (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensee(s)) [†] or [†] or [†] for a Licensed Product, (2) [†] has confirmed that such Licensed Product [†] of such Licensed Product as set forth in the [†], provided, however (A) that such [†] by [†] using its [†] to Licensee (or its appropriate Affiliate or Sublicensee(s)) at least ninety (90) days in advance of any such [†] of Licensee (or its appropriate Affiliate or Sublicensee(s)), (B) such [†] by Licensee ((or its appropriate Affiliate or Sublicensee(s)) on [†] agreeing to [†] by Licensee (itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensee(s)) of [†], including without limitation terms requiring that [†] take no more than ninety (90) days and be subject to [†] Licensed Product, and (C) the failure by [†] to agree to such commercially reasonable terms for such [†] prior to Licensee’s or its Affiliates’ or Sublicensee(s)’ first such [†], [†] or other applicable [†] shall obviate the requirement for the performance of the [†] this clause (2), and (3) the Licensed Product is available to [†] on commercially reasonable terms for purposes of [†] performing such [†]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [†] shall have the right to perform such [†].

 

-35-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT E

ROYALTY REPORT

 

LICENSEE:        U-     
Period Covered: From:       Through:          
Prepared By:        Date:     
Approved By:        Date:     

If Licensee has several licensed products, please prepare separate reports for each. Then, compile all licensed products into a summary report.

 

     Product or
Tradename
   Quantity
Sold
   Unit
Price
   Gross
Sales
     * Less
Allowances
     Net
Sales
     Royalty
Rate
   Period
Amount
     Royalty  

Country and Patent

                        This
Year
     Last
Year
 

USA

            $         $         $            $         $     

#

                          

Canada

                          

#

                          

Europe:

                          

#

                          

#

                          

#

                          

#

                          

#

                          

#

                          

Japan

                          

#

                          

Other:

                          

#

                          

#

                          

Sublicense #1

(name)

                          

#

                          

Sublicense #2 (name)

                          

#

                          

TOTAL:

            $         $         $            $         $     

 

-36-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Total Royalty Due: $                                                                      

The following royalty forecast is non-binding and for internal planning only:

Royalty Forecast Under This Agreement: Qtr 1:              Qtr 2:              Qtr 3:              Qtr 4:             

* On a separate page, please indicate the reasons for adjustments, if significant. Please refer to the following examples as applicable: (1) cash, trade or quantity discounts actually allowed; (2) sales, use, tariff, customs duties or other excise taxes directly imposed upon particular sales; (3) outbound transportation charges—prepaid or allowed, and (4) allowances or credits to third parties for rejections or returns.

 

-37-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


EXHIBIT F

[Annual/Bi-annual/] Commercialization Report

For

[Company Name]

[Tech Title and U#] (if several, use oldest)

For period beginning and ending(“Period”)

Date:                                 

Contact Person:                              Phone:                                  Email:                                 

1. Commercialization Efforts

Attach all requested documentation and attach additional pages as necessary. For all requirements include efforts of all Sublicensees. If not applicable, please so indicate by N/A.

COMMERCIALIZATION REPORT

 

                                Net Sales Forecast  

Country

   Licensee’s
Licensed
Product
and
Tradename
     Sublicensee’s
Licensed
Product and
Tradename
     Royalty
Rate
    Current
Period Net
Sales
     Year 1
after
current
Period
     Year 2
after
current
Period
     Year 3
after
current
Period
 

e.g.: US

     Tissue         N/A         2   $ 800.000         1.2M         1.8M         2M   

¡ Estimated number of jobs created as a result of this Licensed Product/Licensed Method:

 

              Yes                No

  In the designated reporting period, did your company or any Sublicensee of the above-referenced technology have 500 or more employees? (This information is required to determine and report large or small entity status in the United State.)

2. Product Development

Attach all requested documentation and attach additional pages as necessary. For all requirements include efforts of all Sublicensees. If not applicable, please so indicate by N/A.

 

-38-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


  A. Provide the commercial name of any FDA-approved products, incorporating, using or that are Licensed Products/Licensed Methods that have first reached the market during the designated reporting Period. (This information is necessary for federal funding reporting requirements)

Pharmaceutical

Licensed Product (Name):         Estimated Date of First Sale:

 

FDA approval stage

   Contact
Person
   Estimated Start
Time
   Estimated End
Time
   Estimated Budget

Preclinical

           

NDA

           

Phase I

           

Phase II

           

Phase III

           

Animal Studies

           

Mfg./Production Facility

           

Medical Devices (PMA or 510(k))

Licensed Product (Name):         Estimated Date of First Sale:

Class Type:

Completion Type:

 

FDA Approval Stage

   Estimated Time
Start
   Estimated End
Time
   Estimated Budget

PMA

        

501(k)

        

IDE

        

HDE

        

Preclinical

        

Phase I

        

Phase II

        

Phase III

        

Mfg./Production Facility

        

 

-39-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


Software

Licensed Product (Name):                     Estimated Date of First Sale:

 

     Contact
Person
   Estimated
Time
Start
   Estimated
Time End
   Estimated
Budget

Alpha Version

           

Beta Version

           

Commercial Version

           

 

3. Intellectual Property

Please provide type of intellectual property protection covering or related to the identified licensed product

Licensed Product (Name):

 

Country

   Patent No./Patent Appl.
No /Copyright
Registration No. or
Related IP
   Owner
(Licensor/Licensee/Third
Party)
   Inventor
Name(s)/
Author(s)
   Title(s)
           
           
           
           

 

4. Marketing Activities

Provide an update covering Licensee’s projected marketing, manufacturing and operations.

 

Licensed Product

   Licensed
Product
Available/
Development
Stage
     Marketing Budget
Range
     Current
Marketing
Partner(s)
 

e.g.: Tissue

     Available       i.e<$ 1,000,000         Kirkland   

 

-40-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION


5. Additional efforts including, but not limited to, Due Diligence or Milestones specific to licensee’s Agreement

 

-41-

† DESIGNATES PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT THAT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION

E XHIBIT  21.1

S UBSIDIARIES OF N ANO S TRING T ECHNOLOGIES , I NC .

 

Name of Subsidiary

   State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation

NanoString Technologies Europe Ltd.

   United Kingdom

NanoString Technologies SAS

   France

NanoString Technologies International, Inc.

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of NanoString Technologies, Inc. of our report dated March 11, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of NanoString Technologies, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

May 20, 2013